NOTICE OF INCORPORATION
United States Legal Document
≠ All citizens and residents are hereby advised that
this is a legally binding document duly incorporated by
reference and that failure to comply with such
requirements as hereby detailed within may subject you
to criminal or civil penalties under the law. Ignorance of
the law shall not excuse noncompliance and it is the
responsibility of the citizens to inform themselves as to
the laws that are enacted in the United States of America
and in the states and cities contained therein. ±
«
ICC IBC (2009), the International Building Code,
as mandated and incorporated by the States and
Municipalities including Alabama, Florida,
Idaho, Iowa, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan,
Montana, Las Vegas (Nevada), New Hampshire,
New Jersey, New Mexico, North Carolina, North
Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania,
Rhode Island, Utah, West Virginia, Wisconsin,
et. alia.
A
MEMBER OF THE INTERNATIONAL CODE FAMILY®
INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
2
o
o
!3
Receive FREE updates) excerpts of code references) technical
articles) and more when you register your code book. Go to
www.iccsafe.org/CodesPlus today!
2009 International Building Code ®
First Printing: February 2009
ISBN: 978-1-5800 1-725-1 (soft-cover edition)
ISBN: 978-1-58001-724-4 (loose-leaf edition)
COPYRIGHT © 2009
by
INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL, INC.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. This 2009 International Building Code®is a copyrighted work owned by the International Code Council, Inc. Without advance written permission from the copyright owner, no part of this book may be reproduced, distributed or transmitted in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic, optical or mechanical means (by way of example, and
not limitation, photocopying or recording by or in an information storage retrieval system). For information on permission to copy
material exceeding fair use, please contact: Publications, 4051 West Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, IL 60478. Phone
1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233).
Trademarks: "International Code Council," the "International Code Council" logo and the "International Building Code" are trademarks of the International Code Council, Inc.
PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.
PREFACE
Introduction
Internationally, code officials recognize the need for a modern, up-to-date building code addressing the design and installation of
building systems through requirements emphasizing performance. The International Building Code®, in this 2009 edition, is
designed to meet these needs through model code regulations that safeguard the public health and safety in all communities, large
and small.
This comprehensive building code establishes minimum regulations for building systems using prescriptive and performance-related provisions. It is founded on broad-based principles that make possible the use of new materials and new building
) published by the International Code
designs. This 2009 edition is fully compatible with all the International Codes@(I-Codes @
Council (ICC) @, including the International Energy Conservation Code@, International Existing Building Code@, International
Fire Code@, International Fuel Gas Code@, International Mechanical Code@, ICC Performance Code@, International Plumbing
Code@, International Private Sewage Disposal Code@, International Property Maintenance Code@, International Residential
Code@, International Wildland-Urban Interface Code™ and International Zoning Code@.
The International Building Code provisions provide many benefits, among which is the model code development process that
offers an international forum for building professionals to discuss performance and prescriptive code requirements. This forum provides an excellent arena to debate proposed revisions. This model code also encourages international consistency in the application
of provisions.
Development
The first edition of the International Building Code (2000) was the culmination of an effort initiated in 1997 by the ICC. This
included five drafting subcommittees appointed by ICC and consisting of representatives of the three statutory members of the
International Code Council at that time, including: Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc. (BOCA), International Conference of Building Officials (lCBO) and Southern Building Code Congress International (SBCCI). The intent was to
draft a comprehensive set of regulations for building systems consistent with and inclusive of the scope of the existing model codes.
Technical content of the latest model codes promulgated by BOCA, ICBO and SBCCI was utilized as the basis for the development,
followed by public hearings in 1997, 1998 and 1999 to consider proposed changes. This 2009 edition presents the code as originally
issued, with changes reflected in the 2003 and 2006 editions and further changes approved through the ICC Code Development Process through 2008. A new edition such as this is promulgated every 3 years.
This code is founded on principles intended to establish provisions consistent with the scope of a building code that adequately
protects public health, safety and welfare; provisions that do not unnecessarily increase construction costs; provisions that do not
restrict the use of new materials, products or methods of construction; and provisions that do not give preferential treatment to particular types or classes of materials, products or methods of construction.
Adoption
The International Building Code is available for adoption and use by jurisdictions internationally. Its use within a governmental
jurisdiction is intended to be accomplished through adoption by reference in accordance with proceedings establishing the jurisdiction's laws. At the time of adoption, jurisdictions should insert the appropriate information in provisions requiring specific local
information, such as the name of the adopting jurisdiction. These locations are shown in bracketed words in small capital letters in
the code and in the sample ordinance. The sample adoption ordinance on page xv addresses several key elements of a code adoption
ordinance, including the information required for insertion into the code text.
Maintenance
The International Building Code is kept up to date through the review of proposed changes submitted by code enforcing officials,
industry representatives, design professionals and other interested parties. Proposed changes are carefully considered through an
open code development process in which all interested and affected parties may participate.
The contents of this work are subject to change both through the Code Development Cycles and the governmental body that
enacts the code into law. For more information regarding the code development process, contact the Code and Standard Development Department of the International Code Council.
While the development procedure of the International Building Code assures the highest degree of care, ICC, its members and
those participating in the development of this code do not accept any liability resulting from compliance or noncompliance with the
provisions because ICC does not have the power or authority to police or enforce compliance with the contents of this code. Only the
governmental body that enacts the code into law has such authority.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
iii
Letter Designations in Front of Section Numbers
In each code development cycle, proposed changes to the code are considered at the Code Development Hearings by the applicable
ICC Code Development Committee, whose action constitutes a recommendation to the voting membership for final action on the
proposed change. Proposed changes to a code section that has a number beginning with a letter in brackets are considered by a different code development committee. For example, proposed changes to code sections that have [F] in front of them (e.g., [F]
903.1.1.1) are considered by the ICC Fire Code Development Committee at the code development hearings.
The content of sections in this code that begin with a letter designation are maintained by another code development committee in
accordance with the following:
=
[EB] =
[F] =
[FG] =
[E]
International Energy Conservation Code Development Committee;
International Existing Building Code Development Committee;
International Fire Code Development Committee;
International Fuel Gas Code Development Committee;
[M] = International Mechanical Code Development Committee; and
[P]
= International Plumbing Code Development Committee.
Marginal Markings
Solid vertical lines in the margins within the body of the code indicate a technical change from the requirements of the 2006 edition.
Deletion indicators in the form of an arrow ( • ) are provided in the margin where an entire section, paragraph, exception or table
has been deleted or an item in a list of items or a table has been deleted.
Chapter 7 user note: Chapter 7 of the code has been reorganized from the 2006 edition as a result of an approved code change
proposal. This proposal renumbered what was Section 714 in the 2006 edition to Section 704 in this edition, which in turn resulted in
renumbering Sections 704 through 713 in the 2006 edition to Sections 705 through 714 in this edition. Marginal markings are
included at each section number but have not been included to reflect the subsection renumbering.
Coordination between the International Building and Fire Codes
Because the coordination of technical provisions is one of the benefits of adopting the ICC family of model codes, users will find the
ICC codes to be a very flexible set of model documents. To accomplish this flexibility some technical provisions are duplicated in
some of the model code documents. While the International Codes are provided as a comprehensive set of model codes for the built
environment, documents are occasionally adopted as a stand-alone regulation. When one of the model documents is adopted as the
basis of a stand-alone code, that code should provide a complete package of requirements with enforcement assigned to the entity
for which the adoption is being made.
The model codes can also be adopted as a family of complimentary codes. When adopted together there should be no conflict of
any of the technical provisions. When multiple model codes are adopted in ajurisdiction it is important for the adopting authority to
evaluate the provisions in each code document and determine how and by which agency(ies) they will be enforced. It is important,
therefore, to understand that where technical provisions are duplicated in multiple model documents that enforcement duties must
be clearly assigned by the local adopting jurisdiction. ICC remains committed to providing state-of-the-art model code documents
that, when adopted locally, will reduce the cost to government of code adoption and enforcement and protect the public health,
safety and welfare.
Italicized Terms
Selected terms set forth in Chapter 2, Definitions, are italicized where they appear in code text (except those in Sections 1903
through 1908 where italics indicate provisions that differ from ACI 318). Such terms are not italicized where the definition set forth
in Chapter 2 does not impart the intended meaning in the use of the term. The terms selected have definitions which the user should
read carefully to facilitate better understanding of the code.
iv
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Effective Use of the International Building Code
The International Building Code@(IBC®) is a model code that provides minimum requirements to safeguard the public health,
safety and general welfare of the occupants of new and existing buildings and structures. The IBC is fully compatible with the ICC
family of codes, including: International Energy Conservation Code®(IECC®), International Existing Building Code®(IEBC®),
International Fire Code®(IFC®), International Fuel Gas Code®(IFGC®), International Mechanical Code®(IMC®), ICC Performance Code®(ICCPC®), International Plumbing Code®(IPC®), International Private Sewage Disposal Code®(IPSDC®), International Property Maintenance Code®(IPMC®), International Residential Code®(IRC®), International Wildland-Urban Interface
Code™ (IWUIC®) and International Zoning Code®(IZC®).
The IBC addresses structural strength, means of egress, sanitation, adequate lighting and ventilation, accessibility, energy conservation and life safety in regards to new and existing buildings, facilities and systems. The codes are promulgated on a 3-year cycle
to allow for new construction methods and technologies to be incorporated into the codes. Alternative materials, designs and methods not specifically addressed in the code can be approved by the code official where the proposed materials, designs or methods
comply with the intent of the provisions of the code (see Section 104.11).
The IBC applies to all occupancies, including one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses that are not within the scope of the
IRC. The IRC is referenced for coverage of detached one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses as defined in the Exception to
Section 101.2 and the definition for "townhouse" in Chapter 2. The IBC applies to all types of buildings and structures unless
exempted. Work exempted from permits is listed in Section 105.2.
Arrangement and Format of the 2009 IBC
Before applying the requirements of the IBC, it is beneficial to understand its arrangement and format. The IBC, like other codes
published by ICC, is arranged and organized to follow sequential steps that generally occur during a plan review or inspection.
Chapters
1-2
3
Subjects
Administration and definitions
Use and occupancy classifications
4,31
Special requirements for specific occupancies or elements
5-6
Height and area limitations based on type of construction
7-9
Fire resistance and protection requirements
10
Requirements for evacuation
11
Specific requirements to allow use and access to a building for persons with disabilities
12-13,27-30
14-26
Building systems, such as lighting, HVAC, plumbing fixtures, elevators
Structural components-performance and stability
32
Encroachment outside of property lines
33
Safeguards during construction
34
Existing building allowances
35
Referenced standards
Appendices A-K
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Appendices
v
The IBC requirements for high hazard, fire-resistance-rated construction, interior finish, fire protection systems, means of
egress, emergency and standby power, and temporary structures are directly correlated with the requirements of the IFC. The following chapters/sections of the IBC are correlated to the IFC:
IBC
Chapter/Section
IFC
Chapter/Section
Sections 307,414,415
Chapters 27-44
Chapter 7
Chapter 7
Fire-resistance-rated construction
Chapter 8
Chapter 8
Interior finish, decorative materials and furnishings
Chapter 9
Chapter 9
Fire protection systems
Chapter 10
Chapter 10
Means of egress
Chapter 27
Section 604
Standby and emergency power
Section 3103
Chapter 24
Temporary structures
SUbject
High-hazard requirements
The IBC requirements for smoke control systems, and smoke and fire dampers are directly correlated to the requirements of the
IMC. IBC Chapter 28 is a reference to the IMC and the IFGC for chimney, fireplaces and barbeques, and all aspects of mechanical
systems. The following chapters/sections of the IBC are correlated with the IMC:
IBC
Chapter/Section
IMC
Chapter/Section
Section 716
Section 607
Smoke and fire dampers
Section 909
Section 513
Smoke control
SUbject
The IBC requirements for plumbing fixtures and toilet rooms are directly correlated to the requirements of the IPC. The following
chapters/sections of the IBC are correlated with the IPC:
IBC
Chapter/Section
IPC
Chapter/Section
Chapter 29
Chapters 3 & 4
SUbject
Plumbing fixtures and facilities
The following is a chapter-by-chapter synopsis of the scope and intent of the provisions of the International Building Code.
Chapter 1 Scope and Administration. Chapter 1 establishes the limits of applicability of the code and describes how the code is to
be applied and enforced. Chapter 1 is in two parts, Part I-Scope and Application (Sections 101-102) and Part 2-Administration
and Enforcement (Sections 103-116). Section 101 identifies which buildings and structures come under its purview and references
other ICC codes as applicable. Standards and codes are scoped to the extent referenced (see Section 102.4).
The building code is intended to be adopted as a legally enforceable document and it cannot be effective without adequate provisions for its administration and enforcement. The provisions of Chapter 1 establish the authority and duties of the code official
appointed by the jurisdiction having authority and also establish the rights and privileges of the design professional, contractor and
property owner.
Chapter 2 Definitions. All terms that are defined in the code are listed alphabetically in Chapter 2. Terms are defined in Chapter 2
or there is a reference to the section where the definition is located. While a defined term may be listed in one chapter or another, the
meaning is applicable throughout the code.
Codes are technical documents and every word, term and punctuation mark can impact the meaning of the code text and the
intended results. The code often uses terms that have a unique meaning in the code and the code meaning can differ substantially
from the ordinarily understood meaning of the term as used outside of the code. Where understanding of a term's definition is especially key to or necessary for understanding a particular code provision, the term is shown in italics wherever it appears in the code.
vi
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
This is true only for those terms that have a meaning that is unique to the code. In other words, the generally understood meaning
of a term or phrase might not be sufficient or consistent with the meaning prescribed by the code; therefore, it is essential that the
code-defined meaning be known.
Definitions are deemed to be of prime importance in establishing the meaning and intent of the code text that uses the terms. The
user of the code should be familiar with and consult this chapter because the definitions are essential to the correct interpretation of
the code and because the user may not be aware that a term is defined.
Chapter 3 Use and Occupancy Classification. Chapter 3 provides for the classification of buildings, structures and parts thereof
based on the purpose or purposes for which they are used. Section 302 identifies the groups into which all buildings, structures and
parts thereof must be classified. Sections 303 through 312 identify the occupancy characteristics of each group classification. In
some sections, specific group classifications having requirements in common are collectively organized such that one term applies
to all. For example, Groups A-I, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5 are individual groups for assembly-type buildings. The general term
"Group A," however, includes each of these individual groups. Other groups include Business (B), Educational (E), Factory (F-l,
F-2), High Hazard (H-l, H-2, H-3, H-4, H-5), Institutional (1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4), Mercantile (M), Residential (R-l, R-2, R-3, R-4), Storage (S-I, S-2) and Utility (U). In some occupancies, the smaller number means a higher hazard, but that is not always the case.
Defining the use of the buildings is very important as it sets the tone for the remaining chapters of the code. Occupancy works
with the height, area and construction type requirements in Chapters 5 and 6, as well as the special provisions in Chapter 4, to determine" equivalent risk," or providing a reasonable level of protection or life safety for building occupants. The determination of
equivalent risk involves three interdependent considerations: (1) the level of fire hazard associated with the specific occupancy of
the facility; (2) the reduction of fire hazard by limiting the floor area(s) and the height of the building based on the fuel load (combustible contents and burnable building components) and (3) the level of overall fire resistance provided by the type of construction
used for the building. The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of the group, the lesser the height and area allowances for a particular construction type.
Occupancy classification also plays a key part in organizing and prescribing the appropriate protection measures. As such,
threshold requirements for fire protection and means of egress systems are based on occupancy classification (see Chapters 9 and
10). Other sections of the code also contain requirements respective to the classification of building groups. For example, Section
706 deals with requirements for fire wall fire-resistance ratings that are tied to the occupancy classification of a building and Section
803.9 contains interior finish requirements that are dependent upon the occupancy classification. The use of the space, rather than
the occupancy of the building is utilized for determining occupant loading (Section 1004) and live loading (Section 1607).
Chapter 4 Special Detailed Requirements Based On Use and Occupancy. Chapter 4 contains the requirements for protecting
special uses and occupancies, which are supplemental to the remainder of the code. Chapter 4 contains provisions that may alter
requirements found elsewhere in the code; however, the general requirements of the code still apply unless modified within the
chapter. For example, the height and area limitations established in Chapter 5 apply to all special occupancies unless Chapter 4 contains height and area limitations. In this case, the limitations in Chapter 4 supersede those in other sections. An example of this is the
height and area limitations for open parking garages given in Section 406.3.5, which supersede the limitations given in Section 503.
In some instances, it may not be necessary to apply the provisions of Chapter 4. For example, if a covered mall building complies
with the provisions of the code for Group M, Section 402 does not apply; however, other sections that deal with a use, process or
operation must be applied to that specific occupancy, such as stages and platforms, special amusement buildings and hazardous
materials (Sections 410,411 and 414).
The chapter includes requirements for buildings and conditions that apply to one or more groups, such as high-rise buildings,
underground buildings or atriums. Special uses may also imply specific occupancies and operations, such as for Group H, hazardous materials, application of flammable finishes, drying rooms, organic coatings and combustible storage or hydrogen cutoff
rooms, all of which are coordinated with the IFC. Unique consideration is taken for special use areas, such as covered mall buildings, motor-vehicle-related occupancies, special amusement buildings and aircraft-related occupancies. Special facilities within
other occupancies are considered, such as stages and platforms, motion picture projection rooms and storm shelters. Finally, in
order that the overall package of protection features can be easily understood, unique considerations for specific occupancies are
addressed: Groups 1-1,1-2,1-3, R-l, R-2, R-3 (by definition R-4), ambulatory care facilities and live/work units.
Chapter 5 General Building Heights and Areas. Chapter 5 contains the provisions that regulate the minimum type of construction for area limits and height limits based on the occupancy of the building. Height and area increases (including allowances for
basements, mezzanines and equipment platforms) are permitted based on open frontage for fire department access, and the type of
sprinkler protection provided and separation (Sections 503-506, 509). These thresholds are reduced for buildings over three stories
in height in accordance with Section 506.4.1. Provisions include the protection and/or separation of incidental accessory occupancies (Table 508.2.5), accessory occupancies (Sections 508.2) and mixed uses in the same building (Sections 506.5, 508.3, 508.4 and
509). Unlimited area buildings are permitted in certain occupancies when they meet special provisions (Section 507).
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
vii
Table 503 is the keystone in setting thresholds for building size based on the building's use and the materials with which it is constructed. If one then looks at Table 503, the relationship among group classification, allowable heights and areas and types of construction becomes apparent. Respective to each group classification, the greater the fire-resistance rating of structural elements, as
represented by the type of construction, the greater the floor area and height allowances. The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of the group, the lesser the height and area allowances for a particular construction type.
Chapter 6 Types of Construction. The interdependence of these fire safety considerations can be seen by first looking at Tables
601 and 602, which show the fire-resistance ratings of the principal structural elements comprising a building in relation to the five
classifications for types of construction. Type I construction is the classification that generally requires the highest fire-resistance
ratings for structural elements, whereas Type V construction, which is designated as a combustible type of construction, generally
requires the least amount offire-resistance-rated structural elements. The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of
the group, the lesser the height and area allowances for a particular construction type. Section 603 includes a list of combustible elements that can be part of a noncombustible building (Types I and II construction).
Chapter 7 Fire and Smoke Protection Features. The provisions of Chapter 7 present the fundamental concepts of fire performance that all buildings are expected to achieve in some form. This chapter identifies the acceptable materials, techniques and methods which proposed construction can be designed and evaluated against to determine a building's ability to limit the impact of fire .
The fire-resistance-rated construction requirements within Chapter 7 provide passive resistance to the spread and effects of fire .
Types of separations addressed include fire walls, fire barriers, fire partitions, horizontal assemblies, smoke barriers and smoke partitions. A fire produces heat that can weaken structural components and smoke products that cause property damage and place occupants at risk. The requirements of Chapter 7 work in unison with height and area requirements (Chapter 5), active fire detection and
suppression systems (Chapter 9) and occupant egress requirements (Chapter 10) to contain a fire should it occur while helping
ensure occupants are able to safely exit.
Chapter 8 Interior Finishes. This chapter contains the performance requirements for controlling fire growth within buildings by
restricting interior finish and decorative materials. Past fire experience has shown that interior finish and decorative materials are
key elements in the development and spread of fire. The provisions of Chapter 8 require materials used as interior finishes and decorations to meet certain flame-spread index or flame-propagation criteria based on the relative fire hazard associated with the occupancy. As smoke is also a hazard associated with fire, this chapter contains limits on the smoke development characteristics of
interior finishes . The performance of the material is evaluated based on test standards.
Chapter 9 Fire Protection Systems. Chapter 9 prescribes the minimum requirements for active systems of fire protection equipment to perform the following functions: detect a fire; alert the occupants or fire department of a fire emergency; and control smoke
and control or extinguish the fire. Generally, the requirements are based on the occupancy, the height and the area of the building,
because these are the factors that most affect fire-fighting capabilities and the relative hazard of a specific building or portion
thereof. This chapter parallels and is substantially duplicated in Chapter 9 of the International Fire Code (IFC); however, the IFC
Chapter 9 also contains periodic testing criteria that are not contained in the IBC. In addition, the special fire protection system
requirements based on use and occupancy found in IBC Chapter 4 are duplicated in IFC Chapter 9 as a user convenience.
Chapter 10 Means of Egress. The general criteria set forth in Chapter 10 regulating the design of the means of egress are established as the primary method for protection of people in buildings by allowing timely relocation or evacuation of building occupants. Both prescriptive and performance language is utilized in this chapter to provide for a basic approach in the determination of a
safe exiting system for all occupancies. It addresses all portions of the egress system (i.e., exit access, exits and exit discharge) and
includes design requirements as well as provisions regulating individual components. The requirements detail the size, arrangement, number and protection of means of egress components. Functional and operational characteristics also are specified for the
components that will permit their safe use without special knowledge or effort. The means of egress protection requirements work
in coordination with other sections of the code, such as protection of vertical openings (see Chapter 7), interior finish (see Chapter
8), fire suppression and detection systems (see Chapter 9) and numerous others, all having an impact on life safety. Chapter 10 of the
IBC is duplicated in Chapter 10 of the IFC; however, the IFC contains two additional sections on the means of egress system in existing buildings.
Chapter 11 Accessibility. Chapter 11 contains provisions that set forth requirements for accessibility of buildings and their associated sites and facilities for people with physical disabilities. The fundamental philosophy of the code on the subject of accessibility
is that everything is required to be accessible. This is reflected in the basic applicability requirement (see Section 1103.1). The
code's scoping requirements then address the conditions under which accessibility is not required in terms of exceptions to this general mandate. While the IBC contains scoping provisions for accessibility (e.g., what, where and how many), ICC/ANSI AI17.1,
Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, is the referenced standard for the technical provisions (i.e., how).
There are many accessibility issues that not only benefit people with disabilities, but also provide a tangible benefit to people
without disabilities. This type of requirement can be set forth in the code as generally applicable without necessarily identifying it
viii
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
specifically as an accessibility-related issue. Such a requirement would then be considered as having been "mainstreamed." For
example, visible alarms are located in Chapter 9 and ramp requirements are addressed in Chapter 10.
Accessibility criteria for existing buildings are addressed in Section 3411. Appendix E is supplemental information included in
the code to address accessibility for items in the new Americans with Disabilities Act/Architectural Barriers Act Accessibility
Guidelines (ADA/ABA) that were not typically enforceable through the standard traditional building code enforcement approach
system (e.g., beds, room signage). The International Residential Code (IRC) references Chapter 11 for accessibility provisions;
therefore, this chapter may be applicable to housing covered under the IRC.
Chapter 12 Interior Environment. Chapter 12 provides minimum standards for the interior environment of a building. The standards address the minimum sizes of spaces, minimum temperature levels, and minimum light and ventilation levels. The collection
of requirements addresses limiting sound transmission through walls, ventilation of attic spaces and under floor spaces (crawl
spaces). Finally, the chapter provides minimum standards for walls, partitions and floors to resist water intrusion and damage in
rooms such as toilet and shower facilities, where water is frequently in use.
Chapter 13 Energy Efficiency. The purpose of Chapter 13 is to provide minimum design requirements that will promote efficient
utilization of energy in buildings. The requirements are directed toward the design of building envelopes with adequate thermal
resistance and low air leakage, and toward the design and selection of mechanical, water heating, electrical and illumination systems
that promote effective use of depletable energy resources. For the specifics of these criteria, Chapter 13 requires design and construction in compliance with the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC).
Chapter 14 Exterior Walls. This chapter addresses requirements for exterior walls of buildings. Minimum standards for wall covering materials, installation of wall coverings and the ability of the wall to provide weather protection are provided. This chapter
also requires exterior walls that are close to lot lines, or that are bearing walls for certain types of construction, to comply with the
minimum fire-resistance ratings specified in Chapters 6 and 7. The installation of each type of wall covering, be it wood, masonry,
vinyl, metal composite material or an exterior insulation and finish system, is critical to its long-term performance in protecting the
interior of the building from the elements and the spread of fire. Special attention to the use of combustible materials on the exterior
of the building such as balconies, eaves, decks and architectural trim is the focus of Section 1406.
Chapter 15 Roof Assemblies and Rooftop Structures. Chapter 15 provides standards for both roof assemblies as well as structures which sit on top of the roof of buildings. The criteria address roof construction and covering which includes the weather-protective barrier at the roof and, in most circumstances, a fire-resistant barrier. The chapter is prescriptive in nature and is based on
decades of experience with various traditional materials. These prescriptive rules are very important for satisfying performance of
one type of roof covering or another. Section 1509 addresses rooftop structures including penthouses, tanks, towers and spires.
Rooftop penthouses larger than prescribed in this chapter must be treated as a story under Chapter 5.
Chapter 16 Structural Design. Chapter 16 prescribes minimum structural loading requirements for use in the design and construction of buildings and structural components. It includes minimum design loads, as well as permitted design methodologies. Standards are provided for minimum design loads (live, dead, snow, wind, rain, flood and earthquake as well as load combinations). The
application of these loads and adherence to the serviceability criteria will enhance the protection of life and property. The chapter
references and relies on many nationally recognized design standards. A key standard is the American Society of Civil Engineer's
Minimum Design Loads for BUildings and Other Structures (ASCE 7). Structural design needs to address the conditions of the site
and location. Therefore maps of rainfall, seismic, snow and wind criteria in different regions are provided.
Chapter 17 Structural Tests and Special Inspections. Chapter 17 provides a variety of procedures and criteria for testing materials and assemblies, for labeling materials and assemblies, and for special inspection of structural assemblies. This chapter expands
on the requirements of Chapter 1 regarding the roles and responsibilities of the building official regarding approval of building components. It also provides additional duties and responsibilities for the owner, contractor, design professionals and special inspectors.
Proper assembly of structural components, proper quality of materials used, and proper application of materials are essential to
ensuring that a building, once constructed, complies with the structural and fire-resistance minimums of the code and the approved
design. To determine this compliance often requires continuous or frequent inspection and testing. Chapter 17 establishes these special inspection and testing standards as well as reporting of the work to the building official.
Chapter 18 Soils and Foundations. Chapter 18 contains minimum requirements for design, construction and resistance to water
intrusion of foundation systems for buildings and other structures. It provides criteria for the geotechnical and structural considerations in the selection and installation of adequate support for the loads transferred from the structure above. The uncertainties of
foundation construction make it extremely difficult to address every potential failure within the text of the code. The chapter
includes requirements for soils investigation and site preparation for receiving a foundation including the allowed load-bearing values for soils and for protecting the foundation from water intrusion. Section 1808 addresses the basic requirements for all foundation types. Later sections address foundation requirements that are specific to shallow foundations and deep foundations. Due care
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
ix
must be exercised in the planning and design of foundation systems based on obtaining sufficient soils information, the use of
accepted engineering procedures, experience and good technical judgment.
Chapter 19 Concrete. This chapter provides minimum accepted practices to the design and construction of buildings and structural
components using concrete-both plain and reinforced. Chapter 19 is formatted to parallel American Concrete Institute (ACI) 318,
BUilding Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. The chapter also includes references to additional standards. Structural concrete must be designed and constructed to comply with this code and all listed standards. There are specific sections of the chapter
addressing concrete slabs, anchorage to concrete, shotcrete, reinforced gypsum concrete and concrete-filled pipe columns. Because
of the variable properties of material and numerous design and construction options available in the uses of concrete, due care and
control throughout the construction process is necessary.
Chapter 20 Aluminum. Chapter 20 contains standards for the use of aluminum in building construction. Only the structural applications of aluminum are addressed. The chapter does not address the use of aluminum in specialty products such as storefront or
window framing or architectural hardware. The use of aluminum in heating, ventilating or air-conditioning systems is addressed in
the International Mechanical Code (1MC). The chapter references national standards from the Aluminum Association for use of
aluminum in building construction, AA ASM 35, Aluminum Sheet Metal Work in BUilding Construction, and AA ADM 1, Aluminum Design Manual. By utilizing the standards set forth, a proper application of this material can be obtained.
Chapter 21 Masonry. This chapter provides comprehensive and practical requirements for masonry construction. The provisions
of Chapter 21 require minimum accepted practices and the use of standards for the design and construction of masonry structures.
The provisions address: material specifications and test methods; types of wall construction; criteria for engineered and empirical
designs; required details of construction including the execution of construction. Masonry design methodologies including allowable stress design, strength design and empirical design are covered by provisions of the chapter. Also addressed are masonry fireplaces and chimneys, masonry heaters and glass unit masonry. Fire-resistant construction using masonry is also required to comply
with Chapter 7. Masonry foundations are also subject to the requirements of Chapter 18.
Chapter 22 Steel. Chapter 22 provides the requirements necessary for the design and construction of structural steel (including
composite construction), cold-formed steel, steeljoists, steel cable structures and steel storage racks. The chapter specifies appropriate design and construction standards for these types of structures. It also provides a road map of the applicable technical requirements for steel structures. Steel is a noncombustible building material commonly associated with Types I and II construction;
however, it is permitted to be used in all types of construction. The code requires that materials used in the design of structural steel
members conform to designated national standards. Chapter 22 is involved with the design and use of steel materials using the specifications and standards of the American Institute for Steel Construction, the American Iron and Steel Institute, the Steel Joist Institute and the American Society of Civil Engineers.
Chapter 23 Wood. This chapter provides minimum guidance for the design of buildings and structures that use wood and
wood-based products in their framing and fabrication. The chapter is organized around three design methodologies: allowable
stress design (ASD) , load and resistance-factor design (LRFD) and conventional light-frame construction. Included in the chapter
are references to design and manufacturing standards for various wood and wood-based products; general construction requirements; design criteria for lateral-force-resisting systems and specific requirements for the application of the three design methods.
In general, only Type III, IV or V buildings may be constructed of wood. Accordingly Chapter 23 is referenced when the combination of the occupancy (determined in Chapter 3) and the height and area of the building (determined in Chapter 5) indicate that construction can be Type III, IV or V.
Chapter 24 Glass and Glazing. This chapter establishes regulations for glass and glazing used in buildings and structures that,
when installed, are subjected to wind, snow and dead loads. Engineering and design requirements are included in the chapter. Additional structural requirements are found in Chapter 16. A second concern of this chapter is glass and glazing used in areas where it is
likely to have an impact on the occupants. Section 2406 identifies hazardous locations where glazing installed must either be safety
glazing or blocked to prevent human impact. Safety glazing must meet stringent standards and be appropriately marked or identified. Additional standards for glass and glazing in guards, handrails, elevator hoistways and elevator cars, and in athletic facilities
are provided.
Chapter 25 Gypsum Board and Plaster. Chapter 25 contains the provisions and referenced standards that regulate the design,
construction and quality of gypsum board and plaster. These represent the most common interior and exterior finish materials in the
building industry. This chapter primarily addresses quality-control-related issues with regard to material specifications and installation requirements. Most products are manufactured under the control of industry standards. The building official or inspector primarily needs to verify that the appropriate product is used and properly installed for the intended use and location. While often
simply used as wall and ceiling coverings, proper design and application are necessary to provide weather resistance and required
fire protection for both structural and nonstructural building components.
Chapter 26 Plastic. The use of plastics in building construction and components is addressed in Chapter 26. This chapter provides
standards addressing foam plastic insulation, foam plastics used as interior finish and trim, and other plastic veneers used on the
x
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
inside or outside of a building. Plastic siding is regulated by Chapter 14. Sections 2606 through 2611 address the use of light-transmitting plastics in various configurations such as walls, roof panels, skylights, signs and as glazing. Requirements for the use of
fiber reinforced polymers, fiberglass reinforced polymers and reflective plastic core insulation are also contained in this chapter.
Some plastics exhibit rapid flame spread and heavy smoke density characteristics when exposed to fire. Additionally, exposure to
the heat generated by a fire can cause some plastics to deform, which can affect their performance. The requirements and limitations
of this chapter are necessary to control the use of plastic and foam plastic products such that they do not compromise the safety of
building occupants.
Chapter 27 Electrical. Since electrical systems and components are an integral part of almost all structures, it is necessary for the
code to address the installation of such systems. For this purpose, Chapter 27 references the National Electrical Code (NEC). In
addition, Section 2702 addresses emergency and standby power requirements. Such systems must comply with the International
Fire Code (IFC) and referenced standards. This section also provides references to the various code sections requiring emergency
and standby power, such as high-rise buildings and buildings containing hazardous materials.
Chapter 28 Mechanical Systems. Nearly all buildings will include mechanical systems. This chapter provides references to the
International Mechanical Code (IMC) and the International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC) for the design and installation of mechanical
systems. In addition, the chapter references Chapter 21 of the IBC for masonry chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues.
Chapter 29 Plumbing Systems. Chapter 29 regulates the minimum number of plumbing fixtures that must be provided for every
type of building. This chapter also regulates the location of the required fixtures in various types of buildings and the construction of
toilet rooms. This section requires separate facilities for males and females except for certain types of small occupancies. The regulations in this chapter come directly from Chapters 3 and 4 of the International Plumbing Code (IPC).
Chapter 30 Elevators and Conveying Systems. Chapter 30 provides standards for the installation of elevators into buildings. Referenced standards provide the requirements for the elevator system and mechanisms. Detailed standards are provided in the chapter
for hoistway enclosures, hoistway venting and machine rooms. New provisions are added in the 2009 IBC for Fire Service Access
Elevators required in high-rise buildings and for the optional choice of Occupant Evacuation Elevators (see Section 403).
Chapter 31 Special Construction. Chapter 31 contains a collection of regulations for a variety of unique structures and architectural features. Pedestrian walkways and tunnels connecting two buildings are addressed in Section 3104. Membrane and air-supported structures are addressed by Section 3102. Safeguards for swimming pool safety are found in Section 3109. Standards for
temporary structures, including permit requirements are provided in Section 3103. Structures as varied as awnings, marquees,
signs, telecommunication and broadcast towers and automatic vehicular gates are also addressed (see Sections 3105 through 3108
and 3110).
Chapter 32 Encroachments into the Public Right-of-way. Buildings and structures from time to time are designed to extend over
a property line and into the public right-of-way. Local regulations outside of the building code usually set limits to such encroachments, and such regulations take precedence over the provisions of this chapter. Standards are provided for encroachments below
grade for structural support, vaults and areaways. Encroachments above grade are divided into below 8 feet, 8 feet to 15 feet, and
above 15 feet, because of headroom and vehicular height issues. This includes steps, columns, awnings, canopies, marquees, signs,
windows, balconies. Similar architectural features above grade are also addressed. Pedestrian walkways must also comply with
Chapter 31.
Chapter 33 Safeguards During Construction. Chapter 33 provides safety requirements during construction and demolition of
buildings and structures. These requirements are intended to protect the public from injury and adjoining property from damage. In
addition the chapter provides for the progressive installation and operation of exit stairways and standpipe systems during construction.
Chapter 34 Existing Structures. The provisions in Chapter 34 deal with alternative methods or reduced compliance requirements
when dealing with existing building constraints. This chapter allows for a controlled departure from full compliance with the technical codes, without compromising the minimum standards for fire prevention and life safety features of the rehabilitated building.
Provisions are divided by addition, alterations, repairs, change of occupancy and moved structures. There are further allowances for
registered historic buildings. There are also special allowances for replacement of existing stairways, replacement of glass and
accessibility requirements. The fire escape requirements in Section 3406 are consistent with the fire escape requirements in Section
1030 of the International Fire Code (IFC).
Section 3412, Compliance Alternatives, allows for existing buildings to be evaluated so as to show that alterations, while not
meeting new construction requirements, will improve the current existing situation. Provisions are based on a numerical scoring
system involving 18 various safety parameters and the degree of code compliance for each issue.
Chapter 34 is repeated in the International Existing Building Code (IEBC). Sections 3402 through 3409 are repeated as IEBC
Chapter 3 and Section 3410 as Chapter 13.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xi
Chapter 35 Referenced Standards. The code contains numerous references to standards that are used to regulate materials and
methods of construction. Chapter 35 contains a comprehensive list of all standards that are referenced in the code, including the
appendices. The standards are part of the code to the extent of the reference to the standard (see Section 102.4). Compliance with the
referenced standard is necessary for compliance with this code. By providing specifically adopted standards, the construction and
installation requirements necessary for compliance with the code can be readily determined. The basis for code compliance is,
therefore, established and available on an equal basis to the building code official, contractor, designer and owner.
Chapter 35 is organized in a manner that makes it easy to locate specific standards. It lists all of the referenced standards, alphabetically, by acronym of the promulgating agency of the standard. Each agency's standards are then listed in either alphabetical or
numeric order based upon the standard identification. The list also contains the title of the standard; the edition (date) of the standard
referenced; any addenda included as part of the ICC adoption; and the section or sections of this code that reference the standard.
Appendices. Appendices are provided in the IBC to offer optional or supplemental criteria to the provisions in the main chapters of
the code. Appendices provide additional information for administration of the Department of Building Safety as well as standards
not typically administered by all building departments. Appendices have the same force and effect as the first 35 chapters of the IBC
only when explicitly adopted by the jurisdiction.
Appendix A Employee Qualifications. Effective administration and enforcement of the family of International Codes depends on
the training and expertise of the personnel employed by the jurisdiction and his or her knowledge of the codes. Section 103 of the
code establishes the Department of Building Safety and calls for the appointment of a building official and deputies such as plans
examiners and inspectors. Appendix A provides standards for experience, training and certification for the building official and the
other staff mentioned in Chapter 1.
Appendix B Board ofAppeals. Section 112 of Chapter 1 requires the establishment of a board of appeals to hear appeals regarding
determinations made by the building official. Appendix B provides qualification standards for members of the board as well as
operational procedures of such board.
Appendix C Group V-Agricultural Buildings. Appendix C provides a more liberal set of standards for the construction of agricultural buildings, rather than strictly following the Utility building provision, reflective of their specific usage and limited occupant
load. The provisions of the appendix, when adopted, allow reasonable heights and areas commensurate with the risk of agricultural
buildings.
Appendix D Fire Districts. Fire districts have been a tool used to limit conflagration hazards in areas of a city with intense and concentrated development. More frequently used under the model codes which preceded the International Building Code (IBC) , the
appendix is provided to allowjurisdictions to continue the designation and use of fire districts. Fire District standards restrict certain
occupancies within the district, as well as setting higher minimum construction standards.
Appendix E Supplemental Accessibility Requirements. The Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (U.S.
Access Board) has revised and updated its accessibility guidelines for buildings and facilities covered by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) . Appendix E includes scoping requirements contained in the new
ADA/ABA AcceSSibility Guidelines that are not in Chapter 11 and not otherwise mentioned or mainstreamed throughout the code.
Items in the appendix deal with subjects not typically addressed in building codes (e.g., beds, room signage, transportation facilities) .
Appendix F Rodentproofing. The provisions of this appendix are minimum mechanical methods to prevent the entry of rodents
into a building. These standards, when used in conjunction with cleanliness and maintenance programs, can significantly reduce the
potential of rodents invading a building.
Appendix G Flood-resistant Construction. Appendix G is intended to fulfill the flood-plain management and administrative
requirements of the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) that are not included in the code. Communities that adopt the International Building Code (IBC) and Appendix G will meet the minimum requirements of NFIP as set forth in Title 44 of the Code of
Federal Regulations.
Appendix H Signs. Appendix H gathers in one place the various code standards that regulate the construction and protection of outdoor signs. Whenever possible, the appendix provides standards in performance language, thus allowing the widest possible application.
Appendix I Patio Covers. Appendix I provides standards applicable to the construction and use of patio covers. It is limited in
application to patio covers accessory to dwelling units. Covers of patios and other outdoor areas associated with restaurants, mercantile buildings, offices, nursing homes or other nondwelling occupancies would be subject to standards in the main code and not
this appendix.
Appendix J Grading. Appendix J provides standards for the grading of properties. The appendix also provides standards for
administration and enforcement of a grading program including permit and inspection requirements. Appendix J was originally
xii
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
developed in the 1960s and used for many years in jurisdictions throughout the western states. It is intended to provide consistent
and uniform code requirements anywhere grading is considered an issue.
Appendix K Administrative Provisions. Appendix K primarily provides administrative provisions for jurisdictions adopting and
enforcing NFPA 70-the National Electrical Code (NEC). The provisions contained in this appendix are compatible with administrative and enforcement provisions contained in Chapter 1 of the IBC and the other International Codes. Annex H ofNFPA 70 also
contains administrative provisions for the NEC; however, some of its provisions are not compatible with IBC Chapter 1. Section
KIlO also contains technical provisions that are unique to this appendix and are in addition to technical standards of NFPA 70.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xiii
xiv
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
ORDINANCE
The International Codes are designed and promulgated to be adopted by reference by ordinance. Jurisdictions wishing to adopt the
2009 International Building Code as an enforceable regulation governing structures and premises should ensure that certain factual
information is included in the adopting ordinance at the time adoption is being considered by the appropriate governmental body.
The following sample adoption ordinance addresses several key elements of a code adoption ordinance, including the information
required for insertion into the code text.
SAMPLE ORDINANCE FOR ADOPTION OF
THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE
ORDINANCE NO.- - - - - - An ordinance of the [JURISDICTION] adopting the 2009 edition of the International Building Code, regulating and governing the
conditions and maintenance of all property, buildings and structures; by providing the standards for supplied utilities and facilities
and other physical things and conditions essential to ensure that structures are safe, sanitary and fit for occupation and use; and the
condemnation of buildings and structures unfit for human occupancy and use and the demolition ofsuch structures in the [JURISDICof the [JURISDICTION]
TION]; providing for the issuance of permits and collection of fees therefor; repealing Ordinance No.
and all other ordinances and parts of the ordinances in conflict therewith.
The [GOVERNING BODY] of the [JURISDICTION] does ordain as follows:
Section 1. That a certain document, three (3) copies of which are on file in the office of the [TITLE OF JURISDICTION'S KEEPER OF
RECORDS] of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], being marked and designated as the International Building Code, 2009 edition, including
Appendix Chapters [FILL IN THE APPENDIX CHAPTERS BEING ADOPTED] (see International Building Code Section 101.2.1, 2009
edition), as published by the International Code Council, be and is hereby adopted as the Building Code of the [JURISDICTION], in
the State of [STATE NAME] for regulating and governing the conditions and maintenance of all property, buildings and structures; by
providing the standards for supplied utilities and facilities and other physical things and conditions essential to ensure that structures
are safe, sanitary and fit for occupation and use; and the condemnation of buildings and structures unfit for human occupancy and
use and the demolition of such structures as herein provided; providing for the issuance of permits and collection of fees therefor;
and each and all of the regulations, provisions, penalties, conditions and terms of said Building Code on file in the office of the
[JURISDICTION] are hereby referred to, adopted, and made a part hereof, as if fully set out in this ordinance, with the additions, insertions, deletions and changes, if any, prescribed in Section 2 of this ordinance.
Section 2. The following sections are hereby revised:
Section 101.1. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION]
Section 1612.3. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION]
Section 1612.3. Insert: [DATE OF ISSUANCE]
Section 3412.2. Insert: [DATE IN ONE LOCATION]
Section 3. That Ordinance No.
of [JURISDICTION] entitled [FILL IN HERE THE COMPLETE TITLE OF THE ORDINANCE OR
ORDINANCES IN EFFECT AT THE PRESENT TIME SO THAT THEY WILL BE REPEALED BY DEFINITE MENTION] and all other ordinances
or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby repealed.
Section 4. That if any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this ordinance is, for any reason, held to be unconstitutional,
such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance. The [GOVERNING BODY] hereby declares that it
would have passed this ordinance, and each section, subsection, clause or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that anyone or more
sections, subsections, sentences, clauses and phrases be declared unconstitutional.
Section 5. That nothing in this ordinance or in the Building Code hereby adopted shall be construed to affect any suit or proceeding
impending in any court, or any rights acquired, or liability incurred, or any cause or causes of action acquired or existing, under any
act or ordinance hereby repealed as cited in Section 3 of this ordinance; nor shall anyjust or legal right or remedy of any character be
lost, impaired or affected by this ordinance.
Section 6. That the [JURISDICTION'S KEEPER OF RECORDS] is hereby ordered and directed to cause this ordinance to be published.
(An additional provision may be required to direct the number of times the ordinance is to be published and to specify that it is to be
in a newspaper in general circulation. Posting may also be required.)
Section 7. That this ordinance and the rules, regulations, provisions, requirements, orders and matters established and adopted
hereby shall take effect and be in full force and effect [TIME PERIOD] from and after the date of its final passage and adoption.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xv
xvi
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION.... 1
PART I-SCOPE AND APPLICATION
1
Section
101
General
1
102
Applicability
1
312
Utility and Miscellaneous Group U
36
CHAPTER 4 SPECIAL DETAILED
REQUIREMENTS BASED ON
USE AND OCCUPANCY
37
Section
401
Scope
37
PART 2-ADMINISTRATION AND
ENFORCEMENT
402
Covered Mall and Open Mall Buildings
37
2
403
High-rise Buildings
40
103
Department of Building Safety
2
404
Atriums
43
104
Duties and Powers of Building Official
2
405
Underground Buildings
44
105
Permits
3
406
Motor-vehicle-related Occupancies
45
106
Floor and Roof Design Loads
5
407
Group 1-2
49
107
Submittal Documents
5
408
Group 1-3
50
108
Temporary Structures and Uses
6
409
Motion Picture Projection Rooms
52
109
Fees
6
410
Stages and Platforms
53
110
Inspections
7
411
Special Amusement Buildings
54
111
Certificate of Occupancy
8
412
Aircraft-related Occupancies
55
112
Service Utilities
8
413
Combustible Storage
58
113
Board of Appeals
8
414
Hazardous Materials
58
114
Violations
9
415
Groups H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5
62
115
Stop Work Order
9
416
Application of Flammable Finishes
74
116
Unsafe Structures and Equipment
9
41 7
Drying Rooms
75
418
Organic Coatings
75
CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS
11
Section
201
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
202
Definitions
CHAPTER 3 USE AND OCCUPANCY
CLASSIFICATION
11
General
Live/work Units
75
Groups 1-1, R-1, R-2, R-3
76
421
Hydrogen Cutoff Rooms
76
422
Ambulatory Health Care Facilities
77
423
Storm Shelters
77
23
Section
301
419
420
23
CHAPTER 5 GENERAL BUILDING
HEIGHTS AND AREAS
79
302
Classification
23
Section
303
Assembly Group A
23
501
General
79
304
Business Group B
24
502
Definitions
79
General Building Height and Area Limitations .. 79
305
Educational Group E
24
503
306
Factory Group F
24
504
Building Height
79
307
High-hazard Group H
25
505
Mezzanines
81
308
Institutional Group I
33
506
Building Area Modifications
82
309
Mercantile Group M
34
507
Unlimited Area Buildings
83
310
Residential Group R
35
508
Mixed Use and Occupancy
84
311
Storage Group S
35
509
Special Provisions
87
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xvii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 6 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
89
601
General
89
901
General
902
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
903
Automatic Sprinkler Systems
184
904
Alternative Automatic
Fire-extinguishing Systems
188
905
Standpipe Systems
190
906
Portable Fire Extinguishers
192
602
Construction Classification
89
603
Combustible Material in
Type I and II Construction
91
CHAPTER 7 FIRE AND SMOKE
PROTECTION FEATURES
CHAPTER 9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ... 181
Section
Section
93
Section
181
907
Fire Alarm and Detection Systems
194
701
General
93
908
Emergency Alarm Systems
204
702
Definitions
93
909
Smoke Control Systems
204
703
Fire-resistance Ratings and Fire Tests
94
910
Smoke and Heat Vents
211
911
Fire Command Center
213
704
Fire-resistance Rating of
Structural Members
95
912
Fire Department Connections
214
705
Exterior Walls
97
913
Fire Pumps
214
706
Fire Walls
101
914
Emergency Responder Safety Features
215
707
Fire Barriers
103
915
Emergency Responder Radio Coverage
215
708
Shaft Enclosures
104
709
Fire Partitions
107
710
Smoke Barriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
711
Smoke Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
712
Horizontal Assemblies
713
Penetrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
714
Fire-resistant Joint Systems
113
715
Opening Protectives
113
716
Ducts and Air Transfer Openings
11 7
71 7
Concealed Spaces
121
718
Fire-resistance Requirements for Plaster
719
CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS
217
Section
1001
Administration
21 7
1002
Definitions
21 7
1003
General Means of Egress
218
1004
Occupant Load
219
1005
Egress Width
221
1006
Means of Egress Illumination
221
1007
Accessible Means of Egress
222
1008
Doors, Gates and Turnstiles
224
124
1009
Stairways
230
Thermal- and Sound-insulating Materials
124
1010
Ramps
233
720
Prescriptive Fire Resistance
125
1011
Exit Signs
234
721
Calculated Fire Resistance
125
1012
Handrails
235
1013
Guards
236
1014
Exit Access
237
1015
Exit and Exit Access Doorways
238
CHAPTER 8 INTERIOR FINISHES
109
175
Section
801
General
1016
Exit Access Travel Distance
240
802
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
1017
Aisles
240
803
Wall and Ceiling Finishes
175
1018
Corridors
241
804
Interior Floor Finish
178
1019
Egress Balconies
242
1020
Exits
243
805
175
Combustible Materials in Type I
and II Construction
178
1021
Number of Exits and Continuity
243
806
Decorative Materials and Trim
178
1022
Exit Enclosures
244
807
Insulation
179
1023
Exit Passageways
245
808
Acoustical Ceiling Systems
179
1024
Luminous Egress Path Markings
246
xviii
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1408
Exterior Insulation and
Finish Systems (EIFS)
1025
Horizontal Exits
247
1026
Exterior Exit Ramps and Stairways
248
1027
Exit Discharge
249
1028
Assembly
250
CHAPTER 15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND
ROOFTOP STRUCTURES
1029
Emergency Escape and Rescue
254
Section
CHAPTER 11 ACCESSIBILITy
257
Section
1501
General
1502
287
287
1504
Performance Requirements
288
1505
Fire Classification
289
1506
Materials
289
257
1102
Definitions
257
1103
Scoping Requirements
257
1104
Accessible Route
258
1105
Accessible Entrances
259
1106
Parking and Passenger Loading Facilities
260
1107
Dwelling Units and Sleeping Units
260
1108
Special Occupancies
264
1109
Other Features and Facilities
266
CHAPTER 16 STRUCTURAL DESIGN
269
Section
Section
1201
General
271
1202
Definitions
271
1203 Ventilation
271
1204 Temperature Control
272
1205
272
Lighting
1206 Yards or Courts
273
1207
273
Sound Transmission
1208 Interior Space Dimensions
273
1209 Access to Unoccupied Spaces
274
1210 Surrounding Materials
274
CHAPTER 13 ENERGY EFFICIENCY
287
Definitions
General
CHAPTER 12 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT ..... 271
287
1503 Weather Protection
1101
1110 Signage
285
1507
Requirements for Roof Coverings
290
1508
Roof Insulation
299
1509
Rooftop Structures
300
1510
Reroofing
301
303
1601
General
303
1602
Definitions and Notations
303
1603
Construction Documents
304
1604
General Design Requirements
305
1605
Load Combinations
308
1606
Dead Loads
309
1607
Live Loads
309
1608
Snow Loads
315
1609 Wind Loads
315
1610 Soil Lateral Loads
331
1611
Rain Loads
332
1612
Flood Loads
338
1613
Earthquake Loads
340
275
1614
Structural Integrity
345
275
CHAPTER 17 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
277
Section
Section
1301
General
CHAPTER 14 EXTERIOR WALLS
367
Section
1701
General
367
1401
General
277
1702
Definitions
367
1402
Definitions
277
1703
Approvals
367
1403
Performance Requirements
277
1704
Special Inspections
368
Statement of Special Inspections
379
1404
Materials
278
1705
1405
Installation of Wall Coverings
279
1706
Special Inspections for Wind Requirements
381
1707
Special Inspections for Seismic Resistance
381
1406
1407
Combustible Materials on the
Exterior Side of Exterior Walls
283
1708
Structural Testing for Seismic Resistance
382
Metal Composite Materials (MCM)
284
1709
Contractor Responsibility
383
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xix
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1710 Structural Observations
383
CHAPTER 21 MASONRy
1711
Design Strengths of Materials
383
Section
429
1712
Alternative Test Procedure
383
2101
General
429
1713
Test Safe Load
384
2102
Definitions and Notations
429
1714
In-situ Load Tests
384
2103
Masonry Construction Materials
432
Construction
433
434
1715
Preconstruction Load Tests
384
2104
1716
Material and Test Standards
385
2105
Quality Assurance
2106
Seismic Design
435
CHAPTER 18 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS ..... 387
2107
Allowable Stress Design
435
Section
2108
Strength Design of Masonry
436
1801
General
387
2109
Empirical Design of Masonry
436
1802
Definitions
387
2110
Glass Unit Masonry
438
1803
Geotechnical Investigations
387
2111
Masonry Fireplaces
438
1804
Excavation, Grading and Fill
389
2112
Masonry Heaters
440
1805
Dampproofing and Waterproofing
390
2113
Masonry Chimneys
441
1806
Presumptive Load-bearing Values of Soils
391
1807
Foundation Walls, Retaining Walls and
Embedded Posts and Poles
392
Section
1808
Foundations
398
2201
1809
Shallow Foundations
402
1810
Deep Foundations
403
417
CHAPTER 19 CONCRETE
CHAPTER 22 STEEL
Section
447
General
447
2202
Definitions
447
2203
Identification and Protection of Steel
for Structural Purposes
447
2204
Connections
447
2205
Structural Steel
447
General
417
2206
Steel Joists
448
1902
Definitions
417
2207
Steel Cable Structures
449
1903
Specifications for Tests and Materials
417
2208
Steel Storage Racks
449
1904
Durability Requirements
41 7
2209
Cold-formed Steel
449
1905
Concrete Quality, Mixing and Placing
419
2210
Cold-formed Steel Light-frame Construction .. 449
1906
Formwork, Embedded Pipes and
Construction Joints
420
CHAPTER 23 WOOD
1907
Details of Reinforcement
420
Section
1908
Modifications to ACI 318
420
2301
1909
Structural Plain Concrete
423
423
1901
1910 Minimum Slab Provisions
1911
Anchorage to Concrete-Allowable
Stress Design
424
451
General
451
2302
Definitions
451
2303
Minimum Standards and Quality
452
2304
General Construction Requirements
456
2305
General Design Requirements for
Lateral-foree-resisting Systems
466
1912
Anchorage to Concrete-Strength Design
424
1913
Shotcrete
425
2306
Allowable Stress Design
468
1914
Reinforced Gypsum Concrete
426
2307
Load and Resistance Factor Design
469
1915
Concrete-filled Pipe Columns
426
2308
Conventional Light-frame Construction
469
427
CHAPTER 24 GLASS AND GLAZING
CHAPTER 20 ALUMINUM
Section
521
Section
2001
General
427
2401
General
521
2002
Materials
427
2402
Definitions
521
xx
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2403
General Requirements for Glass
2404
Wind, Snow, Seismic and
Dead Loads on Glass
521
521
2701
General
545
2405
Sloped Glazing and Skylights
523
2702
Emergency and Standby Power Systems
545
2406
Safety Glazing
524
2407
Glass in Handrails and Guards
526
CHAPTER 28 MECHANICAL SySTEMS
Section
CHAPTER 27 ELECTRICAL
2408
Glazing in Athletic Facilities
526
2409
Glass in Elevator Hoistways and
Elevator Cars
527
2801
General
CHAPTER 29 PLUMBING SYSTEMS
CHAPTER 25 GYPSUM BOARD
AND PLASTER
2501
General
529
2502
Definitions
529
2503
Inspection
529
2504
Vertical and Horizontal Assemblies
529
2505
Shear Wall Construction
529
2506
Gypsum Board Materials
530
2507
Lathing and Plastering
530
2508
Gypsum Construction
530
2510
Gypsum Board in Showers and
Water Closets
547
547
549
Section
529
Section
2509
545
Section
531
2901
General
549
2902
Minimum Plumbing Facilities
549
2903
Toilet Room Requirements
552
CHAPTER 30 ELEVATORS AND
CONVEYING SYSTEMS
553
Section
3001
General
553
3002
Hoistway Enclosures
553
3003
Emergency Operations
553
3004
Hoistway Venting
554
3005
Conveying Systems
554
3006
Machine Rooms
555
Lathing and Furring for Cement
Plaster (Stucco)
532
3007
Fire Service Access Elevator
555
3008
Occupant Evacuation Elevators
556
2511
Interior Plaster
532
2512
Exterior Plaster
533
2513
Exposed Aggregate Plaster
533
CHAPTER 31 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
559
Section
CHAPTER 26 PLASTIC
3101
General
559
3102
Membrane Structures
559
535
3103 Temporary Structures
560
Pedestrian Walkways and Tunnels
560
Awnings and Canopies
561
535
Section
2601
General
2602
Definitions
535
3104
2603
Foam Plastic Insulation
535
3105
2604
Interior Finish and Trim
538
3106
Marquees
562
Signs
562
2605
Plastic Veneer.
539
3107
2606
Light-transmitting Plastics
539
3108 Telecommunication and Broadcast Towers
2607
Light-transmitting Plastic Wall Panels
540
3109
2608
Light-transmitting Plastic Glazing
541
2609
Light-transmitting Plastic Roof Panels
541
2610
Light-transmitting Plastic Skylight Glazing
542
2611
Light-transmitting Plastic Interior Signs
542
2612
2613
Swimming Pool Enclosures and
Safety Devices
562
562
3110 Automatic Vehicular Gates
563
CHAPTER 32 ENCROACHMENTS INTO THE
PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAy
565
Section
Fiber Reinforced Polymer and
Fiberglass-reinforced Polymer
543
3201
General
565
Reflective Plastic Core Insulation
544
3202
Encroachments
565
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xxi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 33 SAFEGUARDS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
567
APPENDIX C GROUP U-AGRICULTURAL
BUILDINGS
611
Section
Section
3301
General
567
C101 General
611
3302
Construction Safeguards
567
C102 Allowable Height and Area
611
3303
Demolition
567
C103 Mixed Occupancies
611
567
C104 Exits
611
APPENDIX D FIRE DISTRICTS
613
3304
Site Work
3305
Sanitary
567
3306
Protection of Pedestrians
568
3307
Protection of Adjoining Property
569
Section
D101 General
613
D102 Building Restrictions
613
D103 Changes to Buildings
614
569
D104 Buildings Located Partially in the
Fire District
614
Standpipes
569
D105 Exceptions to Restrictions in Fire District
614
Automatic Sprinkler System
570
D106 Referenced Standards
615
571
APPENDIX E SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
617
3308 Temporary Use of Streets, Alleys and
Public Property
569
3309
Fire Extinguishers
569
3310
Means of Egress
3311
3312
CHAPTER 34 EXISTING STRUCTURES
Section
3401
General
571
Section
3402
Definitions
571
E101 General
617
E102 Definitions
617
E103 Accessible Route
61 7
3403
Additions
572
3404
Alterations
572
3405
Repairs
573
3406
Fire Escapes
574
3407
Glass Replacement
575
3408
Change of Occupancy
575
3409
Historic Buildings
575
3410
Moved Structures
575
3411
Accessibility for Existing Buildings
575
3412
Compliance Alternatives
577
CHAPTER 35 REFERENCED STANDARDS ..... 587
E104 Special Occupancies
61 7
E105 Other Features and Facilities
618
E106 Telephones
618
E107 Signage
619
E108 Bus Stops
620
E109 Transportation Facilities and Stations
620
E110 Airports
621
E111 Referenced Standards
621
APPENDIX F RODENTPROOFING
623
Section
F101
APPENDIX A EMPLOYEE
QUALIFICATIONS
607
Section
General
623
APPENDIX G FLOOD-RESISTANT
CONSTRUCTION
625
A101 Building Official Qualifications
607
Section
A102 Referenced Standards
607
G101 Administration
625
G102 Applicability
625
G103 Powers and Duties
625
G104 Permits
626
G105 Variances
626
APPENDIX B BOARD OF APPEALS
609
Section
B101 General
xxii
609
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
TABLE OF CONTENTS
G201 Definitions
627
JI07
Fills
638
G301 Subdivisions
628
JI08
Setbacks
638
G401 Site Improvement.
628
J 109
Drainage and Terracing
640
G501 Manufactured Homes
628
J 11 0
Erosion Control
640
G601 Recreational Vehicles
628
JIll
Referenced Standards
640
G701 Tanks
629
G801 Other Building Work
629
G901 Temporary Structures and
Temporary Storage
629
G1001 Utility and Miscellaneous Group U
629
GII01 Referenced Standards
630
APPENDIX K ADMINISTRATIVE
PROVISIONS
Section
KI0l General
KI02 Applicability
641
KI03 Permits
641
K104 Construction Documents
642
K105 Alternative Engineered Design
642
641
641
APPENDIX H SIGNS
Section
631
HI0l General
631
K106 Required Inspections
642
HI02 Definitions
631
KI07 Prefabricated Construction
642
HI03 Location
631
KI08 Testing
643
HI04 Identification
631
KI09 Reconnection
643
HI 05 Design and Construction
632
HI06 Electrical
632
HI07 Combustible Materials
632
HI08 Animated Devices
632
HI09 Ground Signs
632
H 11 0 Roof Signs
633
HIlI Wall Signs
633
H112 Projecting Signs
633
H 113 Marquee Signs
634
H114 Portable Signs
634
HIlS Referenced Standards
634
APPENDIX I PATIO COVERS
635
KIlO Condemning Electrical Systems
643
KIll Electrical Provisions
643
INDEX
645
Section
1101
General
635
1102
Definitions
635
1103
Exterior Openings
635
1104
Structural Provisions
635
APPENDIX J GRADING
637
Section
JI0l
General
637
JI02
Definitions
637
JI03
Permits Required
637
JI04
Permit Application and Submittals
637
JI05
Inspections
638
JI06
Excavations
638
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
xxiii
xxiv
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
CHAPTER 1
I
I
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
PART 1-SCOPE AND APPLICATION
SECTION 101
GENERAL
101.1 Title. These regulations shall be known as the BUilding
Code of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], hereinafter referred to as
"this code."
101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the construction, alteration, movement, enlargement, replacement,
repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, maintenance,
removal and demolition of every building or structure or any
appurtenances connected or attached to such buildings or
structures.
Exception: Detached one- and two-family dwellings and
multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses) not more
than three stories above grade plane in height with a separate means of egress and their accessory structures shall
comply with the International Residential Code.
101.2.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices shall not
apply unless specifically adopted.
101.3 Intent. The purpose of this code is to establish the minimum requirements to safeguard the public health, safety and
general welfare through structural strength, means of egress
facilities, stability, sanitation, adequate light and ventilation,
energy conservation, and safety to life and property from fire
and other hazards attributed to the built environment and to
provide safety to fire fighters and emergency responders during emergency operations.
•
101.4 Referenced codes. The other codes listed in Sections
101.4.1 through 101.4.6 and referenced elsewhere in this code
shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to the
prescribed extent of each such reference.
101.4.1 Gas. The provisions of the International Fuel Gas
Code shall apply to the installation of gas piping from the
point of delivery, gas appliances and related accessories as
covered in this code. These requirements apply to gas piping
systems extending from the point of delivery to the inlet
connections of appliances and the installation and operation
of residential and commercial gas appliances and related
accessories.
101.4.2 Mechanical. The provisions of the International
Mechanical Code shall apply to the installation, alterations,
repairs and replacement of mechanical systems, including
equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings and/or appurtenances, including ventilating, heating, cooling, air-conditioning and refrigeration systems, incinerators and other
energy-related systems.
101.4.3 Plumbing. The provisions of the International
Plumbing Code shall apply to the installation, alteration,
repair and replacement of plumbing systems, including
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings and appurtenances,
and where connected to a water or sewage system and all
aspects of a medical gas system. The provisions of the International Private Sewage Disposal Code shall apply to private sewage disposal systems.
101.4.4 Property maintenance. The provisions of the
International Property Maintenance Code shall apply to
existing structures and premises; equipment and facilities;
light, ventilation, space heating, sanitation, life and fire
safety hazards; responsibilities of owners, operators and
occupants; and occupancy of existing premises and structures.
101.4.5 Fire prevention. The provisions of the International Fire Code shall apply to matters affecting or relating
to structures, processes and premises from the hazard of fire
and explosion arising from the storage, handling or use of
structures, materials or devices; from conditions hazardous
to life, property or public welfare in the occupancy of structures or premises; and from the construction, extension,
repair, alteration or removal of fire suppression and alarm
systems or fire hazards in the structure or on the premises
from occupancy or operation.
101.4.6 Energy. The provisions of the International Energy
Conservation Code shall apply to all matters governing the
design and construction of buildings for energy efficiency.
SECTION 102
APPLICABILITY
102.1 General. Where there is a conflict between a general
requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall be applicable. Where, in any specific case, different
sections of this code specify different materials, methods of
construction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall
govern.
102.2 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not be
deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state or federal law.
102.3 Application ofreferences. References to chapter or section numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified by
number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter, section or
provision of this code.
102.4 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and standards referenced in this code shall be considered part of the
requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such
reference. Where differences occur between provisions of this
code and referenced codes and standards, the provisions of this
code shall apply.
102.5 Partial invalidity. In the event that any part or provision
of this code is held to be illegal or void, this shall not have the
effect of making void or illegal any of the other parts or provisions.
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
102.6 Existing structures. The legal occupancy of any structure existing on the date of adoption of this code shall be permitted to continue without change, except as is specifically
covered in this code, the International Property Maintenance
Code or the International Fire Code, or as is deemed necessary
by the building officialfor the general safety and welfare of the
occupants and the public.
I
PART 2-ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
SECTION 103
DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY
103.1 Creation of enforcement agency. The Department of
Building Safety is hereby created and the official in charge
thereof shall be known as the building official.
103.2 Appointment. The building official shall be appointed
by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction.
103.3 Deputies. In accordance with the prescribed procedures
of this jurisdiction and with the concurrence of the appointing
authority, the bUilding official shall have the authority to
appoint a deputy building official, the related technical officers, inspectors, plan examiners and other employees. Such
employees shall have powers as delegated by the building official. For the maintenance of existing properties, see the International Property Maintenance Code.
SECTION 104
DUTIES AND POWERS OF BUILDING OFFICIAL
104.1 General. The bUilding official is hereby authorized and
directed to enforce the provisions of this code. The building
official shall have the authority to render interpretations of this
code and to adopt policies and procedures in order to clarify the
application of its provisions. Such interpretations, policies and
procedures shall be in compliance with the intent and purpose
of this code. Such policies and procedures shall not have the
effect of waiving requirements specifically provided for in this
code.
104.2 Applications and permits. The bUilding official shall
receive applications, review construction documents and issue
permits for the erection, and alteration, demolition and moving
of buildings and structures, inspect the premises for which such
permits have been issued and enforce compliance with the provisions of this code.
104.3 Notices and orders. The bUilding official shall issue all
necessary notices or orders to ensure compliance with this
code.
104.4 Inspections. The bUilding official shall make all of the
required inspections, or the building official shall have the
authority to accept reports of inspection by approved agencies
or individuals. Reports of such inspections shall be in writing
and be certified by a responsible officer of such approved
agencyor by the responsible individual. The building officialis
authorized to engage such expert opinion as deemed necessary
to report upon unusual technical issues that arise, subject to the
approval of the appointing authority.
2
104.5 Identification. The building official shall carry proper
identification when inspecting structures or premises in the
performance of duties under this code.
104.6 Right of entry. Where it is necessary to make an inspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or where the building official has reasonable cause to believe that there exists in a
structure or upon a premises a condition which is contrary to or
in violation of this code which makes the structure or premises
unsafe, dangerous or hazardous, the building official is authorized to enter the structure or premises at reasonable times to
inspect or to perform the duties imposed by this code, provided
that if such structure or premises be occupied that credentials
be presented to the occupant and entry requested. If such structure or premises is unoccupied, the bUilding official shall first
make a reasonable effort to locate the owner or other person
having charge or control of the structure or premises and
request entry. If entry is refused, the building officialshall have
recourse to the remedies provided by law to secure entry.
104.7 Department records. The building official shall keep
official records of applications received, permits and certificates issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, and notices
and orders issued. Such records shall be retained in the official
records for the period required for retention of public records.
104.8 Liability. The building official, member of the board of
appeals or employee charged with the enforcement of this
code, while acting for the jurisdiction in good faith and without
malice in the discharge of the duties required by this code or
other pertinent law or ordinance, shall not thereby be rendered
liable personally and is hereby relieved from personal liability
for any damage accruing to persons or property as a result of
any act or by reason of an act or omission in the discharge of
official duties. Any suit instituted against an officer or
employee because of an act performed by that officer or
employee in the lawful discharge of duties and under the provisions of this code shall be defended by legal representative of
the jurisdiction until the final termination of the proceedings.
The building official or any subordinate shall not be liable for
cost in any action, suit or proceeding that is instituted in pursuance of the provisions of this code.
104.9 Approved materials and equipment. Materials, equipment and devices approved by the bUilding official shall be
constructed and installed in accordance with such approval.
104.9.1 Used materials and equipment. The use of used
materials which meet the requirements of this code for new
materials is permitted. Used equipment and devices shall
not be reused unless approved by the building official.
104.10 Modifications. Wherever there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code, the
bUilding official shall have the authority to grant modifications
for individual cases, upon application of the owner or owner's
representative, provided the building officialshall first find that
special individual reason makes the strict letter of this code
impractical and the modification is in compliance with the
intent and purpose of this code and that such modification does
not lessen health, accessibility, life and fire safety, or structural
requirements. The details of action granting modifications
shall be recorded and entered in the files of the department of
building safety.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods of construction and equipment. The provisions of this code are not
intended to prevent the installation of any material or to prohibit any design or method of construction not specifically prescribed by this code, provided that any such alternative has
been approved. An alternative material, design or method of
construction shall be approvedwhere the building officialfinds
that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the
intent of the provisions of this code, and that the material,
method or work offered is, for the purpose intended, at least the
equivalent of that prescribed in this code in quality, strength,
effectiveness, fire resistance, durability and safety.
104.11.1 Research reports. Supporting data, where necessary to assist in the approval of materials or assemblies not
specifically provided for in this code, shall consist of valid
research reports from approved sources.
104.11.2 Tests. Whenever there is insufficient evidence of
compliance with the provisions of this code, or evidence
that a material or method does not conform to the requirements of this code, or in order to substantiate claims for
alternative materials or methods, the bUilding off1cial shall
have the authority to require tests as evidence of compliance
to be made at no expense to the jurisdiction. Test methods
shall be as specified in this code or by other recognized test
standards. In the absence of recognized and accepted test
methods, the building official shall approve the testing procedures. Tests shall be performed by an approved agency.
Reports of such tests shall be retained by the building official for the period required for retention of public records.
SECTION 105
PERMITS
105.1 Required. Any owner or authorized agent who intends
to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish, or change
the occupancy of a building or structure, or to erect, install,
enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert or replace any electrical,
gas, mechanical or plumbing system, the installation of which
is regulated by this code, or to cause any such work to be done,
shall first make application to the bUilding official and obtain
the required permit.
105.1.1 Annual permit. In lieu of an individual permit for
each alteration to an already approved electrical, gas,
mechanical or plumbing installation, the building official is
authorized to issue an annual permitupon application therefor to any person, firm or corporation regularly employing
one or more qualified tradepersons in the building, structure
or on the premises owned or operated by the applicant for
the permit.
105.1.2 Annual permit records. The person to whom an
annual permit is issued shall keep a detailed record of alterations made under such annual permit. The building off1cial
shall have access to such records at all times or such records
shall be filed with the building official as designated.
105.2 Work exempt from permit. Exemptions from permit
requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work to be done in any manner in violation of the
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
provisions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of this
jurisdiction. Permits shall not be required for the following:
Building:
1. One-story detached accessory structures used as
tool and storage sheds, playhouses and similar uses,
provided the floor area does not exceed 120 square
feet (11 m 2).
2. Fences not over 6 feet (1829 mm) high.
3. Oil derricks.
4. Retaining walls that are not over 4 feet (1219 mm) in
height measured from the bottom of the footing to
the top of the wall, unless supporting a surcharge or
impounding Class I, II or IlIA liquids.
5. Water tanks supported directly on grade if the
capacity does not exceed 5,000 gallons (18 925 L)
and the ratio of height to diameter or width does not
exceed 2:1.
6. Sidewalks and driveways not more than 30 inches
(762 mm) above adjacent grade, and not over any
basement or story below and are not part of an
accessible route.
7. Painting, papering, tiling, carpeting, cabinets, counter tops and similar finish work.
8. Temporary motion picture, television and theater
stage sets and scenery.
9. Prefabricated swimming pools accessory to a Group
R-3 occupancy that are less than 24 inches (610 mm)
deep, do not exceed 5,000 gallons (18925 L) and are
installed entirely above ground.
10. Shade cloth structures constructed for nursery or
agricultural purposes, not including service systems.
11. Swings and other playground equipment accessory
to detached one- and two-family dwellings.
12. Window awnings supported by an exterior wall that
do not project more than 54 inches (1372 mm) from
the exterior wall and do not require additional support of Groups R-3 and U occupancies.
13. Nonfixed and movable fixtures, cases, racks, counters and partitions not over 5 feet 9 inches (1753
mm) in height.
Electrical:
Repairs and maintenance: Minor repair work, including the replacement of lamps or the connection of
approvedportable electrical equipment to approvedpermanently installed receptacles.
Radio and television transmitting stations: The provisions of this code shall not apply to electrical equipment
used for radio and television transmissions, but do apply
to equipment and wiring for a power supply and the
installations of towers and antennas.
Temporary testing systems: A permit shall not be
required for the installation of any temporary system
3
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
required for the testing or servicing of electrical equipment or apparatus.
Gas:
1. Portable heating appliance.
2. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter
approval of equipment or make such equipment
unsafe.
Mechanical:
1. Portable heating appliance.
2. Portable ventilation equipment.
3. Portable cooling unit.
4. Steam, hot or chilled water piping within any heating
or cooling equipment regulated by this code.
5. Replacement of any part that does not alter its
approval or make it unsafe.
6. Portable evaporative cooler.
7. Self-contained refrigeration system containing 10
pounds (5 kg) or less of refrigerant and actuated by
motors of 1 horsepower (746 W) or less.
Plumbing:
1. The stopping of leaks in drains, water, soil, waste or
vent pipe, provided, however, that if any concealed
trap, drain pipe, water, soil, waste or vent pipe
becomes defective and it becomes necessary to
remove and replace the same with new material, such
work shall be considered as new work and a permit
shall be obtained and inspection made as provided in
this code.
2. The clearing of stoppages or the repairing of leaks in
pipes, valves or fixtures and the removal and reinstallation of water closets, provided such repairs do not
involve or require the replacement or rearrangement
of valves, pipes or fixtures.
105.2.1 Emergency repairs. Where equipment replacements and repairs must be performed in an emergency situation, the permit application shall be submitted within the
next working business day to the bUilding official.
105.2.2 Repairs. Application or notice to the building official is not required for ordinary repairs to structures,
replacement of lamps or the connection of approved portable electrical equipment to approved permanently installed
receptacles. Such repairs shall not include the cutting away
of any wall, partition or portion thereof, the removal or cutting of any structural beam or load-bearing support, or the
removal or change of any required means ofegress, or rearrangement of parts of a structure affecting the egress
requirements; nor shall ordinary repairs include addition to,
alteration of, replacement or relocation of any standpipe,
water supply, sewer, drainage, drain leader, gas, soil, waste,
vent or similar piping, electric wiring or mechanical or other
work affecting public health or general safety.
105.2.3 Public service agencies. A permit shall not be
required for the installation, alteration or repair of generation, transmission, distribution or metering or other related
4
equipment that is under the ownership and control of public
service agencies by established right.
105.3 Application for permit. To obtain a permit, the applicant shall first file an application therefor in writing on a form
furnished by the department of building safety for that purpose.
Such application shall:
1. Identify and describe the work to be covered by the permit for which application is made.
2. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be
done by legal description, street address or similar
description that will readily identify and definitely locate
the proposed building or work.
3. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed
work is intended.
4. Be accompanied by construction documents and other
information as required in Section 107.
5. State the valuation of the proposed work.
6. Be signed by the applicant, or the applicant's authorized
agent.
7. Give such other data and information as required by the
bUilding official.
105.3.1 Action on application. The building official shall
examine or cause to be examined applications for permits
and amendments thereto within a reasonable time after filing. If the application or the construction documents do not
conform to the requirements of pertinent laws, the bUilding
official shall reject such application in writing, stating the
reasons therefor. If the bUilding official is satisfied that the
proposed work conforms to the requirements of this code
and laws and ordinances applicable thereto, the bUilding
official shall issue a permit therefor as soon as practicable.
105.3.2 Time limitation of application. An application for
a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have
been abandoned 180 days after the date of filing, unless such
application has been pursued in good faith or a permit has
been issued; except that the bUilding official is authorized to
grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods
not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be
requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated.
105.4 Validity of permit. The issuance or granting of a permit
shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any
violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other
ordinance of the jurisdiction. Permits presuming to give
authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or
other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other
data shall not prevent the bUilding official from requiring the
correction of errors in the construction documents and other
data. The building official is also authorized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure where in violation of this code or of
any other ordinances of this jurisdiction.
105.5 Expiration. Every permit issued shall become invalid
unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a
period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. The
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
building official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more
extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each.
The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable
cause demonstrated.
105.6 Suspension or revocation. The bUilding official is
authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under the provisions of this code wherever the permit is issued in error or on
the basis of incorrect, inaccurate or incomplete information, or
in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provisions of this code.
105.7 Placement of permit. The building permit or copy shall
be kept on the site of the work until the completion of the project.
SECTION 106
FLOOR AND ROOF DESIGN LOADS
106.1 Live loads posted. Where the live loads for which each
floor or portion thereof of a commercial or industrial building
is or has been designed to exceed 50 psf (2.40 kN/m 2) , such
design live loads shall be conspicuously posted by the owner in
that part of each story in which they apply, using durable signs.
It shall be unlawful to remove or deface such notices
106.2 Issuance of certificate of occupancy. A certificate of
occupancy required by Section 111 shall not be issued until the
floor load signs, required by Section 106.1, have been installed.
106.3 Restrictions on loading. It shall be unlawful to place, or
cause or permit to be placed, on any floor or roof of a building,
structure or portion thereof, a load greater than is permitted by
this code.
SECTION 107
SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS
107.1 General. Submittal documents consisting of construction documents, statement of special inspections, geotechnical
report and other data shall be submitted in two or more sets
with each permit application. The construction documents
shall be prepared by a registered design professional where
required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project
is to be constructed. Where special conditions exist, the building official is authorized to require additional construction documents to be prepared by a registered design professional.
Exception: The building official is authorized to waive the
submission of construction documents and other data not
required to be prepared by a registered design professional
if it is found that the nature of the work applied for is such
that review of construction documents is not necessary to
obtain compliance with this code.
and show in detail that it will conform to the provisions of
this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules and regulations' as determined by the bUilding official.
107.2.2 Fire protection system shop drawings. Shop drawings for the fire protection system (s) shall be submitted to
indicate conformance to this code and the construction documents and shall be approvedprior to the start ofsystem installation. Shop drawings shall contain all information as
required by the referenced installation standards in Chapter 9.
107.2.3 Means ofegress. The construction documents shall
show in sufficient detail the location, construction, size and
character of all portions of the means of egress in compliance with the provisions of this code. In other than occupancies in Groups R-2, R-3, and 1-1, the construction
documents shall designate the number of occupants to be
accommodated on every floor, and in all rooms and spaces.
107.2.4 Exterior wall envelope. Construction documents
for all buildings shall describe the exterior wall envelope in
sufficient detail to determine compliance with this code.
The construction documents shall provide details of the
exterior wall envelope as required, including flashing, intersections with dissimilar materials, corners, end details, controljoints, intersections at roof, eaves or parapets, means of
drainage, water-resistive membrane and details around
openings.
The construction documents shall include manufacturer's installation instructions that provide supporting documentation that the proposed penetration and opening
details described in the construction documents maintain
the weather resistance of the exterior wall envelope. The
supporting documentation shall fully describe the exterior
wall system which was tested, where applicable, as well as
the test procedure used.
107.2.5 Site plan. The construction documents submitted
with the application for permit shall be accompanied by a
site plan showing to scale the size and location of new construction and existing structures on the site, distances from
lot lines, the established street grades and the proposed finished grades and, as applicable, flood hazard areas,
floodways, and design flood elevations; and it shall be
drawn in accordance with an accurate boundary line survey.
In the case of demolition, the site plan shall show construction to be demolished and the location and size of existing
structures and construction that are to remain on the site or
plot. The bUilding official is authorized to waive or modify
the requirement for a site plan when the application for permitis for alteration or repair or when otherwise warranted.
107.2 Construction documents. Construction documents
shall be in accordance with Sections 107.2.1 through 107.2.5.
107.2.5.1 Design flood elevations. Where design flood
elevations are not specified, they shall be established in
accordance with Section 1612.3.1.
107.2.1 Information on construction documents. Construction documents shall be dimensioned and drawn upon
suitable material. Electronic media documents are permitted to be submitted when approved by the bUilding official.
Construction documents shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent of the work proposed
107.3 Examination of documents. The building official shall
examine or cause to be examined the accompanying submittal
documents and shall ascertain by such examinations whether
the construction indicated and described is in accordance with
the requirements of this code and other pertinent laws or ordinances.
1
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
5
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
107.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the
bUilding official issues a permit, the construction documents
shall be approved, in writing or by stamp, as "Reviewed for
Code Compliance." One set of construction documents so
reviewed shall be retained by the bUilding official. The other
set shall be returned to the applicant, shall be kept at the site
of work and shall be open to inspection by the building officialor a duly authorized representative.
107.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not require
changes in the construction documents, construction or designated occupancy of a structure for which a lawful permit
has been heretofore issued or otherwise lawfully authorized, and the construction of which has been pursued in
good faith within 180 days after the effective date of this
code and has not been abandoned.
107.3.3 Phased approval. The building official is authorized to issue a permit for the construction of foundations or
any other part of a building or structure before the construction documents for the whole building or structure have
been submitted, provided that adequate information and
detailed statements have been filed complying with pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of such permit
for the foundation or other parts of a building or structure
shall proceed at the holder's own risk with the building operation and without assurance that a permit for the entire
structure will be granted.
107.3.4 Design professional in responsible charge.
107.3.4.1 General. When it is required that documents
be prepared by a registered design professional, the
bUilding official shall be authorized to require the owner
to engage and designate on the building permit application a registered design professional who shall act as the
registered design professional in responsible charge. If
the circumstances require, the owner shall designate a
substitute registered design professional in responsible
chargewho shall perform the duties required of the original registered design professional in responsible charge.
The bUilding official shall be notified in writing by the
owner if the registered design professionalin responsible
charge is changed or is unable to continue to perform the
duties.
The registered design professional in responsible
charge shall be responsible for reviewing and coordinating submittal documents prepared by others, including
phased and deferred submittal items, for compatibility
with the design of the building.
6
Documents for deferred submittal items shall be submitted to the registered design professional in responsible charge who shall review them and forward them to
the bUilding official with a notation indicating that the
deferred submittal documents have been reviewed and
found to be in general conformance to the design of the
building. The deferred submittal items shall not be
installed until the deferred submittal documents have
been approved by the building official.
107.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall be
installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not
in compliance with the approved construction documents shall
be resubmitted for approval as an amended set of construction
documents.
107.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of
approved construction documents shall be retained by the
building official for a period of not less than 180 days from date
of completion of the permitted work, or as required by state or
local laws.
SECTION 108
TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND USES
108.1 General. The building official is authorized to issue a
permit for temporary structures and temporary uses. Such permits shall be limited as to time of service, but shall not be permitted for more than 180 days. The building official is
authorized to grant extensions for demonstrated cause.
108.2 Conformance. Temporary structures and uses shall conform to the structural strength, fire safety, means of egress,
accessibility, light, ventilation and sanitary requirements of
this code as necessary to ensure public health, safety and general welfare.
108.3 Temporary power. The building official is authorized to
give permission to temporarily supply and use power in part of
an electric installation before such installation has been fully
completed and the final certificate of completion has been
issued. The part covered by the temporary certificate shall
comply with the requirements specified for temporary lighting,
heat or power in NFPA 70.
108.4 Termination ofapproval. The building official is authorized to terminate such permit for a temporary structure or use
and to order the temporary structure or use to be discontinued.
SECTION 109
FEES
107.3.4.2 Deferred submittals. For the purposes of this
section, deferred submittals are defined as those portions
of the design that are not submitted at the time of the
application and that are to be submitted to the building
official within a specified period.
109.1 Payment of fees. A permit shall not be valid until the
fees prescribed by law have been paid, nor shall an amendment
to a permit be released until the additional fee, if any, has been
paid.
Deferral of any submittal items shall have the prior
approval of the building official. The registered design
professional in responsible charge shall list the deferred
submittals on the construction documents for review by
the bUilding official.
109.2 Schedule of permit fees. On buildings, structures, electrical, gas, mechanical, and plumbing systems or alterations
requiring a permit, a fee for each permit shall be paid as
required, in accordance with the schedule as established by the
applicable governing authority.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
109.3 Building permit valuations. The applicant for a permit
shall provide an estimated permit value at time of application.
Permit valuations shall include total value of work, including
materials and labor, for which the permit is being issued, such
as electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing equipment and permanent systems. If, in the opinion of the building official, the valuation is underestimated on the application, the permit shall be
denied, unless the applicant can show detailed estimates to
meet the approval of the building official. Final building permit
valuation shall be set by the building official.
109.4 Work commencing before permit issuance. Any person
who commences any work on a building, structure, electrical,
gas, mechanical or plumbing system before obtaining the necessary permits shall be subject to a fee established by the bUilding
official that shall be in addition to the required permit fees.
109.5 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the construction, alteration, removal or demolition for work done in
connection to or concurrently with the work authorized by a
building permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the
permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by
law.
109.6 Refunds. The bUilding official is authorized to establish
a refund policy.
110.3.2 Concrete slab and under-floor inspection. Concrete slab and under-floor inspections shall be made after
in-slab or under-floor reinforcing steel and building service
equipment, conduit, piping accessories and other ancillary
equipment items are in place, but before any concrete is
placed or floor sheathing installed, including the subfloor.
110.3.3 Lowest floor elevation. In flood hazard areas, upon
placement of the lowest floor, including the basement, and
prior to further vertical construction, the elevation certification required in Section 1612.5 shall be submitted to the
bUilding official.
110.3.4 Frame inspection. Framing inspections shall be
made after the roof deck or sheathing, all framing,
fireblocking and bracing are in place and pipes, chimneys
and vents to be concealed are complete and the rough electrical, plumbing, heating wires, pipes and ducts are
approved.
110.3.5 Lath and gypsum board inspection. Lath and
gypsum board inspections shall be made after lathing and
gypsum board, interior and exterior, is in place, but before
any plastering is applied or gypsum boardjoints and fasteners are taped and finished.
Exception: Gypsum board that is not part of a fire-resistance-rated assembly or a shear assembly.
SECTION 110
INSPECTIONS
110.1 General. Construction or work for which a permit is
required shall be subject to inspection by the bUilding official
and such construction or work shall remain accessible and
exposed for inspection purposes until approved. Approval as a
result of an inspection shall not be construed to be an approval
of a violation of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction. Inspections presuming to give
authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or of
other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. It shall be
the duty of the permit applicant to cause the work to remain
accessible and exposed for inspection purposes. Neither the
bUilding official nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense
entailed in the removal or replacement of any material required
to allow inspection.
110.2 Preliminary inspection. Before issuing a permit, the
building official is authorized to examine or cause to be examined buildings, structures and sites for which an application has
been filed.
110.3 Required inspections. The bUilding official, upon notification, shall make the inspections set forth in Sections
110.3.1 through 110.3.10.
110.3.1 Footing and foundation inspection. Footing and
foundation inspections shall be made after excavations for
footings are complete and any required reinforcing steel is
in place. For concrete foundations, any required forms shall
be in place prior to inspection. Materials for the foundation
shall be on the job, except where concrete is ready mixed in
accordance with ASTM C 94, the concrete need not be on
the job.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
110.3.6 Fire- and smoke-resistant penetrations. proteC- 1
tion of joints and penetrations in fire-resistance-rated
assemblies, smoke barriers and smoke partitions shall not
be concealed from view until inspected and approved.
110.3.7 Energy efficiency inspections. Inspections shall
be made to determine compliance with Chapter 13 and shall
include, but not be limited to, inspections for: envelope
insulation R- and V-values, fenestration V-value, duct system R-value, and HVAC and water-heating equipment efficiency.
110.3.8 Other inspections. In addition to the inspections
specified above, the bUilding official is authorized to make
or require other inspections of any construction work to
ascertain compliance with the provisions of this code and
other laws that are enforced by the department of building
safety.
110.3.9 Special inspections. For special inspections, see
Section 1704.
110.3.10 Final inspection. The final inspection shall be
made after all work required by the building permit is completed.
110.4 Inspection agencies. The bUilding official is authorized
to accept reports of approved inspection agencies, provided
such agencies satisfy the requirements as to qualifications and
reliability.
110.5 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the holder of
the building permit or their duly authorized agent to notify the
bUilding official when work is ready for inspection. It shall be
the duty of the permit holder to provide access to and means for
inspections of such work that are required by this code.
7
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
building official shall set a time period during which the temporary certificate of occupancy is valid.
110.6 Approval required. Work shall not be done beyond the
point indicated in each successive inspection without first
obtaining the approval of the bUilding official. The bUilding
official, upon notification, shall make the requested inspections
and shall either indicate the portion of the construction that is
satisfactory as completed, or notify the permit holder or his or
her agent wherein the same fails to comply with this code. Any
portions that do not comply shall be corrected and such portion
shall not be covered or concealed until authorized by the building official.
111.4 Revocation. The bUilding official is authorized to, in
writing, suspend or revoke a certificate of occupancy or completion issued under the provisions of this code wherever the
certificate is issued in error, or on the basis of incorrect information supplied, or where it is determined that the building or
structure or portion thereof is in violation of any ordinance or
regulation or any of the provisions of this code.
SECTION 111
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY
SECTION 112
SERVICE UTILITIES
111.1 Use and occupancy. No building or structure shall be
used or occupied, and no change in the existing occupancy
classification of a building or structure or portion thereof shall
be made, until the building official has issued a certificate of
occupancy therefor as provided herein. Issuance of a certificate
of occupancy shall not be construed as an approval of a violation of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the
jurisdiction.
112.1 Connection of service utilities. No person shall make
connections from a utility, source of energy, fuel or power to
any building or system that is regulated by this code for which a
permit is required, until released by the building official.
Exception: Certificates of occupancy are not required for
work exempt from permits under Section 105.2.
112.3 Authority to disconnect service utilities. The bUilding
official shall have the authority to authorize disconnection of
utility service to the building, structure or system regulated by
this code and the referenced codes and standards set forth in
Section 101.4 in case of emergency where necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property or when such utility connection has been made without the approval required by
Section 112.1 or 112.2. The bUilding official shall notify the
serving utility, and wherever possible the owner and occupant
of the building, structure or service system of the decision to
disconnect prior to taking such action. If not notified prior to
disconnecting, the owner or occupant of the building, structure
or service system shall be notified in writing, as soon as practical thereafter.
I
111.2 Certificate issued. After the building official inspects
the building or structure and finds no violations of the provisions of this code or other laws that are enforced by the department of building safety, the bUilding official shall issue a
certificate of occupancy that contains the following:
1. The building permit number.
2. The address of the structure.
3. The name and address of the owner.
4. A description of that portion of the structure for which
the certificate is issued.
5. A statement that the described portion of the structure
has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code for the occupancy and division of
occupancy and the use for which the proposed occupancy is classified.
6. The name of the building official.
7. The edition of the code under which the permit was
issued.
8. The use and occupancy, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 3.
9. The type of construction as defined in Chapter 6.
112.2 Temporary connection. The bUilding official shall have
the authority to authorize the temporary connection of the
building or system to the utility source of energy, fuel or power.
SECTION 113
BOARD OF APPEALS
113.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders,
decisions or determinations made by the building official relative to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall
be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The board of
appeals shall be appointed by the applicable governing authority and shall hold office at its pleasure. The board shall adopt
rules of procedure for conducting its business.
12. Any special stipulations and conditions of the building
permit.
113.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal
shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or the
rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply or an
equally good or better form of construction is proposed. The
board shall have no authority to waive requirements of this
code.
111.3 Temporary occupancy. The building official is authorized to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy before the
completion of the entire work covered by the permit, provided
that such portion or portions shall be occupied safely. The
113.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of
members who are qualified by experience and training to pass
on matters pertaining to building construction and are not
employees of the jurisdiction.
10. The design occupant load.
11. If an automatic sprinkler system is provided, whether
the sprinkler system is required.
8
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
SECTION 114
VIOLATIONS
114.1 Unlawful acts. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm
or corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair, move,
remove, demolish or occupy any building, structure or equipment regulated by this code, or cause same to be done, in conflict with or in violation of any of the provisions of this code.
114.2 Notice ofviolation. The building officialis authorized to
serve a notice of violation or order on the person responsible
for the erection, construction, alteration, extension, repair,
moving, removal, demolition or occupancy of a building or
structure in violation of the provisions of this code, or in violation of a permitor certificate issued under the provisions of this
code. Such order shall direct the discontinuance of the illegal
action or condition and the abatement of the violation.
114.3 Prosecution ofviolation. If the notice of violation is not
complied with promptly, the building off1cial is authorized to
request the legal counsel of the jurisdiction to institute the
appropriate proceeding at law or in equity to restrain, correct or
abate such violation, or to require the removal or termination of
the unlawful occupancy of the building or structure in violation
of the provisions of this code or of the order or direction made
pursuant thereto.
114.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements
thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or
structure in violation of the approved construction documents
or directive of the bUilding official, or of a permit or certificate
issued under the provisions of this code, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law.
SECTION 115
STOP WORK ORDER
115.1 Authority. Whenever the building official finds any
work regulated by this code being performed in a manner either
contrary to the provisions of this code or dangerous or unsafe,
the bUilding official is authorized to issue a stop work order.
tilation, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or that involve illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate maintenance, shall be
deemed an unsafe condition. Unsafe structures shall be taken
down and removed or made safe, as the bUilding official deems
necessary and as provided for in this section. A vacant structure
that is not secured against entry shall be deemed unsafe.
116.2 Record. The building official shall cause a report to be
filed on an unsafe condition. The report shall state the occupancy of the structure and the nature of the unsafe condition.
116.3 Notice. If an unsafe condition is found, the bUilding off1cial shall serve on the owner, agent or person in control of the
structure, a written notice that describes the condition deemed
unsafe and specifies the required repairs or improvements to be
made to abate the unsafe condition, or that requires the unsafe
structure to be demolished within a stipulated time. Such notice
shall require the person thus notified to declare immediately to
the building official acceptance or rejection of the terms of the
order.
116.4 Method of service. Such notice shall be deemed properly served if a copy thereof is (a) delivered to the owner personally; (b) sent by certified or registered mail addressed to the
owner at the last known address with the return receipt
requested; or (c) delivered in any other manner as prescribed by
local law. If the certified or registered letter is returned showing
that the letter was not delivered, a copy thereof shall be posted
in a conspicuous place in or about the structure affected by such
notice. Service of such notice in the foregoing manner upon the
owner's agent or upon the person responsible for the structure
shall constitute service of notice upon the owner.
116.5 Restoration. The structure or equipment determined to
be unsafe by the bUilding off1cialis permitted to be restored to a
safe condition. To the extent that repairs, alterations or additions are made or a change of occupancy occurs during the restoration of the structure, such repairs, alterations, additions or
change of occupancy shall comply with the requirements of
Section 105.2.2 and Chapter 34.
115.2 Issuance. The stop work order shall be in writing and
shall be given to the owner of the property involved, or to the
owner's agent, or to the person doing the work. Upon issuance
of a stop work order, the cited work shall immediately cease.
The stop work order shall state the reason for the order, and the
conditions under which the cited work will be permitted to
resume.
115.3 Unlawful continuance. Any person who shall continue
any work after having been served with a stop work order,
except such work as that person is directed to perform to
remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law.
SECTION 116
UNSAFE STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT
116.1 Conditions. Structures or existing equipment that are or
hereafter become unsafe, insanitary or deficient because of
inadequate means ofegress facilities, inadequate light and ven2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
9
10
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
CHAPTER 2
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 201
GENERAL
201.1 Scope. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the following
words and terms shall, for the purposes of this code, have the
meanings shown in this chapter.
AIR-INFLATED STRUCTURE. See Section 3102.2.
201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense
include the future; words stated in the masculine gender
include the feminine and neuter; the singular number includes
the plural and the plural, the singular.
AISLE. See Section 1002.1.
201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not
defined in this code and are defined in the International Fuel
Gas Code, International Fire Code, International Mechanical
Code or International Plumbing Code, such terms shall have
the meanings ascribed to them as in those codes.
201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined
through the methods authorized by this section, such terms
shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context
implies.
AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURE. See Section 3102.2.
Double skin. See Section 3102.2.
Single skin. See Section 3102.2.
AISLE ACCESSWAY. See Section 1002.1.
[F] ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. See Section
902.1.
[F] ALARM SIGNAL. See Section 902 .1.
[F] ALARM VERIFICATION FEATURE. See Section
902.1.
ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN. See Section 1602.1.
ALTERATION. Any construction or renovation to an existing
structure other than repair or addition.
ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICE. See Section 1002.1.
AMBULATORY HEALTH CARE FACILITY. Buildings or
portions thereof used to provide medical, surgical, psychiatric,
nursing or similar care on a less than 24-hour basis to individuals who are rendered incapable of self-preservation.
SECTION 202
DEFINITIONS
AAC MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.
ANCHOR. See Section 2102.1.
ACCESSIBLE. See Section 1102.1.
ANCHOR BUILDING. See Section 402.2.
ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS. See Section 1002.1.
ANCHORED MASONRY VENEER. See Section 1402.1.
ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. See Section 1102.1.
ANNULAR SPACE. See Section 702.1.
ACCESSIBLE UNIT. See Section 1102.1.
[F] ANNUNCIATOR. See Section 902 .1.
ACCREDITATION BODY. See Section 2302.1.
APPROVED. Acceptable to the code official or authority hav-
ADDITION. An extension or increase in floor area or height
ing jurisdiction.
of a building or structure.
APPROVED AGENCY. See Section 1702.1.
ADHERED MASONRY VENEER. See Section 1402.1.
APPROVED FABRICATOR. See Section 1702.1.
ADOBE CONSTRUCTION. See Section 2102.1.
APPROVED SOURCE. An independent person, firm or corporation, approved by the building official, who is competent
Adobe, stabilized. See Section 2102.1.
Adobe, unstabilized. See Section 2102.1.
[F] AEROSOL. See Section 307.2.
Levell aerosol products. See Section 307.2.
and experienced in the application of engineering principles to
materials, methods or systems analyses.
ARCHITECTURAL TERRA COTTA. See Section 2102.1.
Bedded. See Section 2102.1.
Level 3 aerosol products. See Section 307.2.
Gross cross-sectional. See Section 2102.1.
I AGGREGATE. See Section 1502.1.
AGRICULTURAL, BUILDING. A structure designed and
constructed to house farm implements, hay, grain, poultry, livestock or other horticultural products. This structure shall not be
a place of human habitation or a place of employment where
agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged, nor
shall it be a place used by the public.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
AREA (for masonry). See Section 2102.1.
Level 2 aerosol products. See Section 307.2.
[F] AEROSOL CONTAINER. See Section 307.2.
I
Net cross-sectional. See Section 2102.1.
AREA, BUILDING. See Section 502 .1.
AREA OF REFUGE. See Section 1002.1.
AREAWAY. A subsurface space adjacent to a building open at
the top or protected at the top by a grating or guard.
ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES. See Section 310.2, "Residential CarelAssisted living facilities."
11
DEFINITIONS
ATRIUM. See Section 404.1.1.
ATTIC. The space between the ceiling beams of the top story
and the roof rafters.
[F] AUDIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE.
See Section 902 .1.
AUTOCLAVED AERATED CONCRETE (AAC). See Sec-
BUILT-UP ROOF COVERING. See Section 1502 •1•
[F] AUTOMATIC. See Section 902 .1.
CABLE-RESTRAINED, AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURE. See Section 3102.2.
[F] AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.
[F] AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM. See
Section 902.1.
[F] AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. See Section
902.1.
I
•
of rigid construction over which a covering is attached that provides weather protection, identity or decoration, and shall be
structurally independent or supported by attachment to a building on one end and by not less than one stanchion on the outer
end.
[F] AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL. See Section
[F] CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.
See Section 902 .1.
AWNING. An architectural projection that provides weather
CAST STONE. See Section 2102.1.
protection, identity or decoration and is wholly supported by
the building to which it is attached. An awning is comprised of
a lightweight frame structure over which a covering is attached.
CEILING RADIATION DAMPER. See Section 702.1 .
BACKING. See Section 1402.1.
[F] BALED COTTON. See Section 307.2.
CELL. See Section 408.1.1.
CELL (masonry). See Section 2102.1.
[F] BALED COTTON, DENSELY PACKED. See Section
CELL TIER. See Section 408.1 .1.
I BALLAST. See Section 1502.1.
[F] BARRICADE. See Section 307.2.
Artificial barricade. See Section 307.2.
Natural barricade. See Section 307.2.
BASE FLOOD. See Section 1612.2.
BASE FLOOD ELEVATION. See Section 1612.2.
I
BASEMENT (for other than flood loads). See Section 502.1.
BASEMENT (for flood loads). See Section 1612.2.
BEARING WALL STRUCTURE. See Section 1614.2.
BED JOINT. See Section 2102.1.
BLEACHERS. See Section 1002.1.
[F] CEILING LIMIT. See Section 902.1.
CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET. See Section 721.1.1.
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE. See Section 1702.1.
CHILD CARE FACILITIES. See Section 308.3.1.
CHIMNEY TYPES. See Section 2102.1.
High-heat appliance type. See Section 2102.1.
Low-heat appliance type. See Section 2102.1.
Masonry type. See Section 2102.1.
Medium-heat appliance type. See Section 2102.1.
CIRCULATION PATH. See Section 1102.1.
[F] CLEAN AGENT. See Section 902.1.
BOND BEAM. See Section 2102.1.
CLINIC, OUTPATIENT. See Section 304.1.1.
BRACED WALL LINE. See Section 2302.1.
[F] CLOSED SYSTEM. See Section 307.2.
BRACED WALL PANEL. See Section 2302.1.
COLLAR JOINT. See Section 2102.1.
BRICK. See Section 2102.1.
Calcium silicate (sand lime brick). See Section 2102.1.
COLLECTOR. See Section 2302.1.
BUILDING. Any structure used or intended for supporting or
sheltering any use or occupancy.
I BUILDING ELEMENT. See Section 702.1.
12
I
CHIMNEY. See Section 2102.1.
CLEANOUT. See Section 2102.1.
Concrete. See Section 2102.1.
I
CEMENT PLASTER. See Section 2502.1.
BOARDING HOUSE. See Section 310.2.
[F] BOILING POINT. See Section 307.2.
Clay or shale. See Section 2102.1.
•
CANOPY. A permanent structure or architectural projection
902.1.
307.2.
•
BUILDING OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated
authority charged with the administration and enforcement of
this code, or a duly authorized representative.
tion 2102.1.
See Section 902.1.
I
BUILDING LINE. The line established by law, beyond which
a building shall not extend, except as specifically provided by
law.
COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. See Section
702.1.
[F] COMBUSTIBLE DUST. See Section 307.2.
[F] COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS. See Section 307.2.
[F] COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID. See Section 307.2.
Class II. See Section 307.2.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
•
DEFINITIONS
Class IlIA. See Section 307.2.
Class IIIB. See Section 307.2.
COMMON USE. See Section 1102.1.
COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL. See Section
•
1002.1.
[F] COMPRESSED GAS. See Section 307.2.
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.
CONCRETE, CARBONATE AGGREGATE. See Section
COVER. See Section 2102.1.
COVERED MALL BUILDING. See Section 402.2.
Mall. See Section 402 .2.
Open mall. See Section 402 .2.
CRIPPLE WALL. See Section 2302.1.
721.1.1.
[F] CRYOGENIC FLUID. See Section 307.2.
DALLE GLASS. See Section 2402.1.
CONCRETE, LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATE. See Sec-
DAMPER. See Section 702 .1.
tion 721.1.1.
DANGEROUS. See Section 3402.1.
CONCRETE, PERLITE. See Section 721.1 .1.
[F] DAY BOX. See Section 307.2.
CONCRETE, SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT. See Section 721.1.1.
DEAD LOADS. See Section 1602.1.
CONCRETE, SILICEOUS AGGREGATE. See Section
DECORATIVE GLASS. See Section 2402.1.
CONCRETE, VERMICULITE. See Section 721.1.1.
CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES. See Section 310.2.
CONNECTOR. See Section 2102.1.
[F] CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. See Section
902.1.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. Written, graphic and
pictorial documents prepared or assembled for describing the
design, location and physical characteristics of the elements of
a project necessary for obtaining a building permit.
CONSTRUCTION TYPES. See Section 602.
I
Open mall building. See Section 402.2.
CONCRETE, CELLULAR. See Section 721.1.1.
721.1.1.
I
COURT. An open, uncovered space, unobstructed to the sky,
bounded on three or more sides by exterior building walls or
other enclosing devices.
I
•
[F] DECORATIVE MATERIALS. All materials applied
over the building interior finish for decorative, acoustical or
other effect (such as curtains, draperies, fabrics, streamers and
surface coverings), and all other materials utilized for decorative effect (such as batting, cloth, cotton, hay, stalks, straw,
vines, leaves, trees, moss and similar items), including foam
plastics and materials containing foam plastics. Decorative
materials do not include floor coverings, ordinary window
shades, interior finish and materials 0.025 inch (0.64 mm) or
less in thickness applied directly to and adhering tightly to a
substrate.
I
DEEP FOUNDATION. See Section 1802.1.
[F] DEFLAGRATION. See Section 307.2.
Type I. See Section 602 .2.
[F] DELUGE SYSTEM. See Section 902.1 .
Type II. See Section 602.2.
DESIGN DISPLACEMENT. See Section 1908.1.1.
Type III. See Section 602.3.
DESIGN EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION. See Sec-
Type IV. See Section 602.4.
tion 1613.2.
Type V. See Section 602.5.
DESIGN FLOOD. See Section 1612.2.
[F] CONTINUOUS GAS DETECTION SYSTEM. See
DESIGN FLOOD ELEVATION. See Section 1612.2.
Section 415 .2.
DESIGN STRENGTH. See Section 1602.1.
[F] CONTROL AREA. See Section 307.2.
DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM. See Section 1702.1.
CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH MATERIAL. A
[F] DETACHED BUILDING. See Section 415.2.
self-compacted, cementitious material used primarily as a
backfill in place of compacted fill.
See Section 1908.1.1.
CONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION.
DETECTABLE WARNING. See Section 1102.1.
See Section 2302.1.
CORRIDOR. See Section 1002.1.
CORROSION RESISTANCE. The ability of a material to
withstand deterioration of its surface or its properties when
exposed to its environment.
[F] CORROSIVE. See Section 307.2.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
DETAILED PLAIN CONCRETE STRUCTURAL WALL.
[F] DETECTOR, HEAT. See Section 902.1.
[F] DETONATION. See Section 307.2.
I
DETOXIFICATION FACILITY. See Section 308.3.1.
DIAPHRAGM. See Sections 1602.1 and 2302.1.
Diaphragm, blocked. See Section 1602.1.
13
DEFINITIONS
Diaphragm, boundary. See Section 1602.1.
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. See Section 1612.2.
Diaphragm, chord. See Section 1602.1.
EXISTING STRUCTURE. See Sections 1612.2 and 3402.1.
Diaphragm, flexible. See Section 1602.1.
EXIT. See Section 1002.1.
Diaphragm, rigid. See Section 1602.1.
EXIT ACCESS. See Section 1002.1.
Diaphragm, unblocked. See Section 2302.1.
EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY. See Section 1002.1.
DIMENSIONS. See Section 2102.1.
EXIT DISCHARGE, LEVEL OF. See Section 1002.1.
Nominal. See Section 2102.1.
EXIT ENCLOSURE. See Section 1002.1.
Specified. See Section 2102.1.
EXIT, HORIZONTAL. See Section 1002.1.
[F] DISPENSING. See Section 307.2.
EXIT PASSAGEWAY. See Section 1002.1.
DOOR, BALANCED. See Section 1002.1.
EXPANDED VINYL WALL COVERING. See Section
DRAFTSTOP. See Section 702 .1.
DRAG STRUT. See Section 2302.1.
I
DRILLED SHAFT. See Section 1802.1.
Socketed drilled shaft. See Section 1802.1.
[F] DRY-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING AGENT. See
Section 902.1.
DRY FLOODPROOFING. See Section 1612.2.
DURATION OF LOAD. See Section 1602.1.
DWELLING. A building that contains one or two dwelling
•
EXIT DISCHARGE. See Section 1002.1.
Actual. See Section 2102.1.
DORMITORY. See Section 310.2.
I
802.1.
[F] EXPLOSION. See Section 307.2.
[F] EXPLOSIVE. See Section 307.2.
High explosive. See Section 307.2.
Low explosive. See Section 307.2.
Mass detonating explosives. See Section 307.2.
UN/DOTn Class 1 Explosives. See Section 307.2.
Division 1.1. See Section 307.2.
Division 1.2. See Section 307.2.
Division 1.3. See Section 307.2.
units used, intended or designed to be used, rented, leased, let
or hired out to be occupied for living purposes.
Division 1.4. See Section 307.2.
DWELLING UNIT. A single unit providing complete, inde-
Division 1.6. See Section 307.2.
Division 1.5. See Section 307.2.
pendent living facilities for one or more persons, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and
sanitation.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS). I
DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, MULTISTORY. See Section 1102.1.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM
(EIFS) WITH DRAINAGE. See Section 1402.1.
DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, TYPE A. See
EXTERIOR SURFACES. See Section 2502.1.
Section 1102.1.
EXTERIOR WALL. See Section 1402.1.
DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, TYPE B. See
EXTERIOR WALL COVERING. See Section 1402.1.
Section 1102.1.
EGRESS COURT. See Section 1002.1.
I ELEVATOR GROUP. See Section 902.1.
See Section 1402.1.
EXTERIOR WALL ENVELOPE. See Section 1402.1 .
F RATING. See Section 702.1.
FABRIC PARTITION. See Section 1602.1.
[F] EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM. See Section 902.1.
FABRICATED ITEM. See Section 1702.1.
[F] EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION. See Section
[F] FABRICATION AREA. See Section 415.2.
415.2.
EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENING. See
FACILITY. See Section 1102.1.
Section 1002.1.
FACTORED LOAD. See Section 1602.1.
[F] EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS. See Section 902 .1.
FIBER CEMENT SIDING. See Section 1402.1.
EMPLOYEE WORK AREA. See Section 1102.1.
FIBER REINFORCED POLYMER. See Section 2602.1.
Fiberglass Reinforced Polymer. See Section 2602.1.
EQUIPMENT PLATFORM. See Section 502.1.
FIBERBOARD. See Section 2302.1.
ESSENTIAL FACILITIES. See Section 1602.1.
FIRE ALARM BOX, MANUAL. See Section 902.1.
[F] EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE. See Section 415.2.
[F] FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT. See Section 902.1.
14
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
DEFINITIONS
[F] FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. See Section 902.1.
FLOOD DAMAGE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. See Section 1612.2.
FIRE AREA. See Section 902.1.
FLOOD HAZARD AREA. See Section 1612.2.
FIRE BARRIER. See Section 702.1.
FLOOD HAZARD AREA SUBJECT TO HIGH-VELOCITY WAVE ACTION. See Section 1612.2.
[F] FIRE ALARM SIGNAL. See Section 902.1.
[F] FIRE COMMAND CENTER. See Section 902 .1.
FIRE DAMPER. See Section 702 .1.
FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM). See Section
1612.2.
[F] FIRE DETECTOR, AUTOMATIC. See Section 902.1 .
FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY. See Section 1612.2.
FIRE DOOR. See Section 702.1.
FLOODWAY. See Section 1612.2.
FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. See Section 702.1.
FLOOR AREA, GROSS. See Section 1002.1.
FIRE EXIT HARDWARE. See Section 1002.1.
FLOOR AREA, NET. See Section 1002.1.
[F] FIRE LANE. A road or other passageway developed to
allow the passage of fire apparatus. A fire lane is not necessarily intended for vehicular traffic other than fire apparatus.
FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. See Section 702 .1.
FIRE PARTITION. See Section 702.1.
[F] FOAM-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS. See Section
902.1.
FIRE PROTECTION RATING. See Section 702.1.
[F] FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. See Section 902.1.
FIRE RESISTANCE. See Section 702.1.
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING. See Section 702.1.
FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM. See Section 702 .1.
[F] FIRE SAFETY FUNCTIONS. See Section 902 .1.
FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE. See Section 702 .1.
FIRE WALL. See Section 702.1.
FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY. See Section 702.1.
FIREBLOCKING. See Section 702.1.
FIREPLACE. See Section 2102.1.
FIREPLACE THROAT. See Section 2102.1.
[F] FIREWORKS. See Section 307.2.
Fireworks, 1.3G. See Section 307.2.
Fireworks, 1.4G. See Section 307.2.
I FIXED BASE OPERATOR (FBO). See Section 412.2.
FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION. See Section 2602.1.
FOLDING AND TELESCOPIC SEATING. See Section
1002.1.
FOOD COURT. See Section 402 .2.
FOUNDATION PIER. See Section 2102.1.
I
FRAME STRUCTURE. See Section 1614.2.
[F] GAS CABINET. See Section 415.2.
[F] GAS ROOM. See Section 415.2.
[F] GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEM. See Section 421.2.
GLASS FIBERBOARD. See Section 721.1.1.
GLUED BUILT-UP MEMBER. See Section 2302.1.
GRADE FLOOR OPENING. A window or other opening
located such that the sill height of the opening is not more than
44 inches (1118 mm) above or below the finished ground level
adjacent to the opening.
GRADE (LUMBER). See Section 2302.1.
FLAME SPREAD. See Section 802.1.
GRADE PLANE. See Section 502.1.
FLAME SPREAD INDEX. See Section 802 .1.
GRANDSTAND. See Section 1002.1.
[F] FLAMMABLE GAS. See Section 307.2.
GRIDIRON. See Section 410.2.
[F] FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS. See Section 307.2.
GROSS LEASABLE AREA. See Section 402.2 .
[F] FLAMMABLE LIQUID. See Section 307.2.
GROUTED MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.
Class IA. See Section 307.2.
Grouted hollow-unit masonry. See Section 2102.1.
Class lB. See Section 307.2.
Grouted multiwythe masonry. See Section 2102.1.
Class IC. See Section 307.2.
•
FLY GALLERY. See Section 410.2.
GUARD. See Section 1002.1.
[F] FLAMMABLE MATERIAL. See Section 307.2.
GYPSUM BOARD. See Section 2502.1.
[F] FLAMMABLE SOLID. See Section 307.2.
GYPSUM PLASTER. See Section 2502.1.
[F] FLAMMABLE VAPORS OR FUMES. See Section 415.2.
GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER. See Section 2502.1 .
[F] FLASH POINT. See Section 307.2.
HABITABLE SPACE. A space in a building for living, sleeping, eating or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet rooms, closets, halls,
storage or utility spaces and similar areas are not considered
habitable spaces.
I FLIGHT. See Section 1002.1.
FLOOD OR FLOODING. See Section 1612.2.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
15
DEFINITIONS
[F] HALOGENATED EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS. See
INTERLAYMENT. See Section 1502.1.
Section 902.1.
INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. See
[F] HANDLING. See Section 307.2.
Section 1702.1.
HANDRAIL. See Section 1002.1.
JOINT. See Section 702.1.
HARDBOARD. See Section 2302.1.
JURISDICTION. The governmental unit that has adopted
[F] HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. See Section 307.2.
this code under due legislative authority.
[F] HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM).
See Section 415.2.
•
•
HEAD JOINT. See Section 2102.1.
[F] HEALTH HAZARD. See Section 307.2.
HEIGHT, BUILDING. See Section 502.1.
HEIGHT, WALLS. See Section 2102.1.
HIGH-RISE BUILDING. A building with an occupied floor
located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level
of fire department vehicle access.
[F] HIGHLY TOXIC. See Section 307.2.
LIGHT-DIFFUSING SYSTEM. See Section 2602.1.
HELIPORT. See Section 412.2.
HELISTOP. See Section 412.2.
I
LABEL. An identification applied on a product by the manufacturer that contains the name of the manufacturer, the function and performance characteristics of the product or material,
and the name and identification of an approved agency and that
indicates that the representative sample of the product or material has been tested and evaluated by an approved agency (see
Section 1703.5 and "Inspection certificate," "Manufacturer's
designation" and "Mark").
LABELED. Equipment, materials or products to which has
been affixed a label, seal, symbol or other identifying mark of a
nationally recognized testing laboratory, inspection agency or
other organization concerned with product evaluation that
maintains periodic inspection of the production of the
above-labeled items and whose labeling indicates either that
the equipment, material or product meets identified standards
or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose.
I HELICAL PILE. See Section 1802.1.
HISTORIC BUILDINGS. Buildings that are listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places, or
designated as historic under an appropriate state or local law
(see Sections 3409 and 3411.9).
HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY. See Section 702.1.
I
HOSPITALS AND MENTAL HOSPITALS. See Section
LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION. A type of construction
whose vertical and horizontal structural elements are primarily
formed by a system of repetitive wood or cold-formed steel
framing members.
LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC ROOF PANELS.
See Section 2602.1.
308.3.1.
LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS.
HOUSING UNIT. See Section 408.1.1.
See Section 2602.1.
[F] HPM FLAMMABLE LIQUID. See Section 415.2 .
LIMIT STATE. See Section 1602.1.
[F] HPM ROOM. See Section 415.2 .
[F] LIQUID. See Section 415.2.
HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS. See Section 1609.2.
[F] LIQUID STORAGE ROOM. See Section 415.2.
[F] HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOM. See Section 421.2.
[F] IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND
HEALTH (IDLH). See Section 415.2.
[F] LIQUID USE, DISPENSING AND MIXING ROOM.
See Section 415.2.
INSPECTION CERTIFICATE. See Section 1702.1.
LISTED. Equipment, materials, products or services included
in a list published by an organization acceptable to the code
official and concerned with evaluation of products or services
that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed
equipment or materials or periodic evaluation of services and
whose listing states either that the equipment, material, product
or service meets identified standards or has been tested and
found suitable for a specified purpose.
INTENDED TO BE OCCUPIED AS A RESIDENCE. See
LIVE LOADS. See Section 1602.1.
Section 1102.1.
LIVE LOADS (ROOF). See Section 1602.1.
IMPACT LOAD. See Section 1602.1.
[F] INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS. See Section 307.2.
I [F] INERT GAS. See Section 307.2.
[F] INITIATING DEVICE. See Section 902.1.
INTERIOR FINISH. See Section 802 .1.
LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN (LRFD).
INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH. See Section 802.1.
See Section 1602.1.
I [F] INTERIOR FLOOR-WALL BASE. See Section 802.1.
LOAD EFFECTS. See Section 1602.1.
INTERIOR SURFACES. See Section 2502.1.
LOAD FACTOR. See Section 1602.1.
INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH. See Section
LOADS. See Section 1602.1.
802.1.
LOT. A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit.
16
I
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
DEFINITIONS
LOT LINE. A line dividing one lot from another, or from a
street or any public place.
MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP. See Section
702.1.
[F] LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT (LFL). See Section
415.2.
MENTAL HOSPITALS. See Section 308.3.1.
LOWEST FLOOR. See Section 1612.2.
METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM). See Section
1402.1.
MAIN WINDFORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. See Section
1702.1.
[F] MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX. See Section 902.1 .
METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM) SYSTEM.
See Section 1402.1.
METAL ROOF PANEL. See Section 1502.1.
MARK. An identification applied on a product by the manufacturer indicating the name of the manufacturer and the function of a product or material (see also "Inspection certificate,"
"Label' and "Manufacturer's designation").
MICROPILE. See Section 1802.1.
METAL ROOF SHINGLE. See Section 1502.1.
MEZZANINE. See Section 502.1.
MINERAL BOARD. See Section 721.1 .1.
MINERAL FIBER. See Section 702.1 .
MARQUEE. A permanent roofed structure attached to and
supported by the building and that projects into the public
right-of-way.
MINERAL WOOL. See Section 702.1.
MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.
MORTAR. See Section 2102.1.
MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOF COVERING. See Section
1502.1.
Ashlar masonry. See Section 2102.1.
MORTAR, SURFACE-BONDING. See Section 2102.1.
Coursed ashlar. See Section 2102.1.
MULTILEVEL ASSEMBLY SEATING. See Section
1102.1.
Plain masonry. See Section 2102.1.
Random ashlar. See Section 2102.1.
[F] MULTIPLE-STATION ALARM DEVICE. See Section
902.1.
Reinforced masonry. See Section 2102.1.
[F] MULTIPLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. See Section
902.1.
Solid masonry. See Section 2102.1.
MULTISTORY UNITS. See Section 1102.1.
Unreinforced (plain) masonry. See Section 2102.1.
NAILING, BOUNDARY. See Section 2302.1.
MASONRY UNIT. See Section 2102.1.
•
MERCHANDISE PAD. See Section 1002.1.
MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATION. An identification
applied on a product by the manufacturer indicating that a
product or material complies with a specified standard or set of
rules (see also "Inspection certificate," "Label' and" Mark").
Glass unit masonry. See Section 2102.1.
I
I
NAILING, EDGE. See Section 2302.1.
Clay. See Section 2102.1.
NAILING, FIELD. See Section 2302.1.
Concrete. See Section 2102.1.
NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD. See Section 2302.1.
Hollow. See Section 2102.1.
Decay resistant. See Section 2302.1.
Solid. See Section 2102.1.
Termite resistant. See Section 2302.1.
MASTIC FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. See Section
1702.1.
MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND
MOTION. See Section 1613.2.
MEANS OF EGRESS. See Section 1002.1.
MECHANICAL-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES.
See Section 406.3.2.
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCREEN. See Section
1502.1.
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. See Section 1613.2.
MEMBRANE-COVERED CABLE STRUCTURE. See
Section 3102.2.
MEMBRANE-COVERED FRAME STRUCTURE. See
Section 3102.2.
MEMBRANE PENETRATION. See Section 702.1.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
NOMINAL LOADS. See Section 1602.1.
NOMINAL SIZE (LUMBER). See Section 2302.1.
NONCOMBUSTIBLE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE. See
Section 3102.2.
[F] NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
(NTP). See Section 415.2.
NOSING. See Section 1002.1.
I
NOTIFICATION ZONE. See Section 902 .1.
[F] NUISANCE ALARM. See Section 902 .1.
I
NURSING HOMES. See Section 308.3.1.
OCCUPANCY CATEGORY. See Section 1602.1.
OCCUPANT LOAD. See Section 1002.1.
OCCUPIABLE SPACE. A room or enclosed space designed
for human occupancy in which individuals congregate for
17
DEFINITIONS
•
amusement, educational or similar purposes or in which occupants are engaged at labor, and which is equipped with means
of egress and light and ventilation facilities meeting the
requirements of this code.
PINRAIL. See Section 410.2.
OPEN PARKING GARAGE. See Section 406.3.2.
PLATFORM. See Section 410.2.
[F] OPEN SYSTEM. See Section 307.2.
POSITIVE ROOF DRAINAGE. See Section 1502.1.
[F] OPERATING BUILDING. See Section 307.2.
PREFABRICATED WOOD I-JOIST. See Section 2302.1. •
ORDINARY PRECAST STRUCTURAL WALL. See Sec-
PRESTRESSED MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.
tion 1908.1.1.
ORDINARY REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURAL WALL. See Section 1908.1.1.
ORDINARY STRUCTURAL PLAIN CONCRETE
WALL. See Section 1908.1.1.
[F] ORGANIC PEROXIDE. See Section 307.2.
Class I. See Section 307.2.
Class II. See Section 307.2.
Class III. See Section 307.2.
Class IV. See Section 307.2.
Class V. See Section 307.2.
Unclassified detonable. See Section 307.2.
PLASTIC, APPROVED. See Section 2602.1.
PLASTIC GLAZING. See Section 2602.1.
PRIMARY FUNCTION. See Section 3402.1.
PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME. The primary structural frame shall include all of the following structural members:
1. The columns;
2. Structural members having direct connections to the columns, including girders, beams, trusses and spandrels;
3. Members of the floor construction and roof construction
having direct connections to the columns; and
4. Bracing members that are essential to the vertical stability of the primary structural frame under gravity loading
shall be considered part of the primary structural frame
whether or not the bracing member carries gravity loads.
ORTHOGONAL. See Section 1613.2.
PRISM. See Section 2102.1.
OTHER STRUCTURES. See Section 1602.1.
PROSCENIUM WALL. See Section 410.2 .
OWNER. Any person, agent, firm or corporation having a
legal or equitable interest in the property.
PUBLIC ENTRANCE. See Section 1102.1.
[F] OXIDIZER. See Section 307.2.
PUBLIC WAY. See Section 1002.1.
Class 4. See Section 307.2.
Class 3. See Section 307.2.
Class 2. See Section 307.2.
Class 1. See Section 307.2.
[F] OXIDIZING GAS. See Section 307.2.
PANEL (PART OF A STRUCTURE). See Section 1602.1.
PUBLIC-USE AREAS. See Section 1102.1.
[F] PYROPHORIC. See Section 307.2.
[F] PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION. See Section 307.2.
RAMP. See Section 1002.1.
RAMP-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES. See Sec[F] RECORD DRAWINGS. See Section 902.1.
REFLECTIVE PLASTIC CORE FOIL INSULATION.
PARTICLEBOARD. See Section 2302.1.
An insulation material packaged in rolls, that is less than 0.5
inches thick, with at least one exterior low emittance surface
(0.1 or less) and a core material containing voids or cells.
PENTHOUSE. See Section 1502.1.
PERMIT. An official document or certificate issued by the
authority having jurisdiction which authorizes performance of
a specified activity.
PERSON. An individual, heirs, executors, administrators or
assigns, and also includes a firm, partnership or corporation, its
or their successors or assigns, or the agent of any of the aforesaid.
PERSONAL CARE SERVICE. See Section 310.2.
I PHOTOLUMINESCENT. See Section 1002.1.
[F] PHYSICAL HAZARD. See Section 307.2.
[F] PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD
LEVEL. See Section 415.2.
18
•
tion 406.3.2.
PANIC HARDWARE. See Section 1002.1.
PENETRATION FIRESTOP. See Section 702.1.
•
I
REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. An individual
who is registered or licensed to practice their respective design
profession as defined by the statutory requirements of the professional registration laws of the state or jurisdiction in which
the project is to be constructed.
REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE. A registered design professional engaged
by the owner to review and coordinate certain aspects of the
project, as determined by the building official, for compatibility with the design of the building or structure, including
submittal documents prepared by others, deferred submittal
documents and phased submittal documents.
RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, PLACE OF. A building or portion
thereof intended for the performance of religious services.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
•
DEFINITIONS
•
REPAIR. The reconstruction or renewal of any part ofan exist-
SHALLOW FOUNDATION. See Section 1802.1.
ing building for the purpose of its maintenance.
SHEAR WALL. See Sections 2102.1 and 2302.1.
REROOFING. See Section 1502.1.
RESIDENTIAL AIRCRAFT HANGAR. See Section 412.2.
RESIDENTIAL CARE/ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES. See Section 310.2.
I
Detailed plain masonry shear wall. See Section 2102.1.
Intermediate prestressed masonry shear wall. See Section 2102.1.
RESISTANCE FACTOR. See Section 1602.1.
Intermediate reinforced masonry shear wall. See Section
2102.1.
RESTRICTED ENTRANCE. See Section 1102.1.
Ordinary plain masonry shear wall. See Section 2102.1.
RETRACTABLE AWNING. See Section 3105.2.
Ordinary plain prestressed masonry shear wall. See Section 2102.1.
ROOF ASSEMBLY. See Section 1502.1.
ROOF COVERING SYSTEM. See Section 1502.1.
Ordinary reinforced masonry shear wall. See Section
2102.1.
ROOF DECK. See Section 1502.1.
Perforated shear wall. See Section 2302.1.
ROOF RECOVER. See Section 1502.1.
Perforated shear wall segment. See Section 2302.1.
ROOF REPAIR. See Section 1502.1.
Special prestressed masonry shear wall. See Section
2102.1.
ROOF COVERING. See Section 1502.1.
ROOF REPLACEMENT. See Section 1502.1.
ROOF VENTILATION. See Section 1502.1.
ROOFTOP STRUCTURE. See Section 1502.1.
RUBBLE MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.
Coursed rubble. See Section 2102.1.
Special reinforced masonry shear wall. See Section
2102.1.
SHELL. See Section 2102.1.
SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE. See Section 1502.1.
[F] SINGLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. See Section
Random rubble. See Section 2102.1.
902.1.
Rough or ordinary rubble. See Section 2102.1.
SITE. See Section 1102.1.
RUNNING BOND. See Section 2102.1.
I SALLYPORT. See Section 408.1.1.
SITE CLASS. See Section 1613.2.
SITE COEFFICIENTS. See Section 1613.2.
SCISSOR STAIR. See Section 1002.1.
SITE-FABRICATED STRETCH SYSTEM. See Section
SCUPPER. See Section 1502.1.
802.1.
SECONDARY MEMBERS. The following structural mem-
SKYLIGHT, UNIT. A factory-assembled, glazed fenestration
unit, containing one panel of glazing material that allows for
natural lighting through an opening in the roof assembly while
preserving the weather-resistant barrier of the roof.
bers shall be considered secondary members and not part of the
primary structural frame:
1. Structural members not having direct connections to the
columns;
2. Members of the floor construction not having direct connections to the columns; and
3. Bracing members other than those that are part of the primary structural frame.
SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. See Section 1613.2.
SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. See Section
1613.2.
SELF-CLOSING. See Section 702.1.
I SELF-LUMINOUS. See Section 1002.1.
SELF-SERVICE STORAGE FACILITY. See Section
SKYLIGHTS AND SLOPED GLAZING. Glass or other
transparent or translucent glazing material installed at a
slope of 15 degrees (0.26 rad) or more from vertical. Glazing
material in skylights, including unit skylights, solariums,
sunrooms, roofs and sloped walls, are included in this definition.
SLEEPING UNIT. A room or space in which people sleep,
which can also include permanent provisions for living, eating,
and either sanitation or kitchen facilities but not both. Such
rooms and spaces that are also part of a dwelling unit are not
sleeping units.
[F] SMOKE ALARM. See Section 902 .1.
1102.1.
SMOKE BARRIER. See Section 702.1.
[F] SERVICE CORRIDOR. See Section 415 .2.
SMOKE COMPARTMENT. See Section 702.1.
SERVICE ENTRANCE. See Section 1102.1.
SMOKE DAMPER. See Section 702.1.
SHAFT. See Section 702.1.
[F] SMOKE DETECTOR. See Section 902.1.
SHAFT ENCLOSURE. See Section 702.1.
SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX. See Section 802.1.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
19
I
DEFINITIONS
SMOKE-PROTECTED ASSEMBLY SEATING. See Sec-
[F] STORAGE, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. See Section
tion 1002.1.
415.2.
SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE. See Section 902.1.
STORM SHELTER. See Section 423.2.
[F] SOLID. See Section 415.2.
SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDING. See Section 411.2.
Community storm shelter. See Section 423.2.
Residential storm shelter. See Section 423.2.
SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA. See Section 1612.2.
STORY. That portion of a building included between the upper
SPECIAL INSPECTION. See Section 1702.1.
surface of a floor and the upper surface of the floor or roof next
above (also see "Basement," "Mezzanine" and Section 502.1).
It is measured as the vertical distance from top to top of two
successive tiers of beams or finished floor surfaces and, for the
topmost story, from the top of the floor finish to the top of the
ceiling joists or, where there is not a ceiling, to the top of the
roof rafters.
SPECIAL INSPECTION, CONTINUOUS. See Section
1702.1.
SPECIAL INSPECTION, PERIODIC. See Section 1702.1.
I SPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALL. See Section 1908.1.1.
SPECIFIED. See Section 2102.1.
SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF
MASONRY (I'oJ. See Section 2102.1.
STORY ABOVE GRADE PLANE. Any story having its fin- I
ished floor surface entirely above grade plane, or in which the
finished surface of the floor next above is:
SPLICE. See Section 702.1.
1. More than 6 feet (1829 mm) above grade plane; or
SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. See Section
2. More than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the finished ground
level at any point.
1702.1.
STACK BOND. See Section 2102.1.
STRENGTH. See Section 2102.1.
STAGE. See Section 410.2.
Design strength. See Section 2102.1.
STAIR. See Section 1002.1.
Nominal strength. See Sections 1602.1 and 2102.1.
STAIRWAY. See Section 1002.1.
Required strength. See Sections 1602.1 and 2102.1.
STAIRWAY, EXTERIOR. See Section 1002.1.
STRENGTH DESIGN. See Section 1602.1.
STAIRWAY, INTERIOR. See Section 1002.1.
STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER. See Section
STAIRWAY, SPIRAL. See Section 1002.1.
2302.1.
[F] STANDPIPE SYSTEM, CLASSES OF. See Section
Laminated veneer lumber (LVL). See Section 2302.1.
902.1.
Parallel strand lumber (PSL). See Section 2302.1.
Class I system. See Section 902.1 .
STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER. See
Class II system. See Section 902 .1.
Section 2302.1 .
Class III system. See Section 902.1.
STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION. See Section 1702.1.
[F] STANDPIPE, TYPES OF. See Section 902.1.
STRUCTURE. That which is built or constructed.
Automatic dry. See Section 902.1.
SUBDIAPHRAGM. See Section 2302.1.
Automatic wet. See Section 902.1 .
SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE. See Section 1612.2.
Manual dry. See Section 902.1.
SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT. See Section 1612.2.
Manual wet. See Section 902 .1.
SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL DAMAGE. See Section
Semiautomatic dry. See Section 902 .1.
START OF CONSTRUCTION. See Section 1612.2.
STEEL CONSTRUCTION, COLD-FORMED. See Section
3402.1.
SUITE. See Section 1002.1.
SUNROOM. See Section 1202.1.
2202.1.
[F] SUPERVISING STATION. See Section 902.1.
STEEL JOIST. See Section 2202.1.
[F] SUPERVISORY SERVICE. See Section 902.1 .
STEEL MEMBER, STRUCTURAL. See Section 2202.1.
[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL. See Section 902 .1.
STEEP SLOPE. A roof slope greater than two units vertical in
[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL-INITIATING DEVICE. See
12 units horizontal (17-percent slope) .
Section 902 .1.
STONE MASONRY. See Section 2102.1.
SWIMMING POOLS. See Section 3109.2.
20
Ashlar stone masonry. See Section 2102.1.
T RATING. See Section 702.1.
Rubble stone masonry. See Section 2102.1.
TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE. See Section 3402.1.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
DEFINITIONS
I
TENT. A structure, enclosure or shelter, with or without sidewalls or drops, constructed of fabric or pliable material supported in any manner except by air or the contents it protects.
Class II: 0.1 < perm
THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL. See Section 2602.1.
Class III: 1.0 < perm
~
1.0 perm.
~
10 perm.
THERMOSETTING MATERIAL. See Section 2602.1.
VEHICLE BARRIER SYSTEM. See Section 1602.1.
THIN-BED MORTAR. See Section 2102.1.
VEHICULAR GATE. See Section 3110.2.
THROUGH PENETRATION. See Section 702.1.
VENEER. See Section 1402.1.
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM. See
Section 702.1.
TIE-DOWN (HOLD-DOWN). See Section 2302.1.
VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing such
air from, any space.
TIE, LATERAL. See Section 2102.1.
VINYL SIDING. See Section 1402.1.
TIE, WALL. See Section 2102.1.
[F] VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE.
See Section 902.1.
I
TILE, STRUCTURAL CLAY. See Section 2102.1.
WALKWAY, PEDESTRIAN. A walkway used exclusively as
a pedestrian trafficway.
[F] TIRES, BULK STORAGE OF. See Section 902.1.
WALL. See Section 2102.1.
TOWNHOUSE. A single-family dwelling unit constructed in
a group of three or more attached units in which each unit
extends from the foundation to roof and with open space on at
least two sides.
Dry-stacked, surface-bonded wall. See Section 2102.1.
[F] TOXIC. See Section 307.2.
Masonry-bonded hollow wall. See Section 2102.1.
TRANSIENT. See Section 310.2.
I TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT. See Section 412.2.
TREATED WOOD. See Section 2302.1.
Fire-retardant-treated wood. See Section 2302.1.
Preservative-treated wood. See Section 2302.1.
TRIM. See Section 802 .1.
[F] TROUBLE SIGNAL. See Section 902.1.
TYPE A UNIT. See Section 1102.1.
I
Class I: 0.1 perm or less.
THERMAL ISOLATION. See Section 1202.1.
TILE. See Section 2102.1.
I
through that material or assembly. Vapor retarder class shall be
defined using the desiccant method of ASTM E 96 as follows:
Cavity wall. See Section 2102.1.
Composite wall. See Section 2102.1.
Parapet wall. See Section 2102.1.
WALL, LOAD-BEARING. Any wall meeting either of the
following classifications:
1. Any metal or wood stud wall that supports more than 100
pounds per linear foot (1459 N/m) of vertical load in
addition to its own weight.
2. Any masonry or concrete wall that supports more than
200 pounds per linear foot (2919 N/m) of vertical load in
addition to its own weight.
TYPE B UNIT. See Section 1102.1.
WALL, NONLOAD-BEARING. Any wall that is not a loadbearing wall.
UNDERLAYMENT. See Section 1502.1.
WALL PIER. See Section 1908.1.1.
[F] UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL. See Section
307.2.
[F] WATER-REACTIVE MATERIAL. See Section 307.2.
Class 3. See Section 307.2.
Class 4. See Section 307.2.
Class 2. See Section 307.2.
Class 3. See Section 307.2.
Class 1. See Section 307.2.
Class 2. See Section 307.2.
WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER. See Section 1402.1.
Class 1. See Section 307.2.
WEATHER-EXPOSED SURFACES. See Section 2502.1.
[F] USE (MATERIAL). See Section 415.2.
WEB. See Section 2102.1.
VAPOR-PERMEABLE MEMBRANE. A material or covering having a permeance rating of 5 perms (52.9 xl 0-10 kg/Pa .s· m2)
or greater, when tested in accordance with the dessicant method
using Procedure A of ASTM E 96. A vapor-permeable material
permits the passage of moisture vapor.
[F] WET-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. See
Section 902 .1.
VAPOR RETARDER CLASS. A measure of a material or
assembly's ability to limit the amount of moisture that passes
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
WHEELCHAIR SPACE. See Section 1102.1.
WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGION. See Section 1609.2.
WINDER. See Section 1002.1.
WIRE BACKING. See Section 2502.1.
21
DEFINITIONS
[F] WIRELESS PROTECTION SYSTEM. See Section
902.1.
WOOD SHEAR PANEL. See Section 2302.1.
WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. See Section 2302.1.
Composite panels. See Section 2302.1.
Oriented strand board (OSB). See Section 2302.1.
Plywood. See Section 2302.1.
[F] WORKSTATION. See Section 415.2.
WYTHE. See Section 2102.1.
YARD. An open space, other than a court, unobstructed from
the ground to the sky, except where specifically provided by
this code, on the lot on which a building is situated.
[F] ZONE. See Section 902.1.
I ZONE, NOTIFICATION. See Section 902 .1.
22
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
CHAPTER 3
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
SECTION 301
GENERAL
301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the
classification of all buildings and structures as to use and occupancy.
SECTION 302
CLASSIFICATION
302.1 General. Structures or portions of structures shall be
classified with respect to occupancy in one or more of the
groups listed below. A room or space that is intended to be
occupied at different times for different purposes shall comply
with all of the requirements that are applicable to each of the
purposes for which the room or space will be occupied. Structures with multiple occupancies or uses shall comply with Section 508. Where a structure is proposed for a purpose that is not
specifically provided for in this code, such structure shall be
classified in the group that the occupancy most nearly resembles, according to the fire safety and relative hazard involved.
1. Assembly (see Section 303): Groups A-I, A-2, A-3,
A-4 and A-5
2. Business (see Section 304): Group B
3. Educational (see Section 305): Group E
4. Factory and Industrial (see Section 306) : Groups F-l
and F-2
5. High Hazard (see Section 307): Groups H-l, H-2, H-3,
H-4 and H-5
6. Institutional (see Section 308): Groups 1-1,1-2,1-3 and
1-4
7. Mercantile (see Section 309): Group M
8. Residential (see Section 310): Groups R-l, R-2, R-3
and R-4
9. Storage (see Section 311): Groups S-1 and S-2
10. Utility and Miscellaneous (see Section 312): Group U
SECTION 303
ASSEMBLY GROUP A
303.1 Assembly Group A. Assembly Group A occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, for the gathering of persons for purposes such
as civic, social or religious functions; recreation, food or drink
consumption or awaiting transportation.
Exceptions:
1. A building or tenant space used for assembly purposes with an occupant load of less than 50 persons
shall be classified as a Group B occupancy.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
2. A room or space used for assembly purposes with an
occupant load of less than 50 persons and accessory
to another occupancy shall be classified as a Group B
occupancy or as part of that occupancy.
3. A room or space used for assembly purposes that is
less than 750 square feet (70 m 2) in area and accessory
to another occupancy shall be classified as a Group B
occupancy or as part of that occupancy.
4. Assembly areas that are accessory to Group E occupancies are not considered separate occupancies
except when applying the assembly occupancy
requirements of Chapter 11.
5. Accessory religious educational rooms and religious
auditoriums with occupant loads of less than 100 are
not considered separate occupancies.
Assembly occupancies shall include the following:
A-I Assembly uses, usually with fixed seating, intended for
the production and viewing of the performing arts or
motion pictures including, but not limited to:
Motion picture theaters
Symphony and concert halls
Television and radio studios admitting an audience
Theaters
A-2 Assembly uses intended for food and/or drink consumption including, but not limited to:
Banquet halls
Night clubs
Restaurants
Taverns and bars
A-3 Assembly uses intended for worship, recreation or
amusement and other assembly uses not classified elsewhere in Group A including, but not limited to:
Amusement arcades
Art galleries
Bowling alleys
Community halls
Courtrooms
Dance halls (not including food or drink consumption)
Exhibition halls
Funeral parlors
Gymnasiums (without spectator seating)
Indoor swimming pools (without spectator seating)
Indoor tennis courts (without spectator seating)
Lecture halls
Libraries
Museums
Places of religious worship
Pool and billiard parlors
Waiting areas in transportation terminals
23
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
A-4 Assembly uses intended for viewing of indoor sporting
events and activities with spectator seating including,
but not limited to:
Arenas
Skating rinks
Swimming pools
Tennis courts
A-5 Assembly uses intended for participation in or viewing
outdoor activities including, but not limited to:
Amusement park structures
Bleachers
Grandstands
Stadiums
portion thereof, by six or more persons at anyone time for
educational purposes through the 12th grade. Religious educational rooms and religious auditoriums, which are accessory to
places ofreligious worship in accordance with Section 303.1
and have occupant loads of less than 100, shall be classified as
A-3 occupancies.
305.2 Day care. The use of a building or structure, or portion
thereof, for educational, supervision or personal care services
for more than five children older than 21/ 2 years of age, shall be
classified as a Group E occupancy.
SECTION 306
FACTORY GROUP F
306.1 Factory Industrial Group F. Factory Industrial Group
SECTION 304
BUSINESS GROUP B
304.1 Business Group B. Business Group B occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, for office, professional or service-type transactions, including storage of records and accounts. Business
occupancies shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Airport traffic control towers
Ambulatory health care facilities
Animal hospitals, kennels and pounds
Banks
Barber and beauty shops
Car wash
Civic administration
Clinic-outpatient
Dry cleaning and laundries: pick-up and delivery stations
and self-service
Educational occupancies for students above the 12th grade
Electronic data processing
Laboratories: testing and research
Motor vehicle showrooms
Post offices
Print shops
Professional services (architects, attorneys, dentists, physicians, engineers, etc.)
Radio and television stations
Telephone exchanges
Training and skill development not within a school or academic program
I
304.1.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meanings shown herein.
CLINIC, OUTPATIENT. Buildings or portions thereof
used to provide medical care on less than a 24-hour basis to
individuals who are not rendered incapable of self-preservation by the services provided.
SECTION 305
EDUCATIONAL GROUP E
305.1 Educational Group E. Educational Group E occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
24
F occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or
structure, or a portion thereof, for assembling, disassembling,
fabricating, finishing, manufacturing, packaging, repair or processing operations that are not classified as a Group H hazardous or Group S storage occupancy.
306.2 Factory Industrial F-1 Moderate-hazard Occupancy.
Factory industrial uses which are not classified as Factory
Industrial F-2 Low Hazard shall be classified as F-1 Moderate
Hazard and shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Aircraft (manufacturing, not to include repair)
Appliances
Athletic equipment
Automobiles and other motor vehicles
Bakeries
Beverages: over 16-percent alcohol content
Bicycles
Boats
Brooms or brushes
Business machines
Cameras and photo equipment
Canvas or similar fabric
Carpets and rugs (includes cleaning)
Clothing
Construction and agricultural machinery
Disinfectants
Dry cleaning and dyeing
Electric generation plants
Electronics
Engines (including rebuilding)
Food processing
Furniture
Hemp products
Jute products
Laundries
Leather products
Machinery
Metals
Millwork (sash and door)
Motion pictures and television filming (without spectators)
Musical instruments
Optical goods
Paper mills or products
Photographic film
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
I
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
Plastic products
Printing or publishing
Recreational vehicles
Refuse incineration
Shoes
Soaps and detergents
Textiles
Tobacco
Trailers
Upholstering
Wood; distillation
Woodworking (cabinet)
306.3 Factory Industrial F-2 Low-hazard Occupancy. Factory industrial uses that involve the fabrication or manufacturing of noncombustible materials which during finishing,
packing or processing do not involve a significant fire hazard
shall be classified as F-2 occupancies and shall include, but not
be limited to, the following:
I
Beverages: up to and including 16-percent alcohol content
Brick and masonry
Ceramic products
Foundries
Glass products
Gypsum
Ice
Metal products (fabrication and assembly)
SECTION 307
HIGH-HAZARD GROUP H
[F] 307.1 High-hazard Group H. High-hazard Group H occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, that involves the manufacturing,
processing, generation or storage of materials that constitute a
physical or health hazard in quantities in excess of those
allowed in control areas complying with Section 414, based on
the maximum allowable quantity limits for control areas set
forth in Tables 307.1 (1) and 307.1 (2). Hazardous occupancies
are classified in Groups H-l, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 and shall
be in accordance with this section, the requirements of Section
415 and the International Fire Code. Hazardous materials
stored, or used on top of roofs or canopies shall be classified as
outdoor storage or use and shall comply with the International
Fire Code.
Exceptions: The following shall not be classified as Group
•
H, but shall be classified as the occupancy that they most
nearly resemble.
1. Buildings and structures occupied for the application of flammable finishes, provided that such build-
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
ings or areas conform to the requirements of Section
416 and the International Fire Code.
2. Wholesale and retail sales and storage of flammable
and combustible liquids in mercantile occupancies
conforming to the International Fire Code.
3. Closed piping system containing flammable or
combustible liquids or gases utilized for the operation of machinery or equipment.
4. Cleaning establishments that utilize combustible
liquid solvents having a flash point of 140°F (60°C)
or higher in closed systems employing equipment
listed by an approved testing agency, provided that
this occupancy is separated from all other areas of
the building by I-hour fire barriers constructed in
accordance with Section 707 or I-hour horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section
712, or both.
5. Cleaning establishments that utilize a liquid solvent
having a flash point at or above 200°F (93°C).
6. Liquor stores and distributors without bulk storage.
7. Refrigeration systems.
8. The storage or utilization of materials for agricultural purposes on the premises.
9. Stationary batteries utilized for facility emergency
power, uninterrupted power supply or telecommunication facilities, provided that the batteries are
provided with safety venting caps and ventilation is
provided in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code.
10. Corrosives shall not include personal or household
products in their original packaging used in retail
display or commonly used building materials.
11. Buildings and structures occupied for aerosol storage shall be classified as Group S-I, provided that
such buildings conform to the requirements of the
International Fire Code.
12. Display and storage of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous
materials in quantities not exceeding the maximum
allowable quantity per control area in Group M or S
occupancies complying with Section 414.2.5.
13. The storage of black powder, smokeless propellant
and small arms primers in Groups M and R-3 and
special industrial explosive devices in Groups B, F,
M and S, provided such storage conforms to the
quantity limits and requirements prescribed in the
International Fire Code.
25
N
H-2 or H-3
H-2 or H-3
N/A
N/A
120d,e
330d,e
13,200e,f
Loose
Baledo
H-3
(100)
(1,000)
N/A
Consumer fireworks
(Class C, Common)
1.4G
H-3
12Sd,e,1
Cryogenics, flammable
N/A
H-2
Cryogenics, inert
N/A
Cryogenics, oxidizing
C
,
i
N/A
N/A
4S d
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
H-3
Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3
Division 1.4
Division I.4G
Division 1.S
Division 1.6
H-I
H-I
H-I or H-2
H-3
H-3
H-I
H-I
N/A
Ie,g
Ie,g
se,g
soe,g
12Sd,e,1
Ie,g
1d,e,g
N/A
4S d
Flammable gas
Gaseous
Liquefied
H-2
N/A
Flammable liquidC
IA
IB and IC
H-2
orH-3
N/A
N/A
(1S0)d,e
30d,e
120d,e
Flammable liquid,
combination (1A, IB, IC)
N/A
H-2
orH-3
N/A
Flammable solid
N/A
H-3
Gaseous
Liquefied
N/A
N/A
UD
I
II
III
IV
V
H-I
H-2
H-3
H-3
N/A
N/A
4
3k
2
1
H-I
H-2 or H-3
H-3
N/A
Inert gas
Organic peroxide
»
rOJ
c
r=
G')
("')
o
C
ITI
®
N/A
120d
330d
13,200f
N/A
:2
c
:2
Liquid gallons
(pounds)
N/A
:;;c
o:2
N/A
Solid pounds
(cubic feet)
N/A
-I
ITI
»
-I
Gas
(cubic feet
at NTP)
N/A
Explosives
CD
USE-CLOSED SYSTEMS b
(100)
(1,000)
Combustible fiber
:2
II
IlIA
IIIB
STORAGE b
Liquid gallons
(pounds)
Combustible liquid
N
CLASS
GROUP WHEN
THE MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE
QUANTITY IS
EXCEEDED
Solid pounds
(cubic feet)
MATERIAL
o
o
c
[F] TABLE 307.1 (1)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A PHYSICAL HAZARDa,j, m, n, p
0')
Oxidizer
(I)e,g
(I)e,g
(s)e,g
(so)e,g
N/A
(1)e,g
N/A
en
ITI
Gas
(cubic feet
at NTP)
N/A
Solid pounds
(cubic feet)
Liquid gallons
(pounds)
N/A
30d
BOd
3,300f
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
4S d
N/A
N/A
IOd
NL
N/A
NL
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
4S d
N/A
N/A
N/A
IOd
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
I,OOOd,e
N/A
0.2Sg
0.2S g
Ig
sog
N/A
0.2S g
N/A
(0.2S)g
(0.2S)g
(1)g
(SO)g
N/A
(0.2S)g
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1,000d,e
N/A
0.2Sg
0.2S g
Ig
N/A
N/A
0.2S g
N/A
(0.2S)g
(0.2S)g
(1)g
N/A
N/A
(0.2S)g
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
IOd
30d
N/A
(1S0)d,e
30d
120d
N/A
N/A
120d,e, h
N/A
N/A
120d, h
N/A
N/A
30d, h
12Sd,e
N/A
N/A
12S d
N/A
N/A
2S d
N/A
N/A
N/A
1e,g
Sd,e
SOd,e
12Sd,e
NL
NL
Ie,g
IOd,e
2S0d,e
4,000e,f
N/A
N/A
(1)e,g
(S)d,e
(SO)d,e
(12S)d,e
NL
NL
(I)e,g
(10)d,e
(2S0)d,e
(4,000)e,f
NL
NL
N/A
N/A
0.2S g
Id
SOd
12S d
NL
NL
0.2S g
2d
2S0 d
4,000f
N/A
N/A
NL
NL
N/A
N/A
(0.2S)g
(1)
(SO)d
(12S)d
NL
NL
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(0.2S)g
(2)d
(2S0)d
(4,000)f
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.2S g
1d
IOd
2S d
NL
NL
0.2S g
2d
SOd
I,OOOf
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(continued)
C
o("')
(20)
(200)
N/A
»
:2
USE-OPEN SYSTEMSb
(0.2S)g
(1)d
(10)d
(2S)d
NL
NL
(0.2S)g
(2)d
(SO)d
(1,OOO)f
("')
C
"'C
»
:2
("')
-<
("')
r-
»
en
en
:;;
n
o:2
»
-I
I
I
I
N
o
o
[F] TABLE 307.1 (1)-continued
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A PHYSICAL HAZARDa,j, m, n, p
CD
:2
-I
ITI
:;;c
:2
»
-I
o:2
»
r-
MATERIAL
Oxidizing gas
OJ
c
r=
c
Pyrophoric material
:2
G')
("')
o
Unstable (reactive)
C
ITI
CLASS
Gaseous
Liquefied
N/A
4
3
2
I
GROUP WHEN
THE MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE
QUANTITY IS
EXCEEDED
3
2
I
USE-CLOSED SYSTEMS b
Solid pounds
(cubic feet)
Liquid gallons
(pounds)
Gas
(cubic feet
at NTP)
H-3
N/A
N/A
N/A
I,SOOd,e
(lSO)d,e
H-2
4e,g
H-I
H-I or H-2
H-3
USE-OPEN SYSTEMS b
Solid pounds
(cubic feet)
Liquid gallons
(pounds)
Gas
(cubic feet
at NTP)
N/A
N/A
N/A
I ,SOOd, e
N/A
(lSO)d,e
N/A
(4)e,g
soe,g
19
(l)g
Ie,g
Sd,e
SOd,e
(l)e,g
(S)d,e
(SO)d, e
109
SOd,e
2S0d,e
O.2S g
ld
SOd
(O.2S)g
(l)d
(SO)d
109
2e,g
IOd, e
2S0d,e
N/A
NL
NL
NL
H-2
H-3
(S)d,e
(SO)d,e
Sd
SOd
(S)d
(SO)d
N/A
NL
NL
NL
N/A
N/A
N/A
NL
Sd,e
SOd,e
NL
NL
®
Water reactive
STORAGE b
NL
N/A
N/A
N/A
Solid pounds
(cubic feet)
Liquid gallons
(pounds)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0
0
O.2S g
Id
IOd
(O.2S)g
(l)d
(IO)d
NL
NL
Id
IOd
(l)d
(IO)d
NL
NL
For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.028 m 3 , 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
NL = Not Limited; N/A = Not Applicable; UD = Unclassified Detonable
a. For use of control areas, see Section 414.2.
b. The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.
c. The quantities ofalcoholic beverages in retail and wholesale sales occupancies shall not be limited providing the liquids are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons. In retail and wholesale sales
occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuffs, consumer or industrial products, and cosmetics containing not more than 50 percent by volume ofwater-miscible liquids with the remainder of the solutions not
being flammable, shall not be limited, provided that such materials are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons.
d. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinklersystem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Where Note e also applies, the increase for
both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
e. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, day boxes, gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures or in listed safety cans in accordance with Section
2703.9.10 of the International Fire Code. Where Note d also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
f. The permitted quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
g. Permitted only in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
h. Containing not more than the maximum allowable quantity per control area of Class lA, IB or IC flammable liquids.
i. The maximum allowable quantity shall not apply to fuel oil storage complying with Section 603.3.2 of the International Fire Code.
j. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column.
k. A maximum quantity of 200 pounds of solid or 20 gallons of liquid Class 3 oxidizers is allowed when such materials are necessary for maintenance purposes, operation or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage shall be approved.
1. Net weight ofthe pyrotechnic composition ofthe fireworks. Where the net weight ofthe pyrotechnic composition ofthe fireworks is not known, 25 percent ofthe gross weight ofthe fireworks, including packaging,
shall be used.
m. For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 2703.1.2 of the International Fire Code.
n. For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying with Section 414.2.5, see Tables 414.2.5(1) and 414.2.5(2).
o. Densely packed baled cotton that complies with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class.
p. The following shall not be included in determining the maximum allowable quantities:
1. Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on vehicles.
2. Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on motorized equipment operated in accordance with this code.
3. Gaseous fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances regulated by the International Fuel Gas Code.
4. Liquid fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances regulated by the International Mechanical Code.
I
I
I
c
en
ITI
»
:2
C
o("')
("')
C
"'C
»
:2
("')
-<
("')
r-
»
en
en
:;;
n
o:2
»
-I
N
.....
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
[F] TABLE 307.1(2)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL POSING A HEALTH HAZARD a , b, c, i
STORAGEd
MATERIAL
Solid pounds
(cubic feet)
Liquid gallons
(pounds)e, f
Corrosive
5,000
500
Highly toxic
10
(10)h
Toxic
500
(500)h
USE-CLOSED SYSTEMSd
Gas (cubic feet
at NTP)e
Solid
poundse
Liquid gallons
(pounds)e
5,000
500
10
(10)i
500
(500)i
Gaseous 810 f
Liquefied
(150)h
Gaseous 20g
Liquefied (4)g, h
Gaseous 810 f
Liquefied
(150)f,h
Gas (cubic feet
at NTP)e
Gaseous 810f
Liquefied
(150)h
Gaseous 20g
Liquefied (4)g, h
Gaseous 810f
Liquefied
(150)f, h
USE-OPEN SYSTEMSd
Solid
poundse
Liquid gallons
(pounds)e
1,000
100
3
(3)i
125
(125)
For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.028 m 3 , 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
a. For use of control areas, see Section 414 .2.
b. In retail and wholesale sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuffs, consumer or industrial products, and cosmetics, containing not more than 50 percent by volume of water-miscible liquids and with the remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be limited, provided that such materials are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons.
c. For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying with Section 414.2.5, see Tables 414.2.5(1) and
414 .2.5(2) .
d. The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.
e. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1. Where Note f also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
f. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures as specified in the
International Fire Code. Where Note e also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
. , g. Allowed only when stored in approved exhausted gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures as specified in the International Fire Code.
h. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column.
i. For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 2703 .1.2 of the International Fire Code.
I
307.1.1 Hazardous materials. Hazardous materials in any
quantity shall conform to the requirements of this code,
including Section 414, and the International Fire Code.
wire; also includes linters (lint removed from the cottonseed)
and motes (residual materials from the ginning process).
[F] 307.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
banded bales with a packing density of at least 22 pounds per
cubic foot (360 kg/m 3), and dimensions complying with the following: a length of 55 inches (1397 ± 20 mm), a width of 21
inches (533.4 ± 20 mm) and a height of27.6 to 35.4 inches (701
to 899 mm).
for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meanings shown herein.
AEROSOL. A product that is dispensed from an aerosol container by a propellant.
Aerosol products shall be classified by means of the calculation of their chemical heats of combustion and shall be designated Levell, 2 or 3.
Levell aerosol products. Those with a total chemical heat
of combustion that is less than or equal to 8,600 British thermal units per pound (Btu/lb) (20 kJ/g).
Level 2 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical heat
of combustion that is greater than 8,600 Btu/lb (20 kJ/g), but
less than or equal to 13,000 Btu/lb (30 kJ/g).
Level 3 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical heat
combustion that is greater than 13,000 Btu/lb (30 kJ/g).
AEROSOL CONTAINER. A metal can or a glass or plastic
bottle designed to dispense an aerosol. Metal cans shall be limited to a maximum size of33.8 fluid ounces (1000 ml) . Glass or
plastic bottles shall be limited to a maximum size of 4 fluid
ounces (118 ml).
BALED COTTON. A natural seed fiber wrapped in and
secured with industry accepted materials, usually consisting of
burlap, woven polypropylene, polyethylene or cotton or sheet
polyethylene, and secured with steel, synthetic or wire bands or
28
BALED COTTON, DENSELY PACKED. Cotton made into
BARRICADE. A structure that consists of a combination of
walls, floor and roof, which is designed to withstand the rapid
release of energy in an explosion and which is fully confined,
partially vented or fully vented; or other effective method of
shielding from explosive materials by a natural or artificial barrier.
Artificial barricade. An artificial mound or revetment a
minimum thickness of 3 feet (914 mm).
Natural barricade. Natural features of the ground, such as
hills, or timber of sufficient density that the surrounding
exposures that require protection cannot be seen from the
magazine or building containing explosives when the trees
are bare of leaves.
BOILING POINT. The temperature at which the vapor pressure of a liquid equals the atmospheric pressure of 14.7 pounds
per square inch (psi) (101 kPa) gage or 760 mm of mercury.
Where an accurate boiling point is unavailable for the material
in question, or for mixtures which do not have a constant boiling point, for the purposes of this classification, the 20-percent
evaporated point of a distillation performed in accordance with
ASTM D 86 shall be used as the boiling point of the liquid.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
CLOSED SYSTEM. The use of a solid or liquid hazardous
material involving a closed vessel or system that remains
closed during normal operations where vapors emitted by the
product are not liberated outside of the vessel or system and the
product is not exposed to the atmosphere during normal operations; and all uses of compressed gases. Examples of closed
systems for solids and liquids include product conveyed
through a piping system into a closed vessel, system or piece of
equipment.
COMBUSTIBLE DUST. Finely divided solid material that is
420 microns or less in diameter and which, when dispersed in
air in the proper proportions, could be ignited by a flame, spark
or other source of ignition. Combustible dust will pass through
a U.S. No. 40 standard sieve.
COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS. Readily ignitable and free-burning materials in a fibrous or shredded form, such as cocoa fiber,
cloth, cotton, excelsior, hay, hemp, henequen, istle,jute, kapok,
oakum, rags, sisal, Spanish moss, straw, tow, wastepaper, certain synthetic fibers or other like materials. This definition does
not include densely packed baled cotton.
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID. A liquid having a closed cup
flash point at or above 100°F (38°C). Combustible liquids shall
be subdivided as follows:
Class II. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or above
hazard properties ofwhich are represented by the properties of the mixture as a whole.
CONTROL AREA. Spaces within a building where quantities of hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum allowable quantities per control area are stored, dispensed, used or
handled. See also the definition of "Outdoor control area" in
the International Fire Code.
CORROSIVE. A chemical that causes visible destruction of,
or irreversible alterations in, living tissue by chemical action at
the point of contact. A chemical shall be considered corrosive
if, when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits by the method
described in DOTn 49 CFR, Part 173.137, such a chemical
destroys or changes irreversibly the structure of the tissue at the
point of contact following an exposure period of 4 hours. This
term does not refer to action on inanimate surfaces.
CRYOGENIC FLUID. A liquid having a boiling point lower
than -150°F (-101°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch atmosphere (psia) (an absolute pressure of 101 kPa).
DAY BOX. A portable magazine designed to hold explosive
materials constructed in accordance with the requirements for
a Type 3 magazine as defined and classified in Chapter 33 of
the International Fire Code.
DEFLAGRATION. An exothermic reaction, such as the
Class IlIA. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or
above 140°F (60°C) and below 200°F (93°C).
extremely rapid oxidation of a flammable dust or vapor in air,
in which the reaction progresses through the unburned material
at a rate less than the velocity of sound. A deflagration can have
an explosive effect.
Class IIIB. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or
DETONATION. An exothermic reaction characterized by the
above 200°F (93°C).
presence of a shock wave in the material which establishes and
maintains the reaction. The reaction zone progresses through
the material at a rate greater than the velocity of sound. The
principal heating mechanism is one of shock compression.
Detonations have an explosive effect.
100°F (38°C) and below 140°F (60°C) .
The category of combustible liquids does not include compressed gases or cryogenic fluids.
COMPRESSED GAS. A material, or mixture of materials,
that:
1. Is a gas at 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 pounds per square
inch atmosphere (psia) (101 kPa) of pressure; and
2. Has a boiling point of 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 psia
(101 kPa) which is either liquefied, nonliquefied or in
solution, except those gases which have no other healthor physical-hazard properties are not considered to be
compressed until the pressure in the packaging exceeds
41 psia (282 kPa) at 68°F (20°C).
The states of a compressed gas are categorized as follows:
1. Nonliquefied compressed gases are gases, other than
those in solution, which are in a packaging under the
charged pressure and are entirely gaseous at a temperature of 68°F (20°C).
2. Liquefied compressed gases are gases that, in a packaging under the charged pressure, are partially liquid at a
temperature of 68°F (20°C).
3. Compressed gases in solution are nonliquefied gases that
are dissolved in a solvent.
4. Compressed gas mixtures consist of a mixture of two or
more compressed gases contained in a packaging, the
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
DISPENSING. The pouring or transferring of any material
from a container, tank or similar vessel, whereby vapors, dusts,
fumes, mists or gases are liberated to the atmosphere.
EXPLOSION. An effect produced by the sudden violent
expansion of gases, which may be accompanied by a shock
wave or disruption, or both, of enclosing materials or structures. An explosion could result from any of the following:
1. Chemical changes such as rapid oxidation, deflagration
or detonation, decomposition of molecules and runaway
polymerization (usually detonations).
2. Physical changes such as pressure tank ruptures.
3. Atomic changes (nuclear fission or fusion).
EXPLOSIVE. A chemical compound, mixture or device, the
primary or common purpose of which is to function by explosion. The term includes, but is not limited to, dynamite, black
powder, pellet powder, initiating explosives, detonators, safety
fuses, squibs, detonating cord, igniter cord, igniters and display
fireworks, 1.3G (Class B, Special).
The term" explosive" includes any material determined to be
within the scope of USC Title 18: Chapter 40 and also includes
any material classified as an explosive other than consumer
29
•
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
I
fireworks, 1.4G (Class C, Common) by the hazardous materials regulations of DOTn 49 CFR Parts 100-185.
High explosive. Explosive material, such as dynamite,
which can be caused to detonate by means of a No. 8 test
blasting cap when unconfined.
Low explosive. Explosive material that will burn or deflagrate when ignited. It is characterized by a rate of reaction
that is less than the speed of sound. Examples of low explosives include, but are not limited to, black powder; safety
fuse; igniters; igniter cord; fuse lighters; fireworks, 1.3G
(Class B, Special) and propellants, 1.3C.
Mass-detonating explosives. Division 1.1, 1.2 and 1.5
explosives alone or in combination, or loaded into various
types of ammunition or containers, most of which can be
expected to explode virtually instantaneously when a small
portion is subjected to fire, severe concussion, impact, the
impulse of an initiating agent or the effect of a considerable
discharge of energy from without. Materials that react in
this manner represent a mass explosion hazard. Such an
explosive will normally cause severe structural damage to
adjacent objects. Explosive propagation could occur immediately to other items of ammunition and explosives stored
sufficiently close to and not adequately protected from the
initially exploding pile with a time interval short enough so
that two or more quantities must be considered as one for
quantity-distance purposes.
have a mass explosion hazard. This division is comprised
of articles that contain only extremely insensitive detonating substances and which demonstrate a negligible
probability of accidental initiation or propagation.
FIREWORKS. Any composition or device for the purpose of
producing a visible or audible effect for entertainment purposes by combustion, deflagration or detonation that meets the
definition of 1.4G fireworks or 1.3G fireworks as set forth
herein.
Fireworks, 1.3G. (Formerly Class B, Special Fireworks.)
Large fireworks devices, which are explosive materials,
intended for use in fireworks displays and designed to produce audible or visible effects by combustion, deflagration
or detonation. Such 1.3G fireworks include, but are not limited to, firecrackers containing more than 130 milligrams (2
grains) of explosive composition, aerial shells containing
more than 40 grams of pyrotechnic composition, and other
display pieces which exceed the limits for classification as
1.4G fireworks. Such 1.3G fireworks are also described as
fireworks, UN0335 by the DOTn.
Fireworks, 1.4G. (Formerly Class C, Common Fireworks.)
Small fireworks devices containing restricted amounts of
pyrotechnic composition designed primarily to produce visible or audible effects by combustion. Such 1.4G fireworks
which comply with the construction, chemical composition
and labeling regulations of the DOTn for fireworks,
UN0336, and the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) as set forth in CPSC 16 CFR: Parts 1500 and
1507, are not explosive materials for the purpose of this
code.
UN/DOTn Class 1 explosives. The former classification
system used by DOTn included the terms "high" and "low"
explosives as defined herein. The following terms further
define explosives under the current system applied by
DOTn for all explosive materials defined as hazard Class 1
materials. Compatibility group letters are used in concert
with the division to specify further limitations on each division noted (Le., the letter G identifies the material as a pyrotechnic substance or article containing a pyrotechnic
substance and similar materials).
FLAMMABLE GAS. A material that is a gas at 68°F (20°C)
Division 1.1. Explosives that have a mass explosion hazard. A mass explosion is one which affects almost the
entire load instantaneously.
2. Has a flammable range at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) with air of
at least 12 percent, regardless of the lower limit.
Division 1.2. Explosives that have a projection hazard
but not a mass explosion hazard.
Division 1.3. Explosives that have a fire hazard and
or less at 14.7 pounds per square inch atmosphere (psia) (101
kPa) of pressure [a material that has a boiling point of 68 of
(20°C) or less at 14.7 psia (101 kPa)] which:
1. Is ignitable at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) when in a mixture of 13
percent or less by volume with air; or
The limits specified shall be determined at 14.7 psi (101 kPa)
of pressure and a temperature of 68°F (20°C) in accordance
with ASTM E 681.
either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard
or both, but not a mass explosion hazard.
FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS. A liquefied compressed
gas which, under a charged pressure, is partially liquid at a temperature of 68°F (20°C) and which is flammable.
Division 1.4. Explosives that pose a minor explosion
FLAMMABLE LIQUID. A liquid having a closed cup flash
hazard. The explosive effects are largely confined to the
package and no projection of fragments of appreciable
size or range is to be expected. An external fire must not
cause virtually instantaneous explosion of almost the
entire contents of the package.
point below 100°F (38°C). Flammable liquids are further categorized into a group known as Class I liquids. The Class I category is subdivided as follows:
Division 1.5. Very insensitive explosives. This division
is comprised of substances that have a mass explosion
hazard, but that are so insensitive there is very little probability of initiation or of transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions of transport.
30
Division 1.6. Extremely insensitive articles which do not
Class IA. Liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C)
and a boiling point below 100°F (38°C).
Class lB. Liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C)
and a boiling point at or above 100°F (38°C).
Class IC. Liquids having a flash point at or above 73°F
(23°C) and below 100°F (38°C).
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
The category of flammable liquids does not include compressed gases or cryogenic fluids.
material shall be performed by experienced, technically competent persons.
FLAMMABLE MATERIAL. A material capable of being
INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS. Materials that, when
readily ignited from common sources of heat or at a temperature
of 600°F (316°C) or less.
mixed, have the potential to react in a manner that generates
heat, fumes, gases or byproducts which are hazardous to life or
property.
FLAMMABLE SOLID. A solid, other than a blasting agent or
explosive, that is capable of causing fire through friction,
absorption or moisture, spontaneous chemical change, or
retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which has an
ignition temperature below 212°F (100°C) or which burns so
vigorously and persistently when ignited as to create a serious
hazard. A chemical shall be considered a flammable solid as
determined in accordance with the test method of CPSC 16
CFR; Part 1500.44, if it ignites and burns with a self-sustained
flame at a rate greater than 0.1 inch (2.5 mm) per second along its
major axis.
FLASH POINT. The minimum temperature in degrees Fahrenheit at which a liquid will give off sufficient vapors to form an
ignitable mixture with air near the surface or in the container, but
will not sustain combustion. The flash point of a liquid shall be
determined by appropriate test procedure and apparatus as specified in ASTM D 56, ASTM D 93 or ASTM D 3278.
HANDLING. The deliberate transport by any means to a point
of storage or use.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Those chemicals or substances
that are physical hazards or health hazards as defined and classified in this section and the International Fire Code, whether the
materials are in usable or waste condition.
HEALTH HAZARD. A classification of a chemical for which
there is statistically significant evidence that acute or chronic
health effects are capable of occurring in exposed persons. The
term "health hazard" includes chemicals that are toxic or highly
toxic, and corrosive.
INERT GAS. A gas that is capable of reacting with other materials only under abnormal conditions such as high temperatures' pressures and similar extrinsic physical forces . Within
the context of the code, inert gases do not exhibit either physicalor health properties as defined (other than acting as a simple
asphyxiant) or hazard properties other than those of a compressed gas. Some of the more common inert gases include
argon, helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen and xenon.
OPEN SYSTEM. The use of a solid or liquid hazardous material involving a vessel or system that is continuously open to the
atmosphere during normal operations and where vapors are
liberated, or the product is exposed to the atmosphere during
normal operations. Examples of open systems for solids and
liquids include dispensing from or into open beakers or containers, dip tank and plating tank operations.
OPERATING BUILDING. A building occupied in conjunction with the manufacture, transportation or use of explosive
materials. Operating buildings are separated from one another
with the use of intraplant or intraline distances.
ORGANIC PEROXIDE. An organic compound that contains
the bivalent -0-0- structure and which may be considered to be
a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide where one or both
of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by an organic radical. Organic peroxides can pose an explosion hazard (detonation or deflagration) or they can be shock sensitive. They can
also decompose into various unstable compounds over an
extended period of time.
HIGHLY TOXIC. A material which produces a lethal dose or
Class I. Those formulations that are capable of deflagration
but not detonation.
lethal concentration that falls within any of the following categories:
Class II. Those formulations that burn very rapidly and that
pose a moderate reactivity hazard.
1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD so) of 50 milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300
grams each.
Class III. Those formulations that burn rapidly and that
2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD so) of 200
milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when
administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or less if
death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin of albino
rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each.
3. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LC so)
in air of 200 parts per million by volume or less of gas or
vapor, or 2 milligrams per liter or less of mist, fume or
dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for 1
hour (or less if death occurs within 1 hour) to albino rats
weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.
Mixtures of these materials with ordinary materials, such as
water, might not warrant classification as highly toxic. While
this system is basically simple in application, any hazard evaluation that is required for the precise categorization of this type of
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
pose a moderate reactivity hazard.
Class IV. Those formulations that burn in the same manner
as ordinary combustibles and that pose a minimal reactivity
hazard.
Class V. Those formulations that burn with less intensity
than ordinary combustibles or do not sustain combustion
and that pose no reactivity hazard.
Unclassified detonable. Organic peroxides that are capable
of detonation. These peroxides pose an extremely high
explosion hazard through rapid explosive decomposition.
OXIDIZER. A material that readily yields oxygen or other
oxidizing gas, or that readily reacts to promote or initiate combustion of combustible materials and, if heated or contaminated' can result in vigorous self-sustained decomposition.
Class 4. An oxidizer that can undergo an explosive reaction
due to contamination or exposure to thermal or physical
shock and that causes a severe increase in the burning rate of
31
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
combustible materials with which it comes into contact.
Additionally, the oxidizer causes a severe increase in the
burning rate and can cause spontaneous ignition of combustibles.
Class 3. An oxidizer that causes a severe increase in the
burning rate of combustible materials with which it comes
in contact.
Class 2. An oxidizer that will cause a moderate increase in
the burning rate of combustible materials with which it
comes in contact.
Class 1. An oxidizer that does not moderately increase the
burning rate of combustible materials.
OXIDIZING GAS. A gas that can support and accelerate
combustion of other materials.
PHYSICAL HAZARD. A chemical for which there is evidence that it is a combustible liquid, cryogenic fluid, explosive,
flammable (solid, liquid or gas), organic peroxide (solid or liquid) , oxidizer (solid or liquid), oxidizing gas, pyrophoric
(solid, liquid or gas), unstable (reactive) material (solid, liquid
or gas) or water-reactive material (solid or liquid).
PYROPHORIC. A chemical with an autoignition temperature in air, at or below a temperature of 130°F (54.4°C).
PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION. A chemical mixture
that produces visible light displays or sounds through a
self-propagating, heat-releasing chemical reaction which is
initiated by ignition.
TOXIC. A chemical falling within any of the following categories:
1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD so) of more
than 50 milligrams per kilogram, but not more than 500
milligrams per kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300
grams each.
2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD so) of more
than 200 milligrams per kilogram, but not more than
1,000 milligrams per kilogram of body weight when
administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or less
if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin of
albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each.
Class 4. Materials that in themselves are readily capable of
detonation or explosive decomposition or explosive reaction at normal temperatures and pressures. This class
includes materials that are sensitive to mechanical or localized thermal shock at normal temperatures and pressures.
Class 3. Materials that in themselves are capable of detonation or of explosive decomposition or explosive reaction but
which require a strong initiating source or which must be
heated under confinement before initiation. This class
includes materials that are sensitive to thermal or mechanical shock at elevated temperatures and pressures.
Class 2. Materials that in themselves are normally unstable
and readily undergo violent chemical change but do not detonate. This class includes materials that can undergo chemical change with rapid release of energy at normal
temperatures and pressures, and that can undergo violent
chemical change at elevated temperatures and pressures.
Class 1. Materials that in themselves are normally stable but
which can become unstable at elevated temperatures and
pressure.
WATER-REACTIVE MATERIAL. A material that
explodes; violently reacts; produces flammable, toxic or other
hazardous gases; or evolves enough heat to cause autoignition
or ignition of combustibles upon exposure to water or moisture. Water-reactive materials are subdivided as follows:
Class 3. Materials that react explosively with water without
requiring heat or confinement.
Class 2. Materials that react violently with water or have the
ability to boil water. Materials that produce flammable,
toxic or other hazardous gases or evolve enough heat to
cause autoignition or ignition of combustibles upon exposure to water or moisture.
Class 1. Materials that react with water with some release of
energy, but not violently.
[F] 307.3 High-hazard Group H-l. Buildings and structures
containing materials that pose a detonation hazard shall be
classified as Group H-1. Such materials shall include, but not
be limited to, the following:
Detonable pyrophoric materials
Explosives:
3. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LC so)
in air of more than 200 parts per million, but not more
than 2,000 parts per million by volume ofgas or vapor, or
more than 2 milligrams per liter but not more than 20 milligrams per liter of mist, fume or dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for 1 hour (or less if death
occurs within 1 hour) to albino rats weighing between
200 and 300 grams each.
Division 1.1
Division 1.2
Division 1.3
UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL. A material, other
than an explosive, which in the pure state or as commercially
produced, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense
or become self-reactive and undergo other violent chemical
changes, including explosion, when exposed to heat, friction or
shock, or in the absence of an inhibitor, or in the presence of
contaminants, or in contact with incompatible materials.
Unstable (reactive) materials are subdivided as follows:
Division 1.4
32
Exception: Materials that are used and maintained in
a form where either confinement or configuration will
not elevate the hazard from a mass fire to mass explosion hazard shall be allowed in H-2 occupancies.
Exception: Articles, including articles packaged for
shipment, that are not regulated as an explosive under
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms regulations, or unpackaged articles used in process operations that do not propagate a detonation or
deflagration between articles shall be allowed in H-3
occupancies.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
Division 1.5
Division 1.6
Organic peroxides, unclassified detonable
Oxidizers, Class 4
Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 3 detonable and Class 4
[F] 307.4 High-hazard Group H-2. Buildings and structures
containing materials that pose a deflagration hazard or a hazard
from accelerated burning shall be classified as Group H-2.
Such materials shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Class I, II or IlIA flammable or combustible liquids which
are used or stored in normally open containers or systems, or in closed containers or systems pressurized at
more than 15 psi (103.4 kPa) gage.
Combustible dusts
Cryogenic fluids, flammable
Flammable gases
Organic peroxides, Class I
Oxidizers, Class 3, that are used or stored in normally open
containers or systems, or in closed containers or systems
pressurized at more than 15 psi (103 kPa) gage
Pyrophoric liquids, solids and gases, nondetonable
Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 3, nondetonable
Water-reactive materials, Class 3
[F] 307.5 High-hazard Group H-3. Buildings and structures
containing materials that readily support combustion or that
pose a physical hazard shall be classified as Group H-3. Such
materials shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Class I, II or IlIA flammable or combustible liquids that
are used or stored in normally closed containers or
systems pressurized at 15 pounds per square inch gauge
(103.4 kPa) or less
Combustible fibers, other than densely packed baled cotton
Consumer fireworks, 1.4G (Class C, Common)
Cryogenic fluids, oxidizing
Flammable solids
Organic peroxides, Class II and III
Oxidizers, Class 2
Oxidizers, Class 3, that are used or stored in normally
closed containers or systems pressurized at 15 pounds per
square inch gauge (103 kPa) or less
Oxidizing gases
Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 2
Water-reactive materials, Class 2
[F] 307.6 High-hazard Group H-4. Buildings and structures
which contain materials that are health hazards shall be classified as Group H-4. Such materials shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Corrosives
Highly toxic materials
Toxic materials
[F] 307.7 High-hazard Group H-5 structures. Semiconductor fabrication facilities and comparable research and development areas in which hazardous production materials (HPM)
are used and the aggregate quantity of materials is in excess of
those listed in Tables 307.1 (1) and 307.1 (2) shall be classified
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
as Group H-5. Such facilities and areas shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with Section 415.8.
[F] 307.8 Multiple hazards. Buildings and structures containing
a material or materials representing hazards that are classified in
one or more of Groups H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4 shall conform to the
code requirements for each of the occupancies so classified.
SECTION 308
INSTITUTIONAL GROUP I
308.1 Institutional Group I. Institutional Group I occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a
portion thereof, in which people are cared for or live in a supervised environment, having physical limitations because of
health or age are harbored for medical treatment or other care
or treatment, or in which people are detained for penal or correctional purposes or in which the liberty of the occupants is
restricted. Institutional occupancies shall be classified as
Group 1-1,1-2,1-3 or 1-4.
308.2 Group 1-1. This occupancy shall include buildings,
structures or parts thereof housing more than 16 persons, on a
24-hour basis, who because of age, mental disability or other
reasons, live in a supervised residential environment that provides personal care services. The occupants are capable of
responding to an emergency situation without physical assistance from staff. This group shall include, but not be limited to,
the following:
Alcohol and drug centers
Assisted living facilities
Congregate care facilities
Convalescent facilities
Group homes
Halfway houses
Residential board and care facilities
Social rehabilitation facilities
A facility such as the above with five or fewer persons shall
be classified as a Group R-3 or shall comply with the International Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2. A
facility such as above, housing at least six and not more than 16
persons, shall be classified as Group R-4.
308.3 Group 1-2. This occupancy shall include buildings and
structures used for medical, surgical, psychiatric, nursing or
custodial care for persons who are not capable of self-preservation. This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Child care facilities
Detoxification facilities
Hospitals
Mental hospitals
Nursing homes
308.3.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meanings shown herein.
CHILD CARE FACILITIES. Facilities that provide
care on a 24-hour basis to more than five children, 21/ 2
years of age or less.
33
•
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
DETOXIFICATION FACILITIES. Facilities that
serve patients who are provided treatment for substance
abuse on a 24-hour basis and who are incapable of
self-preservation or who are harmful to themselves or
others.
HOSPITALS AND MENTAL HOSPITALS.
Buildings or portions thereof used on a 24-hour basis for
the medical, psychiatric, obstetrical or surgical treatment
of inpatients who are incapable of self-preservation.
NURSING HOMES. Nursing homes are long-term care
facilities on a 24-hour basis, including both intermediate
care facilities and skilled nursing facilities, serving more
than five persons and any of the persons are incapable of
self-preservation.
308.4 Group 1-3. This occupancy shall include buildings and
structures that are inhabited by more than five persons who are
under restraint or security. An 1-3 facility is occupied by persons who are generally incapable of self-preservation due to
security measures not under the occupants' control. This group
shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Correctional centers
Detention centers
Jails
Prerelease centers
Prisons
Reformatories
Buildings of Group 1-3 shall be classified as one of the occupancy conditions indicated in Sections 308.4.1 through
308.4.5 (see Section 408.1).
308.4.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is allowed from
sleeping areas, and other spaces where access or occupancy
is permitted, to the exterior via means of egress without
restraint. A Condition 1 facility is permitted to be constructed as Group R.
308.4.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is allowed from
sleeping areas and any other occupied smoke compartment
to one or more other smoke compartments. Egress to the
exterior is impeded by locked exits.
308.4.3 Condition 3. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is allowed within
individual smoke compartments, such as within a residential unit comprised of individual sleeping units and group
activity spaces, where egress is impeded by remote-controlled release of means ofegress from such a smoke compartment to another smoke compartment.
308.4.4 Condition 4. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is restricted from
an occupied space. Remote-controlled release is provided to
permit movement from sleeping units, activity spaces and
other occupied areas within the smoke compartment to
other smoke compartments.
34
308.4.5 Condition 5. This occupancy condition shall
include buildings in which free movement is restricted from
an occupied space. Staff-controlled manual release is provided to permit movement from sleeping units, activity
spaces and other occupied areas within the smoke compartment to other smoke compartments.
308.5 Group 1-4, day care facilities. This group shall include
buildings and structures occupied by persons of any age who
receive custodial care for less than 24 hours by individuals
other than parents or guardians, relatives by blood, marriage or
adoption, and in a place other than the home of the person cared
for. A facility such as the above with five or fewer persons shall
be classified as a Group R-3 or shall comply with the International Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2.
Places of worship during religious functions are not included.
308.5.1 Adult care facility. A facility that provides accommodations for less than 24 hours for more than five unrelated adults and provides supervision and personal care
services shall be classified as Group 1-4.
Exception: A facility where occupants are capable of
responding to an emergency situation without physical
assistance from the staff shall be classified as Group R-3.
308.5.2 Child care facility. A facility that provides supervision and personal care on less than a 24-hour basis for more
than five children 21/ 2 years of age or less shall be classified
as Group 1-4.
Exception: A child day care facility that provides care
for more than five but no more than 100 children 21/ 2
years or less of age, where the rooms in which the children are cared for are located on a level ofexit discharge
serving such rooms and each of these child care rooms
has an exitdoor directly to the exterior, shall be classified
as Group E.
SECTION 309
MERCANTILE GROUP M
309.1 Mercantile Group M. Mercantile Group M occupancy
includes, among others, the use of a building or structure or a
portion thereof, for the display and sale of merchandise and
involves stocks of goods, wares or merchandise incidental to
such purposes and accessible to the public. Mercantile occupancies shall include, but not be limited to, the following :
Department stores
Drug stores
Markets
Motor fuel-dispensing facilities
Retail or wholesale stores
Sales rooms
309.2 Quantity of hazardous materials. The aggregate quanti ty of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or
noncombustible liquid hazardous materials stored or displayed
in a single control area of a Group M occupancy shall not
exceed the quantities in Table 414.2.5(1).
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
SECTION 310
RESIDENTIAL GROUP R
310.1 Residential Group R. Residential Group R includes,
among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion
thereof, for sleeping purposes when not classified as an Institutional Group I or when not regulated by the International Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2. Residential
occupancies shall include the following:
R-l Residential occupancies containing sleeping units where
the occupants are primarily transient in nature, including:
Boarding houses (transient)
Hotels (transient)
Motels (transient)
I
I
Congregate living facilities (transient) with 10 or fewer
occupants are permitted to comply with the construction
requirements for Group R-3.
R-2 Residential occupancies containing sleeping units or more
than two dwelling units where the occupants are primarily permanent in nature, including:
Apartment houses
Boarding houses (nontransient)
Convents
Dormitories
Fraternities and sororities
Hotels (nontransient)
Live/work units
Monasteries
Motels (nontransient)
Vacation timeshare properties
Congregate living facilities with 16 or fewer occupants are
permitted to comply with the construction requirements for
Group R-3.
R -3 Residential occupancies where the occupants are primarily permanent in nature and not classified as Group R-1, R-2,
R-4 or I, including:
Buildings that do not contain more than two dwelling units.
Adult care facilities that provide accommodations for five
or fewer persons of any age for less than 24 hours.
Child care facilities that provide accommodations for five or
fewer persons of any age for less than 24 hours.
Congregate living facilities with 16 or fewer persons.
Adult care and child care facilities that are within a single-family home are permitted to comply with the International Residential Code.
R-4 Residential occupancies shall include buildings arranged
for occupancy as residential care/assisted living facilities
including more than five but not more than 16 occupants,
excluding staff.
Group R-4 occupancies shall meet the requirements for construction as defined for Group R-3, except as otherwise provided for in this code or shall comply with the International
Residential Code provided the building is protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section
903.2.7.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
310.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.
BOARDING HOUSE. A building arranged or used for lodging for compensation, with or without meals, and not occupied
as a single-family unit.
CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES. A building or part
thereof that contains sleeping units where residents share bathroom and/or kitchen facilities .
DORMITORY. A space in a building where group sleeping
accommodations are provided in one room, or in a series of
closely associated rooms, for persons not members of the same
family group, under joint occupancy and single management,
as in college dormitories or fraternity houses.
PERSONAL CARE SERVICE. The care of residents who do
not require chronic or convalescent medical or nursing care.
Personal care involves responsibility for the safety of the resident while inside the building.
RESIDENTIAL CARE/ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES. A building or part thereof housing persons, on a 24-hour
basis, who because of age, mental disability or other reasons,
live in a supervised residential environment which provides
personal care services. The occupants are capable of responding to an emergency situation without physical assistance from
staff. This classification shall include, but not be limited to, the
following: residential board and care facilities, assisted living
facilities, halfway houses, group homes, congregate care facilities, social rehabilitation facilities, alcohol and drug abuse centers and convalescent facilities.
TRANSIENT. Occupancy of a dwelling unit or sleeping unit
for not more than 30 days.
SECTION 311
STORAGE GROUP S
311.1 Storage Group S. Storage Group S occupancy includes,
among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion
thereof, for storage that is not classified as a hazardous occupancy.
311.2 Moderate-hazard storage, Group S-I. Buildings
occupied for storage uses that are not classified as Group S-2,
including, but not limited to, storage of the following:
Aerosols, Levels 2 and 3
Aircraft hangar (storage and repair)
Bags: cloth, burlap and paper
Bamboos and rattan
Baskets
Belting: canvas and leather
Books and paper in rolls or packs
Boots and shoes
Buttons, including cloth covered, pearl or bone
Cardboard and cardboard boxes
Clothing, woolen wearing apparel
Cordage
Dry boat storage (indoor)
Furniture
I
35
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
Furs
Glues, mucilage, pastes and size
Grains
Horns and combs, other than celluloid
Leather
Linoleum
Lumber
Motor vehicle repair garages complying with the maximum
allowable quantities of hazardous materials listed in
Table 307.1 (1) (see Section 406.6)
Photo engravings
Resilient flooring
Silks
Soaps
Sugar
Tires, bulk storage of
Tobacco, cigars, cigarettes and snuff
Upholstery and mattresses
Wax candles
•
311.3 Low-hazard storage, Group S-2. Includes, among others, buildings used for the storage of noncombustible materials
such as products on wood pallets or in paper cartons with or
without single thickness divisions; or in paper wrappings. Such
products are permitted to have a negligible amount of plastic
trim, such as knobs, handles or film wrapping. Group S-2 storage uses shall include, but not be limited to, storage of the following:
SECTION 312
UTILITY AND MISCELLANEOUS GROUP U
312.1 General. Buildings and structures of an accessory character and miscellaneous structures not classified in any specific
occupancy shall be constructed, equipped and maintained to
conform to the requirements of this code commensurate with
the fire and life hazard incidental to their occupancy. Group U
shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Agricultural buildings
Aircraft hangars, accessory to a one- or two-family
residence (see Section 412.5)
Barns
Carports
Fences more than 6 feet (1829 mm) high
Grain silos, accessory to a residential occupancy
Greenhouses
Livestock shelters
Private garages
Retaining walls
Sheds
Stables
Tanks
Towers
Asbestos
Beverages up to and including 16-percent alcohol in metal,
glass or ceramic containers
Cement in bags
Chalk and crayons
Dairy products in nonwaxed coated paper containers
Dry cell batteries
Electrical coils
Electrical motors
Empty cans
Food products
Foods in noncombustible containers
Fresh fruits and vegetables in nonplastic trays or containers
Frozen foods
Glass
Glass bottles, empty or filled with noncombustible liquids
Gypsum board
Inert pigments
Ivory
Meats
Metal cabinets
Metal desks with plastic tops and trim
Metal parts
Metals
Mirrors
Oil-filled and other types of distribution transformers
Parking garages, open or enclosed
Porcelain and pottery
Stoves
Talc and soapstones
Washers and dryers
I
36
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
CHAPTER 4
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED
ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
SECTION 401
SCOPE
401.1 Detailed use and occupancy requirements. In addition
to the occupancy and construction requirements in this code,
the provisions of this chapter apply to the special uses and
occupancies described herein.
lishments, entertainment and amusement facilities, offices,
and other similar uses, wherein two or more tenants have a
main entrance into one or more open malls. For the purpose
of Chapter 4 of the International Building Code, anchor
bUildings are not considered as a part of the open mall building.
FOOD COURT. A public seating area located in the mall that
serves adjacent food preparation tenant spaces.
SECTION 402
COVERED MALL AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS
402.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall apply to
buildings or structures defined herein as coveredmall buildings
not exceeding three floor levels at any point nor more than three
stories above grade plane. Except as specifically required by
this section, covered mall bUildings shall meet applicable provisions of this code.
Exceptions:
1. Foyers and lobbies of Groups B, R-l and R-2 are not
required to comply with this section.
2. Buildings need not comply with the provisions of this
section when they totally comply with other applicable provisions of this code.
402.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.
ANCHOR BUILDING. An exterior perimeter building of a
group other than H having direct access to a coveredmall building but having required means of egress independent of the
mall.
COVERED MALL BUILDING. A single building enclosing
a number of tenants and occupants, such as retail stores, drinking and dining establishments, entertainment and amusement
facilities, passenger transportation terminals, offices and other
similar uses wherein two or more tenants have a main entrance
into one or more malls. For the purpose of this chapter, anchor
buildings shall not be considered as a part of the covered mall
building. The term" covered mall building" shall include open
mall buildings as defined below.
Mall. A roofed or covered common pedestrian area within a
covered mall bUilding that serves as access for two or more
tenants and not to exceed three levels that are open to each
other. The term "mall" shall include open malls as defined
below.
Open mall. An unroofed common pedestrian way serving a
number of tenants not exceeding three levels. Circulation at
levels above grade shall be permitted to include open exterior balconies leading to exits discharging at grade.
Open mall building. Several structures housing a number
of tenants, such as retail stores, drinking and dining estab2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
GROSS LEASABLE AREA. The total floor area designed
for tenant occupancy and exclusive use. The area of tenant
occupancy is measured from the centerlines ofjoint partitions
to the outside of the tenant walls. All tenant areas, including
areas used for storage, shall be included in calculating gross
leasable area.
402.3 Lease plan. Each coveredmall bUildingowner shall provide both the building and fire departments with a lease plan
showing the location of each occupancy and its exits after the
certificate of occupancy has been issued. No modifications or
changes in occupancy or use shall be made from that shown on
the lease plan without prior approval of the building official.
402.4 Means ofegress. Each tenant space and the coveredmall
bUilding shall be provided with means ofegress as required by
this section and this code. Where there is a conflict between the
requirements of this code and the requirements of this section,
the requirements of this section shall apply.
402.4.1 Determination of occupant load. The occupant
load permitted in any individual tenant space in a covered
mall building shall be determined as required by this code.
Means of egress requirements for individual tenant spaces
shall be based on the occupant load thus determined.
402.4.1.1 Occupant formula. In determining required
means ofegress of the mall, the number of occupants for
whom means ofegress are to be provided shall be based
on gross leasable area of the covered mall building
(excluding anchor bUildings) and the occupant loadfactor as determined by the following equation.
aLP = (0.00007) (CLA) + 25
(Equation 4-1)
where:
aLP = The occupant load factor (square feet per person).
CLA = The gross leasable area (square feet).
Exception: Tenant spaces attached to a covered mall
building but with a means of egress system that is
totally independent of the coveredmall bUilding shall
not be considered as gross leasable area for determining the required means ofegress for the covered mall
bUilding.
37
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
402.4.1.2 OLF range. The occupant load factor (OLE)
402.4.6 Service areas fronting on exit passageways.
is not required to be less than 30 and shall not exceed 50.
Mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, building service areas
and service elevators are permitted to open directly into exit
passageways, provided the exit passageway is separated
from such rooms with not less than I-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or
both. The minimum fire protection rating of openings in the
fire barriers shall be 1 hour.
402.4.1.3 Anchor buildings. The occupant load of
anchor bUildings opening into the mall shall not be
included in computing the total number of occupants for
the mall.
402.4.1.4 Food courts. The occupant load of a food
court shall be determined in accordance with Section
1004. For the purposes of determining the means of
egress requirements for the mall, the food court occupant
load shall be added to the occupant load of the covered
mall bUilding as calculated above.
402.4.2 Number of means of egress. Wherever the distance of travel to the mall from any location within a tenant
space used by persons other than employees exceeds 75
feet (22 860 mm) or the tenant space has an occupant load
of 50 or more, not less than two means of egress shall be
provided.
402.4.3 Arrangements of means of egress. Assembly
occupancies with an occupant load of 500 or more shall be
so located in the covered mall bUilding that their entrance
will be immediately adjacent to a principal entrance to the
mall and shall have not less than one-half of their required
means ofegress opening directly to the exterior of the covered mall building.
402.4.3.1 Anchor building means of egress. Required
means of egress for anchor bUildings shall be provided
independently from the mall means of egress system.
The occupant load of anchor bUildings opening into the
mall shall not be included in determining means ofegress
requirements for the mall. The path of egress travel of
malls shall not exit through anchor buildings. Malls terminating at an anchor building where no other means of
egress has been provided shall be considered as a
dead-end mall.
comply with the requirements of Section 1005.1 of this code
where the width of the mall is as specified in this section.
402.5.1 Minimum width. The minimum width of the mall
shall be 20 feet (6096 mm). The mall width shall be sufficient to accommodate the occupantloadserved. There shall
be a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) clear exit width to a
height of 8 feet (2438 mm) between any projection of a tenant space bordering the mall and the nearest kiosk, vending
machine, bench, display opening, food court or other
obstruction to means ofegress travel.
402.5.2 Minimum width open mall. The minimum floor
and roof opening width above grade shall be 20 feet (9096
mm) in open malls.
402.6 Types of construction. The area of any covered mall
building, including anchor buildings, of Types I, II, III and IV
construction, shall not be limited provided the covered mall
bUilding and attached anchor bUildings and parking garages
are surrounded on all sides by a permanent open space of not
less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) and the anchor bUildings do not
exceed three stories above grade plane. The allowable height
and area of anchor bUildings greater than three stories above
grade plane shall comply with Section 503, as modified by
Sections 504 and 506. The construction type of open parking
garages and enclosed parking garages shall comply with Sections 406.3 and 406.4, respectively.
402.6.1 Reduced open space. The permanent open space of
402.4.4 Distance to exits. Within each individual tenant
space in a covered mall bUilding, the maximum distance of
travel from any point to an exit or entrance to the mall shall
not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm).
60 feet (18 288 mm) shall be permitted to be reduced to not
less than 40 feet (12 192 mm), provided the following requirements are met:
The maximum distance of travel from any point within a
mall to an exit shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm).
1. The reduced open space shall not be allowed for more
than 75 percent of the perimeter of the covered mall
building and anchor buildings.
402.4.5 Access to exits. Where more than one exit is
required, they shall be so arranged that it is possible to travel
in either direction from any point in a mall to separate exits.
The minimum width of an exitpassageway or corridorfrom
a mall shall be 66 inches (1676 mm).
Exception: Dead ends not exceeding a length equal to
twice the width of the mall measured at the narrowest
location within the dead-end portion of the mall.
38
402.5 Mall width. For the purpose of providing required egress,
malls are permitted to be considered as corridors but need not
2. The exterior wall facing the reduced open space shall
have a minimum fire-resistance rating of 3 hours.
3. Openings in the exterior wall facing the reduced open
space shall have opening protectives with a minimum
fire protection rating of 3 hours.
4. Group E, H, lor R occupancies are not within the covered mall building or anchor stores.
402.7 Fire-resistance-rated separation. Fire-resis-
402.4.5.1 Exit passageways. Where exit passageways
provide a secondary means ofegress from a tenant space,
doorways to the exit passageway shall be protected by
I-hour fire door assemblies that are self- or automatic-
tance-rated separation is not required between tenant spaces
and the mall. Fire-resistance-rated separation is not required
between a food court and adjacent tenant spaces or the mall.
closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section
715.4.8.3.
402.7.1 Attached garage. An attached garage for the storage of passenger vehicles having a capacity of not more than
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
nine persons and open parking garages shall be considered
as a separate building where it is separated from the covered
mall bUilding by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or
both.
Exception: Where an open parking garage or enclosed
parking garage is separated from the coveredmall building or anchor building a distance greater than 10 feet
402.10 Smoke control. Where a covered mall building contains an atrium, a smoke control system shall be provided in
accordance with Section 404.5.
Exception: A smoke control system is not required in covered mall bUildings when an atrium connects only two stories.
402.11 Kiosks. Kiosks and similar structures (temporary or
permanent) shall meet the following requirements:
(3048 mm), the provisions of Table 602 shall apply.
Pedestrian walkways and tunnels that attach the open
parking garage or enclosed parking garage to the covered mall bUilding or anchor bUilding shall be constructed in accordance with Section 3104.
1. Combustible kiosks or other structures shall not be
located within the mall unless constructed of any of the
following materials:
402.7.2 Tenant separations. Each tenant space shall be
separated from other tenant spaces by a fire partition complying with Section 709. A tenant separation wall is not
required between any tenant space and the mall.
1.2. Foam plastics having a maximum heat-release
rate not greater than 100 kilowatts (105 Btu/h)
when tested in accordance with the exhibit booth
protocol in UL 1975.
402.7.3 Anchor building separation. An anchor bUilding
shall be separated from the covered mall bUilding by fire
walls complying with Section 706.
1.3. Aluminum composite material (ACM) having a
flame spread index of not more than 25 and a
smoke-developed index of not more than 450
when tested as an assembly in the maximum
thickness intended for use in accordance with
ASTM E 84 or UL 723.
Exception: Anchor bUildings of not more than three stories above grade plane that have an occupancy classification the same as that permitted for tenants of the
covered mall building shall be separated by 2-hour
fire-resistive fire barriers complying with Section 707.
1.1. Fire-retardant-treated wood complying with
Section 2303.2.
2. Kiosks or similar structures located within the mall shall
be provided with approved fire suppression detection
devices.
402.7.3.1 Openings between anchor building and
mall. Except for the separation between Group R-l
sleeping units and the mall, openings between anchor
bUildings of Type lA, IB, IIA and lIB construction and
3. The minimum horizontal separation between kiosks or
groupings thereof and other structures within the mall
shall be 20 feet (6096 mm).
the mall need not be protected.
4. Each kiosk or similar structure or groupings thereof shall
have a maximum area of 300 square feet (28 m 2).
402.8 Interior finish. Interior wall and ceiling finishes within
the mall and exits shall have a minimum flame spreadindex and
smoke-developed index of Class B in accordance with Chapter
8. Interior floor finishes shall meet the requirements of Section
804.
402.12 Children's playground structures. Structures
intended as children's playgrounds that exceed 10 feet (3048
mm) in height and 150 square feet (14 m 2) in area shall comply
with Sections 402.12.1 through 402.12.4.
[F] 402.9 Automatic sprinkler system. The covered mall
bUilding and buildings connected shall be equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1, which shall comply with the following:
402.12.1 Materials. Children's playground structures shall
1. The automatic sprinkler system shall be complete and
operative throughout occupied space in the covered mall
building prior to occupancy of any of the tenant spaces.
Unoccupied tenant spaces shall be similarly protected
unless provided with approved alternative protection.
2. Light-transmitting plastics complying with Section
2606.
2. Sprinkler protection for the mall shall be independent
from that provided for tenant spaces or anchors. Where
tenant spaces are supplied by the same system, they shall
be independently controlled.
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be
required in spaces or areas of open parking garages con-
be constructed of noncombustible materials or of combustible materials that comply with the following:
1. Fire-retardant-treated wood.
3. Foam plastics (including the pipe foam used in
soft-contained play equipment structures) having a
maximum heat-release rate not greater than 100
kilowatts when tested in accordance with UL 1975.
4. Aluminum composite material (ACM) meeting the
requirements of Class A interior finish in accordance
with Chapter 8 when tested as an assembly in the
maximum thickness intended for use.
structed in accordance with Section 406.3.
5. Textiles and films complying with the flame propagation performance criteria contained in NFPA 701.
[F] 402.9.1 Standpipe system. The covered mall bUilding
shall be equipped throughout with a standpipe system as
required by Section 905.3.3.
6. Plastic materials used to construct rigid components
of soft-contained play equipment structures (such as
tubes, windows, panels, junction boxes, pipes, slides
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
39
I
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
and decks) exhibiting a peak rate of heat release not
exceeding 400 kW/m 2 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 1354 at an incident heat flux of 50 kW/m 2 in
the horizontal orientation at a thickness of 6 mm.
I
7. Ball pool balls, used in soft-contained play equipment
structures, having a maximum heat-release rate not
greater than 100 kilowatts when tested in accordance
with UL 1975. The minimum specimen test size shall
be 36 inches by 36 inches (914 mm by 914 mm) by an
average of 21 inches (533 mm) deep, and the balls
shall be held in a box constructed of galvanized steel
poultry netting wire mesh.
8. Foam plastics shall be covered by a fabric, coating or
film meeting the flame propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701.
9. The floor covering placed under the children's playground structure shall exhibit a Class I interior floor
finish classification, as described in Section 804,
when tested in accordance with NFPA 253.
402.12.2 Fire protection. Children's playground structures
located within the mall shall be provided with the same level
of approved fire suppression and detection devices required
for kiosks and similar structures.
402.12.3 Separation. Children's playground structures
shall have a minimum horizontal separation from other
structures within the mall of 20 feet (6090 mm).
402.12.4 Area limits. Children's playground structures
shall not exceed 300 square feet (28 m 2) in area, unless a
special investigation has demonstrated adequate fire safety.
402.13 Security grilles and doors. Horizontal sliding or vertical security grilles or doors that are a part of a required means of
egress shall conform to the following :
402.16.1 Area. Plastic signs shall not exceed 20 percent of
the wall area facing the mall.
402.16.2 Height and width. Plastic signs shall not exceed a
height of 36 inches (914 mm), except that if the sign is vertical, the height shall not exceed 96 inches (2438 mm) and the
width shall not exceed 36 inches (914 mm).
402.16.3 Location. Plastic signs shall be located a minimum distance of 18 inches (457 mm) from adjacent tenants.
402.16.4 Plastics other than foam plastics. Plastics other
than foam plastics used in signs shall be light-transmitting
plastics complying with Section 2606.4 or shall have a
self-ignition temperature of 650°F (343°C) or greater when
tested in accordance with ASTM D 1929, and a flame
spread index not greater than 75 and smoke-developed
index not greater than 450 when tested in the manner
intended for use in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723
or meet the acceptance criteria of Section 803.1.2.1 when
tested in accordance with NFPA 286.
402.16.4.1 Encasement. Edges and backs of plastic
signs in the mall shall be fully encased in metal.
402.16.5 Foam plastics. Foam plastics used in signs shall
have flame-retardant characteristics such that the sign has a
maximum heat-release rate of 150 kilowatts when tested in
accordance with UL 1975 and the foam plastics shall have
the physical characteristics specified in this section. Foam
plastics used in signs installed in accordance with Section
402.16 shall not be required to comply with the flame
spread and smoke-developed indexes specified in Section
2603.3.
1. They shall remain in the full open position during the
period of occupancy by the general public.
402.16.5.1 Density. The minimum density of foam plas-
2. Doors or grilles shall not be brought to the closed position when there are 10 or more persons occupying spaces
served by a single exit or 50 or more persons occupying
spaces served by more than one exit.
402.16.5.2 Thickness. The thickness of foam plastic
signs shall not be greater than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm).
3. The doors or grilles shall be openable from within without the use of any special knowledge or effort where the
space is occupied.
4. Where two or more exits are required, not more than
one-half of the exits shall be permitted to include either a
horizontal sliding or vertical rolling grille or door.
[F] 402.14 Standby power. Covered mall bUildings exceeding
2
)
50,000 square feet (4645 m shall be provided with standby
power systems that are capable of operating the emergency
voice/alarm communication system.
[F] 402.15 Emergency voice/alarm communication system.
Covered mall buildings exceeding 50,000 square feet (4645
m 2) in total floor area shall be provided with an emergency
voice/alarm communication system. Emergency voice/alarm
communication systems serving a mall, required or otherwise,
shall be accessible to the fire department. The system shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2.
40
402.16 Plastic signs. Plastic signs affixed to the storefront of
any tenant space facing the mall shall be limited as specified in
Sections 402.16.1 through 402.16.5.2.
tics used in signs shall not be less than 20 pounds per
cubic foot (pcf) (320 kg/m 3).
[F] 402.17 Fire department access to equipment. Rooms or
areas containing controls for air-conditioning systems, automatic fire-extinguishing systems or other detection, suppression or control elements shall be identified for use by the fire
department.
SECTION 403
HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS
403.1 Applicability. High-rise buildings shall comply with
Sections 403.2 through 403.6.
Exception: The provisions of Sections 403.2 through 403.6
shall not apply to the following buildings and structures:
1. Airport traffic control towers in accordance with Section 412.3.
2. Open parking garages in accordance with Section
406.3.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
3. Buildings with a Group A-5 occupancy in accordance
with Section 303.1.
Level 2 as measured by the test method described in
ASTM C 1629/C 1629M.
4. Special industrial occupancies in accordance with
Section 503.1.1.
403.2.3.2 Wall assembly materials. The face of the wall
assemblies making up the exit enclosures and elevator
hoistway enclosures that are not exposed to the interior
of the exit enclosure or elevator hoistway enclosure shall
be constructed in accordance with one of the following
methods:
5. Buildings with a Group H-1, H-2 or H-3 occupancy in
accordance with Section 415.
403.2 Construction. The construction of high-rise buildings
shall comply with the provisions of Sections 403.2.1 through
403.2.4.
403.2.1 Reduction in fire-resistance
fire-resistance-rating reductions listed
rating.
The
in Sections
403.2.1.1 and 403.2.1.2 shall be allowed in buildings that
have sprinkler control valves equipped with supervisory initiating devices and water-flow initiating devices for each
floor.
403.2.1.1 Type of construction. The following reductions in the minimum fire-resistance rating of the building elements in Table 601 shall be permitted as follows:
1. For buildings not greater than 420 feet (128 m) in
bUilding height, the fire-resistance rating of the
building elements in Type IA construction shall be
permitted to be reduced to the minimum fire-resistance ratings for the building elements in Type lB.
Exception: The required fire-resistance rating
of columns supporting floors shall not be permitted to be reduced.
2. In other than Group F-1, M and S-1 occupancies,
the fire-resistance rating of the building elements
in Type IB construction shall be permitted to be
reduced to the fire-resistance ratings in Type IIA.
3. The building height and building area limitations
of a building containing building elements with
reduced fire-resistance ratings shall be permitted
to be the same as the building without such reductions.
403.2.1.2 Shaft enclosures. For buildings not greater
than 420 feet (128 m) in bUilding height, the required
fire-resistance rating of the fire barriers enclosing vertical shafts, other than exit enclosures and elevator
hoistway enclosures, is permitted to be reduced to 1 hour
where automatic sprinklers are installed within the shafts
at the top and at alternate floor levels.
403.2.2 Seismic considerations. For seismic considerations, see Chapter 16.
403.2.3 Structural integrity of exit enclosures and elevator hoistway enclosures. For high-rise buildings of occupancy category III or IV in accordance with Section 1604.5,
and for all buildings that are more than 420 feet (128 m) in
building height, exit enclosures and elevator hoistway
enclosures shall comply with Sections 403.2.3.1 through
403.2.3.4.
403.2.3.1 Wall assembly. The wall assemblies making
up the exit enclosures and elevator hoistway enclosures
shall meet or exceed Soft Body Impact Classification
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
1. The wall assembly shall incorporate not less than
two layers of impact-resistant construction board
each of which meets or exceeds Hard Body Impact
Classification Level 2 as measured by the test
method described in ASTM C 1629/C 1629M.
2. The wall assembly shall incorporate not less than
one layer of impact-resistant construction material
that meets or exceeds Hard Body Impact Classification Level 3 as measured by the test method
described in ASTM C 1629/C 1629M.
3. The wall assembly incorporates multiple layers of
any material, tested in tandem, that meet or exceed
Hard Body Impact Classification Level 3 as measured by the test method described in ASTM C
1629/C 1629M.
403.2.3.3 Concrete and masonry walls. Concrete or
masonry walls shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 403.2.3 .1 and 403.2.3.2.
403.2.3.4 Other wall assemblies. Any other wall assembly that provides impact resistance equivalent to that
required by Sections 403.2.3.1 and 403.2.3.2 for Hard
Body Impact Classification Level 3, as measured by the
test method described in ASTM C 1629/C 1629M, shall
be permitted.
403.2.4 Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM). The
bond strength of the SFRM installed throughout the building shall be in accordance with Table 403.2.4.
TABLE 403.2.4
MINIMUM BOND STRENGTH
HEIGHT OF BUILDINGa
SFRM MINIMUM BOND STRENGTH
Up to 420 feet
430 psf
Greater than 420 feet
1,000psf
For 51: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot (pst) = 0.0479 kWtin 2•
a. Above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.
[F] 403.3 Automatic sprinkler system. Buildings and structures shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and a secondary
water supply where required by Section 903.3.5.2.
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be
required in spaces or areas of:
1. Open parking garages in accordance with Section
406.3.
2. Telecommunications equipment buildings used
exclusively for telecommunications equipment, associated electrical power distribution equipment, batteries and standby engines, provided that those spaces
41
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
or areas are equipped throughout with an automatic
fire detection system in accordance with Section
907.2 and are separated from the remainder of the
building by not less than I-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or not less
than 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 712, or both.
[F] 403.3.1 Number of sprinkler risers and system
design. Each sprinkler system zone in buildings that are
more than 420 feet (128 m) in building height shall be supplied by a minimum of two risers. Each riser shall supply
sprinklers on alternate floors. If more than two risers are
provided for a zone, sprinklers on adjacent floors shall not
be supplied from the same riser.
[F] 403.3.1.1 Riser location. Sprinkler risers shall be
placed in exit enclosures that are remotely located in
accordance with Section 1015.2.
[F] 403.3.2 Water supply to required fire pumps.
Required fire pumps shall be supplied by connections to a
minimum of two water mains located in different streets.
Separate supply piping shall be provided between each connection to the water main and the pumps. Each connection
and the supply piping between the connection and the
pumps shall be sized to supply the flow and pressure
required for the pumps to operate.
Exception: Two connections to the same main shall be
permitted provided the main is valved such that an interruption can be isolated so that the water supply will continue without interruption through at least one of the
connections.
403.4 Emergency systems. The detection, alarm and emergency systems of high-rise buildings shall comply with Sections 403.4.1 through 403.4.8.
[F] 403.4.1 Smoke detection. Smoke detection shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.13.1.
I
[F] 403.4.2 Fire alarms systems. A fire alarm system shall
be provided in accordance with Section 907.2.13.
[F] 403.4.3 Emergency voice/alarm communication system. An emergency voice/alarm communication system
shall be provided in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2.
I
[F] 403.4.4 Emergency responder radio coverage. Emergency responder radio coverage shall be provided in accordance with Section 510 of the International Fire Code.
[F] 403.4.5 Fire command. A fire command center complying with Section 911 shall be provided in a location
approved by the fire department.
403.4.6 Smoke removal. To facilitate smoke removal in
post-fire salvage and overhaul operations, buildings and
structures shall be equipped with natural or mechanical ventilation for removal of products of combustion in accordance with one of the following:
1. Easily identifiable, manually operable windows or
panels shall be distributed around the perimeter of
each floor at not more than 50-foot (15 240 mm) intervals. The area of operable windows or panels shall not
42
be less than 40 square feet (3.7 m 2) per 50 linear feet
(15 240 mm) of perimeter.
Exceptions:
1. In Group R-1 occupancies, each sleeping
unit or suite having an exterior wall shall be
permitted to be provided with 2 square feet
(0.19 m 2) of venting area in lieu of the area
specified in Item 1.
2. Windows shall be permitted to be fixed provided that glazing can be cleared by fire
fighters.
2. Mechanical air-handling equipment providing one
exhaust air change every 15 minutes for the area
involved. Return and exhaust air shall be moved
directly to the outside without recirculation to other
portions of the building.
3. Any other approved design that will produce equivalent results.
[F] 403.4.7 Standby power. A standby power system complying with Chapter 27 shall be provided for standby power
loads specified in Section 403.4.7.2.
[F] 403.4.7.1 Special requirements for standby power
systems. If the standby system is a generator set inside a
building, the system shall be located in a separate room
enclosed with 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both. System
supervision with manual start and transfer features shall
be provided at the fire command center.
[F] 403.4.7.2 Standby power loads. The following are
classified as standby power loads:
1. Power and lighting for the fire command center
required by Section 403 .4.5;
2. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment for smokeproof enclosures; and
3. Standby power shall be provided for elevators in
accordance with Sections 1007.4,3003,3007 and
3008.
[F] 403.4.8 Emergency power systems. An emergency
power system complying with Chapter 27 shall be provided
for emergency power loads specified in Section 403.4.8.1.
[F] 403.4.8.1 Emergency power loads. The following
are classified as emergency power loads:
1. Exit signs and means of egress illumination
required by Chapter 10;
2. Elevator car lighting;
3. Emergency voice/alarm communications systems;
4. Automatic fire detection systems;
5. Fire alarm systems; and
6. Electrically powered fire pumps.
403.5 Means of egress and evacuation. The means ofegress
in high-rise buildings shall comply with Sections 403.5.1
through 403.5.6.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
403.5.1 Remoteness of exit stairway enclosures. The
required exitstairway enclosures shall be separated by a distance not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) or not less than
one-fourth of the length of the maximum overall diagonal
dimension of the building or area to be served, whichever is
less. The distance shall be measured in a straight line
between the nearest points of the exit stairway enclosures.
In buildings with three or more exit stairway enclosures, at
least two of the exit stairway enclosures shall comply with
this section. Interlocking or scissor stairs shall be counted
as one exit stairway.
403.5.2 Additional exit stairway. For buildings other than
Group R-2 that are more than 420 feet (128 m) in bUilding
height, one additional exit stairway meeting the requirements of Sections 1009 and 1022 shall be provided in addition to the minimum number of exits required by Section
1021.1. The total width of any combination of remaining
exit stairways with one exit stairway removed shall not be
less than the total width required by Section 1005.1. Scissor
stairs shall not be considered the additional exit stairway
required by this section.
Exception: An additional exit stairway shall not be
required to be installed in buildings having elevators
used for occupant self-evacuation in accordance with
Section 3008.
403.5.3 Stairway door operation. Stairway doors other
than the exit discharge doors shall be permitted to be locked
from the stairway side. Stairway doors that are locked from
the stairway side shall be capable of being unlocked simultaneously without unlatching upon a signal from the fire
command center.
403.5.3.1 Stairway communication system. A telephone or other two-way communications system connected to an approved constantly attended station shall
be provided at not less than every fifth floor in each stairway where the doors to the stairway are locked.
403.5.4 Smokeproof exit enclosures. Every required level
exit stairway serving floors more than 75 feet (22 860 mm)
above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access
shall comply with Sections 909.20 and 1022.9.
403.5.5 Luminous egress path markings. Luminous
egress path markings shall be provided in accordance with
Section 1024.
403.5.6 Emergency escape and rescue. Emergency escape
and rescue openings required by Section 1029 are not
required.
403.6 Elevators. Elevator installation and operation in
high-rise buildings shall comply with Chapter 30 and Sections
403.6.1 and 403.6.2.
403.6.1 Fire service access elevator. In buildings with an
occupied floor more than 120 feet (36 576 mm) above the
lowest level of fire department vehicle access, a minimum
of one fire service access elevator shall be provided in accordance with Section 3007.
403.6.2 Occupant evacuation elevators. Where installed
in accordance with Section 3008, passenger elevators for
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
general public use shall be permitted to be used for occupant
self-evacuation.
I
SECTION 404
ATRIUMS
404.1 General. In other than Group H occupancies, and where
permitted by Exception 5 in Section 708.2, the provisions of
this section shall apply to buildings or structures containing
vertical openings defined herein as "Atriums."
404.1.1 Definition. The following word and term shall, for
the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meaning shown herein.
ATRIUM. An opening connecting two or more stories
other than enclosed stairways, elevators, hoistways, escalators, plumbing, electrical, air-conditioning or other equipment, which is closed at the top and not defined as a mall.
Stories, as used in this definition, do not include balconies
within assembly groups or mezzanines that comply with
Section 505.
404.2 Use. The floor of the atrium shall not be used for other
than low fire hazard uses and only approved materials and decorations in accordance with the International Fire Code shall
be used in the atrium space.
Exception: The atrium floor area is permitted to be used for
any approved use where the individual space is provided
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
[F] 404.3 Automatic sprinkler protection. An approved
automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout the
entire building.
Exceptions:
1. That area of a building adjacent to or above the atrium
need not be sprinklered provided that portion of the
building is separated from the atrium portion by not
less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both.
2. Where the ceiling of the atrium is more than 55 feet
(16 764 mm) above the floor, sprinkler protection at
the ceiling of the atrium is not required.
[F] 404.4 Fire alarm system. A fire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with Section 907.2.14.
404.5 Smoke control. A smoke control system shall be
installed in accordance with Section 909.
Exception: Smoke control is not required for atriums that
connect only two stories.
404.6 Enclosure of atriums. Atrium spaces shall be separated
from adjacent spaces by a I-hour fire barrier constructed in
accordance with Section 707 or a horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both.
Exceptions:
1. A glass wall forming a smoke partition where automatic sprinklers are spaced 6 feet (1829 mm) or less
along both sides of the separation wall, or on the room
43
I
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
side only if there is not a walkway on the atrium side,
and between 4 inches and 12 inches (102 mm and 305
mm) away from the glass and designed so that the
entire surface of the glass is wet upon activation of the
sprinkler system without obstruction. The glass shall
be installed in a gasketed frame so that the framing
system deflects without breaking (loading) the glass
before the sprinkler system operates.
2. A glass-block wall assembly in accordance with Section 2110 and having a 3/4-hour fire protection rating.
1
3. The adjacent spaces of any three floors of the atrium
shall not be required to be separated from the atrium
where such spaces are accounted for in the design of
the smoke control system.
[F] 404.7 Standby power. Equipment required to provide
smoke control shall be connected to a standby power system in
accordance with Section 909.11.
404.8 Interior finish. The interior finish of walls and ceilings
of the atrium shall not be less than Class B with no reduction in
class for sprinkler protection.
404.9 Travel distance. In other than the lowest level of the
atrium, where the required means of egress is through the
atrium space, the portion of exit access travel distance within
the atrium space shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm). The
travel distance requirements for areas of buildings open to the
atrium and where access to the exits is not through the atrium,
shall comply with the requirements of Section 1016.
SECTION 405
UNDERGROUND BUILDINGS
405.1 General. The provisions of this section apply to building
spaces having a floor level used for human occupancy more
than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the finished floor of the lowest
level ofexit discharge.
1
Exceptions:
1. One- and two-family dwellings, sprinklered in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3.
2. Parking garages with automatic sprinkler systems in
compliance with Section 405.3.
3. Fixed guideway transit systems.
4. Grandstands, bleachers, stadiums, arenas and similar
facilities .
5. Where the lowest story is the only story that would
qualify the building as an underground building and
has an area not exceeding 1,500 square feet (139 m 2)
and has an occupant load less than 10.
I
kler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
Water-flow switches and control valves shall be supervised in
accordance with Section 903.4.
405.4 Compartmentation. Compartmentation shall be in
accordance with Sections 405.4.1 through 405.4.3.
405.4.1 Number of compartments. A building having a
floor level more than 60 feet (18 288 mm) below the finished
floor of the lowest level of exit discharge shall be divided
into a minimum of two compartments of approximately
equal size. Such compartmentation shall extend through the
highest level ofexit discharge serving the underground portions of the building and all levels below.
Exception: The lowest storyneed not be compartmented
where the area does not exceed 1,500 square feet (139
m 2) and has an occupant load of less than 10.
405.4.2 Smoke barrier penetration. The compartments
shall be separated from each other by a smoke barrier in
accordance with Section 710. Penetrations between the two
compartments shall be limited to plumbing and electrical
piping and conduit that are firestopped in accordance with
Section 713. Doorways shall be protected by fire door
assemblies that are automatic-closing by smoke detection in
accordance with Section 715.4.8.3 and are installed in
accordance with NFPA 105 and Section 715.4.3. Where
provided, each compartment shall have an air supply and an
exhaust system independent of the other compartments.
405.4.3 Elevators. Where elevators are provided, each
compartment shall have direct access to an elevator. Where
an elevator serves more than one compartment, an elevator
lobby shall be provided and shall be separated from each
compartment by a smoke barrierin accordance with Section
710. Doors shall be gasketed, have a drop sill and be automatic-closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section 715.4.8.3.
[F] 405.5 Smoke control system. A smoke control system
shall be provided in accordance with Sections 405.5.1 and
405.5.2.
[F] 405.5.1 Control system. A smoke control system is
required to control the migration of products of combustion
in accordance with Section 909 and the provisions of this
section. Smoke control shall restrict movement of smoke to
the general area of fire origin and maintain means ofegress
in a usable condition.
[F] 405.5.2 Compartment smoke control system. Where
compartmentation is required, each compartment shall have
an independent smoke control system. The system shall be
automatically activated and capable of manual operation in
accordance with Sections 907.2.18 and 907.2.19.
6. Pumping stations and other similar mechanical
spaces intended only for limited periodic use by service or maintenance personnel.
[F] 405.6 Fire alarm systems. A fire alarm system shall be
provided where required by Sections 907.2.18 and 907.2.19 .
405.2 Construction requirements. The underground portion
of the building shall be of Type I construction.
405.7 Means of egress. Means ofegress shall be in accordance
with Sections 405.7.1 and 405.7.2.
[F] 405.3 Automatic sprinkler system. The highest level of
exit discharge serving the underground portions of the building
and all levels below shall be equipped with an automatic sprin-
405.7.1 Number ofexits. Each floor level shall be provided
with a minimum of two exits. Where compartmentation is
required by Section 405.4, each compartment shall have a
44
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
minimum of one exit and shall also have an exit access doorway into the adjoining compartment.
to be 3,000 square feet (279 m Z) when the following provisions are met:
405.7.2 Smokeproof enclosure. Every required stairway
serving floor levels more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the
finished floor of its level ofexit discharge shall comply with
the requirements for a smokeproof enclosure as provided in
Section 1022.9.
1. For a mixed occupancy building, the exterior walland
opening protection for the Group U portion of the
building shall be as required for the major occupancy
of the building. For such a mixed occupancy building,
the allowable floor area of the building shall be as permitted for the major occupancy contained therein.
[F] 405.8 Standby power. A standby power system complying
with Chapter 27 shall be provided standby power loads specified in Section 405.8.1.
[F] 405.8.1 Standby power loads. The following loads are
classified as standby power loads:
1. Smoke control system.
2. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment
for smokeproof enclosures.
3. Fire pumps.
Standby power shall be provided for elevators in accordance with Section 3003.
[F] 405.8.2 Pick-up time. The standby power system shall
pick up its connected loads within 60 seconds of failure of
the normal power supply.
[F] 405.9 Emergency power. An emergency power system
complying with Chapter 27 shall be provided for emergency
power loads specified in Section 405 .9.1.
[F] 405.9.1 Emergency power loads. The following loads
are classified as emergency power loads:
1. Emergency voicelalarm communications systems.
2. Fire alarm systems.
3. Automatic fire detection systems.
4. Elevator car lighting.
5. Means ofegress and exit sign illumination as required
by Chapter 10.
[F] 405.10 Standpipe system. The underground building shall
be equipped throughout with a standpipe system in accordance
with Section 905.
SECTION 406
MOTOR-VEHICLE-RELATED OCCUPANCIES
406.1 Private garages and carports.
406.1.1 Classification. Buildings or parts of buildings clas-
2. For a building containing only a Group U occupancy,
the exterior wall shall not be required to have a
fire-resistance rating and the area of openings shall
not be limited when the fire separation distance is 5
feet (1524 mm) or more.
More than one 3,000-square-foot (279 m Z) Group U
occupancy shall be permitted to be in the same building,
provided each 3,000-square-foot (279 mZ) area is separated
by fire walls complying with Section 706.
406.1.3 Garages and carports. Carports shall be open on at
least two sides. Carport floor surfaces shall be of approved
noncombustible material. Carports not open on at least two
sides shall be considered a garage and shall comply with the
provisions of this section for garages.
Exception: Asphalt surfaces shall be permitted at
ground level in carports.
The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or other
vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of liquids
to a drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway.
406.1.4 Separation. Separations shall comply with the following:
1. The private garage shall be separated from the dwelling unit and its attic area by means of a minimum
liz-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board applied to the
garage side. Garages beneath habitable rooms shall be
separated from all habitable rooms above by not less
than a sis-inch (15.9 mm) Type X gypsum board or
equivalent. Door openings between a private garage
and the dwelling unit shall be equipped with either
solid wood doors or solid or honeycomb core steel
doors not less than 13/ s inches (34.9 mm) thick, or
doors in compliance with Section 715.4.3. Openings
from a private garage directly into a room used for
sleeping purposes shall not be permitted. Doors shall
be self-closing and self-latching.
2. Ducts in a private garage and ducts penetrating the
walls or ceilings separating the dwelling unit from the
garage shall be constructed of a minimum 0.019-inch
(0.48 mm) sheet steel and shall have no openings into
the garage.
sified as Group U occupancies because of the use or character of the occupancy shall not exceed 1,000 square feet (93
m Z) in area or one story in height except as provided in Section 406.1.2. Any building or portion thereof that exceeds
the limitations specified in this section shall be classified in
the occupancy group other than Group U that it most nearly
resembles.
3. A separation is not required between a Group R-3 and
U carport, provided the carport is entirely open on two
or more sides and there are not enclosed areas above.
406.1.2 Area increase. Group U occupancies used for the
storage of private or pleasure-type motor vehicles where no
repair work is completed or fuel is dispensed are permitted
406.1.5 Automatic garage door openers. Automatic
garage door openers, if provided, shall be listed in accordance with UL 325.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
45
I
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
406.2 Parking garages.
406.3.1 Scope. Except where specific provisions are made
as either open, as defined in Section 406.3, or enclosed and
shall meet the appropriate criteria in Section 406.4. Also see
Section 509 for special provisions for parking garages.
in Sections 406.3.2 through 406.3.13, other requirements of
this code shall apply.
406.2.2 Clear height. The clear height of each floor level in
vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas shall not be less than 7
feet (2134 mm). Vehicle and pedestrian areas accommodating van-accessible parking required by Section 1106.5 shall
conform to ICC A 117.1.
406.2.3 Guards. Guards shall be provided in accordance
with Section 1013. Guards serving as vehicle barrier systems shall comply with Sections 406.2.4 and 1013.
406.2.4 Vehicle barrier systems. Vehicle barrier systems
not less than 2 feet 9 inches (835 mm) high shall be placed at
the end of drive lanes, and at the end of parking spaces
where the vertical distance to the ground or surface directly
below is greater than 1 foot (305 mm). Vehicle barrier systems shall comply with the loading requirements of Section
1607.7.3.
Exception: Vehicle storage compartments in a mechanical access parking garage.
406.2.5 Ramps. Vehicle ramps shall not be considered as
required exits unless pedestrian facilities are provided.
Vehicle ramps that are utilized for vertical circulation as
well as for parking shall not exceed a slope of 1: 15 (6.67
percent).
406.2.6 Floor surface. Parking surfaces shall be of concrete
or similar noncombustible and nonabsorbent materials.
The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or other
vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of liquids
to a drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway.
Exceptions:
1. Asphalt parking surfaces shall be permitted at
ground level.
2. Floors of Group S-2 parking garages shall not be
required to have a sloped surface.
406.2.7 Mixed occupancy separation. Parking garages
shall be separated from other occupancies in accordance
with Section 508.1.
406.2.8 Special hazards. Connection of a parking garage
with any room in which there is a fuel-fired appliance shall
be by means of a vestibule providing a two-doorway separation.
Exception: A single door shall be allowed provided the
sources of ignition in the appliance are at least 18 inches
(457 mm) above the floor.
406.2.9 Attached to rooms. Openings from a parking
garage directly into a room used for sleeping purposes shall
not be permitted.
46
406.3 Open parking garages.
406.2.1 Classification. Parking garages shall be classified
406.3.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meanings shown herein.
MECHANICAL-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES.
Open parking garages employing parking machines, lifts,
elevators or other mechanical devices for vehicles moving
from and to street level and in which public occupancy is
prohibited above the street level.
OPEN PARKING GARAGE. A structure or portion of a
structure with the openings as described in Section
406.3.3.1 on two or more sides that is used for the parking or
storage of private motor vehicles as described in Section
406.3.4.
RAMP-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES. Open
parking garages employing a series of continuously rising
floors or a series of interconnecting ramps between floors
permitting the movement of vehicles under their own power
from and to the street level.
406.3.3 Construction. Open parking garages shall be of
Type I, II or IV construction. Open parking garages shall
meet the design requirements of Chapter 16. For vehicle
barrier systems, see Section 406.2.4.
406.3.3.1 Openings. For natural ventilation purposes,
the exterior side of the structure shall have uniformly distributed openings on two or more sides. The area of such
openings in exterior walls on a tier must be at least 20
percent of the total perimeter wall area of each tier. The
aggregate length of the openings considered to be providing natural ventilation shall constitute a minimum of
40 percent of the perimeter of the tier. Interior walls shall
be at least 20 percent open with uniformly distributed
openings.
Exception: Openings are not required to be distributed over 40 percent of the building perimeter where
the required openings are uniformly distributed over
two opposing sides of the building.
406.3.4 Uses. Mixed uses shall be allowed in the same
building as an open parkinggarage subject to the provisions
of Sections 402.7.1, 406.3.13, 508.1, 509.3, 509.4 and
509.7.
406.3.5 Area and height. Area and height of open parking
garages shall be limited as set forth in Chapter 5 for Group
S-2 occupancies and as further provided for in Section
508.1.
406.3.5.1 Single use. When the open parking garage is
used exclusively for the parking or storage of private
motor vehicles, with no other uses in the building, the
area and height shall be permitted to comply with Table
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
406.3.5, along with increases allowed by Section
406.3.6.
Exception: The grade-level tier is permitted to contain an office, waiting and toilet rooms having a total
combined area of not more than 1,000 square feet (93
m 2). Such area need not be separated from the open
parking garage.
In open parking garages having a spiral or sloping
floor, the horizontal projection of the structure at any
cross section shall not exceed the allowable area per
parking tier. In the case of an open parking garage having a continuous spiral floor, each 9 feet 6 inches (2896
mm) of height, or portion thereof, shall be considered a
tier.
The clear height of a parking tier shall not be less than
7 feet (2134 mm), except that a lower clear height is permitted in mechanical-access open parking garages
where approved by the building official.
406.3.6 Area and height increases. The allowable area and
height of open parking garages shall be increased in accordance with the provisions of this section. Garages with sides
open on three-fourths of the building's perimeter are permitted to be increased by 25 percent in area and one tier in
height. Garages with sides open around the entire building's
perimeter are permitted to be increased by 50 percent in area
and one tier in height. For a side to be considered open under
the above provisions, the total area of openings along the
side shall not be less than 50 percent of the interior area of
the side at each tier and such openings shall be equally distributed along the length of the tier.
Allowable tier areas in Table 406.3.5 shall be increased
for open parking garages constructed to heights less than
the table maximum. The gross tier area of the garage shall
not exceed that permitted for the higher structure. At least
three sides of each such larger tier shall have continuous
horizontal openings not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in
clear height extending for at least 80 percent of the length of
the sides and no part of such larger tier shall be more than
200 feet (60 960 mm) horizontally from such an opening. In
addition, each such opening shall face a street or yard accessible to a street with a width of at least 30 feet (9144 mm) for
the full length of the opening, and standpipes shall be provided in each such tier.
Open parking garages of Type II construction, with all
sides open, shall be unlimited in allowable area where the
bUilding height does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). For a
side to be considered open, the total area of openings along
the side shall not be less than 50 percent of the interior area
of the side at each tier and such openings shall be equally
distributed along the length of the tier. All portions of tiers
shall be within 200 feet (60 960 mm) horizontally from such
openings or other natural ventilation openings as defined in
Section 406.3.3.1. These openings shall be permitted to be
provided in courts with a minimum dimension of 20 feet
(6096 mm) for the full width of the openings.
406.3.7 Fire separation distance. Exterior walls and openings in exterior walls shall comply with Tables 601 and 602.
The distance to an adjacent lot line shall be determined in
accordance with Table 602 and Section 705.
406.3.8 Means ofegress. Where persons other than parking
attendants are permitted, open parking garages shall meet
the means ofegress requirements of Chapter 10. Where no
persons other than parking attendants are permitted, there
shall not be less than two 36-inch-wide (914 mm) exit stairways. Lifts shall be permitted to be installed for use of
employees only, provided they are completely enclosed by
noncombustible materials.
406.3.9 Standpipes. Standpipes shall be installed where
required by the provisions of Chapter 9.
406.3.10 Sprinkler systems. Where required by other provisions of this code, automatic sprinkler systems and
standpipes shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 9.
406.3.11 Enclosure of vertical openings. Enclosure shall
not be required for vertical openings except as specified in
Section 406.3.8.
406.3.12 Ventilation. Ventilation, other than the percentage
of openings specified in Section 406.3.3.1, shall not be
required.
406.3.13 Prohibitions. The following uses and alterations
are not permitted:
1. Vehicle repair work.
2. Parking of buses, trucks and similar vehicles.
TABLE 406.3.5
OPEN PARKING GARAGES AREA AND HEIGHT
HEIGHT (in tiers)
Mechanical access
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
IA
IB
IIA
lIB
IV
For 51:
Automatic sprinkler system
AREA PER TIER
(square feet)
Ramp access
No
Yes
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
12 tiers
12 tiers
18 tiers
50,000
10 tiers
10 tiers
15 tiers
50,000
8 tiers
8 tiers
12 tiers
50,000
4 tiers
4 tiers
4 tiers
1 square foot = 0.0929 m 2•
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
47
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
3. Partial or complete closing of required openings in
exterior walls by tarpaulins or any other means.
4. Dispensing of fuel.
406.4 Enclosed parking garages.
406.4.1 Heights and areas. Enclosed vehicle parking
garages and portions thereof that do not meet the definition
of open parking garages shall be limited to the allowable
heights and areas specified in Table 503 as modified by Sections 504, 506 and 507. Roof parking is permitted.
406.4.2 Ventilation. A mechanical ventilation system shall
be provided in accordance with the International Mechanical Code.
406.5 Motor fuel-dispensing facilities.
I
1. The canopy shall meet or exceed Type I construction requirements.
2. Operations located under canopies shall be limited
to refueling only.
3. The canopy shall be constructed in a manner that
prevents the accumulation of hydrogen gas.
406.6 Repair garages.
406.6.1 General. Repair garages shall be constructed in
accordance with the International Fire Code and Sections
406.6.1 through 406.6.6. This occupancy shall not include
motor fuel-dispensing facilities, as regulated in Section
406.5.
406.5.1 Construction. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities
shall be constructed in accordance with the International
Fire Code and Sections 406.5.1 through 406.5.3.
406.6.2 Mixed uses. Mixed uses shall be allowed in the
same building as a repair garage subject to the provisions of
Section 508.1.
406.5.2 Vehicle fueling pad. The vehicle shall be fueled on
noncoated concrete or other approved paving material hav-
406.6.3 Ventilation. Repair garages shall be mechanically
ventilated in accordance with the International Mechanical
Code. The ventilation system shall be controlled at the
entrance to the garage.
ing a resistance not exceeding 1 megohm as determined by
the methodology in EN 1081.
406.5.3 Canopies. Canopies under which fuels are dispensed shall have a clear, unobstructed height of not less
than 13 feet 6 inches (4115 mm) to the lowest projecting element in the vehicle drive-through area. Canopies and their
supports over pumps shall be of noncombustible materials,
fire-retardant-treated wood complying with Chapter 23,
wood of Type IV sizes or of construction providing I-hour
fire resistance. Combustible materials used in or on a canopy shall comply with one of the following:
1. Shielded from the pumps by a noncombustible element of the canopy, or wood of Type IV sizes;
2. Plastics covered by aluminum facing having a minimum thickness of 0.010 inch (0.30 mm) or corrosion-resistant steel having a minimum base metal
thickness of 0.016 inch (0.41 mm). The plastic shall
have a flame spread index of 25 or less and a
smoke-developed index of 450 or less when tested in
the form intended for use in accordance with ASTM E
84 or UL 723 and a self-ignition temperature of 650°F
(343°C) or greater when tested in accordance with
ASTM D 1929; or
3. Panels constructed of light-transmitting plastic materials shall be permitted to be installed in canopies
erected over motor vehicle fuel-dispensing station
fuel dispensers, provided the panels are located at
least 10 feet (3048 mm) from any building on the
same lot and face yards or streets not less than 40 feet
(12 192 mm) in width on the other sides. The aggregate areas of plastics shall not exceed 1,000 square
feet (93 m 2). The maximum area of any individual
panel shall not exceed 100 square feet (9.3 m 2).
406.5.3.1 Canopies used to support gaseous hydrogen
systems. Canopies that are used to shelter dispensing
operations where flammable compressed gases are
48
located on the roof of the canopy shall be in accordance
with the following:
406.6.4 Floor surface. Repair garage floors shall be of concrete or similar noncombustible and nonabsorbent materials.
Exception: Slip-resistant, nonabsorbent, interior floor
finishes having a critical radiant flux not more than 0.45
W/cm 2, as determined by NFPA 253, shall be permitted.
406.6.5 Heating equipment. Heating equipment shall be
installed in accordance with the International Mechanical
Code.
[F] 406.6.6 Gas detection system. Repair garages used for
repair of vehicles fueled by nonodorized gases, such as
hydrogen and nonodorized LNG, shall be provided with an
approved flammable gas detection system.
[F] 406.6.6.1 System design. The flammable gas detection system shall be calibrated to the types of fuels or
gases used by vehicles to be repaired. The gas detection
system shall be designed to activate when the level of
flammable gas exceeds 25 percent of the lower explosive
limit. Gas detection shall also be provided in lubrication
or chassis repair pits of garages used for repairing
nonodorized LNG-fueled vehicles.
[F] 406.6.6.2 Operation. Activation of the gas detection
system shall result in all of the following:
1. Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals in the repair garage.
2. Deactivation of all heating systems located in the
repair garage.
3. Activation of the mechanical ventilation system,
where the system is interlocked with gas detection.
[F] 406.6.6.3 Failure of the gas detection system. Failure of the gas detection system shall result in the deactivation of the heating system, activation of the
mechanical ventilation system when the system is inter2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
locked with the gas detection system and cause a trouble
signal to sound in an approved location.
SECTION 407
GROUP 1-2
407.1 General. Occupancies in Group 1-2 shall comply with
the provisions of Sections 407.1 through 407.9 and other applicable provisions of this code.
407.2 Corridors. Corridors in occupancies in Group 1-2 shall
be continuous to the exits and separated from other areas in
accordance with Section 407.3 except spaces conforming to
Sections 407.2.1 through 407.2.4.
407.2.1 Waiting and similar areas. Waiting areas and similar spaces constructed as required for corridors shall be
permitted to be open to a corridor, only where all of the following criteria are met:
I
1. The spaces are not occupied for patient sleeping units,
treatment rooms, hazardous or incidental accessory
occupancies in accordance with Section 508.2.
2. The open space is protected by an automatic fire
detection system installed in accordance with Section
907.
3. The corridors onto which the spaces open, in the
same smoke compartment, are protected by an automatic fire detection system installed in accordance
with Section 907, or the smoke compartment in which
the spaces are located is equipped throughout with
quick-response sprinklers in accordance with Section
903.3.2.
4. The space is arranged so as not to obstruct access to
the required exits.
407.2.2 Nurses' stations. Spaces for doctors' and nurses'
charting, communications and related clerical areas shall be
permitted to be open to the corridor, when such spaces are
constructed as required for corridors.
407.2.3 Mental health treatment areas. Areas wherein
mental health patients who are not capable of self-preservation are housed, or group meeting or multipurpose therapeutic spaces other than incidental accessory occupancies in
accordance with Section 508.2.5, under continuous supervision by facility staff, shall be permitted to be open to the
corridor, where the following criteria are met:
1. Each area does not exceed 1,500 square feet (140 m 2).
2. The area is located to permit supervision by the facility staff.
407.2.4 Gift shops. Gift shops less than 500 square feet
(46.5 m2) in area shall be permitted to be open to the corridor provided the gift shop and storage areas are fully
sprinklered and storage areas are protected in accordance
with Section 508.2.5.
407.3 Corridor walls. Corridor walls shall be constructed as
smoke partitions in accordance with Section 711.
407.3.1 Corridor doors. Corridor doors, other than those
in a wall required to be rated by Section 508.2.5 or for the
enclosure of a vertical opening or an exit, shall not have a
required fire protection rating and shall not be required to be
equipped with self-closing or automatic-closing devices,
but shall provide an effective barrier to limit the transfer of
smoke and shall be equipped with positive latching. Roller
latches are not permitted. Other doors shall conform to Section 715.4.
407.3.2 Locking devices. Locking devices that restrict
access to the patient room from the corridor, and that are
operable only by staff from the corridor side, shall not
restrict the means ofegress from the patient room except for
patient rooms in mental health facilities.
407.4 Smoke barriers. Smoke barriers shall be provided to
subdivide every storyused by patients for sleeping or treatment
and to divide other stories with an occupant load of 50 or more
persons, into at least two smoke compartments. Such stories
shall be divided into smoke compartments with an area of not
more than 22,500 square feet (2092 m 2) and the travel distance
from any point in a smoke compartment to a smoke barrier
door shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm). The smoke barrier
shall be in accordance with Section 710.
407.4.1 Refuge area. At least 30 net square feet (2.8 m 2) per
patient shall be provided within the aggregate area of corridors, patient rooms, treatment rooms, lounge or dining
areas and other low-hazard areas on each side of each smoke
barrier. On floors not housing patients confined to a bed or
litter, at least 6 net square feet (0.56 m 2) per occupant shall
be provided on each side of each smoke barrier for the total
number of occupants in adjoining smoke compartments.
407.4.2 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be
provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke
barriers without having to return through the smoke compartment from which means ofegress originated.
407.4.3 Horizontal assemblies. Horizontal assemblies
supporting smoke barriers required by this section shall be
designed to resist the movement of smoke and shall comply
with Section 712.9.
4. The area is equipped with an automatic fire detection
system installed in accordance with Section 907.2.
[F] 407.5 Automatic sprinkler system. Smoke compartments
containing patient sleeping units shall be equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1. The smoke compartments shall be equipped with
approved quick-response or residential sprinklers in accordance with Section 903.3.2.
5. Not more than one such space is permitted in anyone
smoke compartment.
[F] 407.6 Fire alarm system. A fire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with Section 907.2.6.
6. The walls and ceilings of the space are constructed as
required for corridors.
[F] 407.7 Automatic fire detection. Corridors in nursing
homes (both intermediate care and skilled nursing facilities),
3. The area is arranged so as not to obstruct any access to
the required exits.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
49
I
I
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
detoxification facilities and spaces permitted to be open to the
corridors by Section 407.2 shall be equipped with an automatic
fire detection system. Hospitals shall be equipped with smoke
detection as required in Section 407.2.
Exceptions:
1. Corridor smoke detection is not required where
patient sleeping units are provided with smoke detectors that comply with UL 268. Such detectors shall
provide a visual display on the corridor side of each
patient sleeping unit and an audible and visual alarm
at the nursing station attending each unit.
2. Corridor smoke detection is not required where
patient sleeping unit doors are equipped with automatic door-closing devices with integral smoke
detectors on the unit sides installed in accordance
with their listing, provided that the integral detectors
perform the required alerting function.
407.8 Secured yards. Grounds are permitted to be fenced and
gates therein are permitted to be equipped with locks, provided
that safe dispersal areas having 30 net square feet (2.8 m 2) for
bed and litter patients and 6 net square feet (0.56 m 2) for ambulatory patients and other occupants are located between the
building and the fence . Such provided safe dispersal areas shall
not be located less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the building
they serve.
407.9 Hyperbaric facilities. Hyperbaric facilities in Group 1-2
1
occupancies shall meet the requirements contained in Chapter
20 of NFPA 99.
SECTION 408
GROUP 1-3
408.1 General. Occupancies in Group 1-3 shall comply with
the provisions of Sections 408.1 through 408.10 and other
applicable provisions of this code (see Section 308.4) .
Exception: It is permissible to exit through a horizontal exit
into other contiguous occupancies that do not conform to
detention and correctional occupancy egress provisions but
that do comply with requirements set forth in the appropriate occupancy, as long as the occupancy is not a Group H
use.
408.3 Means of egress. Except as modified or as provided for
in this section, the provisions of Chapter 10 shall apply.
408.3.1 Door width. Doors to resident sleeping units shall
have a clear width of not less than 28 inches (711 mm).
408.3.2 Sliding doors. Where doors in a means ofegress are
of the horizontal-sliding type, the force to slide the door to its
fully open position shall not exceed 50 pounds (220 N) with a
perpendicular force against the door of 50 pounds (220 N).
408.3.3 Guard tower doors. A hatch or trap door not less
than 16 square feet (610 m2) in area through the floor and
having minimum dimensions of not less than 2 feet (610
mm) in any direction shall be permitted to be used as a portion of the means ofegress from guard towers.
408.3.4 Spiral stairways. Spiral stairways that conform to
the requirements of Section 1009.9 are permitted for access
to and between staff locations.
408.3.5 Ship ladders. Ship ladders shall be permitted for
egress from control rooms or elevated facility observation
rooms in accordance with Section 1009.11.
408.3.6 Exit discharge. Exits are permitted to discharge
into a fenced or walled courtyard. Enclosed yards or courts
shall be of a size to accommodate all occupants, a minimum
of 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the building with a net area of
15 square feet (1.4 m 2) per person.
for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meanings shown herein.
408.3.7 Sallyports. A sallyport shall be permitted in a
means ofegress where there are provisions for continuous
and unobstructed passage through the sallyport during an
emergency egress condition.
CELL. A room within a housing unit in a detention or correctional facility used to confine inmates or prisoners.
408.3.8 Exit enclosures. One of the required exit enclosures in each building shall be permitted to have glazing
CELL TIER. Levels of cells vertically stacked above one
another within a housing unit.
installed in doors and interior walls at each landing level
providing access to the enclosure, provided that the following conditions are met:
408.1.1 Definition. The following words and terms shall,
HOUSING UNIT. A dormitory or a group of cells with a
common dayroom in Group 1-3.
SALLYPORT. A security vestibule with two or more doors
or gates where the intended purpose is to prevent continuous
and unobstructed passage by allowing the release of only
one door or gate at a time.
408.2 Other occupancies. Buildings or portions of buildings
in Group I-3 occupancies where security operations necessitate
the locking of required means ofegress shall be permitted to be
classified as a different occupancy. Occupancies classified as
other than Group 1-3 shall meet the applicable requirements of
this code for that occupancy provided provisions are made for
the release of occupants at all times.
50
Means of egress from detention and correctional occupancies that traverse other use areas shall, as a minimum, conform
to requirements for detention and correctional occupancies.
1. The exit enclosure shall not serve more than four floor
levels.
2. Exit doors shall not be less than 3/ 4-hour fire door
assemblies complying with Section 715.4
3. The total area of glazing at each floor level shall not
exceed 5,000 square inches (3 m 2) and individual panels of glazing shall not exceed 1,296 square inches
(0.84 m 2).
4. The glazing shall be protected on both sides by an
automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system
shall be designed to wet completely the entire surface
of any glazing affected by fire when actuated.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
5. The glazing shall be in a gasketed frame and installed
in such a manner that the framing system will deflect
without breaking (loading) the glass before the sprinkler system operates.
6. Obstructions, such as curtain rods, drapery traverse
rods, curtains, drapes or similar materials shall not be
installed between the automatic sprinklers and the
glazing.
408.4 Locks. Egress doors are permitted to be locked in accordance with the applicable use condition. Doors from a refuge
area to the exterior are permitted to be locked with a key in lieu
of locking methods described in Section 408.4.1. The keys to
unlock the exterior doors shall be available at all times and the
locks shall be operable from both sides of the door.
408.4.1 Remote release. Remote release of locks on doors
in a means ofegress shall be provided with reliable means of
operation, remote from the resident living areas, to release
locks on all required doors. In Occupancy Conditions 3 or 4,
the arrangement, accessibility and security of the release
mechanism(s) required for egress shall be such that with the
minimum available staff at any time, the lock mechanisms
are capable of being released within 2 minutes.
Exception: Provisions for remote locking and unlocking
of occupied rooms in Occupancy Condition 4 are not
required provided that not more than 10 locks are necessary to be unlocked in order to move occupants from one
smoke compartment to a refuge area within 3 minutes.
The opening of necessary locks shall be accomplished
with not more than two separate keys.
408.4.2 Power-operated doors and locks. Power-operated
sliding doors or power-operated locks for swinging doors
shall be operable by a manual release mechanism at the
door, and either emergency power or a remote mechanical
operating release shall be provided.
Exception: Emergency power is not required in facilities
with 10 locks or less complying with the exception to
Section 408.4.1.
408.4.3 Redundant operation. Remote release, mechanically operated sliding doors or remote release, mechanically
operated locks shall be provided with a mechanically operated release mechanism at each door, or shall be provided
with a redundant remote release control.
408.4.4 Relock capability. Doors remotely unlocked under
emergency conditions shall not automatically relock when
closed unless specific action is taken at the remote location
to enable doors to relock.
I
408.5 Protection of vertical openings. Any vertical opening
shall be protected by a shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 708, or shall be in accordance with Section 408.5.1.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
408.5.1 Floor openings. Openings in floors within a housing unit are permitted without a shaft enclosure, provided all
of the following conditions are met:
1. The entire normally occupied areas so interconnected
are open and unobstructed so as to enable observation
of the areas by supervisory personnel;
2. Means of egress capacity is sufficient for all occupants from all interconnected cell tiers and areas;
3. The height difference between the floor levels of the
highest and lowest cell tiers shall not exceed 23 feet
(7010 mm); and
4. Egress from any portion of the cell tier to an exit or
exit access door shall not require travel on more than
one additional floor level within the housing unit.
408.5.2 Shaft openings in communicating floor levels.
Where a floor opening is permitted between communicating floor levels of a housing unit in accordance with Section
408.5.1, plumbing chases serving vertically staked individual cells contained with the housing unit shall be permitted
without a shaft enclosure.
408.6 Smoke barrier. Occupancies in Group 1-3 shall have
smoke barriers complying with Sections 408.8 and 710 to
divide every story occupied by residents for sleeping, or any
other storyhaving an occupantloadof 50 or more persons, into
at least two smoke compartments.
Exception: Spaces having a direct exitto one of the following, provided that the locking arrangement of the doors
involved complies with the requirements for doors at the
smoke barrier for the use condition involved:
1. A public way.
2. A building separated from the resident housing area
by a 2-hour fire-resistance-rated assembly or 50 feet
(15 240 mm) of open space.
3. A secured yard or court having a holding space 50
feet (15 240 mm) from the housing area that provides
6 square feet (0.56 m 2) or more of refuge area per
occupant, including residents, staff and visitors.
408.6.1 Smoke compartments. The maximum number of
residents in any smoke compartment shall be 200. The
travel distance to a door in a smoke barrier from any room
door required as exit access shall not exceed 150 feet (45
720 mm). The travel distance to a door in a smoke barrier
from any point in a room shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960
mm).
408.6.2 Refuge area. At least 6 net square feet (0.56 m 2) per
occupant shall be provided on each side of each smoke barrier for the total number of occupants in adjoining smoke
compartments. This space shall be readily available wherever the occupants are moved across the smoke barrier in a
fire emergency.
51
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
408.6.3 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be
provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke
barriers without having to return through the smoke compartment from which means ofegress originates.
engineered smoke control system to provide a tenable environment for exiting from the smoke compartment in the area of fire
origin in accordance with Section 909 for each windowless
smoke compartment.
408.7 Security glazing. In occupancies in Group 1-3, windows
and doors in I-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance
with Section 707, fire partitions constructed in accordance with
Section 709 and smoke barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 710 shall be permitted to have security glazing
installed provided that the following conditions are met.
[F] 408.10 Fire alarm system. A fire alarm system shall be
provided in accordance with Section 907.2.6.3.
1. Individual panels of glazing shall not exceed 1,296
square inches (0.84 m 2).
409.1 General. The provisions of Sections 409.1 through
2. The glazing shall be protected on both sides by an automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system shall be
designed to, when actuated, wet completely the entire
surface of any glazing affected by fire.
3. The glazing shall be in a gasketed frame and installed in
such a manner that the framing system will deflect without breaking (loading) the glass before the sprinkler system operates.
4. Obstructions, such as curtain rods, drapery traverse rods,
curtains, drapes or similar materials shall not be installed
between the automatic sprinklers and the glazing.
408.8 Subdivision of resident housing areas. Sleeping areas
and any contiguous day room, group activity space or other
common spaces where residents are housed shall be separated
from other spaces in accordance with Sections 408.8.1 through
408.8.4.
408.8.1 Occupancy Conditions 3 and 4. Each sleeping
area in Occupancy Conditions 3 and 4 shall be separated
from the adjacent common spaces by a smoke-tight partition where the travel distance from the sleeping area
through the common space to the corridor exceeds 50 feet
(15 240 mm).
408.8.2 Occupancy Condition 5. Each sleeping area in
Occupancy Condition 5 shall be separated from adjacent
sleeping areas, corridors and common spaces by a smoketight partition. Additionally, common spaces shall be separated from the corridor by a smoke-tight partition.
408.8.3 Openings in room face. The aggregate area of
openings in a solid sleeping room face in Occupancy Conditions 2,3,4 and 5 shall not exceed 120 square inches (77 419
mm 2). The aggregate area shall include all openings including door undercuts, food passes and grilles. Openings shall
be not more than 36 inches (914 mm) above the floor. In
Occupancy Condition 5, the openings shall be closeable
from the room side.
408.8.4 Smoke-tight doors. Doors in openings in partitions
required to be smoke tight by Section 408.8 shall be substantial doors, of construction that will resist the passage of
smoke. Latches and door closures are not required on cell
doors.
408.9 Windowless buildings. For the purposes of this section,
a windowless building or portion of a building is one with
nonopenable windows, windows not readily breakable or without windows. Windowless buildings shall be provided with an
1
52
SECTION 409
MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION ROOMS
409.5 shall apply to rooms in which ribbon-type cellulose acetate or other safety film is utilized in conjunction with electric
arc, xenon or other light-source projection equipment that
develops hazardous gases, dust or radiation. Where cellulose
nitrate film is utilized or stored, such rooms shall comply with
NFPA40.
409.1.1 Projection room required. Every motion picture
machine projecting film as mentioned within the scope of
this section shall be enclosed in a projection room. Appurtenant electrical equipment, such as rheostats, transformers
and generators, shall be within the projection room or in an
adjacent room of equivalent construction.
409.2 Construction of projection rooms. Every projection
room shall be of permanent construction consistent with the
construction requirements for the type of building in which the
projection room is located. Openings are not required to be protected.
The room shall have a floor area of not less than 80 square
feet (7.44 m2) for a single machine and at least 40 square feet
(3.7 m2) for each additional machine. Each motion picture projector, floodlight, spotlight or similar piece of equipment shall
have a clear working space of not less than 30 inches by 30
inches (762 mm by 762 mm) on each side and at the rear
thereof, but only one such space shall be required between two
adjacent projectors. The projection room and the rooms appurtenant thereto shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet 6
inches (2286 mm). The aggregate of openings for projection
equipment shall not exceed 25 percent of the area of the wall
between the projection room and the auditorium. Openings
shall be provided with glass or other approvedmaterial, so as to
close completely the opening.
409.3 Projection room and equipment ventilation. Ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code.
409.3.1 Supply air. Each projection room shall be provided
with adequate air supply inlets so arranged as to provide
well-distributed air throughout the room. Air inlet ducts
shall provide an amount of air equivalent to the amount of
air being exhausted by projection equipment. Air is permitted to be taken from the outside; from adjacent spaces
within the building, provided the volume and infiltration
rate is sufficient; or from the building air-conditioning system, provided it is so arranged as to provide sufficient air
when other systems are not in operation.
409.3.2 Exhaust air. Projection rooms are permitted to be
exhausted through the lamp exhaust system. The lamp
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
exhaust system shall be positively interconnected with the
lamp so that the lamp will not operate unless there is the
required airflow. Exhaust air ducts shall terminate at the
exterior of the building in such a location that the exhaust air
cannot be readily recirculated into any air supply system.
The projection room ventilation system is permitted to also
serve appurtenant rooms, such as the generator and rewind
rooms.
409.3.3 Projection machines. Each projection machine
shall be provided with an exhaust duct that will draw air
from each lamp and exhaust it directly to the outside of the
building. The lamp exhaust is permitted to serve to exhaust
air from the projection room to provide room air circulation.
Such ducts shall be of rigid materials, except for a flexible
connector approvedfor the purpose. The projection lamp or
projection room exhaust system, or both, is permitted to be
combined but shall not be interconnected with any other
exhaust or return system, or both, within the building.
409.4 Lighting control. Provisions shall be made for control
of the auditorium lighting and the means ofegress lighting systems of theaters from inside the projection room and from at
least one other convenient point in the building.
409.5 Miscellaneous equipment. Each projection room shall
be provided with rewind and film storage facilities.
SECTION 410
STAGES AND PLATFORMS
410.1 Applicability. The provisions of Sections 410.1 through
410.7 shall apply to all parts of buildings and structures that
contain stages or platforms and similar appurtenances as herein
defined.
410.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.
FLY GALLERY. A raised floor area above a stage from which
410.3 Stages. Stage construction shall comply with Sections
410.3.1 through 410.3.7.
410.3.1 Stage construction. Stages shall be constructed of
materials as required for floors for the type of construction
of the building in which such stages are located.
Exceptions:
1. Stages ofType lIB or IV construction with a nominal 2-inch (51 mm) wood deck, provided that the
stage is separated from other areas in accordance
with Section 410.3.4.
2. In buildings of Types IIA, IlIA and VA construction, a fire-resistance-rated floor is not required,
provided the space below the stage is equipped
with an automatic fire-extinguishing system in
accordance with Section 903 or 904.
3. In all types of construction, the finished floor shall be
constructed of wood or approved noncombustible
materials. Openings through stage floors shall be
equipped with tight-fitting, solid wood trap doors
with approved safety locks.
410.3.1.1 Stage height and area. Stage areas shall be
measured to include the entire performance area and
adjacent backstage and support areas not separated from
the performance area by fire-resistance-rated construction. Stage height shall be measured from the lowest
point on the stage floor to the highest point of the roof or
floor deck above the stage.
410.3.2 Galleries, gridirons, catwalks and pinrails.
Beams designed only for the attachment of portable or fixed
theater equipment, gridirons, galleries and catwalks shall be
constructed of approved materials consistent with the
requirements for the type of construction of the building;
and a fire-resistance rating shall not be required. These
areas shall not be considered to be floors, stories, mezzanines or levels in applying this code.
the movement of scenery and operation of other stage effects
are controlled.
Exception: Floors of fly galleries and catwalks shall be
GRIDIRON. The structural framing over a stage supporting
410.3.3 Exterior stage doors. Where protection of open-
equipment for hanging or flying scenery and other stage
effects.
ings is required, exterior exit doors shall be protected with
fire door assemblies that comply with Section 715 . Exterior
openings that are located on the stage for means ofegress or
loading and unloading purposes, and that are likely to be
open during occupancy of the theater, shall be constructed
with vestibules to prevent air drafts into the auditorium.
PINRAIL. A rail on or above a stage through which belaying
pins are inserted and to which lines are fastened.
PLATFORM. A raised area within a building used for worship, the presentation of music, plays or other entertainment;
the head table for special guests; the raised area for lecturers
and speakers; boxing and wrestling rings; theater-in-the-round
stages; and similar purposes wherein there are no overhead
hanging curtains, drops, scenery or stage effects other than
lighting and sound. A temporary platform is one installed for
not more than 30 days.
PROSCENIUM WALL. The wall that separates the stage
from the auditorium or assembly seating area.
STAGE. A space within a building utilized for entertainment
or presentations, which includes overhead hanging curtains,
drops, scenery or stage effects other than lighting and sound.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
constructed of any approved material.
410.3.4 Proscenium wall. Where the stage height is greater
than 50 feet (15 240 mm), all portions of the stage shall be
completely separated from the seating area by a proscenium
wall with not less than a 2-hour fire-resistance rating
extending continuously from the foundation to the roof.
410.3.5 Proscenium curtain. Where a proscenium wall is
required to have a fire-resistance rating, the stage opening
shall be provided with a fire curtain complying with NFPA
80 or an approved water curtain complying with Section
903.3.1.1 or, in facilities not utilizing the provisions of
smoke-protected assembly seating in accordance with Section 1028.6.2, a smoke control system complying with Sec53
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
tion 909 or natural ventilation designed to maintain the
smoke level at least 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor of the
means ofegress.
I
•
410.3.6 Scenery. Combustible materials used in sets and
scenery shall meet the fire propagation performance criteria
ofNFPA 701, in accordance with Section 806 and the International Fire Code. Foam plastics and materials containing
foam plastics shall comply with Section 2603 and the International Fire Code.
410.3.7 Stage ventilation. Emergency ventilation shall be
provided for stages larger than 1,000 square feet (93 m 2) in
floor area, or with a stage height greater than 50 feet (15 240
mm). Such ventilation shall comply with Section 410.3.7.1
or 410.3.7.2.
410.3.7.1 Roof vents. Two or more vents constructed to
open automatically by approved heat-activated devices
and with an aggregate clear opening area of not less than
5 percent of the area of the stage shall be located near the
center and above the highest part of the stage area. Supplemental means shall be provided for manual operation
of the ventilator. Curbs shall be provided as required for
skylights in Section 2610.2. Vents shall be labeled.
[F] 410.3.7.2 Smoke control. Smoke control in accordance with Section 909 shall be provided to maintain the
smoke layer interface not less than 6 feet (1829 mm)
above the highest level of the assembly seating or above
the top of the proscenium opening where a proscenium
wall is provided in compliance with Section 410.3.4.
410.4 Platform construction. Permanent platforms shall be
constructed of materials as required for the type of construction
of the building in which the permanent platform is located. Permanent platforms are permitted to be constructed of fire-retardant-treated woodfor Types I, II and IV construction where the
platforms are not more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the
main floor, and not more than one-third of the room floor area
and not more than 3,000 square feet (279 m 2) in area. Where the
space beneath the permanent platform is used for storage or any
purpose other than equipment, wiring or plumbing, the floor
assembly shall not be less than I-hour fire-resistance-rated
construction. Where the space beneath the permanent platform
is used only for equipment, wiring or plumbing, the underside
of the permanent platform need not be protected.
for stage heights greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) and 1
hour for stage heights of 50 feet (15 240 mm) or less.
410.5.2 Separation from each other. Dressing rooms,
scene docks, property rooms, workshops, storerooms and
compartments appurtenant to the stage shall be separated
from each other by not less than I-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or
both.
410.5.3 Stage exits. At least one approved means ofegress
shall be provided from each side of the stage and from each
side of the space under the stage. At least one means of
escape shall be provided from each fly gallery and from the
gridiron. A steel ladder, alternating tread device or spiral
stairway is permitted to be provided from the gridiron to a
scuttle in the stage roof.
[F] 410.6 Automatic sprinkler system. Stages shall be
equipped with an automatic fire-extinguishing system in
accordance with Chapter 9. Sprinklers shall be installed under
the roof and gridiron and under all catwalks and galleries over
the stage. Sprinklers shall be installed in dressing rooms, performer lounges, shops and storerooms accessory to such
stages.
Exceptions:
1. Sprinklers are not required under stage areas less than
4 feet (1219 mm) in clear height that are utilized
exclusively for storage of tables and chairs, provided
the concealed space is separated from the adjacent
spaces by not less than 5/s-inch (15.9 mm) Type X
gypsum board.
2. Sprinklers are not required for stages 1,000 square
feet (93 m 2) or less in area and 50 feet (15 240 mm) or
less in height where curtains, scenery or other combustible hangings are not retractable vertically. Combustible hangings shall be limited to a single main
curtain, borders, legs and a single backdrop.
3. Sprinklers are not required within portable orchestra
enclosures on stages.
[F] 410.7 Standpipes. Standpipe systems shall be provided in
accordance with Section 905.
410.4.1 Temporary platforms. Platforms installed for a
period of not more than 30 days are permitted to be constructed of any materials permitted by the code. The space
between the floor and the platform above shall only be used
for plumbing and electrical wiring to platform equipment.
410.5 Dressing and appurtenant rooms. Dressing and appurtenant rooms shall comply with Sections 410.5.1 through
410.5.3.
410.5.1 Separation from stage. The stage shall be separated from dressing rooms, scene docks, property rooms,
workshops, storerooms and compartments appurtenant to
the stage and other parts of the building by fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or
both. The minimum fire-resistance rating shall be 2 hours
54
SECTION 411
SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDINGS
411.1 General. Special amusement bUildings having an occupant load of 50 or more shall comply with the requirements for
the appropriate Group A occupancy and Sections 411.1
through 411.8. Amusement buildings having an occupant load
of less than 50 shall comply with the requirements for a Group
B occupancy and Sections 411.1 through 411.8.
Exception: Amusement buildings or portions thereof that
are without walls or a roof and constructed to prevent the
accumulation of smoke.
For flammable decorative materials, see the International
Fire Code.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
411.2 Definition. The following word and term shall, for the
purpose of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, have
the meaning shown herein.
SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDING. A special amusement bUilding is any temporary or permanent building or portion thereof that is occupied for amusement, entertainment or
educational purposes and that contains a device or system that
conveys passengers or provides a walkway along, around or
over a course in any direction so arranged that the means of
egress path is not readily apparent due to visual or audio distractions or is intentionally confounded or is not readily available because of the nature of the attraction or mode of
conveyance through the building or structure.
[F] 411.3 Automatic fire detection. Special amusement buildings shall be equipped with an automatic fire detection system
in accordance with Section 907.
[F] 411.4 Automatic sprinkler system. Special amusement
buildings shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Where
the special amusement bUilding is temporary, the sprinkler
water supply shall be of an approved temporary means.
Exception: Automatic sprinklers are not required where the
total floor area of a temporary special amusement building
is less than 1,000 square feet (93 m 2) and the travel distance
from any point to an exit is less than 50 feet (15 240 mm).
[F] 411.5 Alarm. Actuation of a single smoke detector, the
automatic sprinkler system or other automatic fire detection
device shall immediately sound an alarm at the building at a
constantly attendedlocation from which emergency action can
be initiated including the capability of manual initiation of
requirements in Section 907.2.12.2.
[F] 411.6 Emergency voice/alarm communications system.
An emergency voice/alarm communications system shall be
provided in accordance with Sections 907.2.12 and 907.5.2.2,
which is also permitted to serve as a public address system and
shall be audible throughout the entire special amusement
bUilding.
411.7 Exit marking. Exit signs shall be installed at the
required exit or exit access doorways of amusement buildings
in accordance with this section and Section 1011. Approved
directional exit markings shall also be provided. Where mirrors, mazes or other designs are utilized that disguise the path
of egress travel such that they are not apparent, approved and
listedlow-Ievel exit signs that comply with Section 1011.4, and
directional path markings listed in accordance with UL 1994,
shall be provided and located not more than 8 inches (203 mm)
above the walking surface and on or near the path of egress
travel. Such markings shall become visible in an emergency.
The directional exit marking shall be activated by the automatic
fire detection system and the automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 907.2.12.2.
411.7.1 Photo luminescent exit signs. Where photo luminescent exit signs are installed, activating light source and
viewing distance shall be in accordance with the listing and
markings of the signs.
411.8 Interior finish. The interior finish shall be Class A in
accordance with Section 803.1.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SECTION 412
AIRCRAFT-RELATED OCCUPANCIES
412.1 General. Aircraft-related occupancies shall comply
with Sections 412.1 through 412.7 and the International Fire
Code.
412.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.
FIXED BASE OPERATOR (FBO). A commercial business
granted the right by the airport sponsor to operate on an airport
and provide aeronautical services, such as fueling, hangaring,
tie-down and parking, aircraft rental, aircraft maintenance and
flight instruction.
HELIPORT. An area of land or water or a structural surface
that is used, or intended for the use, for the landing and taking
off of helicopters, and any appurtenant areas that are used, or
intended for use, for heliport buildings or other heliport facilities.
HELISTOP. The same as "heliport," except that no fueling,
defueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of helicopters is permitted.
RESIDENTIAL AIRCRAFT HANGAR. An accessory
building less than 2,000 square feet (186 m 2) and 20 feet (6096
mm) in building height constructed on a one- or two-family
property where aircraft are stored. Such use will be considered
as a residential accessory use incidental to the dwelling.
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT. Aircraft based at another location
and at the transient location for not more than 90 days.
412.3 Airport traffic control towers.
412.3.1 General. The provisions of Sections 412.3.1
through 412.3.6 shall apply to airport traffic control towers
not exceeding 1,500 square feet (140 m 2) per floor occupied
only for the following uses:
1. Airport traffic control cab.
2. Electrical and mechanical equipment rooms.
3. Airport terminal radar and electronics rooms.
4. Office spaces incidental to the tower operation.
5. Lounges for employees, including sanitary facilities.
412.3.2 Type of construction. Airport traffic control towers shall be constructed to comply with the height and area
limitations of Table 412.3.2.
TABLE 412.3.2
HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS FOR AIRPORT
TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWERS
TYPE OF
CONSTRUCTION
HEIGHTa
(feet)
MAXIMUM AREA
(square feet)
IA
IB
IIA
lIB
IlIA
Unlimited
1,500
240
1,500
100
1,500
85
1,500
65
1,500
For 51: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m 2•
a. Height to be measured from grade plane to cab floor.
55
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
412.3.3 Egress. A minimum of one exit stairway shall be
permitted for airport traffic control towers of any height provided that the occupant load per floor does not exceed 15.
The stairway shall conform to the requirements of Section
1009. The stairway shall be separated from elevators by a
minimum distance of one-half of the diagonal of the area
served measured in a straight line. The exit stairway and elevator hoistway are permitted to be located in the same shaft
enclosure, provided they are separated from each other by a
4-hour fire barrier having no openings. Such stairwayshall
be pressurized to a minimum of 0.15 inch of water column
(43 Pa) and a maximum of 0.35 inch of water column (101
Pa) in the shaft relative to the building with stairway doors
closed. Stairways need not extend to the roof as specified in
Section 1009.11 . The provisions of Section 403 do not
apply.
both. Entrance shall be from the outside or by means of a
vestibule providing a two-doorway separation.
Exceptions:
1. Unit heaters and vented infrared radiant heating
equipment suspended at least 10 feet (3048 mm)
above the upper surface of wings or engine enclosures of the highest aircraft that are permitted to be
housed in the hangar and at least 8 feet (2438 mm)
above the floor in shops, offices and other sections
of the hangar communicating with storage or service areas.
Exception: Smokeproof enclosures as set forth in Section 1022.9 are not required where required stairways
are pressurized.
2. A single interior door shall be allowed, provided
the sources of ignition in the appliances are at least
18 inches (457 mm) above the floor.
[F] 412.3.4 Automatic fire detection systems. Airport traf-
412.4.5 Finishing. The process of "doping," involving use
fic control towers shall be provided with an automatic fire
detection system installed in accordance with Section
907.2.
[F] 412.3.5 Standby power. A standby power system that
conforms to Chapter 27 shall be provided in airport traffic
control towers more than 65 feet (19 812 mm) in height.
Power shall be provided to the following equipment:
1. Pressurization equipment, mechanical equipment and
lighting.
2. Elevator operating equipment.
3. Fire alarm and smoke detection systems.
412.3.6 Accessibility. Airport traffic control towers need not
be accessible as specified in the provisions of Chapter 11.
412.4 Aircraft hangars. Aircraft hangars shall be in accordance with Sections 412.4.1 through 412.4.6.
412.4.1 Exterior walls. Exterior walls located less than 30
feet (9144 mm) from lot lines or a public way shall have a
fire-resistance rating not less than 2 hours.
412.4.2 Basements. Where hangars have basements, floors
over basements shall be ofType IA construction and shall be
made tight against seepage of water, oil or vapors. There
shall be no opening or communication between basements
and the hangar. Access to basements shall be from outside
only.
412.4.3 Floor surface. Floors shall be graded and drained
to prevent water or fuel from remaining on the floor. Floor
drains shall discharge through an oil separator to the sewer
or to an outside vented sump.
Exception: Aircraft hangars with individual lease
spaces not exceeding 2,000 square feet (186 m 2) each in
which servicing, repairing or washing is not conducted
and fuel is not dispensed shall have floors that are graded
toward the door, but shall not require a separator.
56
412.4.4 Heating equipment. Heating equipment shall be
placed in another room separated by 2-hour fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or
of a volatile flammable solvent, or of painting, shall be carried on in a separate detached building equipped with automatic fire-extinguishing equipment in accordance with
Section 903.
412.4.6 Fire suppression. Aircraft hangars shall be provided with a fire suppression system designed in accordance
with NFPA 409, based upon the classification for the hangar
given in Table 412.4.6.
Exception: When a fixed base operator has separate
repair facilities on site, Group II hangars operated by a
fixed base operator used for storage of transient aircraft
only shall have a fire suppression system, but the system
is exempt from foam requirements.
412.4.6.1 Hazardous operations. Any Group III aircraft hangar according to Table 412.4.6 that contains
hazardous operations including, but not limited to, the
following shall be provided with a Group I or II fire suppression system in accordance with NFPA 409 as applicable:
1. Doping.
2. Hot work including, but not limited to, welding,
torch cutting and torch soldering.
3. Fuel transfer.
4. Fuel tank repair or maintenance not including
defueled tanks in accordance with NFPA 409,
inerted tanks or tanks that have never been fueled.
5. Spray finishing operations.
6. Total fuel capacity of all aircraft within the
unsprinklered single fire area in excess of 1,600
gallons (6057 L).
7. Total fuel capacity of all aircraft within the maximum single fire area in excess of 7,500 gallons
(28 390 L) for a hangar with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] TABLE 412.4.6
HANGAR FIRE SUPPRESSION REQUIREMENTSa,b,c
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
MAXIMUM SINGLE
FIRE AREA, SQ. FT.
IA
IB
IIA
liB
iliA
IIIB
IV
VA
VB
Group I
Group I
Group I
Group I
Group I
Group I
Group I
Group I
Group I
40,000
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
30,000
Group III
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
20,000
Group III
Group III
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
Group II
15,000
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group II
Group III
Group II
Group III
Group II
Group II
12,000
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group II
Group II
8,000
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group II
5,000
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
Group III
~
40,001
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m 2•
a. Aircraft hangars with a door height greater than 28 feet shall be provided with fire suppression for a Group I hangar regardless of maximum fire area.
b. Groups shall be as classified in accordance with NFPA 409.
c. Membrane structures complying with Section 3102 shall be classified as a Group IV hangar.
412.4.6.2 Separation ofmaximum single fire areas. Maximum single fire areas established in accordance with hangar classification and construction type in Table 412.4.6
shall be separated by 2-hour fire walls constructed in accordance with Section 706.
412.5 Residential aircraft hangars. Residential aircraft hangars as defined in Section 412.2 shall comply with Sections
412.5.1 through 412.5.2.
412.5.1 Fire separation. A hangar shall not be attached to a
dwelling unless separated by a fire barrier having a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Such separation shall be continuous from the foundation to the underside of the roof and unpierced except for doors leading to the
dwelling unit. Doors into the dwelling unit must be
equipped with self-closing devices and conform to the
requirements of Section 715 with at least a 4-inch (102 mm)
noncombustible raised sill. Openings from a hanger directly
into a room used for sleeping purposes shall not be permitted.
412.5.2 Egress. A hangar shall provide two means ofegress.
One of the doors into the dwelling shall be considered as
meeting only one of the two means ofegress.
[F] 412.5.3 Smoke alarms. Smoke alarms shall be pro-
412.5.5 Height and area limits. Residential aircraft han- I
gars shall not exceed 2,000 square feet (186 m 2) in area and
20 feet (6096 mm) in building height.
[F] 412.6 Aircraft paint hangars. Aircraft painting operations where flammable liquids are used in excess of the maximum allowable quantities per control area listed in Table
307.7(1) shall be conducted in an aircraft paint hangar that
complies with the provisions of Sections 412.6.1 through
412.6.6.
[F] 412.6.1 Occupancy group. Aircraft paint hangars shall
be classified as Group H-2. Aircraft paint hangars shall
comply with the applicable requirements of this code and
the International Fire Code for such occupancy.
412.6.2 Construction. The aircraft paint hangar shall be of
Type I or II construction.
[F] 412.6.3 Operations. Only those flammable liquids necessary for painting operations shall be permitted in quantities
less than the maximum allowable quantities per control area
in Table 307.1 (1) . Spray equipment cleaning operations shall
be conducted in a liquid use, dispensing and mixing room.
[F] 412.6.4 Storage. Storage of flammable liquids shall be
in a liquid storage room.
vided within the hangar in accordance with Section
907.2.21.
[F] 412.6.5 Fire suppression. Aircraft paint hangars shall
be provided with fire suppression as required by NFPA 409.
412.5.4 Independent systems. Electrical, mechanical and
412.6.6 Ventilation. Aircraft paint hangars shall be provided with ventilation as required in the International
Mechanical Code.
plumbing drain, waste and vent (DWV) systems installed
within the hangar shall be independent of the systems
installed within the dwelling. Building sewer lines shall be
permitted to be connected outside the structures.
Exception: Smoke detector wiring and feed for electrical subpanels in the hangar.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
412.7 Heliports and helistops. Heliports and helistops shall
be permitted to be erected on buildings or other locations where
they are constructed in accordance with Sections 412.7.1
through 412.7.4.
57
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
412.7.1 Size. The landing area for helicopters less than
3,500 pounds (1588 kg) shall be a minimum of20 feet (6096
mm) in length and width. The landing area shall be surrounded on all sides by a clear area having a minimum average width at roof level of 15 feet (4572 mm) but with no
width less than 5 feet (1524 mm).
412.7.2 Design. Helicopter landing areas and the supports
thereof on the roof of a building shall be noncombustible
construction. Landing areas shall be designed to confine any
flammable liquid spillage to the landing area itself and provisions shall be made to drain such spillage away from any
exitor stairwayserving the helicopter landing area or from a
structure housing such exit or stairway. For structural
design requirements, see Section 1605.4.
412.7.3 Means of egress. The means of egress from heliports and helistops shall comply with the provisions of
Chapter 10. Landing areas located on buildings or structures
shall have two or more means of egress. For landing areas
less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in length or less than 2,000
square feet (186 m 2) in area, the second means ofegress is
permitted to be a fire escape, alternating tread device or ladder leading to the floor below.
412.7.4 Rooftop heliports and helistops. Rooftop heliports and helistops shall comply with NFPA 418.
SECTION 413
COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE
413.1 General. High-piled stock or rack storage in any occupancy group shall comply with the International Fire Code.
413.2 Attic, under-floor and concealed spaces. Attic,
under-floor and concealed spaces used for storage of combustible materials shall be protected on the storage side as required
for I-hour fire-resistance-rated construction. Openings shall
be protected by assemblies that are self-closing and are of
noncombustible construction or solid wood core not less than
13/ 4 inch (45 mm) in thickness.
Exceptions:
1. Areas protected by approved automatic sprinkler systems.
2. Group R-3 and U occupancies.
SECTION 414
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
[F] 414.1 General. The provisions of Sections 414.1 through
414.7 shall apply to buildings and structures occupied for the
manufacturing, processing, dispensing, use or storage of hazardous materials.
[F] 414.1.1 Other provisions. Buildings and structures
with an occupancy in Group H shall also comply with the
applicable provisions of Section 415 and the International
Fire Code.
[F] 414.1.2 Materials. The safe design of hazardous material occupancies is material dependent. Individual material
requirements are also found in Sections 307 and 415, and in
58
the International Mechanical Code and the International
Fire Code.
[F] 414.1.2.1 Aerosols. Level 2 and 3 aerosol products
shall be stored and displayed in accordance with the
International Fire Code. See Section 311 .2 and the International Fire Code for occupancy group requirements.
[F] 414.1.3 Information required. A report shall be submitted to the building official identifying the maximum
expected quantities of hazardous materials to be stored,
used in a closed system and used in an open system, and subdivided to separately address hazardous material classification categories based on Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2). The
methods of protection from such hazards, including but not
limited to control areas, fire protection systems and Group
H occupancies shall be indicated in the report and on the
construction documents. The opinion and report shall be
prepared by a qualified person, firm or corporation
approved by the building official and provided without
charge to the enforcing agency.
For buildings and structures with an occupancy in Group
H, separate floor plans shall be submitted identifying the
locations of anticipated contents and processes so as to
reflect the nature of each occupied portion of every building
and structure.
[F] 414.2 Control areas. Control areas shall comply with Sections 414.2.1 through 414.2.5 and the International Fire Code.
414.2.1 Construction requirements. Control areas shall
be separated from each other by fire barriers constructed in
accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both.
[F] 414.2.2 Percentage of maximum allowable quantities. The percentage of maximum allowable quantities of
hazardous materials per control area permitted at each floor
level within a building shall be in accordance with Table
414.2.2.
[F] 414.2.3 Number. The maximum number of control
areas within a building shall be in accordance with Table
414.2.2.
414.2.4 Fire-resistance-rating requirements. The required fire-resistance rating for fire barriers shall be in
accordance with Table 414.2.2. The floor assembly of the
control area and the construction supporting the floor of the
control area shall have a minimum 2-hour fire-resistance
rating.
Exception: The floor assembly of the control area and
the construction supporting the floor of the control area
are allowed to be I-hour fire-resistance rated in buildings
of Types IIA, IlIA and VA construction, provided that
both of the following conditions exist:
1. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1; and
2. The building is three stories or less above grade
plane.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] TABLE 414.2.2
DESIGN AND NUMBER OF CONTROL AREAS
PERCENTAGE OF THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREAa
NUMBER OF CONTROL
AREAS PER FLOOR
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING
FOR FIRE BARRIERS IN HOURSb
5
4
3
2
1
5
5
12.5
12.5
12.5
50
75
100
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
Lower than 2
75
50
Not Allowed
FLOOR LEVEL
Higher than 9
7-9
6
Above grade
plane
Below grade
plane
3
4
3
2
Not Allowed
1
1
Not Allowed
a. Percentages shall be of the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Tables 307.1 (l) and 307.1(2) , with all increases allowed in the notes to those
tables.
b. Fire barriers shall include walls and floors as necessary to provide separation from other portions of the h.Iilding.
[F] 414.2.5 Hazardous material in Group M display and
storage areas and in Group S storage areas. The aggre-
Emissions generated at workstations shall be confined to the
area in which they are generated as specified in the International Fire Code and the International Mechanical Code.
gate quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or
noncombustible liquid hazardous materials permitted
within a single control area of a Group M display and storage area, a Group S storage area or an outdoor control area
is permitted to exceed the maximum allowable quantities
per control area specified in Tables 307.1 (1) and 307.1 (2)
without classifying the building or use as a Group H occupancy, provided that the materials are displayed and stored
in accordance with the International Fire Code and quantities do not exceed the maximum allowable specified in
Table 414.2.5(1).
A manual shutoff control for ventilation equipment required
by this section shall be provided outside the room adjacent to
the principal access door to the room. The switch shall be of the
break-glass type and shall be labeled: VENTILATION SySTEM EMERGENCY SHUTOFF.
In Group M occupancy wholesale and retail sales uses,
indoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids shall
not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control
area as indicated in Table 414.2.5(2), provided that the
materials are displayed and stored in accordance with the
International Fire Code.
[F] 414.4 Hazardous material systems. Systems involving
hazardous materials shall be suitable for the intended application. Controls shall be designed to prevent materials from
entering or leaving process or reaction systems at other than the
intended time, rate or path. Automatic controls, where provided, shall be designed to be fail safe.
The maximum quantity of aerosol products in Group M
occupancy retail display areas, storage areas adjacent to
retail display areas and retail storage areas shall be in accordance with the International Fire Code.
[F] 414.3 Ventilation. Rooms, areas or spaces of Group H in
which explosive, corrosive, combustible, flammable or
highly toxic dusts, mists, fumes, vapors or gases are or may be
emitted due to the processing, use, handling or storage of
materials shall be mechanically ventilated as required by the
International Fire Code and the International Mechanical
Code.
Ducts conveying explosives or flammable vapors, fumes or
dusts shall extend directly to the exterior of the building without entering other spaces. Exhaust ducts shall not extend into or
through ducts and plenums.
Exception: Ducts conveying vapor or fumes having flammable constituents less than 25 percent of their lower flammable limit (LFL) are permitted to pass through other
spaces.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
The location of supply and exhaust openings shall be in
accordance with the International Mechanical Code. Exhaust
air contaminated by highly toxic material shall be treated in
accordance with the International Fire Code.
[F] 414.5 Inside storage, dispensing and use. The inside storage, dispensing and use of hazardous materials in excess of the
maximum allowable quantities per control area of Tables
307.1 (1) and 307.1 (2) shall be in accordance with Sections
414.5.1 through 414.5.5 of this code and the International Fire
Code.
[F] 414.5.1 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be
provided in accordance with the International Fire Code as
required by Table 414.5.1 where quantities of hazardous
materials specified in that table exceed the maximum allowable quantities in Table 307.1 (1) or where a structure, room
or space is occupied for purposes involving explosion hazards as required by Section 415 or the International Fire
Code.
[F] 414.5.2 Monitor control equipment. Monitor control
equipment shall be provided where required by the International Fire Code.
[F] 414.5.3 Automatic fire detection systems. Group H
occupancies shall be provided with an automatic fire detection system in accordance with Section 907.2.
59
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] TABLE 414.2.5(1)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER INDOOR AND OUTDOOR CONTROL AREA IN GROUP M AND S OCCUPANCIES
NONFLAMMABLE SOLIDS AND NONFLAMMABLE AND NONCOMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDSd,e,f
CONDITION
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA
Material a
Class
Solids
pounds
Liquids
gallons
A. Health-hazard materials-nonflammable and noncombustible solids and liquids
1. Corrosives b,c
Not Applicable
9,750
2. Highly taxies
Not Applicable
20b, c
975
2b, c
3. Toxics b,c
Not Applicable
1,000
100
B. Physical-hazard materials-nonflammable and noncombustible solids and liquids
1. Oxidizers b, c
Not Allowed
Not Allowed
1,150g
115
2
2,250
h
1
18,000i,j
1,800i,j
4
Not Allowed
Not Allowed
225
3
550
55
2
1,150
115
1
Not Limited
Not Limited
3b, c
550
55
2. Unstable (reactives)b, c
3. Water (reactives)
4
3
2b, c
1,150
115
1
Not Limited
Not Limited
For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
a. Hazard categories are as specified in the International Fire Code.
b. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings that are sprinklered in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. When Note c also applies, the
increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
c. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, in accordance with the International Fire Code. When
Note b also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
d. See Table 414.2.2 for design and number of control areas.
e. Allowable quantities for other hazardous material categories shall be in accordance with Section 307.
f. Maximum quantities shall be increased 100 percent in outdoor control areas.
g. Maximum amounts are permitted to be increased to 2,250 pounds when individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or
packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each.
h. Maximum amounts are permitted to be increased to 4,500 pounds when individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or
packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each.
i. The permitted quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
j. Quantities are unlimited in an outdoor control area.
TABLE [F] 414.2.5(2)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY OF FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS
IN WHOLESALE AND RETAIL SALES OCCUPANCIES PER CONTROL AREA a
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA (gallons)
TYPE OF LIQUID
Sprinklered in accordance with note b
densities and arrangements
Sprinklered in accordance with Tables
3404.3.6.3(4) through 3404.3.6.3(8) and Table
3404.3.7.5.1 of the International Fire Code
Nonsprinklered
Class IA
60
60
30
Class IB, IC, II and IlIA
7,500 c
15,000c
1,600
Class I1IB
Unlimited
Unlimited
2
13,200
2
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m , 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 gallon per minute per square foot = 40.75 L/min/m •
a. Control areas shall be separated from each other by not less than a I-hour fire barrier wall.
b. To be considered as sprinklered, a building shall be equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system with a design providing minimum densities
as follows:
1. For uncartoned commodities on shelves 6 feet or less in height where the ceiling height does not exceed 18 feet, quantities are those permitted with a minimum sprinkler design density of Ordinary Hazard Group 2.
2. For cartoned, palletized or racked commodities where storage is 4 feet 6 inches or less in height and where the ceiling height does not exceed 18 feet, quantities are those permitted with a minimum sprinkler design density of 0.21 gallon per minute per square foot over the most remote 1,500-square-foot area.
c. Where wholesale and retail sales or storage areas exceed 50,000 square feet in area, the maximum allowable quantities are allowed to be increased by 2 percent for
each 1,000 square feet of area in excess of 50,000 square feet, up to a maximum of 100 percent of the table amounts. A control area separation is not required. The
cumulative amounts, including amounts attained by having an additional control area, shall not exceed 30,000 gallons.
60
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] TABLE 414.5.1
EXPLOSION CONTROL REQUIREMENTSa
EXPLOSION CONTROL METHODS
MATERIAL
CLASS
Barricade construction
Explosion (deflagration) venting
or explosion (deflagration)
prevention systemsb
HAZARD CATEGORY
Combustible dusts C
-
Not Required
Required
Cryogenic flammables
-
Not Required
Required
Required
Required
Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required
Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required
Not Required
Not Required
Gaseous
Liquefied
Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required
lAd
Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required
I
Required
Required
Not Permitted
Not Permitted
4
Required
Not Permitted
Not Required
Required
4
3 Detonable
3 Nondetonable
Required
Required
Not Required
Not Permitted
Not Permitted
Required
3
2g
Not Required
Not Required
Required
Required
Acetylene generator rooms
-
Not Required
Required
Grain processing
-
Not Required
Required
Liquefied petroleum gas-distribution facilities
-
Not Required
Required
Required
Not Required
Not Permitted
Required
Explosives
Flammable gas
Flammable liquid
Organic peroxides
Division
Division
Division
Division
Division
Division
IBe
U
Oxidizer liquids and solids
Pyrophoric gas
Unstable (reactive)
Water-reactive liquids and solids
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
-
SPECIAL USES
Where explosion hazards existf
Detonation
Deflagration
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
See Section 414 .1.3.
See the International Fire Code.
As generated during manufacturing or processing. See definition of "Combustible dust" in Chapter 3.
Storage or use.
In open use or dispensing.
Rooms containing dispensing and use of hazardous materials when an explosive environment can occur because of the characteristics or nature of the hazardous
materials or as a result of the dispensing or use process.
g. A method of explosion control shall be provided when Class 2 water-reactive materials can form potentially explosive mixtures.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
61
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] 414.5.4 Standby or emergency power. Where mechanical ventilation, treatment systems, temperature control,
alarm, detection or other electrically operated systems are
required, such systems shall be provided with an emergency
or standby power system in accordance with Chapter 27.
Exceptions:
1. Mechanical ventilation for storage of Class IB and
Class IC flammable and combustible liquids in
closed containers not exceeding 6.5 gallons (25 L)
capacity.
2. Storage areas for Class 1 and 2 oxidizers.
3. Storage areas for Class II, III, IV and V organic
peroxides.
4. Storage, use and handling areas for asphyxiant,
irritant and radioactive gases.
5. For storage, use and handling areas for highly toxic
or toxic materials, see Sections 3704.2.2.8 and
3704.3.4.2 of the International Fire Code.
6. Standby power for mechanical ventilation, treatment systems and temperature control systems
shall not be required where an approved fail-safe
engineered system is installed.
[F] 414.5.5 Spill control, drainage and containment.
Rooms, buildings or areas occupied for the storage of solid
and liquid hazardous materials shall be provided with a
means to control spillage and to contain or drain off spillage
and fire protection water discharged in the storage area
where required in the International Fire Code. The methods
of spill control shall be in accordance with the International
Fire Code.
[F] 414.6 Outdoor storage, dispensing and use. The outdoor
storage, dispensing and use of hazardous materials shall be in
accordance with the International Fire Code.
[F] 414.6.1 Weather protection. Where weather protection
is provided for sheltering outdoor hazardous material storage or use areas, such areas shall be considered outdoor
storage or use when the weather protection structure complies with Sections 414.6.1.1 through 414.6.1.3.
[F] 414.6.1.1 Walls. Walls shall not obstruct more than
one side of the structure.
Exception: Walls shall be permitted to obstruct portions of multiple sides of the structure, provided that
the obstructed area does not exceed 25 percent of the
structure's perimeter.
[F] 414.6.1.2 Separation distance. The distance from
the structure to buildings, lot lines, public ways or means
of egress to a public way shall not be less than the distance required for an outside hazardous material storage
or use area without weather protection.
[F] 414.6.1.3 Noncombustible construction. The overhead
structure shall be of approved noncombustible construction
with a maximum area of 1,500 square feet (140 m2).
Exception: The increases permitted by Section 506
apply.
62
[F] 414.7 Emergency alarms. Emergency alarms for the
detection and notification of an emergency condition in Group
H occupancies shall be provided as set forth herein.
[F] 414.7.1 Storage. An approved manual emergency
alarm system shall be provided in buildings, rooms or areas
used for storage of hazardous materials. Emergency
alarm-initiating devices shall be installed outside of each
interior exit or exit access door of storage buildings, rooms
or areas. Activation of an emergency alarm-initiating device
shall sound a local alarm to alert occupants of an emergency
situation involving hazardous materials.
[F] 414.7.2 Dispensing, use and handling. Where hazardous materials having a hazard ranking of 3 or 4 in accordance with NFPA 704 are transported through corridors or
exit enclosures, there shall be an emergency telephone system, a local manual alarm station or an approved alarm-initiating device at not more than ISO-foot (45 720 mm)
intervals and at each exit and exit access doorway throughout the transport route. The signal shall be relayed to an
approved central, proprietary or remote station service or
constantly attended on-site location and shall also initiate a
local audible alarm.
[F] 414.7.3 Supervision. Emergency alarm systems shall
be supervised by an approvedcentral, proprietary or remote
station service or shall initiate an audible and visual signal at
a constantly attended on-site location.
SECTION 415
GROUPS H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 AND H-5
[F] 415.1 Scope. The provisions of Sections 415.1 through
415.8 shall apply to the storage and use of hazardous materials
in excess of the maximum allowable quantities per control area
listed in Section 307.1. Buildings and structures with an occupancy in Group H shall also comply with the applicable provisions of Section 414 and the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in the
code, have the meanings shown herein.
[F] CONTINUOUS GAS DETECTION SYSTEM. A gas
detection system where the analytical instrument is maintained
in continuous operation and sampling is performed without
interruption. Analysis is allowed to be performed on a cyclical
basis at intervals not to exceed 30 minutes.
[F] DETACHED BUILDING. A separate single-story bUild- I
ing, without a basement or crawl space, used for the storage or
use of hazardous materials and located an approved distance
from all structures.
[F] EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION. An approved
location on the premises where signals from emergency equipment are received and which is staffed by trained personnel.
[F] EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE. An appliance or piece of
equipment that consists of a top, a back and two sides providing
a means of local exhaust for capturing gases, fumes, vapors and
mists. Such enclosures include laboratory hoods, exhaust fume
hoods and similar appliances and equipment used to locally
retain and exhaust the gases, fumes, vapors and mists that could
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
be released. Rooms or areas provided with general ventilation,
in themselves, are not exhausted enclosures.
[F] FABRICATION AREA. An area within a semiconductor
fabrication facility and related research and development areas
in which there are processes using hazardous production materials. Such areas are allowed to include ancillary rooms or areas
such as dressing rooms and offices that are directly related to
the fabrication area processes.
[F] LIQUID USE, DISPENSING AND MIXING ROOM.
A room in which Class I, II and IlIA flammable or combustible
liquids are used, dispensed or mixed in open containers.
[F] LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT (LFL). The minimum
concentration of vapor in air at which propagation of flame will
occur in the presence of an ignition source. The LFL is sometimes referred to as "LEL" or "lower explosive limit."
[F] FLAMMABLE VAPORS OR FUMES. The concentra-
[F] NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
(NTP). A temperature of 70°F (21°C) and a pressure of 1 atmo-
tion of flammable constituents in air that exceed 25 percent of
their lower flammable limit (LFL).
sphere [14.7 psia (101 kPa)].
[F] GAS CABINET. A fully enclosed, noncombustible enclosure used to provide an isolated environment for compressed
gas cylinders in storage or use. Doors and access ports for
exchanging cylinders and accessing pressure-regulating controls are allowed to be included.
[F] GAS ROOM. A separately ventilated, fully enclosed room
in which only compressed gases and associated equipment and
supplies are stored or used.
[F] HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM).
A solid, liquid or gas associated with semiconductor manufacturing that has a degree-of-hazard rating in health,
flammability or instability of Class 3 or 4 as ranked by NFPA
704 and which is used directly in research, laboratory or production processes which have as their end product materials
that are not hazardous.
[F] HPM FLAMMABLE LIQUID. An HPM liquid that is
[F] PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD
LEVEL. A concentration of air-borne contaminants, normally
expressed in parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per cubic meter
(mg/m3), that represents the concentration at which persons can
sense the presence of the contaminant due to odor, irritation or
other quick-acting physiological response. When used in
conjunction with the permissible exposure limit (PEL) the physiological warning threshold levels are those consistent with the classification system used to establish the PEL. See the definition of
"Permissible exposure limit (PEL)" in the International Fire Code.
[F] SERVICE CORRIDOR. A fully enclosed passage used
for transporting HPM and purposes other than required means
ofegress.
[F] SOLID. A material that has a melting point, decomposes or
sublimes at a temperature greater than 68°F (20°C) .
[F] STORAGE, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
defined as either a Class I flammable liquid or a Class II or
Class IlIA combustible liquid.
1. The keeping, retention or leaving of hazardous materials
in closed containers, tanks, cylinders or similar vessels, or
[F] HPM ROOM. A room used in conjunction with or serving
a Group H-5 occupancy, where HPM is stored or used and
which is classified as a Group H-2, H-3 or H-4 occupancy.
2. Vessels supplying operations through closed connections to the vessel.
[F] IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND
HEALTH (IDLH). The concentration of air-borne contaminants which poses a threat of death, immediate or delayed permanent adverse health effects, or effects that could prevent
escape from such an environment. This contaminant concentration level is established by the National Institute of Occupational
Safety and Health (NIOSH) based on both toxicity and
flammability. It generally is expressed in parts per million by
volume (ppm v/v) or milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m 3). If adequate data do not exist for precise establishment of IDLH concentrations, an independent certified industrial hygienist,
industrial toxicologist, appropriate regulatory agency or other
source approved by the bUilding official shall make such
determination.
[F] LIQUID. A material that has a melting point that is equal to
or less than 68°F (20°C) and a boiling point that is greater than
68°F (20°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute (psia)
(101 kPa). When not otherwise identified, the term "liqUid"
includes both flammable and combustible liquids.
[F] LIQUID STORAGE ROOM. A room classified as a
Group H-3 occupancy used for the storage of flammable or
combustible liquids in a closed condition.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[F] USE (MATERIAL). Placing a material into action, including solids, liquids and gases.
[F] WORKSTATION. A defined space or an independent principal piece of equipment using HPM within a fabrication area
where a specific function, laboratory procedure or research
activity occurs. Approved or listed hazardous materials storage
cabinets, flammable liquid storage cabinets or gas cabinets serving a workstation are included as part of the workstation. A
workstation is allowed to contain ventilation equipment, fire
protection devices, detection devices, electrical devices and
other processing and scientific equipment.
[F] 415.3 Fire separation distance. Group H occupancies
shall be located on property in accordance with the other provisions of this chapter. In Groups H-2 and H-3, not less than 25
percent of the perimeter wall of the occupancy shall be an exterior wall.
Exceptions:
1. Liquid use, dispensing and mixing rooms having a
floor area of not more than 500 square feet (46.5 m 2)
need not be located on the outer perimeter of the
building where they are in accordance with the International Fire Code and NFPA 30.
63
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
2. Liquid storage rooms having a floor area of not more
than 1,000 square feet (93 m 2) need not be located on
the outer perimeter where they are in accordance with
the International Fire Code and NFPA 30.
3. Spray paint booths that comply with the International
Fire Code need not be located on the outer perimeter.
[F] 415.3.1 Group" occupancy minimum fire separation distance. Regardless of any other provisions, buildings
containing Group H occupancies shall be set back to the
minimum fire separation distance as set forth in Items 1
through 4 below. Distances shall be measured from the
walls enclosing the occupancy to lot lines, including those
on a public way: Distances to assumed lot lines established
for the purpose of determining exterior wall and opening
protection are not to be used to establish the minimum fire
separation distance for buildings on sites where explosives
are manufactured or used when separation is provided in
accordance with the quantity distance tables specified for
explosive materials in the International Fire Code.
1. Group H-1. Not less than 75 feet (22 860 mm) and not
less than required by the International Fire Code.
Exceptions:
1. Fireworks manufacturing buildings separated in accordance with NFPA 1124.
2. Buildings containing the following materials when separated in accordance with Table
415.3.1:
2.1. Organic peroxides, unclassified
detonable.
2.2. Unstable reactive materials, Class 4.
2.3. Unstable reactive materials, Class 3
detonable.
2.4. Detonable pyrophoric materials.
2. Group H-2. Not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) where
the area of the occupancy exceeds 1,000 square feet
(93 m 2) and it is not required to be located in a
detached building.
3. Groups H-2 and H-3. Not less than 50 feet (15 240
mm) where a detached building is required (see Table
415.3.2).
4. Groups H-2 and H-3. Occupancies containing materials with explosive characteristics shall be separated as
required by the International Fire Code. Where separations are not specified, the distances required shall
not be less than the distances required by Table
415.3.1.
[F] 415.3.2 Detached buildings for Group "-1, "-2 or
"-3 occupancy. The storage of hazardous materials in
excess of those amounts listed in Table 415.3.2 shall be in
accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 415 .4
and 415.5. Where a detached building is required by Table
415.3.2, there are no requirements for wall and opening protection based on fire separation distance.
[F] 415.4 Special provisions for Group "-1 occupancies.
Group H-1 occupancies shall be in buildings used for no other
64
purpose, shall not exceed one story in height and be without
basements, crawl spaces or other under-floor spaces. Roofs
shall be of lightweight construction with suitable thermal insulation to prevent sensitive material from reaching its decomposition temperature. Group H-l occupancies containing
materials that are in themselves both physical and health hazards in quantities exceeding the maximum allowable quantities
per control area in Table 307.1. (2) shall comply with requirements for both Group H-1 and H-4 occupancies.
[F] 415.4.1 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage
areas for organic peroxides, pyrophoric materials and unstable (reactive) materials shall be of liquid-tight, noncombustible construction.
[F] 415.5 Special provisions for Groups "-2 and "-3 occupancies. Groups H-2 and H-3 occupancies containing quantities of hazardous materials in excess of those set forth in Table
415.3.2 shall be in buildings used for no other purpose, shall
not exceed one story in height and shall be without basements,
crawl spaces or other under-floor spaces.
Groups H-2 and H-3 occupancies containing water-reactive
materials shall be resistant to water penetration. Piping for conveying liquids shall not be over or through areas containing
water reactives, unless isolated by approved liquid-tight construction.
Exception: Fire protection piping.
[F] 415.5.1 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage
areas for organic peroxides, oxidizers, pyrophoric materials' unstable (reactive) materials and water-reactive solids
and liquids shall be of liquid-tight, noncombustible construction.
[F] 415.5.2 Waterproof room. Rooms or areas used for the
storage of water-reactive solids and liquids shall be constructed in a manner that resists the penetration of water
through the use of waterproof materials. Piping carrying
water for other than approved automatic fire sprinkler systems shall not be within such rooms or areas.
[F] 415.6 Group "-2. Occupancies in Group H-2 shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 415.6.1 through 415.6.4
and the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.6.1 Combustible dusts, grain processing and
storage. The provisions of Sections 415 .6.1.1 through
415.6.1.6 shall apply to buildings in which materials that
produce combustible dusts are stored or handled. Buildings
that store or handle combustible dusts shall comply with the
applicable provisions of NFPA 61, NFPA 85, NFPA 120,
NFPA 484, NFPA 654, NFPA 655 and NFPA 664, and the
International Fire Code.
[F] 415.6.1.1 Type of construction and height exceptions. Buildings shall be constructed in compliance with
the height and area limitations of Table 503 for Group
H-2; except that where erected of Type I or II construction, the heights and areas of grain elevators and similar
structures shall be unlimited, and where of Type IV construction, the maximum height shall be 65 feet (19 812
mm) and except further that, in isolated areas, the maximum height of Type IV structures shall be increased to
85 feet (25 908 mm).
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] TABLE 415.3.1
MINIMUM SEPARATION DISTANCES FOR BUILDINGS CONTAINING EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS
MINIMUM DISTANCE (feet)
QUANTITY OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIALa
b
Lot lines and inhabited buildingsC
Pounds over
Pounds not over
Barricadedd
Unbarricaded
Separation of magazinesd , e, f
2
5
70
140
12
5
10
90
180
16
10
20
110
220
20
20
30
125
250
22
30
40
140
280
24
40
50
150
300
28
50
75
170
340
30
75
100
190
380
32
100
125
200
400
36
38
125
150
215
430
150
200
235
470
42
200
250
255
510
46
250
300
270
540
48
300
400
295
590
54
400
500
320
640
58
500
600
340
680
62
600
700
355
710
64
66
700
800
375
750
800
900
390
780
70
900
1,000
400
800
72
1,000
1,200
425
850
78
1,200
1,400
450
900
82
1,400
1,600
470
940
86
1,600
1,800
490
980
88
1,800
2,000
505
1,010
90
2,000
2,500
545
1,090
98
2,500
3,000
580
1,160
104
3,000
4,000
635
1,270
116
4,000
5,000
685
1,370
122
5,000
6,000
730
1,460
130
6,000
7,000
770
1,540
136
7,000
8,000
800
1,600
144
8,000
9,000
835
1,670
150
9,000
10,000
865
1,730
156
10,000
12,000
875
1,750
164
12,000
14,000
885
1,770
174
14,000
16,000
900
1,800
180
16,000
18,000
940
1,880
188
18,000
20,000
975
1,950
196
20,000
25,000
1,055
2,000
210
25,000
30,000
1,130
2,000
224
30,000
35,000
1,205
2,000
238
35,000
40,000
1,275
2,000
248
(continued)
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
65
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
TABLE 415.3.1-continued
MINIMUM SEPARATION DISTANCES FOR BUILDINGS CONTAINING EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS
MINIMUM DISTANCE (feet)
QUANTITY OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIALa
Pounds over
Pounds not over
b
Lot lines and inhabited buildingsC
Barricadedd
Unbarricaded
Separation of magazinesd, e, f
40,000
45 ,000
1,340
2,000
258
45 ,000
50,000
1,400
2,000
270
50,000
55,000
1,460
2,000
280
55,000
60,000
1,515
2,000
290
60,000
65,000
1,565
2,000
300
65,000
70,000
1,610
2,000
310
70,000
75,000
1,655
2,000
320
75 ,000
80,000
1,695
2,000
330
80,000
85 ,000
1,730
2,000
340
85 ,000
90,000
1,760
2,000
350
90,000
95 ,000
1,790
2,000
360
95,000
100,000
1,815
2,000
370
100,000
110,000
1,835
2,000
390
110,000
120,000
1,855
2,000
410
120,000
130,000
1,875
2,000
430
130,000
140,000
1,890
2,000
450
140,000
150,000
1,900
2,000
470
150,000
160,000
1,935
2,000
490
160,000
170,000
1,965
2,000
510
170,000
180,000
1,990
2,000
530
180,000
190,000
2,010
2,010
550
190,000
200 ,000
2,030
2,030
570
200 ,000
210 ,000
2,055
2,055
590
210 ,000
230 ,000
2,100
2,100
630
230 ,000
250 ,000
2,155
2,155
670
250 ,000
275 ,000
2,215
2,215
720
275,000
300,000
2,275
2,275
770
For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m 2•
a. The number of pounds of explosives listed is the number of pounds of trinitrotoluene (TNT) or the equivalent pounds of other explosive.
b. The distance listed is the distance to lot line, including lot lines at public ways.
c. For the purpose of this table, an inhabited building is any building on the same lot that is regularly occupied by people. Where two or more buildings containing
explosives or magazines are located on the same lot, each building or magazine shall comply with the minimum distances specified from inhabited buildings and ,
in addition, they shall be separated from each other by not less than the distance shown for" Separation of magazines," except that the quantity of explosive materials contained in detonator buildings or magazines shall govern in regard to the spacing of said detonator buildings or magazines from buildings or magazines containing other explosive materials. If any two or more buildings or magazines are separated from each other by less than the specified "Separation of Magazines"
distances, then such two or more buildings or magazines, as a group, shall be considered as one building or magazine, and the total quantity of explosive materials
stored in such group shall be treated as if the explosive were in a single building or magazine located on the site of any building or magazine of the group, and shall
comply with the minimum distance specified from other magazines or inhabited buildings.
d. Barricades shall effectively screen the building containing explosives from other buildings, public ways or magazines. Where mounds or revetted walls ofearth are
used for barricades, they shall not be less than 3 feet in thickness. A straight line from the top of any side wall of the building containing explosive materials to the
eave line of any other building, magazine or a point 12 feet above the centerline of a public way shall pass through the barricades.
e. Magazine is a building or structure, other than an operating building, approved for storage of explosive materials. Portable or mobile magazines not exceeding 120
square feet in area need not comply with the requirements of this code, hONever, all magazines shall comply with the International Fire Code.
f. The distance listed is permitted to be reduced by 50 percent where approved natural or artificial barriers are provided in accordance with the requirements in Note d.
66
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] TABLE 415.3.2
DETACHED BUILDING REQUIRED
A DETACHED BUILDING IS REQUIRED WHEN THE QUANTITY OF MATERIAL EXCEEDS THAT LISTED HEREIN
Material
Solids and Liquids (tons)a, b
Class
Division
Division
Division
Division
Division
Division
Division
Explosives
Oxidizers
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.4c
1.5
1.6
Maximum Allowable
Maximum Allowable
Maximum Allowable
Maximum Allowable
1
Maximum Allowable
Maximum Allowable
Quantity
Quantity
Quantity
Quantity
Gases (cubic feet)a, b
Not Applicable
Quantity
Quantity
Class 4
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Class 3 or 4
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Class 3
Class 2
1,200
2,000
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Detonable
Class I
Class II
Class III
Maximum Allowable Quantity
Maximum Allowable Quantity
25
50
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Unstable (reactives) nondetonable
Class 3
Class 2
1
25
2,000
10,000
Water reactives
Class 3
Class 2
1
25
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
2,000
Unstable (reactives) detonable
Oxidizer, liquids and solids
Organic peroxides
Pyrophoric gases
3
For SI: 1 ton = 906 kg, 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m , 1 pound = 0.454 kg.
a. For materials that are detonable, the distance to other buildings or lot lines shall be as specified in Table 415 .3.1 based on trinitrotoluene (TNT) equivalence of the
material. For materials classified as explosives, see Chapter 33 the International Fire Code. For all other materials, the distance shall be as indicated in Section
415 .3.1.
b. "Maximum Allowable Quantity" means the maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in Table 307.7(1) .
c. Limited to Division 1.4 materials and articles, including articles packaged for shipment, that are not regulated as an explosive under Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco
and Firearms (BATF) regulations or unpackaged articles used in process operations that do not propagate a detonation or deflagration between articles, providing
the net explosive weight of individual articles does not exceed 1 pound.
[F] 415.6.1.2 Grinding rooms. Every room or space
occupied for grinding or other operations that produce
combustible dusts shall be enclosed with fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section
712, or both. The minimum fire-resistance rating shall
be 2 hours where the area is not more than 3,000 square
feet (279 m 2), and 4 hours where the area is greater than
3,000 square feet (279 m 2).
[F] 415.6.1.3 Conveyors. Conveyors, chutes, piping and
similar equipment passing through the enclosures of
rooms or spaces shall be constructed dirt tight and vapor
tight, and be of approved noncombustible materials
complying with Chapter 30.
[F] 415.6.1.4 Explosion control. Explosion control
shall be provided as specified in the International Fire
Code, or spaces shall be equipped with the equivalent
mechanical ventilation complying with the International
Mechanical Code.
[F] 415.6.1.5 Grain elevators. Grain elevators, malt
houses and buildings for similar occupancies shall not be
located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of interior lot lines or
structures on the same lot, except where erected along a
railroad right-of-way.
I
[F] 415.6.1.6 Coal pockets. Coal pockets located less
than 30 feet (9144 mm) from interior lot lines or from
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
structures on the same lot shall be constructed of not less
than Type IB construction. Where more than 30 feet
(9144 mm) from interior lotlines, or where erected along
a railroad right-of-way, the minimum type of construction of such structures not more than 65 feet (19 812 mm)
in building height shall be Type IV.
[F] 415.6.2 Flammable and combustible liquids. The
storage, handling, processing and transporting of flammable and combustible liquids in Groups H-2 and H-3 occupancies shall be in accordance with Sections 415.6.2.1
through 415.6.2.10, the International Mechanical Code and
the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.6.2.1 Mixed occupancies. Where the storage
tank area is located in a building of two or more occupancies and the quantity of liquid exceeds the maximum
allowable quantity for one control area, the use shall be
completely separated from adjacent occupancies in
accordance with the requirements of Section 508.4.
[F] 415.6.2.1.1 Height exception. Where storage
tanks are located within a building no more than one
story above grade plane, the height limitation of Section 503 shall not apply for Group H.
[F] 415.6.2.2 Tank protection. Storage tanks shall be
noncombustible and protected from physical damage.
Fire barriers or horizontal assemblies or both around the
67
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
I
storage tank(s) shall be permitted as the method of protection from physical damage.
[F] 415.6.2.3 Tanks. Storage tanks shall be approved
tanks conforming to the requirements of the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.6.2.4 Suppression. Group H shall be equipped
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system, installed in accordance with Section 903.
[F] 415.7 Groups H-3 and H-4. Groups H-3 and H-4 shall be
constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of
this code and the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.6.2.5 Leakage containment. A liquid-tight containment area compatible with the stored liquid shall be
provided. The method of spill control, drainage control
and secondary containment shall be in accordance with
the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.7.1 Flammable and combustible liquids. The
storage, handling, processing and transporting of flammable and combustible liquids in Group H-3 occupancies shall
be in accordance with Section 415.6.2.
Exception: Rooms where only double-wall storage
tanks conforming to Section 415.6.2.3 are used to
store Class I, II and IlIA flammable and combustible
liquids shall not be required to have a leakage containment area.
[F] 415.6.2.6 Leakage alarm. An approved automatic
alarm shall be provided to indicate a leak in a storage
tank and room. The alarm shall sound an audible signal,
15 dBa above the ambient sound level, at every point of
entry into the room in which the leaking storage tank is
located. An approved sign shall be posted on every entry
door to the tank storage room indicating the potential
hazard of the interior room environment, or the sign shall
state: WARNING, WHEN ALARM SOUNDS, THE
ENVIRONMENT WITHIN THE ROOM MAY BE
HAZARDOUS. The leakage alarm shall also be supervised in accordance with Chapter 9 to transmit a trouble
signal.
[F] 415.6.2.7 Tank vent. Storage tank vents for Class I,
II or IlIA liquids shall terminate to the outdoor air in
accordance with the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.6.2.8 Room ventilation. Storage tank areas storing Class I, II or IlIA liquids shall be provided with
mechanical ventilation. The mechanical ventilation system shall be in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code and the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.6.2.9 Explosion venting. Where Class I liquids
are being stored, explosion venting shall be provided in
accordance with the International Fire Code.
•
68
[F] 415.6.4 Dry cleaning plants. The construction and
installation of dry cleaning plants shall be in accordance
with the requirements of this code, the International
Mechanical Code, the International Plumbing Code and
NFPA 32. Dry cleaning solvents and systems shall be classified in accordance with the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.7.2 Gas rooms. When gas rooms are provided, such
rooms shall be separated from other areas by not less than
I-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section
707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance
with Section 712, or both.
[F] 415.7.3 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage
areas for corrosive liquids and highly toxic or toxic materials
shall be of liquid-tight, noncombustible construction.
[F] 415.7.4 Separation-highly toxic solids and liquids.
Highly toxic solids and liquids not stored in approved hazardous materials storage cabinets shall be isolated from
other hazardous materials storage by not less than I-hour
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or
horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both.
[F] 415.8 Group H-5.
[F] 415.8.1 General. In addition to the requirements set
forth elsewhere in this code, Group H-5 shall comply with
the provisions of Sections 415.8.1 through 415.8.11 and the
International Fire Code.
[F] 415.8.2 Fabrication areas.
[F] 415.8.2.1 Hazardous materials in fabrication
areas.
[F] 415.8.2.1.1 Aggregate quantities. The aggregate
quantities of hazardous materials stored and used in a
single fabrication area shall not exceed the quantities
set forth in Table 415.8.2.1.1.
[F] 415.6.2.10 Tank openings other than vents. Tank
openings other than vents from tanks inside buildings
shall be designed to ensure that liquids or vapor concentrations are not released inside the building.
Exception: The quantity limitations for any hazard category in Table 415.8.2.1.1 shall not apply
where the fabrication area contains quantities of
hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum
allowable quantities per control area established
by Tables 307.1 (1) and 307.1 (2).
[F] 415.6.3 Liquefied petroleum gas facilities. The construction and installation of liquefied petroleum gas facilities shall be in accordance with the requirements of this
code, the International Fire Code, the International
Mechanical Code, the International Fuel Gas Code and
NFPA 58.
The maximum quantities of hazardous production
materials (HPM) stored in a single fabrication area
shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities
per control area established by Tables 307.1 (1) and
307.1(2).
[F] 415.8.2.1.2 Hazardous production materials.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] TABLE 415.8.2.1.1
QUANTITY LIMITS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN A SINGLE FABRICATION AREA IN GROUP H-5 a
SOLIDS
(pounds per square feet)
HAZARD CATEGORY
LIQUIDS
(gallons per square feet)
(feet3
@
GAS
NTP/square feet)
PHYSICAL-HAZARD MATERIALS
Combustible dust
Note b
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Combustible fiber
Loose
Baled
Note b
Notes b, c
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Combustible liquid
II
IlIA
I1IB
Not Applicable
0.01
0.02
Not Limited
0.04
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Noted
1.25
Note b
Note b
Note b
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Noted
Noted
Not Applicable
0.0025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.04
Not Applicable
0.001
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Combination Class I, II and IlIA
Cryogenic gas
Flammable
Oxidizing
Explosives
Flammable gas
Gaseous
Liquefied
Flammable liquid
IA
IB
IC
Combination Class lA, IB and IC
Combination Class I, II and IlIA
Flammable solid
Organic peroxide
Unclassified detonable
Class I
Class II
Class III
Class IV
Class V
Oxidizing gas
Note b
Note b
0.025
0.1
Not Limited
Not limited
Gaseous
Liquefied
Combination of gaseous
and liquefied
Oxidizer
Combination
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
1.25
1.25
1.25
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
4
3
2
1
1, 2,3
Pyrophoric material
Note b
0.003
0.003
0.003
0.003
Note b
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
Not Applicable
Noteb
0.00125
Notes d and e
Unstable reactive
Class
Class
Class
Class
4
3
2
1
Note b
0.025
0.1
Not Limited
Note b
0.0025
0.01
Not Limited
Note b
Note b
Note b
Not Limited
Water reactive
Class 3
Class 2
Class 1
Note b
0.25
Not Limited
0.00125
0.025
Not Limited
Not Applicable
HEALTH-HAZARD MATERIALS
Corrosives
Not Limited
Not Limited
Not Limited
Highly toxic
Not Limited
Not Limited
Noted
Toxics
Not Limited
Not Limited
Noted
1 pound per square foot = 4.882 kg/m 2 , 1 gallon per square foot = 40.7 L/m 2 , 1 cubic foot @ NTP/square foot = 0.305 m 3 @ NTP/m 2 ,
1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3.
Hazardous materials within piping shall not be included in the calculated quantities.
Quantity of hazardous materials in a single fabrication shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area in Tables 307.1(l) and 307.1(2) .
Densely packed baled cotton that complies with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class.
The aggregate quantity of flammable, pyrophoric, toxic and highly toxic gases shall not exceed 9,000 cubic feet at NTP.
The aggregate quantity ofpyrophoric gases in the building shall not exceed the amounts set forth in Table 415 .3.2.
For SI:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
69
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] 415.8.2.2 Separation. Fabrication areas, whose
sizes are limited by the quantity of hazardous materials
allowed by Table 415.8.2.1.1, shall be separated from
each other, from corridors and from other parts of the
building by not less than I-hour fire barriers constructed
in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies
constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both.
Exceptions:
1. Doors within such fire barrier walls, including
doors to corridors, shall be only self-closing
fire door assemblies having a fire protection
rating of not less than 3/4 hour.
2. Windows between fabrication areas and corridors are permitted to be fixed glazing listed
and labeled for a fire protection rating of at
least 3/4 hour in accordance with Section 715.
[F] 415.8.2.3 Location of occupied levels. Occupied
levels of fabrication areas shall be located at or above the
first story above grade plane.
[F] 415.8.2.4 Floors. Except for surfacing, floors within
fabrication areas shall be of noncombustible construction.
Openings through floors of fabrication areas are permitted to be unprotected where the interconnected levels
are used solely for mechanical equipment directly
related to such fabrication areas (see also Section
415.8.2.5).
Floors forming a part of an occupancy separation shall
be liquid tight.
[F] 415.8.2.5 Shafts and openings through floors. Elevator shafts, vent shafts and other openings through
floors shall be enclosed when required by Section 708.
Mechanical, duct and piping penetrations within a fabrication area shall not extend through more than two
floors. The annular space around penetrations for
cables, cable trays, tubing, piping, conduit or ducts shall
be sealed at the floor level to restrict the movement of air.
The fabrication area, including the areas through which
the ductwork and piping extend, shall be considered a
single conditioned environment.
[F] 415.8.2.6 Ventilation. Mechanical exhaust ventilation at the rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per
square foot [0.0051 m 3/ (s . m 2)] of floor area shall be provided throughout the portions of the fabrication area
where HPM are used or stored. The exhaust air duct system of one fabrication area shall not connect to another
duct system outside that fabrication area within the
building.
A ventilation system shall be provided to capture and
exhaust gases, fumes and vapors at workstations.
Two or more operations at a workstation shall not be
connected to the same exhaust system where either one
or the combination of the substances removed could constitute a fire, explosion or hazardous chemical reaction
within the exhaust duct system.
70
Exhaust ducts penetrating occupancy separations
shall be contained in a shaft of equivalent fire-resistance-rated construction. Exhaust ducts shall not penetrate fire walls.
Fire dampers shall not be installed in exhaust ducts.
[F] 415.8.2.7 Transporting hazardous production
materials to fabrication areas. HPM shall be transported to fabrication areas through enclosed piping or
tubing systems that comply with Section 415.8.6.1,
through service corridors complying with Section
415.8.4, or in corridors as permitted in the exception to
Section 415.8.3. The handling or transporting of HPM
within service corridors shall comply with the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.8.2.8 Electrical.
[F] 415.8.2.8.1 General. Electrical equipment and
devices within the fabrication area shall comply with
NFPA 70. The requirements for hazardous locations
need not be applied where the average air change is at
least four times that set forth in Section 415.8.2.6 and
where the number of air changes at any location is not
less than three times that required by Section
415.8.2.6. The use of recirculated air shall be permitted.
[F] 415.8.2.8.2 Workstations. Workstations shall not
be energized without adequate exhaust ventilation.
See Section 415.8.2.6 for workstation exhaust ventilation requirements.
[F] 415.8.3 Corridors. Corridors shall comply with Chapter 10 and shall be separated from fabrication areas as specified in Section 415.8.2 .2. Corridors shall not contain HPM
and shall not be used for transporting such materials, except
through closed piping systems as provided in Section
415.8.6.3.
Exception: Where existing fabrication areas are altered
or modified, HPM is allowed to be transported in existing
corridors, subject to the following conditions:
1. Corridors. Corridors adjacent to the fabrication
area where the alteration work is to be done shall
comply with Section 1018 for a length determined
as follows:
1.1. The length of the common wall of the corridor and the fabrication area; and
1.2. For the distance along the corridor to the
point of entry of HPM into the corridor
serving that fabrication area.
2. Emergency alarm system. There shall be an emergency telephone system, a local manual alarm station or other approved alarm-initiating device
within corridors at not more than ISO-foot (45720
mm) intervals and at each exit and doorway. The
signal shall be relayed to an approved central, proprietary or remote station service or the emergency
control station and shall also initiate a local audible
alarm.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
3. Pass-throughs. Self-closing doors having a fire
protection rating of not less than 1 hour shall separate pass-throughs from existing corridors.
Pass-throughs shall be constructed as required for
the corridors and protected by an approved automatic fire-extinguishing system.
[F] 415.8.4 Service corridors.
[F] 415.8.4.1 Occupancy. Service corridors shall be
classified as Group H-5.
[F] 415.8.4.2 Use conditions. Service corridors shall be
separated from corridors as required by Section
415.8.2.2. Service corridors shall not be used as a
required corridor.
[F] 415.8.4.3 Mechanical ventilation. Service corridors
shall be mechanically ventilated as required by Section
415.8.2.6 or at not less than six air changes per hour,
whichever is greater.
[F] 415.8.4.4 Means of egress. The maximum distance
of travel from any point in a service corridor to an exit,
exit access corridor or door into a fabrication area shall
not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). Dead ends shall not
exceed 4 feet (1219 mm) in length. There shall be not less
than two exits, and not more than one-half of the required
means of egress shall require travel into a fabrication
area. Doors from service corridors shall swing in the
direction of egress travel and shall be self-closing.
[F] 415.8.4.5 Minimum width. The minimum clear
width of a service corridor shall be 5 feet (1524 mm), or
33 inches (838 mm) wider than the widest cart or truck
used in the corridor, whichever is greater.
[F] 415.8.4.6 Emergency alarm system. Emergency
alarm systems shall be provided in accordance with this
section and Sections 414.7.1 and 414.7.2. The maximum
allowable quantity per control area provisions shall not
apply to emergency alarm systems required for HPM.
[F] 415.8.4.6.1 Service corridors. An emergency
alarm system shall be provided in service corridors,
with at least one alarm device in each service corridor.
[F] 415.8.4.6.2 Exit access corridors and exit enclosures. Emergency alarms for exit access corridors
and exit enclosures shall comply with Section
414.7.2.
[F] 415.8.4.6.3 Liquid storage rooms, "PM rooms
and gas rooms. Emergency alarms for liquid storage
rooms, HPM rooms and gas rooms shall comply with
Section 414.7.1.
[F] 415.8.4.6.4 Alarm-initiating devices. An
approved emergency telephone system, local alarm
manual pull stations, or other approvedalarm-initiating devices are allowed to be used as emergency
alarm-initiating devices.
[F] 415.8.4.6.5 Alarm signals. Activation of the
emergency alarm system shall sound a local alarm
and transmit a signal to the emergency control station.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[F] 415.8.5 Storage of hazardous production materials.
[F] 415.8.5.1 General. Storage of HPM in fabrication
areas shall be within approved or listed storage cabinets
or gas cabinets or within a workstation. The storage of
HPM in quantities greater than those listed in Section
1804.2 of the International Fire Code shall be in liquid
storage rooms, HPM rooms or gas rooms as appropriate
for the materials stored. The storage of other hazardous
materials shall be in accordance with other applicable
provisions of this code and the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.8.5.2 Construction.
[F] 415.8.5.2.1 "PM rooms and gas rooms. HPM
rooms and gas rooms shall be separated from other
areas by fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 712, or both. The minimum
fire-resistance rating shall be 2 hours where the area
is 300 square feet (27.9 m2) or more and 1 hour where
the area is less than 300 square feet (27.9 m 2).
[F] 415.8.5.2.2 Liquid storage rooms. Liquid storage rooms shall be constructed in accordance with the
following requirements:
1. Rooms in excess of 500 square feet (46.5 m 2)
shall have at least one exterior door approved
for fire department access.
2. Rooms shall be separated from other areas by
fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or
both. The fire-resistance rating shall be not less
than 1 hour for rooms up to 150 square feet
(13.9 m 2) in area and not less than 2 hours where
the room is more than 150 square feet (13.9 m 2)
in area.
3. Shelving, racks and wainscotting in such areas
shall be of noncombustible construction or
wood of not less than I-inch (25 mm) nominal
thickness.
4. Rooms used for the storage of Class I flammable liquids shall not be located in a basement.
[F] 415.8.5.2.3 Floors. Except for surfacing, floors of
HPM rooms and liquid storage rooms shall be of
noncombustible liquid-tight construction. Raised
grating over floors shall be of noncombustible materials.
[F] 415.8.5.3 Location. Where HPM rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms are provided, they shall have at
least one exterior wall and such wall shall be not less than
30 feet (9144 mm) from lotlines, including lotlines adjacent to public ways.
[F] 415.8.5.4 Explosion control. Explosion control
shall be provided where required by Section 414.5.1.
71
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] 415.8.5.5 Exits. Where two exits are required from
HPM rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms, one
shall be directly to the outside of the building.
[F] 415.8.6.3 Installations in corridors and above
other occupancies. The installation of HPM piping and
tubing within the space defined by the walls of corridors
[F] 415.8.5.6 Doors. Doors in a fire barrier wall, including doors to corridors, shall be self-closing fire door
assemblies having a fire-protection rating of not less
than 3/4 hour.
and the floor or roof above, or in concealed spaces above
other occupancies, shall be in accordance with Section
415.8.6.2 and the following conditions:
[F] 415.8.5.7 Ventilation. Mechanical exhaust ventilation shall be provided in liquid storage rooms, HPM
rooms and gas rooms at the rate of not less than 1 cubic
foot per minute per square foot (0.044 L/s/m 2) of floor
area or six air changes per hour, whichever is greater, for
categories of material.
Exhaust ventilation for gas rooms shall be designed to
operate at a negative pressure in relation to the surrounding areas and direct the exhaust ventilation to an exhaust
system.
[F] 415.8.5.8 Emergency alarm system. An approved
emergency alarm system shall be provided for HPM
rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms.
Emergency alarm-initiating devices shall be installed
outside of each interior exit door of such rooms.
Activation of an emergency alarm-initiating device
shall sound a local alarm and transmit a signal to the
emergency control station.
An approved emergency telephone system, local
alarm manual pull stations or other approved alarm-initiating devices are allowed to be used as emergency
alarm-initiating devices.
[F] 415.8.6 Piping and tubing.
[F] 415.8.6.1 General. Hazardous production materials
piping and tubing shall comply with this section and
ASME B31.3.
[F] 415.8.6.2 Supply piping and tubing.
[F] 415.8.6.2.1 "PM having a health-hazard ranking of 3 or 4. Systems supplying HPM liquids or
gases having a health-hazard ranking of 3 or 4 shall be
welded throughout, except for connections, to the
systems that are within a ventilated enclosure if the
material is a gas, or an approved method of drainage
or containment is provided for the connections if the
material is a liquid.
[F] 415.8.6.2.2 Location in service corridors. Hazardous production materials supply piping or tubing
in service corridors shall be exposed to view.
[F] 415.8.6.2.3 Excess flow control. Where HPM
gases or liquids are carried in pressurized piping
above 15 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (103.4
kPa) , excess flow control shall be provided. Where
the piping originates from within a liquid storage
room, HPM room or gas room, the excess flow control shall be located within the liquid storage room,
HPM room or gas room. Where the piping originates
from a bulk source, the excess flow control shall be
located as close to the bulk source as practical.
72
1. Automatic sprinklers shall be installed within the
space unless the space is less than 6 inches (152
mm) in the least dimension.
2. Ventilation not less than six air changes per hour
shall be provided. The space shall not be used to
convey air from any other area.
3. Where the piping or tubing is used to transport
HPM liquids, a receptor shall be installed below
such piping or tubing. The receptor shall be
designed to collect any discharge or leakage and
drain it to an approved location. The I-hour enclosure shall not be used as part of the receptor.
4. HPM supply piping and tubing and nonmetallic
waste lines shall be separated from the corridor
and from occupancies other than Group H-5 by
fire barriers that have a fire-resistance rating of
not less than 1 hour. Where gypsum wallboard is
used, joints on the piping side of the enclosure are
not required to be taped, provided the joints occur
over framing members. Access openings into the
enclosure shall be protected by approved fire protection-rated assemblies.
5. Readily accessible manual or automatic remotely
activated fail-safe emergency shutoff valves shall
be installed on piping and tubing other than waste
lines at the following locations:
5.1. At branch connections into the fabrication
area.
5.2. At entries into corridors.
Exception: Transverse crossings of the
corridors by supply piping that is
enclosed within a ferrous pipe or tube for
the width of the corridorneed not comply
with Items 1 through 5.
[F] 415.8.6.4 Identification. Piping, tubing and HPM
waste lines shall be identified in accordance with ANSI
A13.1 to indicate the material being transported.
[F] 415.8.7 Continuous gas detection systems. A continuous gas detection system shall be provided for HPM gases
when the physiological warning threshold level of the gas is
at a higher level than the accepted PEL for the gas and for
flammable gases in accordance with Sections 415.8.7.1 and
415.8.7.2.
[F] 415.8.7.1 Where required. A continuous gas detection system shall be provided in the areas identified in
Sections 415.8.7.1.1 through 415.8.7.1.4.
[F] 415.8.7.1.1 Fabrication areas. A continuous gas
detection system shall be provided in fabrication
areas when gas is used in the fabrication area.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] 415.8.7.1.2 "PM rooms. A continuous gas
detection system shall be provided in HPM rooms
when gas is used in the room.
valve in the gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure
for the specific gas detected shall automatically
close.
[F] 415.8.7.1.3 Gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures
and gas rooms. A continuous gas detection system
2. Where the gas detection sampling point initiating the gas detection system alarm is within a
room and compressed gas containers are not in
gas cabinets or an exhausted enclosure, the
shutoff valves on all gas lines for the specific
gas detected shall automatically close.
shall be provided in gas cabinets and exhausted enclosures. A continuous gas detection system shall be provided in gas rooms when gases are not located in gas
cabinets or exhausted enclosures.
[F] 415.8.7.1.4 Corridors. When gases are transported in piping placed within the space defined by
the walls of a corridor and the floor or roof above the
corridor, a continuous gas detection system shall be
provided where piping is located and in the corridor.
Exception: A continuous gas detection system is
not required for occasional transverse crossings of
the corridors by supply piping that is enclosed in a
ferrous pipe or tube for the width of the corridor.
[F] 415.8.7.2 Gas detection system operation. The
continuous gas detection system shall be capable of
monitoring the room, area or equipment in which the gas
is located at or below all the following gas concentrations:
1. Immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH)
values when the monitoring point is within an
exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas
cabinet.
2. Permissible exposure limit (PEL) levels when the
monitoring point is in an area outside an exhausted
enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas cabinet.
3. For flammable gases, the monitoring detection
threshold level shall be vapor concentrations in
excess of 25 percent of the lower flammable limit
(LFL) when the monitoring is within or outside an
exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas
cabinet.
4. Except as noted in this section, monitoring for
highly toxic and toxic gases shall also comply with
Chapter 37 of the International Fire Code.
[F] 415.8.7.2.1 Alarms. The gas detection system
shall initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to the
emergency control station when a short-term hazard
condition is detected. The alarm shall be both visual
and audible and shall provide warning both inside and
outside the area where the gas is detected. The audible
alarm shall be distinct from all other alarms.
[F] 415.8.7.2.2 Shutoffofgas supply. The gas detection system shall automatically close the shutoff valve
at the source on gas supply piping and tubing related
to the system being monitored for which gas is
detected when a short-term hazard condition is
detected. Automatic closure of shutoff valves shall
comply with the following:
1. Where the gas detection sampling point initiating the gas detection system alarm is within a
gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure, the shutoff
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
3. Where the gas detection sampling point initiating the gas detection system alarm is within a
piping distribution manifold enclosure, the
shutoff valve supplying the manifold for the
compressed gas container of the specific gas
detected shall automatically close.
Exception: Where the gas detection sampling
point initiating the gas detection system alarm is at
the use location or within a gas valve enclosure of a
branch line downstream of a piping distribution
manifold, the shutoff valve for the branch line
located in the piping distribution manifold enclosure shall automatically close.
[F] 415.8.8 Manual fire alarm system. An approvedmanual fire alarm system shall be provided throughout buildings
containing Group H-5. Activation of the alarm system shall
initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to the emergency
control station. The fire alarm system shall be designed and
installed in accordance with Section 907.
[F] 415.8.9 Emergency control station. An emergency
control station shall be provided in accordance with Sections 415.8.9.1 through 415.8.9.3.
[F] 415.8.9.1 Location. The emergency control station
shall be located on the premises at an approved location
outside the fabrication area.
[F] 415.8.9.2 Staffing. Trained personnel shall continuously staff the emergency control station.
[F] 415.8.9.3 Signals. The emergency control station
shall receive signals from emergency equipment and
alarm and detection systems. Such emergency equipment and alarm and detection systems shall include, but
not be limited to, the following where such equipment or
systems are required to be provided either in this chapter
or elsewhere in this code:
1. Automatic sprinkler system alarm and monitoring
systems.
2. Manual fire alarm systems.
3. Emergency alarm systems.
4. Continuous gas detection systems.
5. Smoke detection systems.
6. Emergency power system.
7. Automatic detection and alarm systems for
pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liquids required in Section 1805.2.3.4 of the International Fire Code.
73
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
8. Exhaust ventilation flow alarm devices for
pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liquids cabinet exhaust ventilation systems required
in Section 1805.2.3.4 of the International Fire
Code.
[F] 415.8.10 Emergency power system. An emergency
power system shall be provided in Group H-5 occupancies
where required in Section 415.8.10.1. The emergency
power system shall be designed to supply power automatically to required electrical systems when the normal electrical supply system is interrupted.
[F] 415.8.10.1 Required electrical systems. Emergency power shall be provided for electrically operated
equipment and connected control circuits for the following systems:
1. HPM exhaust ventilation systems.
2. HPM gas cabinet ventilation systems.
3. HPM exhausted enclosure ventilation systems.
4. HPM gas room ventilation systems.
5. HPM gas detection systems.
6. Emergency alarm systems.
nonmetallic exhaust ducts when all of the following conditions apply:
1. Where the largest cross-sectional diameter is equal
to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm).
2. The ducts are within the building.
3. The ducts are conveying flammable gases, vapors
or fumes.
[F] 415.8.11.3 Combustible nonmetallic exhaust
ducts. Automatic sprinkler system protection shall be
provided in combustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts
where the largest cross-sectional diameter of the duct is
equal to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm).
Exceptions:
1. Ducts listed or approved for applications without automatic fire sprinkler system protection.
2. Ducts not more than 12 feet (3658 mm) in
length installed below ceiling level.
[F] 415.8.11.4 Automatic sprinkler locations. Sprinkler systems shall be installed at 12-foot (3658 mm)
intervals in horizontal ducts and at changes in direction.
In vertical ducts, sprinklers shall be installed at the top
and at alternate floor levels.
7. Manual fire alarm systems.
8. Automatic sprinkler system monitoring and
alarm systems.
9. Automatic alarm and detection systems for
pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive
liquids required in Section 1805.2.3.4 of the
International Fire Code.
10. Flow alarm switches for pyrophoric liquids and
Class 3 water-reactive liquids cabinet exhaust
ventilation systems required in Section
1805.2.3.4 of the International Fire Code.
11. Electrically operated systems required elsewhere
in this code or in the International Fire Code
applicable to the use, storage or handling of
HPM.
[F] 415.8.10.2 Exhaust ventilation systems. Exhaust
ventilation systems are allowed to be designed to operate
at not less than one-half the normal fan speed on the
emergency power system where it is demonstrated that
the level of exhaust will maintain a safe atmosphere.
[F] 415.8.11 Automatic sprinkler system protection in
exhaust ducts for "PM.
[F] 415.8.11.1 Exhaust ducts for "PM. An approved
automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in exhaust
ducts conveying gases, vapors, fumes, mists or dusts
generated from HPM in accordance with this section and
the International Mechanical Code.
[F] 415.8.11.2 Metallic and noncombustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts. An approved automatic sprinkler
system shall be provided in metallic and noncombustible
74
SECTION 416
APPLICATION OF FLAMMABLE FINISHES
[F] 416.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to
the construction, installation and use of buildings and structures, or parts thereof, for the spraying of flammable paints,
varnishes and lacquers or other flammable materials or mixtures or compounds used for painting, varnishing, staining or
similar purposes. Such construction and equipment shall comply with the International Fire Code.
[F] 416.2 Spray rooms. Spray rooms shall be enclosed with
not less than I-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance
with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 712, or both. Floors shall be waterproofed and drained in an approved manner.
[F] 416.2.1 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spray rooms
shall be smooth and shall be so constructed to permit the
free passage of exhaust air from all parts of the interior and
to facilitate washing and cleaning, and shall be so designed
to confine residues within the room. Aluminum shall not be
used.
[F] 416.3 Spraying spaces. Spraying spaces shall be ventilated with an exhaust system to prevent the accumulation of
flammable mist or vapors in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code. Where such spaces are not separately
enclosed, noncombustible spray curtains shall be provided to
restrict the spread of flammable vapors.
[F] 416.3.1 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spraying
spaces shall be smooth and continuous without edges; shall
be so constructed to permit the free passage of exhaust air
from all parts of the interior and to facilitate washing and
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
I
cleaning; and shall be so designed to confine residues within
the spraying space. Aluminum shall not be used.
accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both.
[F] 416.4 Spray booths. Spray booths shall be designed, constructed and operated in accordance with the International Fire
Code.
[F] 418.6 Finished products. Storage rooms for finished products that are flammable or combustible liquids shall be separated from the processing area by not less than 2-hour fire
barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712,
or both.
[F] 416.5 Fire protection. An automatic fire-extinguishing
system shall be provided in all spray, dip and immersing spaces
and storage rooms and shall be installed in accordance with
Chapter 9.
SECTION 417
DRYING ROOMS
[F] 417.1 General. A drying room or dry kiln installed within a
building shall be constructed entirely of approved
noncombustible materials or assemblies of such materials regulated by the approved rules or as required in the general and
specific sections of Chapter 4 for special occupancies and
where applicable to the general requirements of Chapter 28.
[F] 417.2 Piping clearance. Overhead heating pipes shall have
a clearance of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) from combustible
contents in the dryer.
[F] 417.3 Insulation. Where the operating temperature of the
dryer is 175°F (79°C) or more, metal enclosures shall be insulated from adjacent combustible materials by not less than 12
inches (305 mm) of airspace, or the metal walls shall be lined
with 1/4-inch (6.35 mm) insulating mill board or other approved
equivalent insulation.
[F] 417.4 Fire protection. Drying rooms designed for
high-hazard materials and processes, including special occupancies as provided for in Chapter 4, shall be protected by an
approved automatic fire-extinguishing system complying with
the provisions of Chapter 9.
SECTION 418
ORGANIC COATINGS
[F] 418.1 Building features. Manufacturing of organic coatings shall be done only in buildings that do not have pits or
basements.
[F] 418.2 Location. Organic coating manufacturing operations and operations incidental to or connected therewith shall
not be located in buildings having other occupancies.
[F] 418.3 Process mills. Mills operating with close clearances
and that process flammable and heat-sensitive materials, such
as nitrocellulose, shall be located in a detached building or
noncombustible structure.
[F] 418.4 Tank storage. Storage areas for flammable and combustible liquid tanks inside of structures shall be located at or
above grade and shall be separated from the processing area by
not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance
with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 712, or both.
[F] 418.5 Nitrocellulose storage. Nitrocellulose storage shall
be located on a detached pad or in a separate structure or a room
enclosed with no less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SECTION 419
LIVE/WORK UNITS
419.1 General. A live/work unit is a dwelling unit or sleeping
unit in which a significant portion of the space includes a nonresidential use that is operated by the tenant and shall comply
with Sections 419.1 through 419.8.
Exception: Dwelling or sleeping units that include an
office that is less than 10 percent of the area of the dwelling unit shall not be classified as a live/work unit.
419.1.1 Limitations. The following shall apply to all
live/work areas:
1. The live/work unit is permitted to be a maximum of
3,000 square feet (279 m 2);
2. The nonresidential area is permitted to be a maximum
50 percent of the area of each live/work unit;
3. The nonresidential area function shall be limited to
the first or main floor only of the live/work unit; and
4. A maximum of five nonresidential workers or
employees are allowed to occupy the nonresidential
area at anyone time.
419.2 Occupancies. Live/work units shall be classified as a
Group R-2 occupancy. Separation requirements found in Sections 420 and 508 shall not apply within the live/work unit
when the live/work unit is in compliance with Section 419.
High-hazard and storage occupancies shall not be permitted in
a live/work unit. The aggregate area of storage in the nonresidential portion of the live/work unit shall be limited to 10 percent of the space dedicated to nonresidential activities.
419.3 Means of egress. Except as modified by this section, the
provisions for Group R-2 occupancies in Chapter 10 shall
apply to the entire live/work unit.
419.3.1 Egress capacity. The egress capacity for each element of the live/work unit shall be based on the occupant
load for the function served in accordance with Table
1004.1.1.
419.3.2 Sliding doors. Where doors in a means ofegress are
of the horizontal-sliding type, the force to slide the door to
its fully open position shall not exceed 50 pounds (220 N)
with a perpendicular force against the door of 50 pounds
(220 N).
419.3.3 Spiral stairways. Spiral stairways that conform to
the requirements of Section 1009.9 shall be permitted.
419.3.4 Locks. Egress doors shall be permitted to be locked
in accordance with Exception 4 of Section 1008.1.9.3.
75
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
419.4 Vertical openings. Floor openings between floor levels
of a live/work unit are permitted without enclosure.
419.5 Fire protection. The live/work unit shall be provided
with a monitored fire alarm system where required by Section
907.2.9 and an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.2.8.
419.6 Structural. Floor loading for the areas within a
live/work unit shall be designed to conform to Table 1607.1
based on the function within the space.
419.7 Accessibility. Accessibility shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 11.
419.8 Ventilation. The applicable requirements of the International Mechanical Code shall apply to each area within the
live/work unit for the function within that space.
SECTION 420
GROUPS 1-1, R-1, R-2, R-3
420.1 General. Occupancies in Groups 1-1, R-l, R-2 and R-3
shall comply with the provisions of this section and other applicable provisions of this code.
[F] 421.4 Design and construction. Hydrogen cutoff rooms
shall be classified with respect to occupancy in accordance
with Section 302.1 and separated from other areas of the building by not less than I-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 712, or both; or as required by Section
508.2, 508.3 or 508.4, as applicable.
[F] 421.4.1 Opening protectives. Doors within the fire barriers, including doors to corridors, shall be self-closing in
accordance with Section 715. Interior door openings shall
be electronically interlocked to prevent operation of the
hydrogen system when doors are opened or ajar or the room
shall be provided with a mechanical exhaust ventilation system designed in accordance with Section 421.4.1.1.
[F] 421.4.1.1 Ventilation alternative. When an exhaust
system is used in lieu of the interlock system required by
Section 421.4.1, exhaust ventilation systems shall operate continuously and shall be designed to operate at a
negative pressure in relation to the surrounding area. The
average velocity of ventilation at the face of the door
opening with the door in the fully open position shall not
be less than 60 feet per minute (0.3048 m/s) with a minimum of 45 feet per minute (0.2287 m/s) at any point in
the door opening.
420.2 Separation walls. Walls separating dwelling units in the
same building, walls separating sleeping units in the same
building and walls separating dwelling or sleeping units from
other occupancies contiguous to them in the same building
shall be constructed as fire partitions in accordance with Section 709.
[F] 421.4.2 Windows. Operable windows in interior walls
shall not be permitted. Fixed windows shall be permitted
when in accordance with Section 715.
420.3 Horizontal separation. Floor assemblies separating
dwelling units in the same buildings, floor assemblies separating sleeping units in the same building and floor assemblies
separating dwelling or sleeping units from other occupancies
[F] 421.5 Ventilation. Cutoff rooms shall be provided with
mechanical ventilation in accordance with the applicable provisions for repair garages in Chapter 5 of the International
Mechanical Code.
contiguous to them in the same building shall be constructed as
horizontal assemblies in accordance with Section 712.
SECTION 421
HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOMS
[F] 421.1 General. When required by the International Fire
Code, hydrogen cutoff rooms shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Sections 421.1 through 421.8.
[F] 421.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meanings shown herein.
[F] GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEM. An assembly of
piping, devices and apparatus designed to generate, store, contain, distribute or transport a nontoxic, gaseous hydrogen-containing mixture having at least 95-percent hydrogen gas by
volume and not more than I-percent oxygen by volume. Gaseous hydrogen systems consist of items such as compressed
gas containers, reactors and appurtenances, including pressure
regulators, pressure relief devices, manifolds, pumps, compressors and interconnecting piping and tubing and controls.
[F] HYDROGEN CUTOFF ROOM. A room or space that is
intended exclusively to house a gaseous hydrogen system.
[F] 421.3 Location. Hydrogen cutoff rooms shall not be
located below grade.
76
[F] 421.6 Gas detection system. Hydrogen cutoff rooms shall
be provided with an approved flammable gas detection system
in accordance with Sections 421 .6.1 through 421 .6.3.
[F] 421.6.1 System design. The flammable gas detection
system shall be listed for use with hydrogen and any other
flammable gases used in the room. The gas detection system
shall be designed to activate when the level of flammable
gas exceeds 25 percent of the lower flammability limit
(LFL) for the gas or mixtures present at their anticipated
temperature and pressure.
[F] 421.6.2 Operation. Activation of the gas detection system shall result in all of the following:
1. Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals
both inside and outside of the cutoff room.
2. Activation of the mechanical ventilation system.
[F] 421.6.3 Failure of the gas detection system. Failure of
the gas detection system shall result in activation of the
mechanical ventilation system, cessation of hydrogen generation and the sounding of a trouble signal in an approved
location.
[F] 421.7 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 9 of the International Fire
Code.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY
[F] 421.8 Standby power. Mechanical ventilation and gas
detection systems shall be connected to a standby power system in accordance with Chapter 27.
Residential storm shelter. A storm shelter serving occupants of dwelling units and having an occupant load not
exceeding 16 persons.
SECTION 422
AMBULATORY HEALTH CARE FACILITIES
422.1 General. Occupancies classified as Group B ambulatory
health care facilities shall comply with the provisions of Sections 422.1 through 422.6 and other applicable provisions of
this code.
422.2 Smoke barriers. Smoke barriers shall be provided to
subdivide every ambulatory care facility greater than 10,000
square feet (929 m 2) into a minimum of two smoke compartments per story. The travel distance from any point in a smoke
compartment to a smoke barrier door shall not exceed 200 feet
(60 960 mm). The smoke barrier shall be installed in accordance with Section 710.
422.3 Refuge area. At least 30 net square feet (2.8 m 2) per
nonambulatory patient shall be provided within the aggregate
area of corridors, patient rooms, treatment rooms, lounge or
dining areas and other low-hazard areas on each side of each
smoke barrier.
422.4 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke barriers without having to return through the smoke compartment
from which means ofegress originated.
422.5 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be provided for ambulatory care facilities in accordance with Section 903.2.2.
422.6 Fire alarm systems. A fire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with Section 907.2.2.1.
SECTION 423
STORM SHELTERS
423.1 General. In addition to other applicable requirements in
this code, storm shelters shall be constructed in accordance
with ICC-SOO.
423.1.1 Scope. This section applies to the construction of
storm shelters constructed as separate detached buildings or
constructed as safe rooms within buildings for the purpose
of providing safe refuge from storms that produce high
winds, such as tornados and hurricanes. Such structures
shall be designated to be hurricane shelters, tornado shelters, or combined hurricane and tornado shelters.
423.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.
STORM SHELTER. A building, structure or portions(s)
thereof, constructed in accordance with ICC SOO and designated for use during a severe wind storm event, such as a hurricane or tornado.
Community storm shelter. A storm shelter not defined as a
"Residential Storm Shelter."
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
77
I
78
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
CHAPTER 5
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
SECTION 501
GENERAL
501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter control the height
and area of structures hereafter erected and additions to existing structures.
[F] 501.2 Address identification. New and existing buildings
shall be provided with approved address numbers or letters.
Each character shall be a minimum 4 inches (102 mm) high and
a minimum of 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) wide. They shall be installed
on a contrasting background and be plainly visible from the
street or road fronting the property. Where access is by means
of a private road and the building address cannot be viewed
from the public wa~ a monument, pole or other approved sign
or means shall be used to identify the structure.
SECTION 502
DEFINITIONS
502.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.
AREA, BUILDING. The area included within surrounding
exterior walls (or exterior walls and fire walls) exclusive of
vent shafts and courts. Areas of the building not provided with
surrounding walls shall be included in the building area if such
areas are included within the horizontal projection of the roof
or floor above.
BASEMENT. A storythat is not a story abovegrade plane (see
"Story above grade plane" in Section 202).
The definition of "Basement" does not apply to the provisions of Section 1612 for flood loads (see "Basement" in Section 1612.2).
EQUIPMENT PLATFORM. An unoccupied, elevated platform used exclusively for mechanical systems or industrial
process equipment, including the associated elevated walkways, stairs, alternating tread devices and ladders necessary to
access the platform (see Section 505.5).
GRADE PLANE. A reference plane representing the average
of finished ground level adjoining the building at exterior
walls. Where the finished ground level slopes away from the
exterior walls, the reference plane shall be established by the
lowest points within the area between the building and the lot
line or, where the lot line is more than 6 feet (1829 mm) from
the building, between the building and a point 6 feet (1829 mm)
from the building.
•
HEIGHT, BUILDING. The vertical distance from grade
plane to the average height of the highest roof surface.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
MEZZANINE. An intermediate level or levels between the
floor and ceiling of any story and in accordance with Section
505.
SECTION 503
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHT AND
AREA LIMITATIONS
503.1 General. The bUilding height and area shall not exceed
the limits specified in Table 503 based on the type of construction as determined by Section 602 and the occupancies as
determined by Section 302 except as modified hereafter. Each
portion of a building separated by one or more fire walls complying with Section 706 shall be considered to be a separate
building.
503.1.1 Special industrial occupancies. Buildings and
structures designed to house special industrial processes
that require large areas and unusual bUilding heights to
accommodate craneways or special machinery and equipment, including, among others, rolling mills; structural
metal fabrication shops and foundries; or the production
and distribution of electric, gas or steam power, shall be
exempt from the building height and area limitations of
Table 503.
503.1.2 Buildings on same lot. Two or more buildings on
the same lot shall be regulated as separate buildings or shall
be considered as portions of one building if the bUilding
height of each building and the aggregate building area of
the buildings are within the limitations ofTable 503 as modified by Sections 504 and 506. The provisions of this code
applicable to the aggregate building shall be applicable to
each building.
503.1.3 Type I construction. Buildings of Type I construction permitted to be of unlimited tabular building heights
and areas are not subject to the special requirements that
allow unlimited area buildings in Section 507 or unlimited
building height in Sections 503.1.1 and 504.3 or increased
building heights and areas for other types of construction.
SECTION 504
BUILDING HEIGHT
504.1 General. The bUilding height permitted by Table 503
shall be increased in accordance with this section.
Exception: The building height of one-story aircraft hangars, aircraft paint hangars and buildings used for the manufacturing of aircraft shall not be limited if the building is
provided with an automatic fire-extinguishing system in
accordance with Chapter 9 and is entirely surrounded by
public ways or yards not less in width than one and one-half
times the bUilding height.
79
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
TABLE 503
ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS a
Building height limitations shown in feet above grade plane. Story limitations shown as stories above grade plane.
Building area limitations shown in square feet, as determined by the definition of "Area, building," per story
I
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
TYPE II
TYPE I
HEIGHT(feet)
•
B
A
B
HT
A
B
UL
160
65
55
65
55
65
50
40
STORIES(S)
AREA (A)
S
A
A-2
S
A
A-3
S
A
A-4
S
A
A-5
S
A
B
S
A
E
S
A
F-l
S
A
F-2
S
A
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
H-l
S
A
H-2d
S
A
21,000
H-3d
S
A
H-4
S
A
H-5
S
A
1-1
S
A
1-2
S
A
1-3
S
A
1-4
S
A
M
S
A
R-l
S
A
R-2
S
A
R-3
S
A
R-4
S
A
I
S-1
S
A
I
S_2b ,c
S
A
Uc
S
A
I
TYPE V
A
GROUP
I
TYPE IV
B
A-I
I
TYPE III
A
3
15,500
2
8,500
3
14,000
2
8,500
3
15,000
2
11,500
1
5,500
3
15,500
2
9,500
3
14,000
2
9,500
3
15,000
2
11,500
1
6,000
3
15,500
2
9,500
3
14,000
2
9,500
3
15,000
2
11,500
1
6,000
3
15,500
2
9,500
3
14,000
2
9,500
3
15,000
2
11,500
1
6,000
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
5
37,500
3
23,000
5
28,500
3
19,000
5
36,000
3
18,000
2
9,000
3
26,500
2
14,500
3
23,500
2
14,500
3
25,500
1
18,500
1
9,500
4
25,000
2
15,500
3
19,000
2
12,000
4
33,500
2
14,000
1
8,500
UL
5
37,500
3
23,000
4
28,500
3
18,000
5
50,500
3
21,000
2
13,000
1
21,000
1
16,500
1
11,000
1
7,000
1
9,500
1
7,000
1
10,500
1
7,500
NP
NP
UL
3
16,500
2
11,000
1
7,000
2
9,500
1
7,000
2
10,500
1
7,500
1
3,000
6
60,000
4
26,500
2
14,000
4
17,500
2
13,000
4
25,500
2
10,000
1
5,000
7
5
37,500
3
17,500
5
28,500
3
17,500
5
36,000
3
18,000
2
6,500
UL
UL
UL
UL
5
UL
11
UL
11
UL
11
UL
UL
UL
11
UL
5
UL
11
UL
11
UL
4
4
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
3
37,500
3
23,000
3
28,500
3
19,000
3
36,000
3
18,000
2
9,000
9
55,000
4
19,000
3
10,000
4
16,500
3
10,000
4
18,000
3
10,500
2
4,500
4
2
15,000
1
11,000
1
12,000
NP
NP
1
12,000
1
9,500
NP
NP
UL
2
15,000
1
10,000
2
10,500
1
7,500
2
12,000
2
7,500
1
5,000
5
60,500
3
26,500
2
13,000
3
23,500
2
13,000
3
25,500
1
18,500
1
9,000
11
4
21,500
2
12,500
4
18,500
2
12,500
4
20,500
3
14,000
1
9,000
4
24,000
4
16,000
4
24,000
4
16,000
4
20,500
3
12,000
2
7,000
4
24,000
4
16,000
4
24,000
4
16,000
4
20,500
3
12,000
2
7,000
UL
4
UL
11
UL
11
UL
11
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
UL
11
UL
4
24,000
4
16,000
4
24,000
4
16,000
4
20,500
3
12,000
2
7,000
11
48,000
4
26,000
2
17,500
3
26,000
2
17,500
4
25,500
3
14,000
1
9,000
11
79,000
5
39,000
3
26,000
4
39,000
3
26,000
5
38,500
4
21,000
2
13,500
5
35,500
4
19,000
2
8,500
3
14,000
2
8,500
4
18,000
2
9,000
1
5,500
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m 2•
A = building area per story, S = stories above grade plane, UL = Unlimited, NP = Not permitted.
a. See the following sections for general exceptions to Table 503 :
1. Section 504.2, Allowable building height and story increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation.
2. Section 506.2, Allowable building area increase due to street frontage.
3. Section 506.3, Allowable building area increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation.
4. Section 507, Unlimited area buildings.
b. For open parking structures, see Section 406 .3.
c. For private garages, see Section 406 .1.
d. See Section 415 .5 for limitations.
80
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
504.2 Automatic sprinkler system increase. Where a building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the value
specified in Table 503 for maximum bUilding height is
increased by 20 feet (6096 mm) and the maximum number of
stories is increased by one. These increases are permitted in
addition to the building area increase in accordance with Sections 506.2 and 506.3. For Group R buildings equipped
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, the value specified in Table
503 for maximum bUildingheight is increased by 20 feet (6096
mm) and the maximum number of stories is increased by one,
but shall not exceed 60 feet (18 288 mm) or four stories, respectively.
Exceptions:
1. Buildings, or portions of buildings, classified as a
Group 1-2 occupancy of Type lIB, III, IV or V construction.
2. Buildings, or portions of buildings, classified as a
Group H-l, H-2, H-3 or H-5 occupancy.
3. Fire-resistance rating substitution in accordance
with Table 601, Note d.
504.3 Roof structures. Towers, spires, steeples and other roof
structures shall be constructed of materials consistent with the
required type of construction of the building except where
other construction is permitted by Section 1509.2.4. Such
structures shall not be used for habitation or storage. The structures shall be unlimited in height if of noncombustible materials and shall not extend more than 20 feet (6096 mm) above the
allowable bUilding height if of combustible materials (see
Chapter 15 for additional requirements).
SECTION 505
MEZZANINES
505.1 General. A mezzanine or mezzanines in compliance
with Section 505 shall be considered a portion of the story in
which it is contained. Such mezzanines shall not contribute to
either the bUilding area or number of stories as regulated by
Section 503.1. The area of the mezzanine shall be included in
determining the fire area defined in Section 902. The clear
height above and below the mezzanine floor construction shall
not be less than 7 feet (2134 mm) .
505.2 Area limitation. The aggregate area of a mezzanine or
mezzanines within a room shall not exceed one-third of the
floor area of that room or space in which they are located. The
enclosed portion of a room shall not be included in a determination of the floor area of the room in which the mezzanine is
located. In determining the allowable mezzanine area, the area
of the mezzanine shall not be included in the floor area of the
room.
Exceptions:
1. The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings and
structures of Type I or II construction for special
industrial occupancies in accordance with Section
503.1.1 shall not exceed two-thirds of the floor area of
the room.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
2. The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings and
structures of Type lor II construction shall not exceed
one-half of the floor area of the room in buildings and
structures equipped throughout with an approved
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and an approved emergency
voice/alarm communication system in accordance
with Section 907.5.2.2.
505.3 Egress. Each occupant of a mezzanine shall have access
to at least two independent means ofegress where the common
path ofegress travel exceeds the limitations of Section 1014.3.
Where a stairway provides a means of exit access from a mezzanine, the maximum travel distance includes the distance traveled on the stairway measured in the plane of the tread nosing.
Accessible means of egress shall be provided in accordance
with Section 1007.
Exception: A single means of egress shall be permitted in
accordance with Section 1015.1.
505.4 Openness. A mezzanine shall be open and unobstructed
to the room in which such mezzanine is located except for walls
not more than 42 inches (1067 mm) high, columns and posts.
Exceptions:
1. Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to be
open to the room in which the mezzanines are located,
provided that the occupant load of the aggregate area
of the enclosed space does not exceed 10.
2. A mezzanine having two or more means of egress is
not required to be open to the room in which the mezzanine is located if at least one of the means ofegress
provides direct access to an exit from the mezzanine
level.
3. Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to be
open to the room in which the mezzanines are located,
provided that the aggregate floor area of the enclosed
space does not exceed 10 percent of the mezzanine
area.
4. In industrial facilities, mezzanines used for control
equipment are permitted to be glazed on all sides.
5. In occupancies other than Groups H and I, that are no
more than two stories above grade plane and
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, a mezzanine having two or more means ofegress shall not be
required to be open to the room in which the mezzanine is located.
505.5 Equipment platforms. Equipment platforms in buildings shall not be considered as a portion of the floor below.
Such equipment platforms shall not contribute to either the
building area or the number of stories as regulated by Section
503.1. The area of the equipmentplatform shall not be included
in determining the fire area in accordance with Section 903.
Equipment platforms shall not be a part of any mezzanine and
such platforms and the walkways, stairs, alternating tread
devices and ladders providing access to an equipmentplatform
shall not serve as a part of the means ofegress from the building.
81
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
505.5.1 Area limitations. The aggregate area of all equipmentplatforms within a room shall not exceed two-thirds of
the area of the room in which they are located. Where an
equipmentplatform is located in the same room as a mezzanine, the area of the mezzanine shall be determined by Section 505.2 and the combined aggregate area of the
equipment platforms and mezzanines shall not exceed
two-thirds of the room in which they are located.
where the value of Wis greater than or equal to 20 feet (6096
mm). Where the value of Wexceeds 30 feet (9144 mm), a
value of 30 feet (9144 mm) shall be used in calculating the
weighted average, regardless of the actual width of the open
space. Where two or more buildings are on the same lot, W
shall be measured from the exterior face of a building to the
exterior face of an opposing building, as applicable.
[F] 505.5.2 Fire suppression. Where located in a building
that is required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler
system, equipment platforms shall be fully protected by
mitted to be a maximum of 2 when the building meets all
requirements of Section 507 except for compliance with
the 60-foot (18288 mm) public way or yardrequirement,
as applicable.
sprinklers above and below the platform, where required by
the standards referenced in Section 903.3.
505.5.3 Guards. Equipment platforms shall have guards
where required by Section 1013.1.
SECTION 506
BUILDING AREA MODIFICATIONS
506.1 General. The bUilding areas limited by Table 503 shall
be permitted to be increased due to frontage (I) and automatic
sprinkler system protection (I) in accordance with the following:
1
(Equation 5-1)
Exception: The value of W divided by 30 shall be per-
506.2.2 Open space limits. Such open space shall be either
on the same lot or dedicated for public use and shall be
accessed from a street or approved fire lane.
506.3 Automatic sprinkler system increase. Where a building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the building
area limitation in Table 503 is permitted to be increased by an
additional 200 percent (~= 2) for buildings with more than one
story above grade plane and an additional 300 percent (~= 3)
for buildings with no more than one story above grade plane.
These increases are permitted in addition to the height and
story increases in accordance with Section 504.2.
Exception: The building area limitation increases shall not
where:
be permitted for the following conditions:
= Allowable bUilding area per story (square feet).
= Tabular bUilding area per story in accordance with
Table 503 (square feet).
= Area increase factor due to frontage as calculated in
accordance with Section 506.2.
= Area increase factor due to sprinkler protection as calculated in accordance with Section 506.3.
506.2 Frontage increase. Every building shall adjoin or have
access to a public way to receive a bUilding area increase for
frontage. Where a building has more than 25 percent of its perimeter on a public way or open space having a minimum width
of 20 feet (6096 mm), the frontage increase shall be determined
in accordance with the following:
1. The automatic sprinkler system increase shall not
apply to bUildings with an occupancy in Group H-1.
2. The automatic sprinkler system increase shall not
apply to the bUilding area of an occupancy in Group
H-2 or H-3. For buildings containing such occupancies, the allowable building area shall be determined
in accordance with Section 508.4.2, with the sprinkler
system increase applicable only to the portions of the
building not classified as Group H-2 or H-3.
3. Fire-resistance rating substitution in accordance
with Table 601, Note d.
506.4 Single occupancy buildings with more than one story.
(Equation 5-2)
The total allowable bUilding area of a single occupancy building with more than one story above grade plane shall be determined in accordance with this section. The actual aggregate
building area at all stories in the building shall not exceed the
total allowable building area.
= Area increase due to frontage.
= Building perimeter that fronts on a public way or open
Exception: A single basement need not be included in the
total allowable bUilding area, provided such basement does
space having 20 feet (6096 mm) open minimum width
(feet) .
not exceed the area permitted for a building with no more
than one story above grade plane.
P = Perimeter of entire building (feet).
W = Width of public wayor open space (feet) in accordance
506.4.1 Area determination. The total allowable building
area of a single occupancy building with more than one
story above grade plane shall be determined by multiplying
the allowable building area per story (AJ, as determined in
Section 506.1, by the number of stories above grade plane
If ==[F/ P-0.25]W/30
where:
If
F
with Section 506.2.1.
506.2.1 Width limits. The value of W shall be at least 20
feet (6096 mm). Where the value of Wvaries along the perimeter of the building, the calculation performed in accordance with Equation 5-2 shall be based on the weighted
average of each portion of exterior wall and open space
82
as listed below:
1. For buildings with two stories above grade plane,
multiply by 2;
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
2. For buildings with three or more stories above grade
plane, multiply by 3; and
3. No storyshall exceed the allowable bUilding area per
story (A a), as determined in Section 506.1, for the
occupancies on that story.
Exceptions:
1. Unlimited area buildings in accordance with Section 507.
2. The maximum area of a building equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.2 shall be determined by multiplying the allowable area per story
(AJ, as determined in Section 506.1, by the number of stories above grade plane.
506.5 Mixed occupancy area determination. The total allowable building area for buildings containing mixed occupancies
shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of this section. A single basement need not be included in
the total allowable bUilding area, provided such basement does
not exceed the area permitted for a building with no more than
one story above grade plane.
506.5.1 No more than one story above grade plane. For
buildings with no more than one story above grade plane
and containing mixed occupancies, the total building area
shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 508.1.
506.5.2 More than one story above grade plane. For
buildings with more than one story above grade plane and
containing mixed occupancies, each storyshall individually
comply with the applicable requirements of Section 508.1.
For buildings with more than three stories above grade
plane, the total buildingarea shall be such that the aggregate
sum of the ratios of the actual area of each story divided by
the allowable area of such stories based on the applicable
provisions of Section 508.1 shall not exceed 3.
SECTION 507
UNLIMITED AREA BUILDINGS
507.1 General. The area of buildings of the occupancies and
configurations specified herein shall not be limited.
507.2 Nonsprinklered, one story. The area of a Group F-2 or
S-2 building no more than one storyin height shall not be limited when the building is surrounded and adjoined by public
ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.
507.3 Sprinklered, one story. The area of a Group B, F, M or S
building no more than one story above grade plane, or a Group
A-4 building no more than one storyabove grade plane of other
than Type V construction, shall not be limited when the building is provided with an automatic sprinkler system throughout
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and is surrounded and
adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288
mm) in width.
Exceptions:
1. Buildings and structures of Types I and II construction for rack storage facilities that do not have access
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
by the public shall not be limited in height, provided
that such buildings conform to the requirements of
Sections 507.3,903.3.1.1 and Chapter 23 of the International Fire Code.
2. The automatic sprinkler system shall not be required
in areas occupied for indoor participant sports, such
as tennis, skating, swimming and equestrian activities
in occupancies in Group A-4, provided that:
2.1. Exit doors directly to the outside are provided
for occupants of the participant sports areas;
and
2.2. The building is equipped with a fire alarm system with manual fire alarm boxes installed in
accordance with Section 907.
507.3.1 Mixed occupancy buildings with Groups A-I
and A-2. Group A-I and A-2 occupancies of other than
Type V construction shall be permitted within mixed occupancy buildings of unlimited area complying with Section
507.3, provided:
1. Group A-I and A-2 occupancies are separated from
other occupancies as required for separated occupancies in Section 508.4.4 with no reduction allowed in
the fire-resistance ratingof the separation based upon
the installation of an automatic sprinkler system;
2. Each area of the portions of the building used for
Group A-lor A-2 occupancies shall not exceed the
maximum allowable area permitted for such occupancies in Section 503.1; and
3. All exit doors from Group A-I and A-2 occupancies
shall discharge directly to the exterior of the building.
507.4 Two story. The area of a Group B, F, M or S building no
more than two stories above grade plane shall not be limited
when the building is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, and is
surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than
60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.
507.5 Reduced open space. The public ways or yards of 60
feet (18 288 mm) in width required in Sections 507.2 , 507.3,
507.4,507.6 and 507.11 shall be permitted to be reduced to not
less than 40 feet (12 192 mm) in width provided all of the following requirements are met:
1. The reduced width shall not be allowed for more than 75
percent of the perimeter of the building.
2. The exterior walls facing the reduced width shall have a
minimum fire-resistance rating of 3 hours.
3. Openings in the exterior walls facing the reduced width
shall have opening protectives with a minimum fire protection rating of 3 hours.
507.6 Group A-3 buildings ofType II construction. The area
of a Group A-3 building no more than one story above grade
plane, used as a place of religious worship, community hall,
dance hall, exhibition hall, gymnasium, lecture hall, indoor
swimming pool or tennis court of Type II construction, shall
not be limited when all of the following criteria are met:
1. The building shall not have a stage other than a platform.
83
I
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
2. The building shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.
3. The building shall be surrounded and adjoined by public
ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.
507.7 Group A-3 buildings of Types III and IV construction. The area of a Group A-3 building no more than one story
above grade plane, used as a place ofreligious worship, community hall, dance hall, exhibition hall, gymnasium, lecture
hall, indoor swimming pool or tennis court of Type III or IV
construction, shall not be limited when all of the following criteria are met:
1. The building shall not have a stage other than a platform.
2. The building shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.
3. The assembly floor shall be located at or within 21 inches
(533 mm) of street or grade level and all exits are provided with ramps complying with Section 1010.1 to the
street or grade level.
4. The building shall be surrounded and adjoined by public
ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18288 mm) in width.
507.8 Group H occupancies. Group H-2, H-3 and H-4 occupancies shall be permitted in unlimited area buildings containing Group F and S occupancies, in accordance with Sections
507.3 and 507.4 and the limitations of this section. The aggregate floor area of the Group H occupancies located at the perimeter of the unlimited area building shall not exceed 10
percent of the area of the building nor the area limitations for
the Group H occupancies as specified in Table 503 as modified
by Section 506.2, based upon the percentage of the perimeter
of each Group H floor area that fronts on a street or other unoccupied space. The aggregate floor area of Group H occupancies
not located at the perimeter of the building shall not exceed 25
percent of the area limitations for the Group H occupancies as
specified in Table 503. Group H occupancies shall be separated
from the rest of the unlimited area building and from each other
in accordance with Table 508.4. For two-story unlimited area
buildings, the Group H occupancies shall not be located more
than one story above grade plane unless permitted by the
allowable height in stories and feet as set forth in Table 503
based on the type of construction of the unlimited area building.
507.9 Aircraft paint hangar. The area of a Group H-2 aircraft
paint hangar no more than one story above grade plane shall
not be limited where such aircraft paint hangar complies with
the provisions of Section 412.6 and is surrounded and adjoined
by public ways or yards not less in width than one and one-half
times the building height.
507.10 Group E buildings. The area of a Group E building no
more than one story above grade plane, of Type II, IlIA or IV
construction, shall not be limited when all of the following criteria are met:
1. Each classroom shall have not less than two means of
egress, with one of the means ofegress being a direct exit
84
to the outside of the building complying with Section
1020.
2. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
3. The building is surrounded and adjoined by public ways
or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width.
507.11 Motion picture theaters. In buildings of Type II construction, the area of a motion picture theater located on the
first story above grade plane shall not be limited when the
building is provided with an automatic sprinkler system
throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60
feet (18 288 mm) in width.
507.12 Covered mall buildings and anchor stores. The area
of covered mall buildings and anchor stores not exceeding
three stories in height that comply with Section 402.6 shall not
be limited.
SECTION 508
MIXED USE AND OCCUPANCY
508.1 General. Each portion of a building shall be individually
classified in accordance with Section 302.1. Where a building
contains more than one occupancy group, the building or portion thereof shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 508.2,508.3 or 508.4, or a combination of these sections.
Exceptions:
1. Occupancies separated in accordance with Section
509.
2. Where required by Table 415.3.2, areas of Group
H-1, H-2 and H-3 occupancies shall be located in a
separate and detached building or structure.
3. Uses within live/work units, complying with Section
419, are not considered separate occupancies.
508.2 Accessory occupancies. Accessory occupancies are
those occupancies that are ancillary to the main occupancy of
the building or portion thereof. Accessory occupancies shall
comply with the provisions of Sections 508.2.1 through
508.2.5.3.
508.2.1 Area limitations. Aggregate accessory occupancies shall not occupy more than 10 percent of the building
area of the story in which they are located and shall not
exceed the tabular values in Table 503, without building
area increases in accordance with Section 506 for such
accessory occupancies.
508.2.2 Occupancy classification. Accessory occupancies
shall be individually classified in accordance with Section
302.1. The requirements of this code shall apply to each portion of the building based on the occupancy classification of
that space.
508.2.3 Allowable building area and height. The allowable building area and height of the building shall be based
on the allowable bUildingarea andheight for the main occupancy in accordance with Section 503.1. The height of each
accessory occupancy shall not exceed the tabular values in
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
Table 503, without increases in accordance with Section
504 for such accessory occupancies. The bUilding area of
the accessory occupancies shall be in accordance with Section 508.2.1.
508.2.5 shall be separated from the remainder of the
building or equipped with an automatic fire-extinguishing
system, or both, in accordance with Table 508.2.5.
Exception: Incidental accessory occupancies within and
serving a dwelling unit are not required to comply with
this section.
508.2.4 Separation of occupancies. No separation is
required between accessory occupancies and the main
occupancy.
508.2.5.1 Fire-resistance-rated separation. Where
Table 508.2.5 specifies a fire-resistance-rated separation, the incidental accessory occupancies shall be separated from the remainder of the bUilding by a fire barrier
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or a horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section
712, or both. Construction supporting I-hour fire-resistance-rated fire barriers or horizontal assemblies used
for incidental accessory occupancy separations in buildings of Type lIB, IIIB and VB construction are not
required to be fire-resistance rated unless required by
other sections of this code.
Exceptions:
1. Group H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 occupancies shall be
separated from all other occupancies in accordance with Section 508.4.
2. Incidental accessory occupancies required to be
separated or protected by Section 508.2.5.
3. Group 1-1, R-I, R-2 and R-3 dwelling units and
sleeping units shall be separated from other dwellingor sleeping units and from accessory occupancies contiguous to them in accordance with the
requirements of Section 420.
508.2.5 Separation of incidental accessory occupancies.
508.2.5.2 Nonfire-resistance-rated separation and
protection. Where Table 508.2.5 permits an automatic
The incidental accessory occupancies listed in Table
fire-extinguishing system without a fire barrier, the inci-
TABLE 508.2.5
INCIDENTAL ACCESSORY OCCUPANCIES
ROOM OR AREA
SEPARATION AND/OR PROTECTION
Furnace room where any piece of equipment is over 400,000 Btu per
hour input
1 hour or provide automatic fire-extinguishing system
Rooms with boilers where the largest piece of equipment is over 15
psi and 10 horsepower
1 hour or provide automatic fire-extinguishing system
Refrigerant machinery room
1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
Hydrogen cutoff rooms, not classified as Group H
1 hour in Group B, F, M, Sand U occupancies; 2 hours in Group A,
E, I and R occupancies.
Incinerator rooms
2 hours and automatic sprinkler system
Paint shops, not classified as Group H, located in occupancies other
than Group F
2 hours; or 1 hour and provide automatic fire-extinguishing system
Laboratories and vocational shops, not classified as Group H, located
1 hour or provide automatic fire-extinguishing system
in a Group E or 1-2 occupancy
Laundry rooms over 100 square feet
1 hour or provide automatic fire-extinguishing system
Group 1-3 cells equipped with padded surfaces
1 hour
Group 1-2 waste and linen collection rooms
1 hour
Waste and linen collection rooms over 100 square feet
1 hour or provide automatic fire-extinguishing system
Stationary storage battery systems having a liquid electrolyte
capacity of more than 50 gallons, or a lithium-ion capacity of 1,000
pounds used for facility standby power, emergency power or
uninterrupted power supplies
1 hour in Group B, F, M, Sand U occupancies; 2 hours in Group A,
E, I and R occupancies.
Rooms containing fire pumps in nonhigh-rise buildings
2 hours; or 1 hour and provide automatic sprinkler system throughout
the building
Rooms containing fire pumps in high-rise buildings
2 hours
For 51:
2
1 square foot = 0.0929 m , 1 pound per square inch (psi) = 6.9 kPa, 1 British thermal unit (Btu) per hour = 0.293 watts, 1 horsepower = 746 watts,
1 gallon = 3.785 L.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
85
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
tion of that space except that the most restrictive applicable
provisions of Section 403 and Chapter 9 shall apply to the
building or portion thereof in which the nonseparated occupancies are located.
dental accessory occupancies shall be separated from the
remainder of the building by construction capable of
resisting the passage of smoke. The walls shall extend
from the top of the foundation or floor assembly below to
the underside of the ceiling that is a component of a
fire-resistance-rated floor assembly or roof assembly
above or to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing,
deck or slab above. Doors shall be self- or automaticclosing upon detection of smoke in accordance with Section 715.4.8.3. Doors shall not have air transfer openings
and shall not be undercut in excess of the clearance permitted in accordance with NFPA 80. Walls surrounding
the incidental accessory occupancy shall not have air
transfer openings unless provided with smoke dampers
in accordance with Section 711.7.
508.3.2 Allowable building area and height. The allowable building area and height of the building or portion
thereof shall be based on the most restrictive allowances for
the occupancy groups under consideration for the type of
construction of the building in accordance with Section
503.1.
508.3.3 Separation. No separation is required between
nonseparated occupancies.
Exceptions:
1. Group H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 occupancies shall be
separated from all other occupancies in accordance with Section 508.4.
508.2.5.3 Protection. Except as specified in Table
508.2.5 for certain incidental accessory occupancies,
where an automatic fire-extinguishing system or an
automatic sprinkler system is provided in accordance
with Table 508.2.5, only the space occupied by the incidental accessory occupancy need be equipped with such
a system.
508.3 Nonseparated occupancies. Buildings or portions of
buildings that comply with the provisions of this section shall
be considered as nonseparated occupancies.
508.3.1 Occupancy classification. Nonseparated occupancies shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1. The requirements of this code shall apply to each
portion of the building based on the occupancy classifica-
2. Group 1-1, R-l, R-2 and R-3 dwelling units and
sleeping units shall be separated from other dwelling or sleeping units and from other occupancies
contiguous to them in accordance with the requirements of Section 420.
508.4 Separated occupancies. Buildings or portions of buildings that comply with the provisions of this section shall be
considered as separated occupancies.
508.4.1 Occupancy classification. Separated occupancies
shall be individually classified in accordance with Section
302.1. Each separated space shall comply with this code
TABLE 508.4
REQUIRED SEPARATION OF OCCUPANCIES (HOURS)
Ad, E
I
F-2, 5-2 b, U
R
1-2
1-1,1-3,1-4
B, F-1, M, 5-1
H-1
H-2
H-3, H-4, H-5
OCCUPANCY
5
N5
5
N5
5
N5
5
N5
5
N5
5
N5
5
N5
5
N5
5
N5
Ad, E
N
N
1
2
2
1
2
N
1
1
2
2
3a
-
N
N
2
1
1
2
1
2
3
-
-
-
-
N
2
2
NP
3
R
-
-
-
-
-
N
2
1c
NP
-
c
2
1
2
3
NP
NP
NP
2
1-2
NP
NP
N
2
NP
NP
NP
F-2 , S-2 b , U
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
N
N
1
2
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
4
-
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
3
1-1,1-3,1-4
NP
NP
N
3
4
2
3a
B, F-l, M,
S-1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
N
N
NP
NP
2
3
1
2a
H-l
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
N
NP
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
NP
N
NP
NP
NP
H-2
H-3, H-4, H-5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
NP
NP
NP
2
1
1e, f
For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2•
S = Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
NS = Buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
N
= No separation requirement.
NP = Not permitted.
•
•
I
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
86
For Group H-5 occupancies, see Section 903.2.5.2.
The required separation from areas used only for private or pleasure vehicles shall be reduced by 1 hour but to not less than 1 hour.
See Section 406.1.4.
Commercial kitchens need not be separated from the restaurant seating areas that thEY serve.
Separation is not required between occupancies of the same classification.
For H-5 occupancies, see Section 415.8.2.2.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
based on the occupancy classification of that portion of the
building.
508.4.2 Allowable building area. In each story, the building area shall be such that the sum of the ratios of the actual
bUilding area of each separated occupancy divided by the
allowable building area of each separated occupancy shall
not exceed 1.
508.4.3 Allowable height. Each separated occupancy shall
comply with the building height limitations based on the
type of construction of the building in accordance with Section 503.1.
Exception: Special provisions permitted by Section
509.
508.4.4 Separation. Individual occupancies shall be separated from adjacent occupancies in accordance with Table
508.4.
508.4.4.1 Construction. Required separations shall be
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707
or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with
Section 712, or both, so as to completely separate adjacent occupancies.
above the horizontal assembly shall be permitted to
have a I-hour fire-resistance rating, provided:
1.
The building above the horizontal assembly is
not required to be of Type I construction;
2.
The enclosure connects less than four stories;
and
3.
The enclosure opening protectives above the
horizontal assembly have a minimum I-hour
fire protection rating.
5. The building or buildings above the horizontal assembly
shall be permitted to have multiple Group A occupancy
uses, each with an occupant load of less than 300, or
Group B, M, R or S occupancies.
6. The building below the horizontal assemblyshall be protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, and shall
be permitted to be any of the following occupancies:
6.1. Group S-2 parking garage used for the parking
and storage of private motor vehicles;
6.2. Multiple Group A, each with an occupantloadof
less than 300;
6.3. Group B;
SECTION 509
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
509.1 General. The provisions in this section shall permit the
use of special conditions that are exempt from, or modify, the
specific requirements of this chapter regarding the allowable
heights and areas of buildings based on the occupancy classification and type of construction, provided the special condition
complies with the provisions specified in this section for such
condition and other applicable requirements of this code. The
provisions of Sections 509.2 through 509.8 are to be considered independent and separate from each other.
509.2 Horizontal building separation allowance. A building
shall be considered as separate and distinct buildings for the
purpose of determining area limitations, continuity of fire
walls, limitation of number of stories and type of construction
where all of the following conditions are met:
1. The buildings are separated with a horizontal assembly
having a minimum 3-hour fire-resistance rating.
2. The building below the horizontal assembly is no more
than one story above grade plane.
6.4. Group M;
6.5. Group R; and
6.6. Uses incidental to the operation of the building
(including entry lobbies, mechanical rooms,
storage areas and similar uses).
7. The maximum bUilding height in feet (mm) shall not
exceed the limits set forth in Section 503 for the building
having the smaller allowable height as measured from
the grade plane.
509.3 Group S-2 enclosed parking garage with Group S-2
open parking garage above. A Group S-2 enclosed parking
garage with no more than one story above grade plane and
located below a Group S-2 open parkinggarage shall be classified as a separate and distinct building for the purpose of determining the type of construction where all of the following
conditions are met:
1. The allowable area of the building shall be such that the
sum of the ratios of the actual area divided by the allowable area for each separate occupancy shall not exceed 1.
3. The building below the horizontal assembly is of Type
IA construction.
2. The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is of Type I or II
construction and is at least equal to the fire-resistance
requirements of the Group S-2 open parking garage.
4. Shaft, stairway, ramp and escalator enclosures through
the horizontal assembly shall have not less than a 2-hour
fire-resistance rating with opening protectives in accordance with Section 715.4.
3. The height and the number of tiers of the Group S-2 open
parking garage shall be limited as specified in Table
406.3.5.
Exception: Where the enclosure walls below the horizontal assembly have not less than a 3-hour fire-resistance rating with opening protectives in accordance
with Section 715.4, the enclosure walls extending
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
4. The floor assembly separating the Group S-2 enclosed
parking garage and Group S-2 open parkinggarage shall
be protected as required for the floor assembly of the
Group S-2 enclosed parking garage. Openings between
the Group S-2 enclosed parking garage and Group S-2
87
I
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
open parking garage, except exit openings, shall not be
required to be protected.
5. The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is used exclusively for the parking or storage of private motor vehicles, but shall be permitted to contain an office, waiting
room and toilet room having a total area of not more than
1,000 square feet (93 m 2), and mechanical equipment
rooms incidental to the operation of the building.
509.4 Parking beneath Group R. Where a maximum one
story abovegrade plane Group S-2 parking garage, enclosed or
open, or combination thereof, of Type I construction or open of
Type IV construction, with grade entrance, is provided under a
building of Group R, the number of stories to be used in determining the minimum type of construction shall be measured
from the floor above such a parking area. The floor assembly
between the parking garage and the Group R above shall comply with the type of construction required for the parking
garage and shall also provide a fire-resistance rating not less
than the mixed occupancy separation required in Section
508.4.
509.5 Group R-l and R-2 buildings of Type IlIA construction. The height limitation for buildings of Type IlIA construction in Groups R-l and R-2 shall be increased to six stories and
75 feet (22 860 mm) where the first floor assembly above the
basement has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 3 hours
and the floor area is subdivided by 2-hour fire-resistance-rated
fire walls into areas of not more than 3,000 square feet (279
m2).
509.6 Group R-l and R-2 buildings of Type IIA construction. The height limitation for buildings of Type IIA construction in Groups R-l and R-2 shall be increased to nine stories
and 100 feet (30 480 mm) where the building is separated by
not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from any other building on
the lot and from lot lines, the exits are segregated in an area
enclosed by a 2-hour fire-resistance-rated fire wall and the first
floor assembly has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 11/ 2
hours.
509.7 Open parking garage beneath Groups A, I, B, M and
R. Open parkinggarages constructed under Groups A, I, B, M
and R shall not exceed the height and area limitations permitted
under Section 406.3. The height and area of the portion of the
building above the open parking garage shall not exceed the
limitations in Section 503 for the upper occupancy. The height,
in both feet and stories, of the portion of the building above the
open parking garage shall be measured from grade plane and
shall include both the open parking garage and the portion of
the building above the parking garage.
509.7.1 Fire separation. Fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712 between the
parking occupancy and the upper occupancy shall correspond to the required fire-resistance rating prescribed in
Table 508.4 for the uses involved. The type of construction
shall apply to each occupancy individually, except that
structural members, including main bracing within the open
parking structure, which is necessary to support the upper
occupancy, shall be protected with the more restrictive
fire-resistance-rated assemblies of the groups involved as
88
shown in Table 601. Means of egress for the upper occupancy shall conform to Chapter 10 and shall be separated
from the parking occupancy by fire barriers having at least a
2-hour fire-resistance rating as required by Section 706
with self-closing doors complying with Section 715 or horizontal assemblies having at least a 2-hour fire-resistance
rating as required by Section 712, with self-closing doors
complying with Section 715. Means ofegress from the open
parking garage shall comply with Section 406.3.
509.8 Group B or M with Group 5-2 open parking garage.
Group B or M occupancies located no higher than the first story
above grade plane shall be considered as a separate and distinct
building for the purpose of determining the type of construction where all of the following conditions are met:
1. The buildings are separated with a horizontal assembly
having a minimum 2-hour fire-resistance rating.
2. The occupancies in the building below the horizontal
assembly are limited to Groups Band M.
3. The occupancy above the horizontal assembly is limited
to a Group S-2 open parking garage.
4. The building below the horizontal assembly is of Type I
or II construction but not less than the type of construction required for the Group S-2 open parking garage
above.
5. The height and area of the building below the horizontal
assembly does not exceed the limits set forth in Section
503.
6. The height and area of the Group S-2 open parking
garage does not exceed the limits set forth in Section
406.3. The height, in both feet and stories, of the Group
S-2 open parking garage shall be measured from grade
plane and shall include the building below the horizontal
assembly.
7. Exits serving the Group S-2 open parking garage discharge directly to a street or public wayand are separated
from the building below the horizontal assembly by
2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 712, or both.
509.9 Multiple buildings above Group 5-2 parking garages.
Where two or more buildings are provided above the horizontal assembly separating a Group S-2 open or closed parking
garage from the buildings above in accordance with the special
provisions in Sections 509.2, 509.3 or 509.8, the buildings
above the horizontal assembly shall be regarded as separate
and distinct buildings from each other and shall comply with all
other provisions of this code as applicable to each separate and
distinct building.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
CHAPTER 6
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
602.1.1 Minimum requirements. A building or portion
thereof shall not be required to conform to the details of a
type of construction higher than that type which meets the
minimum requirements based on occupancy even though
certain features of such a building actually conform to a
higher type of construction.
SECTION 601
GENERAL
601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the
classification of buildings as to type of construction.
602.2 Types I and II. Types I and II construction are those
types of construction in which the building elements listed in
Table 601 are of noncombustible materials, except as permitted
in Section 603 and elsewhere in this code.
SECTION 602
CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION
602.1 General. Buildings and structures erected or to be
erected, altered or extended in height or area shall be classified
in one of the five construction types defined in Sections 602.2
through 602.5. The building elements shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that specified in Table 601 and exterior walls shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
specified in Table 602. Where required to have a fire-resistance
rating by Table 601, building elements shall comply with the
applicable provisions of Section 703.2. The protection of openings, ducts and air transfer openings in building elements shall
not be required unless required by other provisions of this code.
602.3 Type III. Type III construction is that type of construction in which the exterior walls are of noncombustible materials and the interior building elements are of any material
permitted by this code. Fire-retardant-treated wood framing
complying with Section 2303.2 shall be permitted within exterior wall assemblies of a 2-hour rating or less.
602.4 Type IV. Type IV construction (Heavy Timber, HT) is
that type of construction in which the exterior walls are of
noncombustible materials and the interior building elements
are of solid or laminated wood without concealed spaces. The
TABLE 601
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS (hours)
TYPE I
BUILDING ELEMENT
Primary structural frame
(see Section 202)
g
Bearing walls
Exteriorf, g
Interior
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE IV
B
Ad
B
TYPE V
A
B
Ad
3a
2a
1
0
1
0
HT
1
0
I
3
3a
2
2a
1
1
0
0
2
1
2
0
2
l/HT
1
1
0
0
I
Nonbearing walls and partitions
Exterior
HT
Ad
B
See Table 602
Nonbearing walls and partitions
Interiore
0
0
0
0
0
0
See Section 602.4.6
0
0
Floor construction and secondary
members (see Section 202)
2
2
1
0
1
0
HT
1
0
I
Roof construction and secondary
members (see Section 202)
11/ 2b
1b, c
1b, c
oc
1b, c
0
HT
1b, c
0
I
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Roof supports: Fire-resistance ratings of primary structural frame and bearing walls are permitted to be reduced by 1 hour where supporting a roof only.
b. Except in Group F-1, H, M and S-1 occupancies, fire protection of structural members shall not be required, including protection of roof framing and decking
where every part of the roof construction is 20 feet or more above any floor immediately below. Fire-retardant-treated wood members shall be allowed to be used
for such unprotected members.
c. In all occupancies, heavy timber shall be allowed where a I-hour or less fire-resistance rating is required.
d. An approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 shall be allowed to be substituted for I-hour fire-resistance-rated construction, provided such system is not otherwise required by other provisions of the code or used for an allowable area increase in accordance with Section 506.3 or an allowable
height increase in accordance with Section 504.2. The I-hour substitution for the fire resistance of exterior walls shall not be permitted.
e. Not less than the fire-resistance rating required by other sections of this code.
f. Not less than the fire-resistance rating based on fire separation distance (see Table 602).
g. Not less than the fire-resistance rating as referenced in Section 704.10
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
89
~
I
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
details of Type IV construction shall comply with the provisions of this section. Fire-retardant-treated wood framing
complying with Section 2303.2 shall be permitted within exterior wall assemblies with a 2-hour rating or less. Minimum
solid sawn nominal dimensions are required for structures built
using Type IV construction (HT) . For glued-laminated members the equivalent net finished width and depths corresponding to the minimum nominal width and depths of solid sawn
lumber are required as specified in Table 602.4.
602.4.1 Columns. Wood columns shall be sawn or glued
laminated and shall not be less than 8 inches (203 mm),
nominal, in any dimension where supporting floor loads and
not less than 6 inches (152 mm) nominal in width and not
less than 8 inches (203 mm) nominal in depth where supporting roof and ceiling loads only. Columns shall be continuous or superimposed and connected in an approved
manner.
602.4.2 Floor framing. Wood beams and girders shall be of
sawn or glued-laminated timber and shall be not less than 6
inches (152 mm) nominal in width and not less than 10
inches (254 mm) nominal in depth. Framed sawn or
glued-laminated timber arches, which spring from the floor
line and support floor loads, shall be not less than 8 inches
(203 mm) nominal in any dimension. Framed timber trusses
supporting floor loads shall have members of not less than 8
inches (203 mm) nominal in any dimension.
602.4.3 Roof framing. Wood-frame or glued-laminated
arches for roof construction, which spring from the floor
line or from grade and do not support floor loads, shall have
members not less than 6 inches (152 mm) nominal in width
and have not less than 8 inches (203 mm) nominal in depth
for the lower half of the height and not less than 6 inches
(152 mm) nominal in depth for the upper half. Framed or
glued-laminated arches for roof construction that spring
from the top of walls or wall abutments, framed timber
trusses and other roof framing, which do not support floor
loads, shall have members not less than 4 inches (102 mm)
nominal in width and not less than 6 inches (152 mm) nominal in depth. Spaced members shall be permitted to be composed of two or more pieces not less than 3 inches (76 mm)
nominal in thickness where blocked solidly throughout
their intervening spaces or where spaces are tightly closed
by a continuous wood cover plate of not less than 2 inches
(51 mm) nominal in thickness secured to the underside of
the members. Splice plates shall be not less than 3 inches (76
mm) nominal in thickness. Where protected by approved
automatic sprinklers under the roof deck, framing members
shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in width.
TABLE 602
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR WALLS BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE a , e
I
FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE
(feet)
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
OCCUPANCY
GROUPH f
OCCUPANCY
GROUP F-1, M, S-1 9
X< 5C
All
3
2
1
5 ~ X <10
IA
Others
3
2
2
1
1
1
IA,IB
lIB, VB
Others
2
1
1
1
0
1
Id
0
Id
All
0
0
0
10~X<30
X~30
I
=X
OCCUPANCY
GROUP A, B, E, F-2, I, R, S-29,
ub
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Load-bearing exterior walls shall also comply with the fire-resistance rating requirements of Table 601.
b. For special requirements for Group U occupancies, see Section 406.1.2.
c. See Section 706.1.1 for party walls.
d. Open parking garages complying with Section 406 shall not be required to have a fire-resistance rating.
e. The fire-resistance rating ofan exterior wall is determined based upon the fire separation distance of the exterior wall and the story in which the wall is located.
f. For special requirements for Group H occupancies, see Section 415 .3.
g. For special requirements for Group S aircraft hangars, see Section 412.4 .1.
TABLE 602.4
WOOD MEMBER SIZE
MINIMUM NOMINAL SOLID SAWN SIZE
Width, inch
For SI:
90
MINIMUM GLUED-LAMINATED NET SIZE
Depth, inch
Width, inch
Depth, inch
8
8
6 3/ 4
81/ 4
6
10
5
10 1/ 2
6
8
5
8114
6
6
5
6
4
6
3
6 7/ s
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
602.4.4 Floors. Floors shall be without concealed spaces.
Wood floors shall be of sawn or glued-laminated planks,
splined or tongue-and-groove, of not less than 3 inches (76
mm) nominal in thickness covered with I-inch (25 mm)
nominal dimension tongue-and-groove flooring, laid crosswise or diagonally, or 0.5-inch (12 .7 mm) particleboard or
planks not less than 4 inches (102 mm) nominal in width set
on edge close together and well spiked and covered with
I-inch (25 mm) nominal dimension flooring or 15/32 -inch
(12 mm) wood structural panel or 0.5-inch (12.7 mm)
particleboard. The lumber shall be laid so that no continuous line of joints will occur except at points of support.
Floors shall not extend closer than 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) to
walls. Such 0.5-inch (12.7 mm) space shall be covered by a
molding fastened to the wall and so arranged that it will not
obstruct the swelling or shrinkage movements of the floor.
Corbeling of masonry walls under the floor shall be permitted to be used in place of molding.
602.4.5 Roofs. Roofs shall be without concealed spaces and
wood roof decks shall be sawn or glued laminated, splined
or tongue-and-groove plank, not less than 2 inches (51 mm)
nominal in thickness, 11/ s-inch-thick (32 mm) wood structural panel (exterior glue), or of planks not less than 3 inches
(76 mm) nominal in width, set on edge close together and
laid as required for floors. Other types of decking shall be
permitted to be used if providing equivalent fire resistance
and structural properties.
602.4.6 Partitions. Partitions shall be of solid wood construction formed by not less than two layers of I-inch (25
mm) matched boards or laminated construction 4 inches
(102 mm) thick, or of I-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.
602.4.7 Exterior structural members. Where a horizontal
separation of 20 feet (6096 mm) or more is provided, wood
columns and arches conforming to heavy timber sizes shall
be permitted to be used externally.
602.5 Type V. Type V construction is that type of construction
in which the structural elements, exterior walls and interior
walls are of any materials permitted by this code.
SECTION 603
COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL IN TYPE I
AND II CONSTRUCTION
603.1 Allowable materials. Combustible materials shall be
permitted in buildings ofType I or II construction in the following applications and in accordance with Sections 603.1.1
through 603.1.3:
1. Thermal and acoustical insulation, other than foam
plastics, having a flame spread index of not more than
25.
Exceptions:
1. Insulation placed between two layers of
noncombustible materials without an intervening airspace shall be allowed to have a flame
spread index of not more than 100.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
2. Insulation installed between a finished floor
and solid decking without intervening airspace
shall be allowed to have a flame spreadindex of
not more than 200.
2. Foam plastics in accordance with Chapter 26.
3. Roof coverings that have an A, B or C classification.
4. Interior floor finish and floor covering materials
installed in accordance with Section 804.
5. Millwork such as doors, door frames, window sashes
and frames.
6. Interior wall and ceiling finishes installed in accordance with Sections 801 and 803.
7. Trim installed in accordance with Section 806.
8. Where not installed over 15 feet (4572 mm) above
grade, show windows, nailing or furring strips and
wooden bulkheads below show windows, including
their frames, aprons and show cases.
9. Finish flooring installed in accordance with Section
805.
10. Partitions dividing portions of stores, offices or similar
places occupied by one tenant only and that do not
establish a corridor serving an occupant load of 30 or
more shall be permitted to be constructed of fire-retardant-treated wood, I-hour fire-resistance-rated construction or ofwood panels or similar light construction
up to 6 feet (1829 mm) in height.
11. Stages and platforms constructed in accordance with
Sections 410.3 and 410.4, respectively.
12. Combustible exterior wall coverings, balconies and
similar projections and bay or oriel windows in accordance with Chapter 14.
13. Blocking such as for handrails, millwork, cabinets and
window and door frames.
14. Light-transmitting plastics as permitted by Chapter 26.
15. Mastics and caulking materials applied to provide flexible seals between components of exterior wall construction.
16. Exterior plastic veneer installed in accordance with
Section 2605.2.
17. Nailing or furring strips as permitted by Section 803.4.
18. Heavy timber as permitted by Note c to Table 601 and
Sections 602.4.7 and 1406.3.
19. Aggregates, component materials and admixtures as
permitted by Section 703.2.2.
20. Sprayed fire-resistant materials and intumescent and
mastic fire-resistant coatings, determined on the basis
of fire-resistance tests in accordance with Section
703.2 and installed in accordance with Sections
1704.12 and 1704.13, respectively.
21. Materials used to protect penetrations in fire-resistance-rated assemblies in accordance with Section 713.
22. Materials used to protect joints in fire-resistance-rated
assemblies in accordance with Section 714.
91
I
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
23. Materials allowed in the concealed spaces of buildings
of Types I and II construction in accordance with Section 717.5.
24. Materials exposed within plenums complying with
Section 602 of the International Mechanical Code.
25. Fire-retardant-treated wood shall be permitted in:
25.1. Nonbearing partitions where the required
fire-resistance rating is 2 hours or less.
25.2. Nonbearing exterior walls where no fire rating
is required.
25.3. Roof construction, including girders, trusses,
framing and decking.
Exception: In buildings of Type IA construction exceeding two stories above grade plane,
fire-retardant-treated woodis not permitted in
roof construction when the vertical distance
from the upper floor to the roof is less than 20
feet (6096 mm).
603.1.1 Ducts. The use of nonmetallic ducts shall be permitted when installed in accordance with the limitations of
the International Mechanical Code.
603.1.2 Piping. The use of combustible piping materials
shall be permitted when installed in accordance with the
limitations of the International Mechanical Code and the
International Plumbing Code.
603.1.3 Electrical. The use of electrical wiring methods
with combustible insulation, tubing, raceways and related
components shall be permitted when installed in accordance with the limitations of this code.
92
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
CHAPTER 7
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
SECTION 701
GENERAL
701.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the
materials, systems and assemblies used for structural fire resistance and fire-resistance-rated construction separation of adjacent spaces to safeguard against the spread of fire and smoke
within a building and the spread of fire to or from buildings.
FIRE DOOR. The door component of a fire door assembly.
FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. Any combination of a fire door,
frame, hardware and other accessories that together provide a
specific degree of fire protection to the opening.
FIRE PARTITION. A vertical assembly of materials
designed to restrict the spread of fire in which openings are protected.
FIRE PROTECTION RATING. The period of time that an
SECTION 702
DEFINITIONS
702.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this chapter, and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.
ANNULAR SPACE. The opening around the penetrating
item.
BUILDING ELEMENT. A fundamental component of building construction, listed in Table 601, which mayor may not be
of fire-resistance-rated construction and is constructed of
materials based on the building type of construction.
I
CEILING RADIATION DAMPER. A listeddevice installed
in a ceiling membrane of a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or
roof/ceiling assembly to limit automatically the radiative heat
transfer through an air inlet/outlet opening.
COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. A listed
device installed in ducts and air transfer openings designed to
close automatically upon the detection of heat and resist the
passage of flame and smoke. The device is installed to operate
automatically, controlled by a smoke detection system, and
where required, is capable of being positioned from a fire command center.
DAMPER. See "Ceiling radiation damper," "Combination
fire/smoke damper," "Fire damper" and "Smoke damper."
DRAFTSTOP. A material, device or construction installed to
restrict the movement of air within open spaces of concealed
areas of building components such as crawl spaces, floor/ceiling assemblies, roof/ceiling assemblies and attics.
I
F RATING. The time period that the through-penetration
firestop system limits the spread of fire through the penetration
when tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479.
FIRE BARRIER. A fire-resistance-rated wall assembly of
materials designed to restrict the spread of fire in which continuity is maintained.
FIRE DAMPER. A listed device installed in ducts and air
transfer openings designed to close automatically upon detection of heat and resist the passage of flame. Fire dampers are
classified for use in either static systems that will automatically
shut down in the event of a fire, or in dynamic systems that continue to operate during a fire. A dynamic fire damper is tested
and rated for closure under elevated temperature airflow.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
opening protective will maintain the ability to confine a fire as
determined by tests prescribed in Section 715. Ratings are
stated in hours or minutes.
I
FIRE RESISTANCE. That property of materials or their
assemblies that prevents or retards the passage of excessive
heat, hot gases or flames under conditions of use.
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING. The period of time a building element, component or assembly maintains the ability to
confine a fire, continues to perform a given structural function,
or both, as determined by the tests, or the methods based on
tests, prescribed in Section 703.
FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM. An assemblage of
specific materials or products that are designed, tested and
fire-resistance rated in accordance with either ASTM E 1966 or
UL 2079 to resist for a prescribed period of time the passage of
fire through joints made in or between fire-resistance-rated
assemblies.
FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE. The distance measured
from the building face to one of the following:
1. The closest interior lot line;
2. To the centerline of a street, an alley or public way; or
3. To an imaginary line between two buildings on the property.
The distance shall be measured at right angles from the face
of the wall.
FIRE WALL. A fire- resistance-rated wall having protected
openings, which restricts the spread of fire and extends continuously from the foundation to or through the roof, with sufficient structural stability under fire conditions to allow collapse
of construction on either side without collapse of the wall.
FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY. A window constructed and
glazed to give protection against the passage of fire.
FIREBLOCKING. Building materials or materials for use as
fireblocking, installed to resist the free passage of flame to
other areas of the building through concealed spaces.
FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. A combination of a fire
door, a frame, hardware and other accessories installed in a horizontal plane, which together provide a specific degree of fire
protection to a through-opening in a fire-resistance-rated floor
(see Section 712.8).
93
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY. A fire-resistance-rated floor
or roof assembly of materials designed to restrict the spread of
fire in which continuity is maintained.
JOINT. The linear opening in or between adjacent fire-resistance-rated assemblies that is designed to allow independent
movement of the building in any plane caused by thermal, seismic, wind or any other loading.
MEMBRANE PENETRATION. An opening made through
one side (wall, floor or ceiling membrane) of an assembly.
MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A material,
device or construction installed to resist for a prescribed time
period the passage of flame and heat through openings in a protective membrane in order to accommodate cables, cable trays,
conduit, tubing, pipes or similar items.
MINERAL FIBER. Insulation composed principally of fibers
manufactured from rock, slag or glass, with or without binders.
MINERAL WOOL. Synthetic vitreous fiber insulation made
by melting predominately igneous rock or furnace slag, and
other inorganic materials, and then physically forming the melt
into fibers.
PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A through-penetration
firestop or a membrane-penetration firestop.
SELF-CLOSING. As applied to a fire door or other opening
protective, means equipped with an device that will ensure
closing after having been opened.
SHAFT. An enclosed space extending through one or more
stories of a building, connecting vertical openings in successive floors, or floors and roof.
SHAFT ENCLOSURE. The walls or construction forming
the boundaries of a shaft.
SMOKE BARRIER. A continuous membrane, either vertical
or horizontal, such as a wall, floor or ceiling assembly, that is
designed and constructed to restrict the movement of smoke.
SMOKE COMPARTMENT. A space within a building
enclosed by smoke barriers on all sides, including the top and
bottom.
SMOKE DAMPER. A listed device installed in ducts and air
transfer openings designed to resist the passage of smoke. The
device is installed to operate automatically, controlled by a
smoke detection system, and where required, is capable of
being positioned from a fire command center.
SPLICE. The result of a factory and/or field method ofjoining
or connecting two or more lengths of a fire-resistantjoint system into a continuous entity.
T RATING. The time period that the penetration firestop system, including the penetrating item, limits the maximum temperature rise to 325°F (163°C) above its initial temperature
through the penetration on the nonfire side when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479.
THROUGH PENETRATION. An opening that passes
through an entire assembly.
I
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM. An
assemblage of specific materials or products that are designed,
tested and fire-resistance rated to resist for a prescribed period
94
of time the spread of fire through penetrations. The F and T
rating criteria for penetration firestop systems shall be in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479. See definitions of "F rating" and "T rating."
SECTION 703
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS AND FIRE TESTS
703.1 Scope. Materials prescribed herein for fire resistance
shall conform to the requirements of this chapter.
703.2 Fire-resistance ratings. The fire-resistance rating of
building elements, components or assemblies shall be determined in accordance with the test procedures set forth in
ASTM E 119 or UL 263 or in accordance with Section 703.3.
Where materials, systems or devices that have not been tested
as part of a fire-resistance-rated assembly are incorporated into
the building element, component or assembly, sufficient data
shall be made available to the building official to show that the
required fire-resistance rating is not reduced. Materials and
methods of construction used to protectjoints and penetrations
in fire-resistance-rated building elements, components or
assemblies shall not reduce the required fire-resistance rating.
Exception: In determining the fire-resistance rating of
exterior bearing walls, compliance with the ASTM E 119 or
UL 263 criteria for unexposed surface temperature rise and
ignition of cotton waste due to passage of flame or gases is
required only for a period of time corresponding to the
required fire-resistance rating of an exterior nonbearing
wall with the same fire separation distance, and in a building of the same group. When the fire-resistance rating
determined in accordance with this exception exceeds the
fire-resistance rating determined in accordance with ASTM
E 119 or UL 263, the fire exposure time period, water pressure and application duration criteria for the hose stream test
of ASTM E 119 or UL 263 shall be based upon the
fire-resistance rating determined in accordance with this
exception.
703.2.1 Nonsymmetrical wall construction. Interior walls
and partitions of nonsymmetrical construction shall be
tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the
assigned fire-resistance rating shall be the shortest duration
obtained from the two tests conducted in compliance with
ASTM E 119 or UL 263. When evidence is furnished to
show that the wall was tested with the least fire-resistant side
exposed to the furnace, subject to acceptance of the building
official, the wall need not be subjected to tests from the
opposite side (see Section 705.5 for exterior walls).
703.2.2 Combustible components. Combustible aggregates are permitted in gypsum and portland cement concrete
mixtures for fire-resistance-rated construction. Any component material or admixture is permitted in assemblies if the
resulting tested assembly meets the fire-resistance test
requirements of this code.
703.2.3 Restrained classification. Fire-resistance-rated
assemblies tested under ASTM E 119 or UL 263 shall not be
considered to be restrained unless evidence satisfactory to
the bUilding official is furnished by the registered design
professional showing that the construction qualifies for a
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
restrained classification in accordance with ASTM E 119 or
UL 263. Restrained construction shall be identified on the
plans.
703.3 Alternative methods for determining fire resistance.
The application of any of the alternative methods listed in this
section shall be based on the fire exposure and acceptance criteria specified in ASTM E 119 or UL 263. The required fire resistance of a building element, component or assembly shall be
permitted to be established by any of the following methods or
procedures:
1. Fire-resistance designs documented in sources.
2. Prescriptive designs of fire-resistance-rated building
elements, components or assemblies as prescribed in
Section 720.
shall be effectively and permanently identified with signs or
stenciling. Such identification shall:
1. Be located in accessible concealed floor, floor-ceiling or
attic spaces;
2. Be repeated at intervals not exceeding 30 feet (914 mm)
measured horizontally along the wall or partition; and
3. Include lettering not less than 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) in
height, incorporating the suggested wording: "FIRE
AND/OR SMOKE BARRIER-PROTECT ALL
OPENINGS," or other wording.
Exception: Walls in Group R-2 occupancies that do
not have a removable decorative ceiling allowing
access to the concealed space.
3. Calculations in accordance with Section 721 .
4. Engineering analysis based on a comparison of building
element, component or assemblies designs having
fire-resistance ratings as determined by the test procedures set forth in ASTM E 119 or UL 263.
5. Alternative protection methods as allowed by Section
104.11.
703.4 Noncombustibility tests. The tests indicated in Sections
703.4.1 and 703.4.2 shall serve as criteria for acceptance of
building materials as set forth in Sections 602.2, 602.3 and
602.4 in Type I, II, III and IV construction. The term
"noncombustible" does not apply to the flame spread characteristics of interior finish or trim materials. A material shall not
be classified as a noncombustible building construction material if it is subject to an increase in combustibility or flame
spread beyond the limitations herein established through the
effects of age, moisture or other atmospheric conditions.
703.4.1 Elementary materials. Materials required to be
noncombustible shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E
136.
703.4.2 Composite materials. Materials having a structural base of noncombustible material as determined in
accordance with Section 703.4.1 with a surfacing not more
than 0.125 inch (3.18 mm) thick that has a flame spread
index not greater than 50 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 84 or UL 723 shall be acceptable as
noncombustible materials.
703.5 Fire-resistance-rated glazing. Fire-resistance-rated
glazing, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL
263 and complying with the requirements of Section 707, shall
be permitted. Fire-resistance-rated glazing shall bear a label or
other identification showing the name of the manufacturer, the
test standard and the identifier "W-XXX," where the "XXX" is
the fire-resistance rating in minutes. Such label or identification shall be issued by an agency and shall be permanently
affixed to the glazing.
703.6 Marking and identification. Fire walls, fire barriers,
fire partitions, smoke barriers and smoke partitions or any
other wall required to have protected openings or penetrations
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SECTION 704
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
704.1 Requirements. The fire-resistance ratings of structural
members and assemblies shall comply with this section and the
requirements for the type of construction as specified in Table
601. The fire-resistance ratings shall not be less than the ratings required for the fire-resistance-rated assemblies supported
by the structural members.
Exception: Fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers
and horizontal assemblies as provided in Sections 707.5,
709.4, 710.4 and 712.4, respectively.
704.2 Column protection. Where columns are required to be
fire-resistance rated, the entire column shall be provided individual encasement protection by protecting it on all sides for
the full column length, including connections to other structural members, with materials having the required fire-resistance rating. Where the column extends through a ceiling, the
encasement protection shall be continuous from the top of the
foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below through the ceiling
space to the top of the column.
704.3 Protection of the primary structural frame other
than columns. Members of the primary structural frame other
than columns that are required to have a fire-resistance rating
and support more than two floors or one floor and roof, or support a load-bearing wall or a nonload-bearing wall more than
two stories high, shall be provided individual encasement protection by protecting them on all sides for their full length,
including connections to other structural members, with materials having the required fire-resistance rating.
Exception: Individual encasement protection on all sides
shall be permitted on all exposed sides provided the extent
of protection is in accordance with the required fire-resistance rating, as determined in Section 703.
704.4 Protection of secondary members. Secondary members that are required to have a fire-resistance rating shall be
protected by individual encasement protection, by the membrane or ceiling of a horizontal assembly in accordance with
Section 712, or by a combination of both.
95
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
704.4.1 Light-frame construction. King studs and boundary elements that are integral elements in load-bearing
walls of light-frame construction shall be permitted to have
required fire-resistance ratings provided by the membrane
protection provided for the load-bearing wall.
704.5 Truss protection. The required thickness and construction of fire-resistance-rated assemblies enclosing trusses shall
be based on the results of full-scale tests or combinations of
tests on truss components or on approvedcalculations based on
such tests that satisfactorily demonstrate that the assembly has
the required fire resistance.
704.6 Attachments to structural members. The edges of
lugs, brackets, rivets and bolt heads attached to structural members shall be permitted to extend to within 1 inch (25 mm) of the
surface of the fire protection.
704.7 Reinforcing. Thickness of protection for concrete or
masonry reinforcement shall be measured to the outside of the
reinforcement except that stirrups and spiral reinforcement ties
are permitted to project not more than 0.5-inch (12.7 mm) into
the protection.
704.8 Embedments and enclosures. Pipes, wires, conduits,
ducts or other service facilities shall not be embedded in the
required fire protective covering of a structural member that is
required to be individually encased.
704.9 Impact protection. Where the fire protective covering
of a structural member is subject to impact damage from moving vehicles, the handling of merchandise or other activity, the
fire protective covering shall be protected by corner guards or
by a substantialjacket of metal or other noncombustible material to a height adequate to provide full protection, but not less
than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the finished floor.
I
Exception: Corner protection is not required on concrete
columns in open or enclosed parking garages.
704.10 Exterior structural members. Load-bearing structural members located within the exterior walls or on the outside of a building or structure shall be provided with the highest
fire-resistance rating as determined in accordance with the following:
1. As required by Table 601 for the type of building element based on the type of construction of the building;
2. As required by Table 601 for exterior bearing walls
based on the type of construction; and
3. As required by Table 602 for exterior walls based on the
fire separation distance.
704.11 Bottom flange protection. Fire protection is not
required at the bottom flange of lintels, shelf angles and plates,
spanning not more than 6 feet (1829 mm) whether part of the
primary structural frame or not, and from the bottom flange of
lintels, shelf angles and plates not part of the primary structural
frame, regardless of span.
704.12 Seismic isolation systems. Fire-resistance ratings for
the isolation system shall meet the fire-resistance rating
required for the columns, walls or other structural elements in
which the isolation system is installed in accordance with Table
601. Isolation systems required to have a fire-resistance rating
shall be protected with approved materials or construction
96
assemblies designed to provide the same degree of fire resistance as the structural element in which it is installed when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 (see Section
703.2).
Such isolation system protection applied to isolator units
shall be capable of retarding the transfer of heat to the isolator
unit in such a manner that the required gravity load-carrying
capacity of the isolator unit will not be impaired after exposure
to the standard time-temperature curve fire test prescribed in
ASTM E 119 or UL 263 for a duration not less than that
required for the fire-resistance rating of the structure element
in which it is installed.
Such isolation system protection applied to isolator units
shall be suitably designed and securely installed so as not to
dislodge, loosen, sustain damage or otherwise impair its ability
to accommodate the seismic movements for which the isolator
unit is designed and to maintain its integrity for the purpose of
providing the required fire-resistance protection.
704.13 Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM). Sprayed
fire-resistant materials (SFRM) shall comply with Sections
704.13.1 through 704.13.5.
704.13.1 Fire-resistance rating. The application of SFRM
shall be consistent with the fire-resistance rating and the
listing, including, but not limited to, minimum thickness
and dry density of the applied SFRM, method of application, substrate surface conditions and the use of bonding
adhesives, sealants, reinforcing or other materials.
704.13.2 Manufacturer's installation instructions. The
application of SFRM shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. The instructions shall
include, but are not limited to, substrate temperatures and
surface conditions and SFRM handling, storage, mixing,
conveyance, method of application, curing and ventilation.
704.13.3 Substrate condition. The SFRM shall be applied
to a substrate in compliance with Sections 704.13.3.1
through 704.13.3.2.
704.13.3.1 Surface conditions. Substrates to receive
SFRM shall be free of dirt, oil, grease, release agents,
loose scale and any other condition that prevents adhesion. The substrates shall also be free of primers, paints
and encapsulants other than those fire tested and listedby
a nationally recognized testing agency. Primed, painted
or encapsulated steel shall be allowed, provided that testing has demonstrated that required adhesion is maintained.
704.13.3.2 Primers, paints and encapsulants. Where
the SFRM is to be applied over primers, paints or
encapsulants other than those specified in the listing, the
material shall be field tested in accordance with ASTM E
736. Where testing of the SFRM with primers, paints or
encapsulants demonstrates that required adhesion is
maintained, SFRM shall be permitted to be applied to
primed, painted or encapsulated wide flange steel shapes
in accordance with the following conditions:
1. The beam flange width does not exceed 12 inches
(305 mm); or
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
2. The column flange width does not exceed 16
inches (400 mm); or
705.2.2 Type III, IV or V construction. Projections from
walls of Type III, IV or V construction shall be of any
approved material.
3. The beam or column web depth does not exceed 16
inches (400 mm).
4. The average and minimum bond strength values
shall be determined based on a minimum of five
bond tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E
736. Bond tests conducted in accordance with
ASTM E 736 shall indicate a minimum average
bond strength of 80 percent and a minimum individual bond strength of 50 percent, when compared to the bond strength of the SFRM as applied
to clean uncoated l/s-inch-thick (3-mm) steel plate.
704.13.4 Temperature. A minimum ambient and substrate
temperature of 40°F (4.44°C) shall be maintained during
and for a minimum of 24 hours after the application of the
SFRM, unless the manufacturer's installation instructions
allow otherwise.
704.13.5 Finished condition. The finished condition of
SFRM applied to structural members or assemblies shall
not, upon complete drying or curing, exhibit cracks, voids,
spalls, delamination or any exposure of the substrate. Surface irregularities of SFRM shall be deemed acceptable.
I
705.2.3 Combustible projections. Combustible projections located where openings are not permitted or where
protection of openings is required shall be of at least I-hour
fire-resistance-rated construction, Type IV construction,
fire-retardant-treated wood or as required by Section
1406.3.
Exception: Type V construction shall be allowed for R-3
occupancies.
705.3 Buildings on the same lot. For the purposes of determining the required wall and opening protection and roof-covering requirements, buildings on the same lot shall be assumed
to have an imaginary line between them.
Where a new building is to be erected on the same lot as an
existing building, the location of the assumed imaginary line
with relation to the existing building shall be such that the exterior wall and opening protection of the existing building meet
the criteria as set forth in Sections 705.5 and 705.8.
Exception: Two or more buildings on the same lot shall
either be regulated as separate buildings or shall be considered as portions of one building if the aggregate area of such
buildings is within the limits specified in Chapter 5 for a single building. Where the buildings contain different occupancy groups or are of different types of construction, the
area shall be that allowed for the most restrictive occupancy
or construction.
SECTION 705
EXTERIOR WALLS
705.1 General. Exterior walls shall comply with this section.
705.2 Projections. Cornices, eave overhangs, exterior balconies and similar projections extending beyond the exterior wall
shall conform to the requirements of this section and Section
1406. Exterior egress balconies and exterior exit stairways
shall also comply with Sections 1019 and 1026, respectively.
Projections shall not extend beyond the distance determined by
the following three methods, whichever results in the lesser
projection:
1. A point one-third the distance from the exterior face of
the wall to the lot line where protected openings or a
combination of protected and unprotected openings are
required in the exterior wall.
2. A point one-half the distance from the exterior face of the
wall to the lot line where all openings in the exterior wall
are permitted to be unprotected or the building is
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
installed under the provisions of Section 705.8.2.
3. More than 12 inches (305 mm) into areas where openings are prohibited.
Buildings on the same lot and considered as portions of one
building in accordance with Section 705 .3 are not required to
comply with this section.
705.2.1 Type I and II construction. Projections from walls
of Type I or II construction shall be of noncombustible
materials or combustible materials as allowed by Sections
1406.3 and 1406.4.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
705.4 Materials. Exterior walls shall be of materials permitted
by the building type of construction.
705.5 Fire-resistance ratings. Exterior walls shall be
fire-resistance rated in accordance with Tables 601 and 602 and
this section. The required fire-resistance rating of exterior
walls with a fire separation distance of greater than 10 feet
(3048 mm) shall be rated for exposure to fire from the inside.
The required fire-resistance rating of exterior walls with a fire
separation distance of less than or equal to 10 feet (3048 mm)
shall be rated for exposure to fire from both sides.
705.6 Structural stability. The wall shall extend to the height
required by Section 705 .11 and shall have sufficient structural
stability such that it will remain in place for the duration of time
indicated by the required fire-resistance rating.
705.7 Unexposed surface temperature. Where protected
openings are not limited by Section 705.8, the limitation on the
rise of temperature on the unexposed surface of exterior walls
as required by ASTM E 119 or UL 263 shall not apply. Where
protected openings are limited by Section 705.8, the limitation
on the rise of temperature on the unexposed surface of exterior
walls as required by ASTM E 119 or UL 263 shall not apply
provided that a correction is made for radiation from the unexposed exterior wall surface in accordance with the following
formula:
where:
Ae
= Equivalent area of protected openings.
97
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
A
= Actual area of protected openings.
= Area of exterior wall surface in the story under consid-
1.2. Where the wall faces an unoccupied space.
The unoccupied space shall be on the same
lot or dedicated for public use, shall not be
less than 30 feet (9144 mm) in width and
shall have access from a street by a posted
fire lane in accordance with the International Fire Code.
eration exclusive of openings, on which the temperature limitations of ASTM E 119 or UL 263 for walls are
exceeded.
= An "equivalent opening factor" derived from Figure
705.7 based on the average temperature of the unexposed wall surface and the fire-resistance rating of the
wall.
2. Buildings whose exterior bearing walls, exterior
nonbearing walls and exterior primary structural
frame are not required to be fire-resistance rated
shall be permitted to have unlimited unprotected
openings.
705.8 Openings. Openings in exterior walls shall comply with
Sections 705.8.1 through 705.8.6.
705.8.2 Protected openings. Where openings are required
to be protected, fire doors and fire shutters shall comply
with Section 715.4 and fire windowassemblies shall comply
with Section 715.5.
705.8.1 Allowable area ofopenings. The maximum area of
unprotected and protected openings permitted in an exterior
wall in any story of a building shall not exceed the percentages specified in Table 705.8.
Exception: Opening protectives are not required where
the building is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1
and the exterior openings are protected by a water curtain
using automatic sprinklers approved for that use.
Exceptions:
1. In other than Group H occupancies, unlimited
unprotected openings are permitted in the first
story above grade either:
705.8.3 Unprotected openings. Where unprotected openings are permitted, windows and doors shall be constructed
of any approved materials. Glazing shall conform to the
requirements of Chapters 24 and 26.
1.1. Where the wall faces a street and has a fire
separation distance of more than 15 feet
(4572 mm); or
1.0 ~
0.9
§
~
§
0.8
:;;j
~
::i
f=
o·
:s
..-
""""
~
o
LL<O
0.7
I
'-
~§
Z:
cO
E
~
~
~
J
~ 0.6 ....
I
"+-"0
C)
c:
.~ 0.5
a.
o
~~~
~
~
~
a
~
~
~
S
E
E
~ 0.4 E
f-
~
LB"
~
'5
0.3
~
E
E
f=
0.2 E
~
f--
~
0.1
E
~
§
o200
1
11I
600 800
400
1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000
Average temperature of unexposed surface (OF)
For 51:
°C = [(OF) - 32] / 1.8.
FIGURE 705.7
EQUIVALENT OPENING FACTOR
98
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 705.8
MAXIMUM AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE AND DEGREE OF OPENING PROTECTION
FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE
(feet)
oto less than 3b , c
3 to less than 5d , e
5 to less than
10e , f
10 to less than 15 e , f, g
15 to less than
20 f , g
20 to less than 25 f , g
25 to less than 30f , g
30 or greater
DEGREE OF OPENING PROTECTION
ALLOWABLE AREAa
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
Not Permitted
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
Not Permitted
Protected (P)
Not Permitted
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
Not Permitted
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
15%
Protected (P)
15%
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
10%h
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
25%
Protected (P)
25%
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
15%h
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
45%
Protected (P)
45%
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
25%
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
75%
Protected (P)
75%
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
45%
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
No Limit
Protected (P)
No Limit
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
70%
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
No Limit
Protected (P)
No Limit
Unprotected, Nonsprinklered (UP, NS)
No Limit
Unprotected, Sprinklered (UP, S)i
Not Required
Protected (P)
Not Required
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
UP, NS = Unprotected openings in buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
UP, S = Unprotected openings in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
P
= Openings protected with an opening protective assembly in accordance with Section 705.8.2.
a. Values indicated are the percentage of the area of the exterior wall, per story.
b. For the requirements for fire walls of buildings with differing heights, see Section 706.6.1.
c. For openings in a fire wall for buildings on the same lot, see Section 706.8.
d. The maximum percentage of unprotected and protected openings shall be 25 percent for Group R-3 occupancies.
e. Unprotected openings shall not be permitted for openings with a :fire separation distance of less than 15 feet for Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies.
f. The area of unprotected and protected openings shall not be limited for Group R-3 occupancies, with afire separation distance of 5 feet or greater.
g. The area of openings in an open parking structure with a :fire separation distance of 10 feet or greater shall not be limited.
h. Includes buildings accessory to Group R-3.
i. Not applicable to Group H-l, H-2 and H-3 occupancies.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
99
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
705.8.4 Mixed openings. Where both unprotected and protected openings are located in the exterior wall in any story
of a building, the total area of openings shall be determined
in accordance with the following:
(Equation 7-2)
where:
Ap = Actual area of protected openings, or the equivalent
area of protected openings, Ae (see Section 705.7).
ap = Allowable area of protected openings.
Au = Actual area of unprotected openings.
au = Allowable area of unprotected openings.
705.8.5 Vertical separation ofopenings. Openings in exterior walls in adjacent stories shall be separated vertically to
protect against fire spread on the exterior of the buildings
where the openings are within 5 feet (1524 mm) of each
other horizontally and the opening in the lower storyis not a
protected opening with a fire protection rating of not less
than 3/4 hour. Such openings shall be separated vertically at
least 3 feet (914 mm) by spandrel girders, exterior walls or
other similar assemblies that have a fire-resistance rating of
at least 1 hour or by flame barriers that extend horizontally
at least 30 inches (762 mm) beyond the exterior wall. Flame
barriers shall also have a fire-resistance rating of at least 1
hour. The unexposed surface temperature limitations specified in ASTM E 119 or UL 263 shall not apply to the flame
barriers or vertical separation unless otherwise required by
the provisions of this code.
Exceptions:
1. This section shall not apply to buildings that are
three stories or less above grade plane.
2. This section shall not apply to buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
3. Open parking garages.
705.8.6 Vertical exposure. For buildings on the same lot,
opening protectives having a fire protection rating of not
less than 3/4 hour shall be provided in every opening that is
less than 15 feet (4572 mm) vertically above the roof of an
adjacent building or structure based on assuming an imaginary line between them. The opening protectives are
required where the fire separation distance between the
imaginary line and the adjacent building or structure is less
than 15 feet (4572 mm).
Exceptions:
100
705.3 are not required to comply with Section
705.8.6.
705.9 Joints. Joints made in or between exterior walls required
by this section to have a fire-resistance rating shall comply
with Section 714.
Exception: Joints in exterior walls that are permitted to
have unprotected openings.
705.9.1 Voids. The void created at the intersection of a
floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior curtain wall assembly shall be protected in accordance with Section 714.4.
705.10 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations by air
ducts and air transfer openings in fire-resistance-rated exterior
walls required to have protected openings shall comply with
Section 716.
Exception: Foundation vents installed in accordance with
this code are permitted.
705.11 Parapets. Parapets shall be provided on exterior walls
of buildings.
Exceptions: A parapet need not be provided on an exterior
wall where any of the following conditions exist:
1. The wall is not required to be fire-resistance rated in
accordance with Table 602 because of fire separation
distance.
2. The building has an area of not more than 1,000
square feet (93 m2) on any floor.
3. Walls that terminate at roofs of not less than 2-hour
fire-resistance-rated construction or where the roof,
including the deck or slab and supporting construction, is constructed entirely of noncombustible materials.
4. One-hour fire-resistance-rated exterior walls that terminate at the underside of the roof sheathing, deck or
slab, provided:
4.1. Where the roof/ceiling framing elements are
parallel to the walls, such framing and elements supporting such framing shall not be of
less than I-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a width of 4 feet (1220 mm) for
Groups Rand U and 10 feet (3048 mm) for
other occupancies, measured from the interior
side of the wall.
4.2. Where roof/ceiling framing elements are not
parallel to the wall, the entire span of such
framing and elements supporting such framing shall not be of less than I-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.
1. Opening protectives are not required where the
roof assembly of the adjacent building or structure
has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour
for a minimum distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) from
the exterior wall facing the imaginary line and the
entire length and span of the supporting elements
for the fire-resistance-rated roof assembly has a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour.
4.3. Openings in the roof shall not be located
within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the I-hour fire- resistance-rated exterior wall for Groups Rand
U and 10 feet (3048 mm) for other occupancies, measured from the interior side of the
wall.
2. Buildings on the same lot and considered as portions of one building in accordance with Section
4.4. The entire building shall be provided with not
less than a Class B roof covering.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
5. In Groups R-2 and R-3 where the entire building is
provided with a Class C roof covering, the exterior
wallshall be permitted to terminate at the underside of
the roof sheathing or deck in Type III, IV and V construction, provided:
5.1. The roof sheathing or deck is constructed of
approved noncombustible materials or of
fire-retardant-treated woodfor a distance of 4
feet (1220 mm); or
5.2. The roof is protected with 0.625-inch (16
mm) Type X gypsum board directly beneath
the underside of the roof sheathing or deck,
supported by a minimum of nominal 2-inch
(51 mm) ledgers attached to the sides of the
roof framing members for a minimum distance of 4 feet (1220 mm).
6. Where the wall is permitted to have at least 25 percent
of the exterior wall areas containing unprotected
openings based on fire separation distance as determined in accordance with Section 705.8.
•
I
705.11.1 Parapet construction. Parapets shall have the
same fire-resistance rating as that required for the supporting wall, and on any side adjacent to a roof surface, shall
have noncombustible faces for the uppermost 18 inches
(457 mm), including counterflashing and coping materials.
The height of the parapet shall not be less than 30 inches
(762 mm) above the point where the roof surface and the
wall intersect. Where the roof slopes toward a parapet at a
slope greater than two units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(16.7-percent slope), the parapet shall extend to the same
height as any portion of the roof within a fire separation distance where protection of wall openings is required, but in
no case shall the height be less than 30 inches (762 mm).
SECTION 706
FIRE WALLS
706.1 General. Each portion of a building separated by one or
more fire walls that comply with the provisions of this section
shall be considered a separate building. The extent and location
of such fire walls shall provide a complete separation. Where a
fire wall also separates occupancies that are required to be separated by a fire barrier wall, the most restrictive requirements
of each separation shall apply.
706.1.1 Party walls. Any wall located on a lot line between
adjacent buildings, which is used or adapted for joint service
between the two buildings, shall be constructed as a fire wall
in accordance with Section 706. Party walls shall be constructed without openings and shall create separate buildings.
I
Exception: Openings in a party wall separating an
anchor building and a mall shall be in accordance with
Section 402 .7.3.1.
706.2 Structural stability. Fire walls shall have sufficient
structural stability under fire conditions to allow collapse of
construction on either side without collapse of the wall for the
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
duration of time indicated by the required fire-resistance rating.
706.3 Materials. Fire walls shall be of any approved
noncombustible materials.
Exception: Buildings of Type V construction.
706.4 Fire-resistance rating. Fire walls shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that required by Table 706.4.
TABLE 706.4
FIRE WALL FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS
GROUP
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
A, B, E, H-4, I, R-1, R-2, U
3a
F-1, H-3 b , H-S, M, 5-1
3
H-1, H-2
4b
F-2, 5-2, R-3, R-4
2
a. In Type II or V construction, walls shall be permitted to have a 2-hour
fire-resistance rating.
b. For Group H-1, H-2 or H-3 buildings, also see Sections 415.4 and 415 .5.
706.5 Horizontal continuity. Fire walls shall be continuous
from exterior wall to exterior wall and shall extend at least 18
inches (457 mm) beyond the exterior surface of exterior walls.
Exceptions:
1. Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the interior surface of combustible exterior sheathing or siding provided the exterior wall has a fire-resistance
rating of at least 1 hour for a horizontal distance of at
least 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the fire wall.
Openings within such exterior walls shall be protected by opening protectives having a fire protection
rating of not less than 3/4 hour.
2. Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the interior surface of noncombustible exterior sheathing,
exterior siding or other noncombustible exterior finishes provided the sheathing, siding, or other exterior
noncombustible finish extends a horizontal distance
of at least 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the fire
wall.
3. Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the interior surface of noncombustible exterior sheathing
where the building on each side of the fire wall is protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
706.5.1 Exterior walls. Where the fire wall intersects exterior walls, the fire-resistance rating and opening protection
of the exterior walls shall comply with one of the following:
1. The exterior walls on both sides of the fire wall shall
have a I-hour fire-resistance rating with 3/4-hour protection where opening protection is required by Section 705.8. The fire-resistance rating of the exterior
wall shall extend a minimum of 4 feet (1220 mm) on
each side of the intersection of the fire wallto exterior
wall. Exterior wall intersections at fire walls that form
an angle equal to or greater than 180 degrees (3.14
rad) do not need exterior wall protection.
101
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
2. Buildings or spaces on both sides of the intersecting
fire wall shall assume to have an imaginary lot line at
the fire wall and extending beyond the exterior of the
fire wall. The location of the assumed line in relation
to the exterior walls and the fire wall shall be such that
the exterior wall and opening protection meet the
requirements set forth in Sections 705.5 and 705 .8.
Such protection is not required for exterior walls terminating at fire walls that form an angle equal to or
greater than 180 degrees (3.14 rad).
706.5.2 Horizontal projecting elements. Fire walls shall
extend to the outer edge of horizontal projecting elements
such as balconies, roof overhangs, canopies, marquees and
similar proj ections that are within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the
fire wall.
Exceptions:
1. Horizontal projecting elements without concealed
spaces, provided the exterior wall behind and
below the projecting element has not less than
I-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a distance not less than the depth of the projecting element on both sides of the fire wall. Openings
within such exterior walls shall be protected by
opening protectives having a fire protection rating
of not less than 314 hour.
2. Noncombustible horizontal projecting elements
with concealed spaces, provided a minimum
I-hour fire-resistance-rated wall extends through
the concealed space. The projecting element shall
be separated from the building by a minimum of
I-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a distance on each side of the fire wall equal to the depth
of the projecting element. The wall is not required
to extend under the projecting element where the
building exterior wall is not less than I-hour
fire- resistance rated for a distance on each side of
the fire wall equal to the depth of the projecting
element. Openings within such exterior walls shall
be protected by opening protectives having a fire
protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour.
3. For combustible horizontal projecting elements
with concealed spaces, the fire wall need only
extend through the concealed space to the outer
edges of the projecting elements. The exterior wall
behind and below the projecting element shall be
of not less than I-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a distance not less than the depth of
the projecting elements on both sides of the fire
wall. Openings within such exterior walls shall be
protected by opening protectives having a
fire-protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour.
706.6 Vertical continuity. Fire walls shall extend from the
foundation to a termination point at least 30 inches (762 mm)
above both adjacent roofs.
Exceptions:
1. Stepped buildings in accordance with Section
706.6.1.
102
2. Two-hour fire-resistance-rated walls shall be permitted to terminate at the underside of the roof sheathing,
deck or slab, provided:
2.1. The lower roof assembly within 4 feet (1220
mm) of the wall has not less than a I-hour
fire-resistance rating and the entire length
and span of supporting elements for the rated
roof assembly has a fire-resistance rating of
not less than 1 hour.
2.2. Openings in the roof shall not be located
within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the fire wall.
2.3. Each building shall be provided with not less
than a Class B roof covering.
3. Walls shall be permitted to terminate at the underside
of noncombustible roof sheathing, deck or slabs
where both buildings are provided with not less than a
Class B roof covering. Openings in the roof shall not
be located within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the fire wall.
4. In buildings of Type III, IV and V construction, walls
shall be permitted to terminate at the underside of
combustible roof sheathing or decks, provided:
4.1. There are no openings in the roof within 4 feet
(1220 mm) of the fire wall,
4.2. The roof is covered with a minimum Class B
roof covering, and
4.3. The roof sheathing or deck is constructed of
fire-retardant-treated woodfor a distance of 4
feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the wall or the
roofis protected with 5/s-inch (15.9 mm) Type
X gypsum board directly beneath the underside of the roof sheathing or deck, supported
by a minimum of 2-inch (51 mm) nominal
ledgers attached to the sides of the roof framing members for a minimum distance of 4 feet
(1220 mm) on both sides of the fire wall.
5. In buildings designed in accordance with Section
509.2, fire walls located above the 3-hour horizontal
assembly required by Section 509.2, Item 1 shall be
permitted to extend from the top of this horizontal
assembly.
706.6.1 Stepped buildings. Where a fire wall serves as an
exterior wall for a building and separates buildings having
different roof levels, such wall shall terminate at a point not
less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the lower roof level,
provided the exterior wall for a height of 15 feet (4572 mm)
above the lower roof is not less than I-hour fire- resistance-rated construction from both sides with openings protected by fire assemblies having a fire protection rating of
not less than 314 hour.
Exception: Where the fire wall terminates at the underside of the roof sheathing, deck or slab of the lower roof,
provided:
1. The lower roof assembly within 10 feet (3048 mm)
of the wall has not less than a I-hour fire-resistance rating and the entire length and span of sup2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
porting elements for the rated roof assembly has a
fire- resistance rating of not less than 1 hour.
2. Openings in the lower roof shall not be located
within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the fire wall.
706.7 Combustible framing in fire walls. Adjacent combusti-
fire barrier separating building areas from an exit passageway shall comply with Section 1023.3.
I
707.3.4 Horizontal exit. The fire-resistance rating of the
separation between building areas connected by a horizontal exit shall comply with Section 1025.1.
ble members entering into a concrete or masonry fire wall from
opposite sides shall not have less than a 4-inch (102 mm) distance between embedded ends. Where combustible members
frame into hollow walls or walls of hollow units, hollow spaces
shall be solidly filled for the full thickness of the wall and for a
distance not less than 4 inches (102 mm) above, below and
between the structural members, with noncombustible materials approved for fireblocking.
707.3.6 Incidental accessory occupancies. The fire bar- I
rierseparating incidental accessory occupancies from other
spaces in the building shall have a fire-resistance rating of
not less than that indicated in Table 508.2.5.
706.8 Openings. Each opening through a fire wall shall be pro-
707.3.7 Control areas. Fire barriers separating control
tected in accordance with Section 715.4 and shall not exceed
156 square feet (15 m 2). The aggregate width of openings at
any floor level shall not exceed 25 percent of the length of the
wall.
Exceptions:
1. Openings are not permitted in party walls constructed
in accordance with Section 706.1.1.
2. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m 2) where both buildings are equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
706.9 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire walls shall comply
with Section 713.
706.10 Joints. Joints made in or between fire walls shall comply with Section 714.
706.11 Ducts and air transfer openings. Ducts and air transfer openings shall not penetrate fire walls.
Exception: Penetrations by ducts and air transfer openings
of fire walls that are not on a lot line shall be allowed provided the penetrations comply with Section 716. The size
and aggregate width of all openings shall not exceed the limitations of Section 706.8.
I
707.3.3 Exit passageway. The fire-resistance rating of the
SECTION 707
FIRE BARRIERS
707.1 General. Fire barriers installed as required elsewhere in
this code or the International Fire Code shall comply with this
section.
707.3.5 Atriums. The fire-resistance rating of the fire barrierseparating atriums shall comply with Section 404.6.
areas shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that
required in Section 414.2.4.
707.3.8 Separated occupancies. Where the provisions of
Section 508.4 are applicable, the fire barrier separating
mixed occupancies shall have a fire-resistance rating of not
less than that indicated in Table 508.4 based on the occupancies being separated.
707.3.9 Fire areas. The fire barriers or horizontal assemblies, or both, separating a single occupancy into different
fire areas shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than
that indicated in Table 707.3.9. The fire barriers or horizontal assemblies, or both, separating fire areas of mixed occupancies shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than the
highest value indicated in Table 707.3.9 for the occupancies
under consideration.
TABLE 707.3.9
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE
BARRIER ASSEMBLIES OR HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES
BETWEEN FIRE AREAS
OCCUPANCY GROUP
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
H-1, H-2
4
F-1, H-3 , 5-1
3
A, B, E, F-2, H-4, H-5 ,
I, M, R, 5-2
2
U
1
707.2 Materials. Fire barriers shall be of materials permitted
by the building type of construction.
707.4 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of a
required fire-resistance-rated shaft or exitenclosure, or separation, such walls shall comply with the requirements of Section
705 for exterior walls and the fire-resistance-rated enclosure or
separation requirements shall not apply.
707.3 Fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating of fire
Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance
barriers shall comply with this section.
707.3.1 Shaft enclosures. The fire-resistance rating of the
fire barrierseparating building areas from a shaft shall comply with Section 708.4.
707.3.2 Exit enclosures. The fire-resistance rating of the
fire barrierseparating building areas from an exitshall comply with Section 1022.1.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
rated in accordance with Section 1019 for exterior egress
balconies, Section 1022.6 for exit enclosures and Section
1026.6 for exterior exit ramps and stairways.
707.5 Continuity. Fire barriers shall extend from the top of the
floor/ceiling assembly below to the underside of the floor or
roof sheathing, slab or deck above and shall be securely
attached thereto. Such fire barriers shall be continuous through
concealed spaces, such as the space above a suspended ceiling.
103
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
707.5.1 Supporting construction. The supporting construction for a fire barrier shall be protected to afford the
required fire-resistance rating of the fire barrier supported.
Hollow vertical spaces within a fire barrier shall be
fireblocked in accordance with Section 717.2 at every floor
level.
Exceptions:
707.8 Joints. Joints made in or between fire barriers, and joints
made at the intersection of fire barriers with underside of the
floor or roof sheathing, slab or deck above, shall comply with
Section 714.
707.9 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a fire
barrier by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply with
Section 716.
1. The maximum required fire-resistance rating for
assemblies supporting fire barriers separating
tank storage as provided for in Section 415.6.2.1
shall be 2 hours, but not less than required by Table
601 for the building construction type.
2. Shaft enclosures shall be permitted to terminate at
a top enclosure complying with Section 708.12.
3. Supporting construction for I-hour fire barriers
required by Table 508.2.5 in buildings of Type
lIB, IIIB and VB construction is not required to be
fire-resistance rated unless required by other sections of this code.
707.6 Openings. Openings in a fire barrier shall be protected
in accordance with Section 715. Openings shall be limited to a
maximum aggregate width of 25 percent of the length of the
wall, and the maximum area of any single opening shall not
exceed 156 square feet (15 m 2). Openings in exit enclosures
and exit passageways shall also comply with Sections 1022.3
and 1023.5, respectively.
Exceptions:
1. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m 2) where adjoining floor areas are equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
2. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m 2) or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length
of the wall where the opening protective is a fire door
serving an exit enclosure.
3. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m 2) or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length
of the wall where the opening protective has been
tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 and
has a minimum fire-resistance rating not less than the
fire-resistance rating of the wall.
4. Fire window assemblies permitted in atrium separation walls shall not be limited to a maximum aggregate width of 25 percent of the length of the wall.
5. Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15
m 2) or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length
of the wall where the opening protective is a fire door
assembly in a fire barrier separating an exitenclosure
from an exit passageway in accordance with Section
1022.2.1.
707.7 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire barriers shall comply
with Section 713.
707.7.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations into an exit
enclosure or an exit passageway shall be allowed only when
permitted by Section 1022.4 or 1023.6, respectively.
104
SECTION 708
SHAFT ENCLOSURES
708.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to
shafts required to protect openings and penetrations through
floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling assemblies. Shaft enclosures
shall be constructed as fire barriers in accordance with Section
707 or horizontal assemblies in accordance with Section 712,
or both.
708.2 Shaft enclosure required. Openings through a
floor/ceiling assembly shall be protected by a shaft enclosure
complying with this section.
Exceptions:
1. A shaft enclosure is not required for openings totally
within an individual residential dwelling unit and
connecting four stories or less.
2. A shaft enclosure is not required in a building
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 for an escalator opening or stairway that is not a portion of the
means of egress protected according to Item 2.1 or
2.2.
2.1. Where the area of the floor opening between
stories does not exceed twice the horizontal
projected area of the escalator or stairwayand
the opening is protected by a draft curtain and
closely spaced sprinklers in accordance with
NFPA 13. In other than Groups Band M, this
application is limited to openings that do not
connect more than four stories.
2.2. Where the opening is protected by approved
power-operated automatic shutters at every
penetrated floor . The shutters shall be of
noncombustible construction and have a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 1.5
hours. The shutter shall be so constructed as to
close immediately upon the actuation of a
smoke detector installed in accordance with
Section 907.3 and shall completely shut off
the well opening. Escalators shall cease operation when the shutter begins to close. The
shutter shall operate at a speed of not more
than 30 feet per minute (152.4 mm/s) and shall
be equipped with a sensitive leading edge to
arrest its progress where in contact with any
obstacle, and to continue its progress on release therefrom.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
3. A shaft enclosure is not required for penetrations by
pipe, tube, conduit, wire, cable and vents protected
in accordance with Section 713.4.
4. A shaft enclosure is not required for penetrations by
ducts protected in accordance with Section 716.6.
Grease ducts shall be protected in accordance with
the International Mechanical Code.
5. In other than Group H occupancies, a shaft enclosure is not required for floor openings complying
with the provisions for atriums in Section 404.
6. A shaft enclosure is not required for approved
masonry chimneys where annular space is
fireblocked at each floor level in accordance with
Section 717.2.5.
7. In other than Groups 1-2 and 1-3, a shaft enclosure is
not required for a floor opening or an air transfer
opening that complies with the following:
7.1. Does not connect more than two stories.
7.2. Is not part of the required means ofegress system.
7.3. Is not concealed within the construction of a
wall or a floor/ceiling assembly.
7.4. Is not open to a corridorin Group I and R occupancies.
7.5. Is not open to a corridor on nonsprinklered
floors in any occupancy.
7.6. Is separated from floor openings and air transfer openings serving other floors by construction conforming to required shaft enclosures.
7.7. Is limited to the same smoke compartment.
8. A shaft enclosure is not required for automobile
ramps in open and enclosed parking garages constructed in accordance with Sections 406.3 and
406.4, respectively.
9. A shaft enclosure is not required for floor openings
between a mezzanine and the floor below.
10. A shaft enclosure is not required for joints protected
by a fire-resistant joint system in accordance with
Section 714.
11. A shaft enclosure shall not be required for floor
openings created by unenclosed stairs or ramps in
accordance with Exception 3 or 4 in Section 1016.1.
12. Floor openings protected by floor fire doors in
accordance with Section 712.8.
13. In Group 1-3 occupancies, a shaft enclosure is not
required for floor openings in accordance with Section 408.5.
14. A shaft enclosure is not required for elevator
hoistways in open or enclosed parking garages that
serve only the parking garage.
15. In open or enclosed parking garages a shaft enclosure is not required to enclose mechanical exhaust or
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
supply duct systems when such duct system is contained within and serves only the parking garage.
16. Where permitted by other sections of this code.
708.3 Materials. The shaft enclosure shall be of materials permitted by the building type of construction.
708.4 Fire-resistance rating. Shaft enclosures shall have a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours where connecting
four stories or more, and not less than 1 hour where connecting
less than four stories. The number of stories connected by the
shaft enclosure shall include any basements but not any mezzanines. Shaft enclosures shall have a fire-resistance rating not
less than the floor assembly penetrated, but need not exceed 2
hours. Shaft enclosures shall meet the requirements of Section
703.2.1.
708.5 Continuity. Shaft enclosures shall be constructed as fire
barriers in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both, and
shall have continuity in accordance with Section 707.5 for fire
barriers or Section 712.4 for horizontal assemblies as applicable.
708.6 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of a
required shaft enclosure, such walls shall comply with the
requirements of Section 705 for exterior walls and the
fire-resistance-rated enclosure requirements shall not apply.
Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance
rated in accordance with Section 1019.2 for exterior egress
balconies, Section 1022.6 for exit enclosures and Section
1026.6 for exterior exit ramps and stairways.
708.7 Openings. Openings in a shaft enclosure shall be protected in accordance with Section 715 as required for fire barriers. Doors shall be self- or automatic-closing by smoke
detection in accordance with Section 715.4.8.3.
708.7.1 Prohibited openings. Openings other than those
necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be permitted
in shaft enclosures.
708.8 Penetrations. Penetrations in a shaft enclosure shall be
protected in accordance with Section 713 as required for fire
barriers.
708.8.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations other than
those necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be permitted in shaft enclosures.
708.9 Joints. Joints in a shaft enclosure shall comply with Section 714.
708.10 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations of a
shaft enclosure by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply
with Section 716.
708.11 Enclosure at the bottom. Shafts that do not extend to
the bottom of the building or structure shall comply with one of
the following:
1. They shall be enclosed at the lowest level with construction of the same fire-resistance rating as the lowest floor
through which the shaft passes, but not less than the rating required for the shaft enclosure.
105
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
2. They shall terminate in a room having a use related to the
purpose of the shaft. The room shall be separated from
the remainder of the building by fire barriers constructed
in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies
constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both. The
fire-resistance rating and opening protectives shall be at
least equal to the protection required for the shaft enclosure.
3. They shall be protected by approved fire dampers
installed in accordance with their listing at the lowest
floor level within the shaft enclosure.
Exceptions:
1. The fire-resistance-rated room separation is not
required, provided there are no openings in or penetrations of the shaft enclosure to the interior of the
building except at the bottom. The bottom of the
shaft shall be closed off around the penetrating
items with materials permitted by Section 717.3.1
for draftstopping, or the room shall be provided
with an approved automatic fire suppression system.
2. A shaft enclosure containing a refuse chute or
laundry chute shall not be used for any other purpose and shall terminate in a room protected in
accordance with Section 708.13.4.
3. The fire-resistance-rated room separation and the
protection at the bottom of the shaft are not
required provided there are no combustibles in the
shaft and there are no openings or other penetrations through the shaft enclosure to the interior of
the building.
708.12 Enclosure at the top. A shaft enclosure that does not
extend to the underside of the roof sheathing, deck or slab of the
building shall be enclosed at the top with construction of the
same fire-resistance rating as the topmost floor penetrated by
the shaft, but not less than the fire-resistance rating required for
the shaft enclosure.
708.13 Refuse and laundry chutes. Refuse and laundry
chutes, access and termination rooms and incinerator rooms
shall meet the requirements of Sections 708.13.1 through
708.13.6.
Exception: Chutes serving and contained within a single
dwelling unit.
708.13.1 Refuse and laundry chute enclosures. A shaft
enclosure containing a refuse or laundry chute shall not be
used for any other purpose and shall be enclosed in accordance with Section 708.4. Openings into the shaft, including those from access rooms and termination rooms, shall
be protected in accordance with this section and Section
715. Openings into chutes shall not be located in corridors.
Doors shall be self- or automatic-closing upon the actuation
of a smoke detector in accordance with Section 715.4.8.3,
except that heat-activated closing devices shall be permitted
between the shaft and the termination room.
106
708.13.2 Materials. A shaft enclosure containing a refuse
or laundry chute shall be constructed of materials as permitted by the building type of construction.
708.13.3 Refuse and laundry chute access rooms. Access
openings for refuse and laundry chutes shall be located in
rooms or compartments enclosed by not less than I-hour
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or
horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both. Openings into the access rooms shall be
protected by opening protectives having a fire protection
rating of not less than 3/4 hour. Doors shall be self- or automatic-closing upon the detection of smoke in accordance
with Section 715.4.8.3.
708.13.4 Termination room. Refuse and laundry chutes
shall discharge into an enclosed room separated from the
remainder of the building by not less than I-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712,
or both. Openings into the termination room shall be protected by opening protectives having a fire protection rating
of not less than 3/4 hour. Doors shall be self- or automatic-closing upon the detection of smoke in accordance
with Section 715.4.8.3. Refuse chutes shall not terminate in
an incinerator room. Refuse and laundry rooms that are not
provided with chutes need only comply with Table 508.2.5.
708.13.5 Incinerator room. Incinerator rooms shall comply with Table 508.2.5.
708.13.6 Automatic sprinkler system. An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance with
Section 903.2.11.2.
708.14 Elevator, dumbwaiter and other hoistways. Elevator,
dumbwaiter and other hoistway enclosures shall be constructed in accordance with Section 708 and Chapter 30.
708.14.1 Elevator lobby. An enclosed elevator lobby shall
be provided at each floor where an elevator shaft enclosure
connects more than three stories. The lobby enclosure shall
separate the elevator shaft enclosure doors from each floor
by fire partitions. In addition to the requirements in Section
709 for fire partitions, doors protecting openings in the elevator lobby enclosure walls shall also comply with Section
715.4.3 as required for corridor walls and penetrations of
the elevator lobby enclosure by ducts and air transfer openings shall be protected as required for corridors in accordance with Section 716.5.4.1. Elevator lobbies shall have at
least one means of egress complying with Chapter 10 and
other provisions within this code.
Exceptions:
1. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required at the
street floor, provided the entire street floor is
equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
2. Elevators not required to be located in a shaft in
accordance with Section 708.2 are not required to
have enclosed elevator lobbies.
3. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where
additional doors are provided at the hoistway
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
opening in accordance with Section 3002.6. Such
doors shall be tested in accordance with UL 1784
without an artificial bottom seal.
4. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where
the building is protected by an automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. This exception shall not
apply to the following:
4.1. Group 1-2 occupancies;
4.2. Group 1-3 occupancies; and
4.3. High-rise buildings.
5. Smoke partitions shall be permitted in lieu of fire
partitions to separate the elevator lobby at each
floor where the building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1 .2. In
addition to the requirements in Section 711 for
smoke partitions, doors protecting openings in the
smoke partitions shall also comply with Sections
711.5.2, 711.5.3, and 715.4.8 and duct penetrations of the smoke partitions shall be protected as
required for corridors in accordance with Section
716.5.4.1.
6. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where
the elevator hoistway is pressurized in accordance
with Section 708.14.2.
7. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where
the elevator serves only open parking garages in
accordance with Section 406.3.
I
708.14.1.1 Areas of refuge. Areas of refuge shall be provided as required in Section 1007.
708.14.2 Enclosed elevator lobby. Where elevator hoistway pressurization is provided in lieu of required enclosed
elevator lobbies, the pressurization system shall comply
with this section.
708.14.2.1 Pressurization requirements. Elevator
hoistways shall be pressurized to maintain a minimum
positive pressure of 0.10 inches of water (25 Pa) and a
maximum positive pressure of 0.25 inches of water (67
Pa) with respect to adjacent occupied space on all floors.
This pressure shall be measured at the midpoint of each
hoistway door, with all elevator cars at the floor of recall
and all hoistway doors on the floor of recall open and all
other hoistway doors closed. The opening and closing of
hoistway doors at each level must be demonstrated during this test. The supply air intake shall be from an outside, uncontaminated source located a minimum
distance of 20 feet (6096 mm) from any air exhaust system or outlet.
708.14.2.2 Rational analysis. A rational analysis complying with Section 909.4 shall be submitted with the
construction documents.
708.14.2.3 Ducts for system. Any duct system that is
part of the pressurization system shall be protected with
the same fire-resistance rating as required for the elevator shaft enclosure.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
708.14.2.4 Fan system. The fan system provided for the
pressurization system shall be as required by this section.
708.14.2.4.1 Fire resistance. When located within
the building, the fan system that provides the pressurization shall be protected with the same fire-resistance ratingrequired for the elevator shaft enclosure.
708.14.2.4.2 Smoke detection. The fan system shall
be equipped with a smoke detector that will automatically shut down the fan system when smoke is
detected within the system.
708.14.2.4.3 Separate systems. A separate fan system shall be used for each elevator hoistway.
708.14.2.4.4 Fan capacity. The supply fan shall
either be adjustable with a capacity of at least 1,000
cfm (.4719 m3/s) per door, or that specified by a registered design professional to meet the requirements of
a designed pressurization system.
708.14.2.5 Standby power. The pressurization system
shall be provided with standby power from the same
source as other required emergency systems for the
building.
708.14.2.6 Activation of pressurization system. The
elevator pressurization system shall be activated upon
activation of the building fire alarm system or upon activation of the elevator lobby smoke detectors. Where both
a building fire alarm system and elevator lobby smoke
detectors are present, each shall be independently capable of activating the pressurization system.
708.14.2.7 Special inspection. Special inspection for
performance shall be required in accordance with Section 909.18.8. System acceptance shall be in accordance
with Section 909.19.
708.14.2.8 Marking and identification. Detection and
control systems shall be marked in accordance with Section 909.14.
708.14.2.9 Control diagrams. Control diagrams shall
be provided in accordance with Section 909.15.
708.14.2.10 Control panel. A control panel complying
with Section 909.16 shall be provided.
708.14.2.11 System response time. Hoistway pressurization systems shall comply with the requirements for
smoke control system response time in Section 909.1 7.
SECTION 709
FIRE PARTITIONS
709.1 General. The following wall assemblies shall comply
with this section.
1. Walls separating dwelling units in the same building as
required by Section 420.2.
2. Walls separating sleeping units in the same building as
required by Section 420.2.
3. Walls separating tenant spaces in covered mall bUildings
as required by Section 402.7.2.
107
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
4. Corridor walls as required by Section 1018.1.
I
5. Elevator lobby separation as required by Section
708.14.1.
709.2 Materials. The walls shall be of materials permitted by
the building type of construction.
709.3 Fire-resistance rating. Fire partitions shall have a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour.
Exceptions:
1. Corridor walls permitted to have a 1/2 hour fire-resistance rating by Table 1018.1.
2. Dwelling unit and sleeping unit separations in buildings of Type lIB, IIIB and VB construction shall have
fire-resistance ratings of not less than 1/2 hour in
buildings equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.
709.4 Continuity. Fire partitions shall extend from the top of
the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, slab or deck above or to the
fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly
above, and shall be securely attached thereto. If the partitions
are not continuous to the sheathing, deck or slab, and where
constructed of combustible construction, the space between the
ceiling and the sheathing, deck or slab above shall be
fireblocked or draftstopped in accordance with Sections 717.2
and 717.3 at the partition line. The supporting construction
shall be protected to afford the required fire-resistance rating
of the wall supported, except for walls separating tenant spaces
in covered mall bUildings, walls separating dwelling units,
walls separating sleeping units and corridor walls in buildings
of Type lIB, IIIB and VB construction.
Exceptions:
1. The wall need not be extended into the crawl space
below where the floor above the crawl space has a
minimum I-hour fire-resistance rating.
2. Where the room-side fire-resistance-rated membrane
of the corridor is carried through to the underside of
the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab of a fire-resistance-rated floor or roof above, the ceiling of the corridor shall be permitted to be protected by the use of
ceiling materials as required for a I-hour fire-resistance-rated floor or roof system.
3. Where the corridor ceiling is constructed as required
for the corridorwalls, the walls shall be permitted to
terminate at the upper membrane of such ceiling
assembly.
4. The fire partitions separating tenant spaces in a covered mall bUilding, complying with Section 402.7.2,
are not required to extend beyond the underside of a
ceiling that is not part of a fire-resistance-rated assembly. A wall is not required in attic or ceiling spaces
above tenant separation walls.
5. Fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at the
partition line in Group R-2 buildings that do not
108
exceed four stories above grade plane, provided the
attic space is subdivided by draftstopping into areas
not exceeding 3,000 square feet (279 m 2) or above
every two dwelling units, whichever is smaller.
I
6. Fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at the
partition line in buildings equipped with an automatic
sprinkler system installed throughout in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, provided that
automatic sprinklers are installed in combustible
floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling spaces.
709.5 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of a
required fire-resistance-rated separation, such walls shall comply with the requirements of Section 705 for exterior walls, and
the fire-resistance-rated separation requirements shall not
apply.
Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire-resistance
rated in accordance with Section 1019.2 for exterior egress
balconies, Section 1022.6 for exit enclosures and Section
1026.6 for exterior exit ramps and stairways.
709.6 Openings. Openings in a fire partition shall be protected
in accordance with Section 715.
709.7 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire partitions shall comply with Section 713.
709.8 Joints. Joints made in or between fire partitions shall
comply with Section 714.
709.9 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a fire
partition by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply with
Section 716.
SECTION 710
SMOKE BARRIERS
710.1 General. Smoke barriers shall comply with this section.
710.2 Materials. Smoke barriers shall be of materials permitted by the building type of construction.
710.3 Fire-resistance rating. A I-hour fire-resistance rating
is required for smoke barriers.
Exception: Smoke barriers constructed of minimum
0.10-inch-thick (2.5 mm) steel in Group 1-3 buildings.
710.4 Continuity. Smoke barriers shall form an effective
membrane continuous from outside wall to outside wall and
from the top of the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below
to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab
above, including continuity through concealed spaces, such as
those found above suspended ceilings, and interstitial structural and mechanical spaces. The supporting construction shall
be protected to afford the required fire-resistance rating of the
wall or floor supported in buildings of other than Type lIB, IIIB
or VB construction.
Exception: Smoke-barrier walls are not required in interstitial spaces where such spaces are designed and constructed
with ceilings that provide resistance to the passage of fire
and smoke equivalent to that provided by the smoke-barrier
walls.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
710.5 Openings. Openings in a smoke barrier shall be protected in accordance with Section 715.
Exceptions:
1. In Group 1-2, where doors are installed across corridors, a pair of opposite-swinging doors without a center mullion shall be installed having vision panels
with fire-protection-rated glazing materials in
fire-protection-rated frames, the area of which shall
not exceed that tested. The doors shall be close fitting
within operational tolerances, and shall not have
undercuts in excess of 3/4-inch, louvers or grilles. The
doors shall have head and jamb stops, astragals or
rabbets at meeting edges and shall be automatic-closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section
715.4.8.3. Where permitted by the door manufacturer's listing, positive-latching devices are not
required.
2. In Group 1-2, horizontal sliding doors installed in
accordance with Section 1008.1.4.3 and protected in
accordance with Section 715.
710.6 Penetrations. Penetrations of smoke barriers shall comply with Section 713.
710.7 Joints. Joints made in or between smoke barriers shall
comply with Section 714.
710.8 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a
smoke barrier by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply
with Section 716.
I
SECTION 711
SMOKE PARTITIONS
711.1 General. Smoke partitions installed as required elsewhere in the code shall comply with this section.
711.2 Materials. The walls shall be of materials permitted by
the building type of construction.
711.3 Fire-resistance rating. Unless required elsewhere in the
code, smoke partitions are not required to have a fire-resistance
rating.
711.4 Continuity. Smoke partitions shall extend from the top
of the foundation or floor below to the underside of the floor or
roof sheathing, deck or slab above or to the underside of the
ceiling above where the ceiling membrane is constructed to
limit the transfer of smoke.
711.5 Openings. Windows shall be sealed to resist the free passage of smoke or be automatic-closing upon detection ofsmoke.
Doors in smoke partitions shall comply with this section.
711.5.1 Louvers. Doors in smoke partitions shall not
include louvers.
711.5.2 Smoke and draft control doors. Where required
elsewhere in the code, doors in smoke partitions shall meet
the requirements for a smoke and draft control door assembly tested in accordance with UL 1784. The air leakage rate
of the door assembly shall not exceed 3.0 cubic feet per minute per square foot (0.015424 m3/ (s . m 2)) of door opening at
0.10 inch (24.9 Pa) of water for both the ambient tempera2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
ture test and the elevated temperature exposure test.
Installation of smoke doors shall be in accordance with
NFPA 105.
I
711.5.3 Self- or automatic-closing doors. Where required
elsewhere in the code, doors in smoke partitions shall be
self- or automatic-closing by smoke detection in accordance
with Section 715.4.8.3.
711.6 Penetrations and joints. The space around penetrating
items and in joints shall be filled with an approved material to
limit the free passage of smoke.
711.7 Ducts and air transfer openings. The space around a
duct penetrating a smoke partition shall be filled with an
approved material to limit the free passage of smoke. Air transfer openings in smoke partitions shall be provided with a smoke
damper complying with Section 716.3.2.2.
Exception: Where the installation of a smoke damper will
interfere with the operation of a required smoke control system in accordance with Section 909, approved alternative
protection shall be utilized.
SECTION 712
HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES
712.1 General. Floor and roof assemblies required to have a
fire-resistance rating shall comply with this section.
Nonfire-resistance-rated floor and roof assemblies shall comply with Section 713.4.2.
712.2 Materials. The floor and roof assemblies shall be of
materials permitted by the building type of construction.
712.3 Fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating of
floor and roof assemblies shall not be less than that required by
the building type of construction. Where the floor assembly
separates mixed occupancies, the assembly shall have a
fire-resistance rating of not less than that required by Section
508.4 based on the occupancies being separated. Where the
floor assembly separates a single occupancy into different fire
areas, the assembly shall have a fire-resistance rating of not
less than that required by Section 707.3.9. Horizontal assemblies separating dwelling units in the same building and horizontal assemblies separating sleeping units in the same
building shall be a minimum of I-hour fire-resistance-rated
construction.
Exception: Dwelling unit and sleeping unit separations in
buildings of Type lIB, IIIB and VB construction shall have
fire-resistance ratings of not less than 1/2 hour in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
712.3.1 Ceiling panels. Where the weight of lay-in ceiling
panels, used as part of fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or
roof/ceiling assemblies, is not adequate to resist an upward
force of 1 pound per square foot (48 Pa), wire or other
approved devices shall be installed above the panels to prevent vertical displacement under such upward force.
712.3.2 Access doors. Access doors shall be permitted in
ceilings of fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling assemblies provided such doors are tested in accordance
109
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 as horizontal assemblies and
labeled by an approved agency for such purpose.
712.3.3 Unusable space. In I-hour fire-resistance-rated
floor assemblies, the ceiling membrane is not required to be
installed over unusable crawl spaces. In I-hour fire-resistance-rated roof assemblies, the floor membrane is not
required to be installed where unusable attic space occurs
above.
712.4 Continuity. Assemblies shall be continuous without
openings, penetrations orjoints except as permitted by this section and Sections 708.2,713.4,714 and 1022.1. Skylights and
other penetrations through a fire-resistance-rated roof deck or
slab are permitted to be unprotected, provided that the structural integrity of the fire-resistance-rated roof assembly is
maintained. Unprotected skylights shall not be permitted in
roof assemblies required to be fire-resistance rated in accordance with Section 704.10. The supporting construction shall
be protected to afford the required fire-resistance rating of the
horizontal assembly supported.
Exception: In buildings of Type lIB, IIIB or VB construction, the construction supporting the horizontal assembly is
not required to be fire-resistance-rated at the following:
1. Horizontal assemblies at the separations of incidental
uses as specified by Table 508.2.5, provided the
required fire-resistance rating does not exceed 1
hour.
2. Horizontal assemblies at the separations of dwelling
units and sleeping units as required by Section 420.3.
3. Horizontal assemblies at smoke barriers constructed
in accordance with Section 710.
712.5 Penetrations. Penetrations of horizontal assemblies
shall comply with Section 713.
712.6 Joints. Joints made in or between horizontal assemblies
shall comply with Section 714. The void created at the intersection of a floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior curtain wall
assembly shall be protected in accordance with Section 714.4.
712.7 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in horizontal assemblies by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply with Section 716.
712.8 Floor fire door assemblies. Floor fire door assemblies
used to protect openings in fire-resistance-rated floors shall be
tested in accordance with NFPA 288, and shall achieve a
fire-resistance rating not less than the assembly being penetrated. Floor fire door assemblies shall be labeled by an
approved agency. The label shall be permanently affixed and
shall specify the manufacturer, the test standard and the
fire-resistance rating.
712.9 Smoke barrier. Where horizontal assemblies are
required to resist the movement of smoke by other sections of
this code in accordance with the definition of smoke barrier,
penetrations and joints in such horizontal assemblies shall be
protected as required for smoke barriers in accordance with
Sections 713.5 and 714.6. Regardless of the number of stories
connected by elevator shaft enclosures, doors located in elevator shaft enclosures that penetrate the horizontal assembly shall
be protected by enclosed elevator lobbies complying with Sec110
tion 708.14.1. Openings through horizontal assemblies shall
be protected by shaft enclosures complying with Section 708.
Horizontal assemblies shall not be allowed to have unprotected
vertical openings.
SECTION 713
PENETRATIONS
I
I
713.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall govern the
materials and methods of construction used to protect through
penetrations and membrane penetrations of horizontal assemblies and fire-resistance-rated wall assemblies.
713.1.1 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations of
fire-resistance-rated walls by ducts that are not protected
with dampers shall comply with Sections 713.2 through
713.3.3. Penetrations of horizontal assemblies not protected with a shaft as permitted by Exception 4 of Section
708.2, and not required to be protected with fire dampers by
other sections of this code, shall comply with Sections 713.4
through 713.4.2.2. Ducts and air transfer openings that are
protected with dampers shall comply with Section 716.
713.2 Installation details. Where sleeves are used, they shall
be securely fastened to the assembly penetrated. The space
between the item contained in the sleeve and the sleeve itself
and any space between the sleeve and the assembly penetrated
shall be protected in accordance with this section. Insulation
and coverings on or in the penetrating item shall not penetrate
the assembly unless the specific material used has been tested
as part of the assembly in accordance with this section.
713.3 Fire-resistance-rated walls. Penetrations into or
through fire walls, fire barriers, smoke barrier walls and fire
partitions shall comply with Sections 713.3.1 through 713.3.3.
Penetrations in smoke barrier walls shall also comply with
Section 713.5.
713.3.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of
fire-resistance-rated walls shall comply with Section
713.3.1.1 or 713.3.1.2.
Exception: Where the penetrating items are steel, ferrous or copper pipes, tubes or conduits, the annular
space between the penetrating item and the fire- resistance-rated wall is permitted to be protected as follows:
1. In concrete or masonry walls where the penetrating item is a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal
diameter and the area of the opening through the
wall does not exceed 144 square inches (0.0929
m 2), concrete, grout or mortar is permitted where it
is installed the full thickness of the wall or the
thickness required to maintain the fire-resistance
rating, or
2. The material used to fill the annular space shall
prevent the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to
ASTM E 119 or UL 263 time-temperature fire
conditions under a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at the location of the penetration for the time period
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
equivalent to the fire-resistance rating of the construction penetrated.
713.3.1.1 Fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetrations shall be installed as tested in an approvedfire-resistance-rated assembly.
713.3.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system.
Through penetrations shall be protected by an approved
penetration firestop system installed as tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, with a minimum
positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of
water and shall have an F rating of not less than the
required fire-resistance rating of the wall penetrated.
713.3.2 Membrane penetrations. Membrane penetrations
shall comply with Section 713.3.1. Where walls or partitions are required to have a fire-resistance rating, recessed
fixtures shall be installed such that the required fire-resistance will not be reduced.
Exceptions:
1. Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour
fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel
electrical boxes that do not exceed 16 square
inches (0.0103 m 2) in area, provided the aggregate
area of the openings through the membrane does
not exceed 100 square inches (0.0645 m 2) in any
100 square feet (9.29 m 2) of wall area. The annular
space between the wall membrane and the box
shall not exceed l/S inch (3.1 mm). Such boxes on
opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be separated by one of the following:
1.1. By a horizontal distance of not less than 24
inches (610 mm) where the wall or partition is constructed with individual
noncommunicating stud cavities;
1.2. Bya horizontal distance of not less than the
depth of the wall cavity where the wall cavity is filled with cellulose loose-fill,
rockwool or slag mineral wool insulation;
1.3. By solid fireblocking in accordance with
Section 717.2.1;
1.4. By protecting both outlet boxes with listed
putty pads; or
1.5. By other listed materials and methods.
2. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes
of any material, provided such boxes have been
tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies
and are installed in accordance with the instructions included in the listing. The annular space
between the wall membrane and the box shall not
exceed l/S inch (3.1 mm) unless listed otherwise.
Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be separated by one of the following:
2.1. By the horizontal distance specified in the
listing of the electrical boxes;
2.2. By solid fireblocking in accordance with
Section 717.2.1;
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
2.3. By protecting both boxes with listed putty
pads; or
2.4. By other listed materials and methods.
3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of any
size or type, which have been listed as part of a
wall opening protective material system for use in
fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are installed
in accordance with the instructions included in the
listing.
4. Membrane penetrations by boxes other than electrical boxes, provided such penetrating items and
the annular space between the wall membrane and
the box, are protected by an approved membrane
penetration firestop system installed as tested in
accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, with a
minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01
inch (2.49 Pa) of water, and shall have an F and T
rating of not less than the required fire-resistance
rating of the wall penetrated and be installed in
accordance with their listing.
5. The annular space created by the penetration of an
automatic sprinkler, provided it is covered by a
metal escutcheon plate.
713.3.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrating
items shall not connect to combustible items beyond the
point of firestopping unless it can be demonstrated that the
fire-resistance integrity of the wall is maintained.
713.4 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations of a floor,
floor/ceiling assembly or the ceiling membrane of a roof/ceiling assembly not required to be enclosed in a shaft by Section
708.2 shall be protected in accordance with Sections 713.4.1
through 713.4.2.2.
713.4.1 Fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetrations of
the fire-resistance-rated floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the
ceiling membrane of a roof/ceiling assembly shall comply
with Sections 713.4.1.1 through 713.4.1.4. Penetrations in
horizontal smoke barriers shall also comply with 713.5.
713.4.1.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations
of fire-resistance-rated horizontal assemblies shall comply with Section 713.4.1.1.1 or 713.4.1.1.2.
Exceptions:
1. Penetrations by steel, ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or vents or concrete or
masonry items through a single fire- resistancerated floor assembly where the annular space is
protected with materials that prevent the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite
cotton waste when subjected to ASTM E 119 or
UL 263 time-temperature fire conditions under
a minimum positive pressure differential of
0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at the location of
the penetration for the time period equivalent to
the fire-resistance rating of the construction
penetrated. Penetrating items with a maximum
6-inch (152 mm) nominal diameter shall not be
limited to the penetration of a single fire- resis111
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
tance-rated floor assembly, provided the aggregate area of the openings through the assembly
does not exceed 144 square inches (92 900
mm 2) in any 100 square feet (9.3 m 2) of floor
area.
2. Penetrations in a single concrete floor by steel,
ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or vents
with a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal
diameter, provided the concrete, grout or mortar is installed the full thickness of the floor or
the thickness required to maintain the
fire-resistance rating. The penetrating items
shall not be limited to the penetration of a single
concrete floor, provided the area of the opening
through each floor does not exceed 144 square
inches (92 900 mm2).
I
3. Penetrations by listed electrical boxes of any
material, provided such boxes have been tested
for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies and
installed in accordance with the instructions
included in the listing.
713.4.1.1.1 Installation. Through penetrations shall
be installed as tested in the approved fire-resistance-rated assembly.
5. The annular space created by the penetration of
a fire sprinkler, provided it is covered by a
metal eschutcheon plate.
713.4.1.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system.
Through penetrations shall be protected by an
approved through-penetration [irestop system
713.4.1.3 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations of horizontal assemblies by ducts and air transfer
openings shall comply with Section 716.
installed and tested in accordance with ASTM E 814
or UL 1479, with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch of water (2.49 Pa). The system shall
have an F rating/T rating of not less than 1 hour but not
less than the required rating of the floor penetrated.
713.4.1.4 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrating items shall not connect to combustible materials
beyond the point offirestopping unless it can be demonstrated that the fire-resistance integrity of the horizontal
assembly is maintained.
Exception: Floor penetrations contained and
located within the cavity of a wall above the floor
or below the floor do not require a T rating.
713.4.2 Nonfire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetrations of nonfire-resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling
assemblies or the ceiling membrane of a nonfire-resistancerated roof/ceiling assembly shall meet the requirements of
Section 708 or shall comply with Section 713.4.2.1 or
713.4.2.2.
Exceptions:
112
3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of
any size or type, which have been listed as part
of an opening protective material system for
use in horizontal assemblies and are installed in
accordance with the instructions included in the
listing.
4. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical
boxes of any material, provided such boxes
have been tested for use in fire-resistance-rated
assemblies and are installed in accordance with
the instructions included in the listing. The
annular space between the ceiling membrane
and the box shall not exceed 1/8 inch (3.2 mm)
unless listed otherwise.
713.4.1.2 Membrane penetrations. Penetrations of
membranes that are part of a horizontal assembly shall
comply with Section 713.4.1.1.1 or 713.4.1.1.2. Where
floor/ceiling assemblies are required to have a fire-resistance rating, recessed fixtures shall be installed such that
the required fire resistance will not be reduced.
I
boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches (10
323 mm 2) in area, provided the aggregate area
of such penetrations does not exceed 100
square inches (44 500 mm 2) in any 100 square
feet (9.29 m2) of ceiling area, and the annular
space between the ceiling membrane and the
box does not exceed 1/8 inch (3.2 mm).
713 .4.2 .1 Noncombustible penetrating items.
Noncombustible penetrating items that connect not more
than three stories are permitted, provided that the annular space is filled to resist the free passage of flame and
the products of combustion with an approved
noncombustible material or with a fill, void or cavity
material that is tested and classified for use in
through-penetration firestop systems.
1. Membrane penetrations by steel, ferrous or
copper conduits, pipes, tubes or vents, or concrete or masonry items where the annular space
is protected either in accordance with Section
713.4.1.1 or to prevent the free passage of
flame and the products of combustion. The
aggregate area of the openings through the
membrane shall not exceed 100 square inches
(64 500 mm 2) in any 100 square feet (9.3 m 2) of
ceiling area in assemblies tested without penetrations.
713.5 Penetrations in smoke barriers. Penetrations in smoke
barriers shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of
2. Ceiling membrane penetrations of maximum
2-hour horizontal assemblies by steel electrical
UL 1479 for air leakage. The air leakage rate of the penetration
assemblies measured at 0.30 inch (7.47 Pa) of water in both the
713.4.2.2 Penetrating items. Penetrating items that connect not more than two stories are permitted, provided
that the annular space is filled with an approved material
to resist the free passage of flame and the products of
combustion.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
ambient temperature and elevated temperature tests, shall not
exceed:
furnace, subject to acceptance of the building official, the wall
need not be subjected to tests from the opposite side.
1. 5.0 cfm per square foot (0.025m 3 / s . m 2) of penetration
opening for each through-penetration firestop system; or
Exception: For exterior walls with a horizontal fire separa-
2. A total cumulative leakage of 50 cfm (0.024m 3/s) for any
100 square feet (9.3 m 2) of wall area, or floor area.
I
SECTION 714
FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEMS
714.1 General. Joints installed in or between fire-resistance-rated walls, floor or floor/ceiling assemblies and roofs or
roof/ceiling assemblies shall be protected by an approved
fire-resistantjoint system designed to resist the passage of fire
for a time period not less than the required fire-resistance ratingofthe wall, floor or roof in or between which it is installed.
Fire-resistantjoint systems shall be tested in accordance with
Section 714.3. The void created at the intersection of a
floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior curtain wall assembly
shall be protected in accordance with Section 714.4.
Exception: Fire-resistantjoint systems shall not be required
for joints in all of the following locations:
1. Floors within a single dwelling unit.
2. Floors where the joint is protected by a shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 708.
3. Floors within atriums where the space adjacent to the
atrium is included in the volume of the atrium for
smoke control purposes.
4. Floors within malls.
I
5. Floors and ramps within open and enclosed parking
garages or structures constructed in accordance with
Sections 406.3 and 406.4, respectively.
6. Mezzanine floors.
7. Walls that are permitted to have unprotected openings.
tion distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the joint system
shall be required to be tested for interior fire exposure only.
714.4 Exterior curtain wall/floor intersection. Where fire
resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies are required,
voids created at the intersection of the exterior curtain wall
assemblies and such floor assemblies shall be sealed with an
approved system to prevent the interior spread of fire. Such
systems shall be securely installed and tested in accordance
with ASTM E 2307 to prevent the passage of flame for the time
period at least equal to the fire-resistance rating of the floor
assembly and prevent the passage of heat and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste. Height and fire-resistance requirements for curtain wall spandrels shall comply with Section
705.8.5.
714.4.1 Exterior curtain wall/nonfire-resistance-rated
floor assembly intersections. Voids created at the intersection of exterior curtain wall assemblies and nonfire-resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies shall be sealed
with an approved material or system to retard the interior
spread of fire and hot gases between stories.
714.5 Spandrel wall. Height and fire-resistance requirements
for curtain wall spandrels shall comply with Section 705 .8.5 .
Where Section 705 .8.5 does not require a fire-resistance-rated
spandrel wall, the requirements of Section 714.4 shall still
apply to the intersection between the spandrel wall and the
floor.
714.6 Fire-resistant joint systems in smoke barriers.
Fire-resistant joint systems in smoke barriers, and joints at the
intersection of a horizontal smoke barrier and an exterior curtain wall, shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of
UL 2079 for air leakage. The air leakage rate of the joint shall
not exceed 5 cfm per lineal foot (0.00775 m 3/s . m) of joint at
0.30 inch (7.47 Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature
and elevated temperature tests.
8. Roofs where openings are permitted.
I
9. Control joints not exceeding a maximum width of
0.625 inch (15.9 mm) and tested in accordance with
ASTM E 119 or UL 263.
714.2 Installation. Fire-resistant joint systems shall be
securely installed in or on the joint for its entire length so as not
to dislodge, loosen or otherwise impair its ability to accommodate expected building movements and to resist the passage of
fire and hot gases.
714.3 Fire test criteria. Fire-resistant joint systems shall be
tested in accordance with the requirements of either ASTM E
1966 or UL 2079. Nonsymmetrical walljoint systems shall be
tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the assigned
fire-resistance rating shall be the shortest duration obtained
from the two tests. When evidence is furnished to show that the
wall was tested with the least fire-resistant side exposed to the
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SECTION 715
OPENING PROTECTIVES
715.1 General. Opening protectives required by other sections
of this code shall comply with the provisions of this section.
715.2 Fire-resistance-rated glazing. Fire-resistance-rated
glazing tested as part of a fire-resistance-rated wall assembly in
accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 and labeled in accordance with Section 703.5 shall be permitted in fire doors and
fire window assemblies in accordance with their listings and
shall not otherwise be required to comply with this section.
715.3 Alternative methods for determining fire protection
ratings. The application of any of the alternative methods
listed in this section shall be based on the fire exposure and
acceptance criteria specified in NFPA 252, NFPA 257 or UL 9.
The required fire resistance of an opening protective shall be
113
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
I
permitted to be established by any of the following methods or
procedures:
1. Designs documented in approved sources.
2. Calculations performed in an approved manner.
3. Engineering analysis based on a comparison of opening
protective designs having fire protection ratings as
determined by the test procedures set forth in NFPA 252,
NFPA 257 or UL 9.
I
4. Alternative protection methods as allowed by Section
104.11.
715.4 Fire door and shutter assemblies. Approved fire door
and fire shutter assemblies shall be constructed of any material
or assembly of component materials that conforms to the test
requirements of Section 715 .4.1,715.4.2 or 715.4.3 and the fire
protection rating indicated in Table 715 .4. Fire door frames
with transom lights, sidelights or both shall be permitted in
accordance with Section 715.4.5. Fire door assemblies and
shutters shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of
this section and NFPA 80.
Exceptions:
1. Labeled protective assemblies that conform to the
requirements of this section or UL lOA, UL 14B and
UL 14C for tin-clad fire door assemblies.
2. Floor fire door assemblies in accordance with Section
712.8.
I
715.4.1 Side-hinged or pivoted swinging doors. Fire door
assemblies with side-hinged and pivoted swinging doors
shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL 1OC.
After 5 minutes into the NFPA 252 test, the neutral pressure
level in the furnace shall be established at 40 inches (1016
mm) or less above the sill.
715.4.2 Other types of assemblies. Fire door assemblies
with other types of doors, including swinging elevator doors
and fire shutter assemblies, shall be tested in accordance
with NFPA 252 or UL lOB. The pressure in the furnace shall
be maintained as nearly equal to the atmospheric pressure as
possible. Once established, the pressure shall be maintained
during the entire test period.
715.4.3 Door assemblies in corridors and smoke barriers. Fire door assemblies required to have a minimum fire
protection rating of 20 minutes where located in corridor
walls or smoke barrier walls having a fire-resistance rating
in accordance with Table 715.4 shall be tested in accordance
with NFPA 252 or UL 10C without the hose stream test.
Exceptions:
1. Viewports that require a hole not larger than 1 inch
(25 mm) in diameter through the door, have at least
a 0.25-inch-thick (6.4 mm) glass disc and the
holder is of metal that will not melt out where subject to temperatures of 1,700°F (927°C).
2. Corridordoor assemblies in occupancies of Group
I-2 shall be in accordance with Section 407.3.1.
3. Unprotected openings shall be permitted for corridors in multitheater complexes where each motion
picture auditorium has at least one-half of its
required exit or exit access doorways opening
directly to the exterior or into an exitpassageway.
4. Horizontal sliding doors in smoke barriers that
comply with Sections 408.3 and 408.8.4 in occupancies in Group 1-3.
TABLE 715.4
FIRE DOOR AND FIRE SHUTTER FIRE PROTECTION RATINGS
TYPE OF ASSEMBLY
Fire walls and fire barriers having a required fire-resistance
rating greater than 1 hour
Fire barriers having a required fire-resistance rating of 1 hour:
Shaft, exit enclosure and exit passageway walls
Other fire barriers
Fire partitions:
Corridor walls
Other fire partitions
Exterior walls
Smoke barriers
REQUIRED ASSEMBLY RATING
(hours)
MINIMUM FIRE DOOR AND FIRE
SHUTTER ASSEMBLY RATING (hours)
4
3
3a
11/ 2
11/ 2
3
2
11/ 2
1
1
3/
1
0.5
1
0.5
1/ b
3
1/ b
3
3/
4
1/
3
3
11/ 2
11/ 2
2
1
1
1
3/
4
4
1/ b
3
a. Two doors, each with a fire protection rating of 11/ 2 hours, installed on opposite sides of the same opening in a fire wall, shall be deemed equivalent in fire protection
rating to one 3-hour fire door.
b. For testing requirements, see Section 715.4 .3.
114
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
715.4.3.1 Smoke and draft control. Fire door assemblies shall also meet the requirements for a smoke and
draft control door assembly tested in accordance with
UL 1784. The air leakage rate of the door assembly shall
not exceed 3.0 cubic feet per minute per square foot
(0.01524 m3/s . m 2) of door opening at 0.10 inch (24.9
Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature and elevated temperature tests. Louvers shall be prohibited.
Installation of smoke doors shall be in accordance with
NFPA 105.
715.4.3.2 Glazing in door assemblies. In a 20-minute
fire door assembly, the glazing material in the door itself
shall have a minimum fire-protection-rated glazing of 20
minutes and shall be exempt from the hose stream test.
Glazing material in any other part of the door assembly,
including transom lights and sidelights, shall be tested in
accordance with NFPA 257 or UL 9, including the hose
stream test, in accordance with Section 715.5.
715.4.4 Doors in exit enclosures and exit passageways.
Fire door assemblies in exit enclosures and exit passageways shall have a maximum transmitted temperature end
point of not more than 450°F (250°C) above ambient at the
end of 30 minutes of standard fire test exposure.
I
Exception: The maximum transmitted temperature rise
is not required in buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
715.4.4.1 Glazing in doors. Fire-protection-rated glazing in excess of 100 square inches (0.065 m 2) shall be
permitted in fire door assemblies when tested as components of the door assemblies and not as glass lights, and
shall have a maximum transmitted temperature rise of
450°F (250°C) in accordance with Section 715.4.4.
Exception: The maximum transmitted temperature
rise is not required in buildings equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
715.4.5 Fire door frames with transom lights and sidelights. Door frames with transom lights, sidelights, or both,
shall be permitted where a 3/4-hour fire protection rating or
less is required in accordance with Table 715.4. Where a fire
protection rating exceeding 3/4-hour is required in accordance with Table 715.4, fire door frames with transom
lights, sidelights, or both, shall be permitted where installed
with fire-resistance-rated glazing tested as an assembly in
accordance with ASTM El19 or UL 263.
715.4.6 Labeled protective assemblies. Fire door assemblies shall be labeled by an approved agency. The labels
shall comply with NFPA 80, and shall be permanently
affixed to the door or frame.
715.4.6.1 Fire door labeling requirements. Fire doors
shall be labeled showing the name of the manufacturer or
other identification readily traceable back to the manufacturer, the name or trademark of the third-party inspection agency, the fire protection rating and, where
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
required for fire doors in exit enclosures and exit
passageways by Section 715.4.4, the maximum transmitted temperature end point. Smoke and draft control
doors complying with UL 1784 shall be labeled as such
and shall also comply with Section 715.4.6.3. Labels
shall be approved and permanently affixed. The label
shall be applied at the factory or location where fabrication and assembly are performed.
715.4.6.2 Oversized doors. Oversized fire doors shall
bear an oversized fire door label by an approved agency
or shall be provided with a certificate of inspection furnished by an approvedtesting agency. When a certificate
of inspection is furnished by an approvedtesting agency,
the certificate shall state that the door conforms to the
requirements of design, materials and construction, but
has not been subjected to the fire test.
715.4.6.3 Smoke and draft control door labeling
requirements. Smoke and draft control doors complying with UL 1784 shall be labeled in accordance with
Section 715.4.6.1 and shall show the letter" S" on the fire
rating label of the door. This marking shall indicate that
the door and frame assembly are in compliance when
listed or labeled gasketing is also installed.
715.4.6.4 Fire door frame labeling requirements. Fire
door frames shall be labeled showing the names of the
manufacturer and the third-party inspection agency.
715.4.7 Glazing material. Fire-protection-rated glazing
conforming to the opening protection requirements in Section 715.4 shall be permitted in fire door assemblies.
715.4.7.1 Size limitations. Fire-protection-rated glazing
used in fire doors shall comply with the size limitations
ofNFPA 80.
Exceptions:
1. Fire-protection-rated glazing in fire doors
located in fire walls shall be prohibited except
where serving in a fire door in a horizontal exit,
a self-closing swinging door shall be permitted
to have a vision panel of not more than 100
square inches (0.065 m 2) without a dimension
exceeding 10 inches (254 mm).
2. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall not be
installed in fire doors having a 11/ 2-hour fire
protection rating intended for installation in
fire barriers, unless the glazing is not more than
100 square inches (0.065 m 2) in area.
715.4.7.2 Exit and elevator protectives. Approved
fire-protection-rated glazing used in fire door assemblies
in elevator and exit enclosures shall be so located as to
furnish clear vision of the passageway or approach to the
elevator, ramp or stairway.
715.4.7.3 Labeling. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall
bear a label or other identification showing the name of
the manufacturer, the test standard and information
required in Section 715.5.9.1 that shall be issued by an
115
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
approved agency and shall be permanently affixed to the
glazing.
715.4.7.3.1 Identification. For fire protection-rated
glazing, the label shall bear the following four-part
identification: "D - H or NH - T or NT - XXX." "D"
indicates that the glazing shall be used in fire door
assemblies and that the glazing meets the fire protection requirements of NFPA 252 . "H" shall indicate
that the glazing meets the hose stream requirements of
NFPA 252. "NH" shall indicate that the glazing does
not meet the hose stream requirements of the test. "T"
shall indicate that the glazing meets the temperature
requirements of Section 715.4.4.1. "NT" shall indicate that the glazing does not meet the temperature
requirements of Section 715.4.4.1. The placeholder
"XXX" shall specify the fire-protection-rating
period, in minutes.
715.4.7.4 Safety glazing. Fire-protection-rated glazing
installed in fire doors in areas subject to human impact in
hazardous locations shall comply with Chapter 24.
715.4.8 Door closing. Fire doors shall be self- or automatic-closing in accordance with this section.
Exceptions:
1. Fire doors located in common walls separating
sleeping units in Group R-1 shall be permitted
without automatic- or self-closing devices.
2. The elevator car doors and the associated hoistway
enclosure doors at the floor level designated for
recall in accordance with Section 3003.2 shall be
permitted to remain open during Phase I emergency recall operation.
715.4.8.1 Latch required. Unless otherwise specifically
permitted, single fire doors and both leaves of pairs of
side-hinged swinging fire doors shall be provided with
an active latch bolt that will secure the door when it is
closed.
715.4.8.2 Automatic-closing fire door assemblies.
Automatic-closing fire door assemblies shall be
self-closing in accordance with NFPA 80.
715.4.8.3 Smoke-activated doors. Automatic-closing
doors installed in the following locations shall be automatic-closing by the actuation of smoke detectors
installed in accordance with Section 907.3 or by loss of
power to the smoke detector or hold-open device. Doors
that are automatic-closing by smoke detection shall not
have more than a 10-second delay before the door starts
to close after the smoke detector is actuated:
116
3. Doors that protect openings in walls that are
capable of resisting the passage of smoke in
accordance with Section 508.2.5.2.
4. Doors installed in smoke barriers in accordance
with Section 710.5.
5. Doors installed in fire partitions in accordance
with Section 709.6.
6. Doors installed in a fire wall in accordance with
Section 706.8.
7. Doors installed in shaft enclosures in accordance
with Section 708.7.
8. Doors installed in refuse and laundry chutes and
access and termination rooms in accordance with
Section 708.13.
9. Doors installed in the walls for
compartmentation of underground buildings in
accordance with Section 405.4.2.
10. Doors installed in the elevator lobby walls of
underground buildings in accordance with Section 405.4.3.
11. Doors installed in smoke partitions in accordance
with Section 711.5.3.
715.4.8.4 Doors in pedestrian ways. Vertical sliding or
vertical rolling steel fire doors in openings through
which pedestrians travel shall be heat activated or activated by smoke detectors with alarm verification.
715.4.9 Swinging fire shutters. Where fire shutters of the
swinging type are installed in exterior openings, not less
than one row in every three vertical rows shall be arranged to
be readily opened from the outside, and shall be identified
by distinguishing marks or letters not less than 6 inches (152
mm) high.
715.4.10 Rolling fire shutters. Where fire shutters of the
rolling type are installed, such shutters shall include
approved automatic-closing devices.
715.5 Fire-protection-rated glazing. Glazing in fire window
assemblies shall be fire-protection rated in accordance with
this section and Table 715.5. Glazing in fire door assemblies
shall comply with Section 715.4.7. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall be tested in accordance with and shall meet the acceptance criteria of NFPA 257 or UL 9. Fire-protection-rated
glazing shall also comply with NFPA 80. Openings in
nonfire-resistance-rated exterior wall assemblies that require
protection in accordance with Section 705.3, 705.8, 705.8.5 or
705.8.6 shall have a fire-protection rating of not less than 3/4
hour.
Exceptions:
1. Doors installed across a corridor.
1. Wired glass in accordance with Section 715.5.4.
2. Doors that protect openings in exits or corridors
required to be of fire-resistance-rated construction.
2. Fire protection-rated glazing in 0.5-hour fire-resistance-rated partitions is permitted to have an
0.33-hour fire-protection rating.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 715.5.4
LIMITING SIZES OF WIRED GLASS PANELS
TABLE 715.5
FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY FIRE PROTECTION RATINGS
TYPE OF ASSEMBLY
Fire walls
Fire barriers
Interior walls:
Smoke barriers
Fire partitions
Exterior walls
Party wall
REQUIRED
ASSEMBLY
RATING (hours)
MINIMUM FIRE
WINDOW
ASSEMBLY
RATING (hours)
All
Npa
>1
Npa
1
3/
1
3/
1
1/
2
MAXIMUM
AREA
(square inches)
MAXIMUM
HEIGHT
(inches)
MAXIMUM
WIDTH
(inches)
3 hours
0
0
0
11/ r hour doors in
exterior walls
0
0
0
100
33
10
4
1 and 11/ 2 hours
4
3/4 hour
3/
4
1/
3
1
11/ 2
3/
4
All
NP
>1
OPENING FIRE
PROTECTION
RATING
NP = Not Permitted.
a. Not permitted except as specified in Section 715 .2.
715.5.1 Testing under positive pressure. NFPA 257 or UL
9 shall evaluate fire-protection-rated glazing under positive
pressure. Within the first 10 minutes of a test, the pressure in
the furnace shall be adjusted so at least two-thirds of the test
specimen is above the neutral pressure plane, and the neutral
pressure plane shall be maintained at that height for the balance of the test.
715.5.2 Nonsymmetrical glazing systems. Nonsymmetrical fire-protection-rated glazing systems in fire partitions,
fire barriers or in exterior walls with a fire separation distance of 5 feet (1524 mm) or less pursuant to Section 705
shall be tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and
the assigned fire protection rating shall be the shortest duration obtained from the two tests conducted in compliance
with NFPA 257 or UL 9.
715.5.3 Safety glazing. Fire-protection-rated glazing
installed in fire window assemblies in areas subject to
human impact in hazardous locations shall comply with
Chapter 24.
715.5.4 Wired glass. Steel window frame assemblies of
0.125-inch (3.2 mm) minimum solid section or of not less
than nominal 0.048-inch-thick (1.2 mm) formed sheet steel
members fabricated by pressing, mitering, riveting, interlocking or welding and having provision for glazing with
1/4-inch (6.4 mm) wired glass where securely installed in the
building construction and glazed with 1/4-inch (6.4 mm)
labeled wired glass shall be deemed to meet the requirements for a 3/4-hour fire window assembly. Wired glass panels shall conform to the size limitations set forth in Table
715.5.4.
715.5.5 Nonwired glass. Glazing other than wired glass in
20 minutes
Fire window
assemblies
For SI:
1,296
54
54
Not Limited
Not Limited
Not Limited
1,296
54
54
1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.2 mm2•
715.5.7 Window mullions. Metal mullions that exceed a
nominal height of 12 feet (3658 mm) shall be protected with
materials to afford the same fire-resistance rating as
required for the wall construction in which the protective is
located.
715.5.8 Interior fire window assemblies. Fire-protection-rated glazing used in fire window assemblies located in
fire partitions and fire barriers shall be limited to use in
assemblies with a maximum fire-resistance rating of 1 hour
in accordance with this section.
715.5.8.1 Where 3/4-hour fire protection window
assemblies permitted. Fire-protection-rated glazing
requiring 45-minute opening protection in accordance
with Table 715.5 shall be limited to fire partitions
designed in accordance with Section 709 and fire barriers utilized in the applications set forth in Sections
707.3.6 and 707.3.8 where the fire-resistance ratingdoes
not exceed 1 hour.
715.5.8.2 Area limitations. The total area of windows
shall not exceed 25 percent of the area of a common wall
with any room.
715.5.9 Labeling requirements. Fire-protection-rated
glazing shall bear a label or other identification showing the
name of the manufacturer, the test standard and information
required in Section 715.5.9.1 that shall be issued by an
approved agency and shall be permanently affixed to the
glazing.
715.5.9.1 Identification. For fire-protection-rated glazing, the labelshall bear the following two-part identification: "OH - XXX." "OH" indicates that the glazing
meets both the fire protection and the hose-stream
requirements of NFPA 257 or UL 9 and is permitted to be
used in openings. "XXX" represents the fire-protection
rating period, in minutes, that was tested.
fire window assemblies shall be fire-protection-rated glazing installed in accordance with and complying with the size
limitations set forth in NFPA 80.
SECTION 716
DUCTS AND AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS
715.5.6 Installation. Fire-protection-rated glazing shall be
in the fixed position or be automatic-closing and shall be
installed in approved frames.
716.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern the
protection of duct penetrations and air transfer openings in
assemblies required to be protected.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
117
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 716.3.2.1
FIRE DAMPER RATING
716.1.1 Ducts that penetrate fire- resistance-rated
assemblies without dampers. Ducts that penetrate
fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are not required by this
section to have dampers shall comply with the requirements
of Sections 713.2 through 713.3.3. Ducts that penetrate horizontal assemblies not required to be contained within a
shaft and not required by this section to have dampers shall
comply with the requirements of Sections 713.4 through
713.4.2.2.
716.1.1.1 Ducts that penetrate nonfire-resistance-rated assemblies. The space around a duct penetrating a nonfire-resistance-rated floor assembly shall
comply with Section 716.6.3.
716.2 Installation. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers and ceiling radiation dampers located
within air distribution and smoke control systems shall be
installed in accordance with the requirements of this section,
the manufacturer's installation instructions and the dampers'
listing.
716.2.1 Smoke control system. Where the installation of a
fire damper will interfere with the operation of a required
smoke control system in accordance with Section 909,
approved alternative protection shall be utilized. Where
mechanical systems including ducts and dampers utilized
for normal building ventilation serve as part of the smoke
control system, the expected performance of these systems
in smoke control mode shall be addressed in the rational
analysis required by Section 909.4.
716.2.2 Hazardous exhaust ducts. Fire dampers for hazardous exhaust duct systems shall comply with the International Mechanical Code.
716.3 Damper testing, ratings and actuation. Damper test-
1
ing, ratings and actuation shall be in accordance with Sections
716.3.1 through 716.3.3.
716.3.1 Damper testing. Dampers shall be listed and bear
the label of an approved testing agency indicating compliance with the standards in this section. Fire dampers shall
comply with the requirements ofUL 555. Only fire dampers
labeled for use in dynamic systems shall be installed in heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems designed to
operate with fans on during a fire. Smoke dampers shall
comply with the requirements of UL 555S. Combination
fire/smoke dampers shall comply with the requirements of
both UL 555 and UL 555S. Ceiling radiation dampers shall
comply with the requirements of UL 555C.
716.3.2 Damper rating. Damper ratings shall be in accordance with Sections 716.3.2.1 through 716.3.2.3.
716.3.2.1 Fire damper ratings. Fire dampers shall have
the minimum fire protection rating specified in Table
716.3.2.1 for the type of penetration.
716.3.2.2 Smoke damper ratings. Smoke damper leakage ratings shall not be less than Class II. Elevated temperature ratings shall not be less than 250°F (121°C).
118
TYPE OF
PENETRATION
MINIMUM DAMPER RATING
(hours)
Less than 3-hour fire-resistance-rated
assemblies
1.5
3-hour or greater fire-resistance-rated
assemblies
3
716.3.2.3 Combination fire/smoke damper ratings.
Combination fire/smoke dampers shall have the minimum fire protection rating specified for fire dampers in
Table 716.3.2.1 for the type of penetration and shall also
have a minimum Class II leakage rating and a minimum
elevated temperature rating of 250°F (121°C) .
716.3.3 Damper actuation. Damper actuation shall be in
accordance with Sections 716.3.3.1 through 716.3.3.4 as
applicable.
716.3.3.1 Fire damper actuation device. The fire
damper actuation device shall meet one of the following
requirements:
1. The operating temperature shall be approximately
50°F (10°C) above the normal temperature within
the duct system, but not less than 160°F (71°C) .
2. The operating temperature shall be not more than
350°F (177°C) where located in a smoke control
system complying with Section 909.
716.3.3.2 Smoke damper actuation. The smoke
damper shall close upon actuation of a listed smoke
detector or detectors installed in accordance with Section
907.3 and one of the following methods, as applicable:
1. Where a smoke damper is installed within a duct, a
smoke detector shall be installed in the duct within
5 feet (1524 mm) of the damperwith no air outlets
or inlets between the detector and the damper. The
detector shall be listedfor the air velocity, temperature and humidity anticipated at the point where it
is installed. Other than in mechanical smoke control systems, dampers shall be closed upon fan
shutdown where local smoke detectors require a
minimum velocity to operate.
2. Where a smoke damper is installed above smoke
barrier doors in a smoke barrier, a spot-type
detector listed for releasing service shall be
installed on either side of the smoke barrier door
opening.
3. Where a smoke damper is installed within an air
transfer opening in a wall, a spot-type detector
listed for releasing service shall be installed within
5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally of the damper.
4. Where a smoke damper is installed in a corridor
wall or ceiling, the dampershall be permitted to be
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
controlled by a smoke detection system installed in
the corridor.
5. Where a total-coverage smoke detector system is
provided within areas served by a heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (HVAC) system, smoke
dampers shall be permitted to be controlled by the
smoke detection system.
716.3.3.3 Combination fire/smoke damper actuation.
Combination fire/smoke damper actuation shall be in
accordance with Sections 716.3.3.1 and 716.3.3.2. Combination fire/smoke dampers installed in smoke control
system shaft penetrations shall not be activated by local
area smoke detection unless it is secondary to the smoke
management system controls.
716.3.3.4 Ceiling radiation damper actuation. The
operating temperature of a ceiling radiation damper
actuation device shall be 50°F (27.8°C) above the normal
temperature within the duct system, but not less than
160°F (71°C).
716.4 Access and identification. Fire and smoke dampers
shall be provided with an approved means of access, which is
large enough to permit inspection and maintenance of the
damper and its operating parts. The access shall not affect the
integrity of fire-resistance-rated assemblies. The access openings shall not reduce the fire-resistance rating of the assembly.
Access points shall be permanently identified on the exterior
by a label having letters not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in
height reading: FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER, SMOKE DAMPER
or FIRE DAMPER. Access doors in ducts shall be tight fitting
and suitable for the required duct construction.
716.5 Where required. Fire dampers, smoke dampers and
combination fire/smoke dampers shall be provided at the locations prescribed in Sections 716.5.1 through 716.5.7 and
716.6. Where an assembly is required to have both fire dampers
and smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers or a fire
damper and a smoke damper shall be required.
716.5.1 Fire walls. Ducts and air transfer openings permitted in fire walls in accordance with Section 706.11 shall be
protected with listed fire dampers installed in accordance
with their listing.
I
716.5.1.1 Horizontal exits. A listed smoke damper
designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided
at each point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a
fire wall that serves as a horizontal exit.
716.5.2 Fire barriers. Ducts and air transfer openings of
fire barriers shall be protected with approved fire dampers
installed in accordance with their listing. Ducts and air
transfer openings shall not penetrate exit enclosures and exit
passageways except as permitted by Sections 1022.4 and
1023.6, respectively.
Exception: Fire dampers are not required at penetrations of fire barriers where any of the following apply:
I
1. Penetrations are tested in accordance with ASTM
E 119 or UL 263 as part of the fire-resistance-rated
assembly.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
2. Ducts are used as part of an approved smoke control system in accordance with Section 909 and
where the use of a fire damperwould interfere with
the operation of a smoke control system.
3. Such walls are penetrated by ducted HVAC systems, have a required fire-resistance rating of 1
hour or less, are in areas of other than Group Hand
are in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1. 2. For the purposes of this
exception, a ducted HVAC system shall be a duct
system for conveying supply, return or exhaust air
as part of the structure's HVAC system. Such a
duct system shall be constructed of sheet steel not
less than No. 26 gage thickness and shall be continuous from the air-handling appliance or equipment to the air outlet and inlet terminals.
716.5.2.1 Horizontal exits. A listed smoke damper
designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided
at each point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a
fire barrier that serves as a horizontal exit.
716.5.3 Shaft enclosures. Shaft enclosures that are permitted to be penetrated by ducts and air transfer openings shall
be protected with approved fire and smoke dampers
installed in accordance with their listing.
Exceptions:
1. Fire dampers are not required at penetrations of
shafts where:
1.1. Steel exhaust subducts are extended at
least 22 inches (559 mm) vertically in
exhaust shafts, provided there is a continuous airflow upward to the outside; or
1.2. Penetrations are tested in accordance with
ASTM E 119 or UL 263 as part of the
fire-resistance-rated assembly; or
1.3. Ducts are used as part of an approved
smoke control system designed and
installed in accordance with Section 909
and where the fire damper will interfere
with the operation of the smoke control
system; or
1.4. The penetrations are in parking garage
exhaust or supply shafts that are separated
from other building shafts by not less than
2-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.
2. In Group Band R occupancies equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, smoke dampers are
not required at penetrations of shafts where:
2.1. Kitchen, clothes dryer, bathroom and toilet
room exhaust openings are installed with
steel exhaust subducts, having a minimum
wall thickness ofO.187-inch (0.4712 mm)
(No. 26 gage);
2.2. The subducts extend at least 22 inches (559
mm) vertically; and
119
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
2.3. An exhaust fan is installed at the upper terminus of the shaft that is powered continuously in accordance with the provisions of
Section 909.11, so as to maintain a continuous upward airflow to the outside.
3. Smoke dampers are not required at penetration of
exhaust or supply shafts in parking garages that are
separated from other building shafts by not less
than 2-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.
4. Smoke dampers are not required at penetrations of
shafts where ducts are used as part of an approved
mechanical smoke control system designed in
accordance with Section 909 and where the smoke
damper will interfere with the operation of the
smoke control system.
I
5. Fire dampers and combination fire/smoke dampers are not required in kitchen and clothes dryer
exhaust systems when installed in accordance with
the International Mechanical Code.
716.5.4 Fire partitions. Ducts and air transfer openings
that penetrate fire partitions shall be protected with listed
fire dampers installed in accordance with their listing.
Exceptions: In occupancies other than Group H, fire
dampers are not required where any of the following
apply:
1. Corridor walls in buildings equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and the duct is
protected as a through penetration in accordance
with Section 713.
2. Tenant partitions in covered mall buildings where
the walls are not required by provisions elsewhere
in the code to extend to the underside of the floor or
roof sheathing, slab or deck above.
3. The duct system is constructed of approved materials in accordance with the International Mechanical Code and the duct penetrating the wall
complies with all of the following requirements:
3.1. The duct shall not exceed 100 square
inches (0.06 m 2).
3.2. The duct shall be constructed of steel a
minimum of 0.0217 inch (0.55 mm) in
thickness.
3.3. The duct shall not have openings that communicate the corridorwith adjacent spaces
or rooms.
3.4. The duct shall be installed above a ceiling.
3.5. The duct shall not terminate at a wall register in the fire-resistance-rated wall.
3.6. A minimum 12-inch-long (305 mm) by
0.060-inch-thick (1.52 mm) steel sleeve
shall be centered in each duct opening. The
sleeve shall be secured to both sides of the
wall and all four sides of the sleeve with
minimum 1 1/ 2 -inch by 1 1/ 2 -inch by
120
0.060-inch (38 mm by 38 mm by 1.52 mm)
steel retaining angles. The retaining angles
shall be secured to the sleeve and the wall
with No. 10 (M5) screws. The annular
space between the steel sleeve and the wall
opening shall be filled with mineral wool
batting on all sides.
716.5.4.1 Corridors. A listedsmoke damper designed to
resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each
point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a corridor
enclosure required to have smoke and draft control doors
in accordance with Section 715.4.3.
Exceptions:
1. Smoke dampers are not required where the
building is equipped throughout with an
approved smoke control system in accordance
with Section 909, and smoke dampers are not
necessary for the operation and control of the
system.
2. Smoke dampers are not required in corridor
penetrations where the duct is constructed of
steel not less than 0.019 inch (0.48 mm) in
thickness and there are no openings serving the
corridor.
716.5.5 Smoke barriers. A listed smoke damper designed
to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each point
a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a smoke barrier.
Smoke dampers and smoke damper actuation methods shall
comply with Section 716.3.3.2.
Exception: Smoke dampers are not required where the
openings in ducts are limited to a single smoke compartment and the ducts are constructed of steel.
716.5.6 Exterior walls. Ducts and air transfer openings in
fire-resistance-rated exterior walls required to have protected openings in accordance with Section 705.10 shall be
protected with listed fire dampers installed in accordance
with their listing.
716.5.7 Smoke partitions. A listedsmoke damper designed
to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each point
that an air transfer opening penetrates a smoke partition.
Smoke dampers and smoke damper actuation methods shall
comply with Section 716.3.3.2.
Exception: Where the installation of a smoke damper
will interfere with the operation of a required smoke control system in accordance with Section 909, approved
alternative protection shall be utilized.
716.6 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations by ducts and air
transfer openings of a floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the ceiling membrane of a roof/ceiling assembly shall be protected by
a shaft enclosure that complies with Section 708 or shall comply with Sections 716.6.1 through 716.6.3.
716.6.1 Through penetrations. In occupancies other than
Groups 1-2 and 1-3, a duct constructed of approvedmaterials
in accordance with the International Mechanical Code that
penetrates a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling assembly
that connects not more than two stories is permitted without
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
shaft enclosure protection, provided a listed fire damper is
installed at the floor line or the duct is protected in accordance with Section 713.4. For air transfer openings, see
Exception 7 to Section 708.2.
Exception: A duct is permitted to penetrate three floors
or less without a fire damper at each floor, provided such
duct meets all of the following requirements:
I
1. The duct shall be contained and located within the
cavity of a wall and shall be constructed of steel
having a minimum wall thickness of 0.187 inches
(0.4712 mm) (No. 26 gage).
2. The duct shall open into only one dwelling or
sleeping unit and the duct system shall be continu0us from the unit to the exterior of the building.
3. The duct shall not exceed 4-inch (102 mm) nominal diameter and the total area of such ducts shall
not exceed 100 square inches (0.065 m 2) in any
100 square feet (9.3 m 2) of floor area.
4. The annular space around the duct is protected
with materials that prevent the passage of flame
and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste
where subjected to ASTM E 119 or UL 263
time-temperature conditions under a minimum
positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa)
of water at the location of the penetration for the
time period equivalent to the fire-resistance rating
of the construction penetrated.
5. Grille openings located in a ceiling of a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly
shall be protected with a listed ceiling radiation
damper installed in accordance with Section
716.6.2.1.
716.6.2 Membrane penetrations. Ducts and air transfer
openings constructed of approved materials in accordance
with the International Mechanical Code that penetrate the
ceiling membrane of a fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or
roof/ceiling assembly shall be protected with one of the following:
1. A shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 708.
2. A listed ceiling radiation damper installed at the ceiling line where a duct penetrates the ceiling of a
fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling
assembly.
3. A listed ceiling radiation damper installed at the ceiling line where a diffuser with no duct attached penetrates the ceiling of a fire-resistance-rated
floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly.
716.6.2.1 Ceiling radiation dampers. Ceilingradiation
dampers shall be tested as part of a fire-resistance-rated
floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly in accordance with
ASTM E 119 or UL 263. Ceilingradiation dampers shall
be installed in accordance with the details listed in the
fire-resistance-rated assembly and the manufacturer's
installation instructions and the listing. Ceiling radiation
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
dampers are not required where either of the following
applies:
1. Tests in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263
have shown that ceiling radiation dampers are not
necessary in order to maintain the fire-resistance
rating of the assembly.
2. Where exhaust duct penetrations are protected in
accordance with Section 713.4.1.2, are located
within the cavity of a wall and do not pass through
another dwelling unit or tenant space.
716.6.3 Nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies. Duct
systems constructed of approved materials in accordance
with the International Mechanical Code that penetrate
nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies shall be protected
by any of the following methods:
1. A shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 708.
2. The duct connects not more than two stories, and the
annular space around the penetrating duct is protected with an approved noncombustible material that
resists the free passage of flame and the products of
combustion.
3. The duct connects not more than three stories, and the
annular space around the penetrating duct is protected with an approved noncombustible material that
resists the free passage of flame and the products of
combustion and a fire damperis installed at each floor
line.
Exception: Fire dampers are not required in ducts
within individual residential dwelling units.
716.7 Flexible ducts and air connectors. Flexible ducts and
air connectors shall not pass through any fire-resistance-rated
assembly. Flexible air connectors shall not pass through any
wall, floor or ceiling.
SECTION 717
CONCEALED SPACES
717.1 General. Fireblocking and draftstopping shall be
installed in combustible concealed locations in accordance
with this section. Fireblocking shall comply with Section
717.2. Draftstopping in floor/ceiling spaces and attic spaces
shall comply with Sections 717.3 and 717.4, respectively. The
permitted use of combustible materials in concealed spaces of
buildings of Type I or II construction shall be limited to the
applications indicated in Section 717.5.
717.2 Fireblocking. In combustible construction, fireblocking
shall be installed to cut off concealed draft openings (both vertical and horizontal) and shall form an effective barrier between
floors, between a top story and a roof or attic space.
Fireblocking shall be installed in the locations specified in Sections 717.2.2 through 717.2.7.
717.2.1 Fireblocking materials. Fireblocking shall consist
of the following materials:
1. Two-inch (51 mm) nominal lumber.
121
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
2. Two thicknesses of I-inch (25 mm) nominal lumber
with broken lap joints.
of the run. Enclosed spaces under stairs shall also comply
with Section 1009.6.3.
3. One thickness of 0.719-inch (18.3 mm) wood structural panels with joints backed by 0.719-inch (18.3
mm) wood structural panels.
717.2.5 Ceiling and floor openings. Where required by
Exception 6 of Section 708.2, Exception 1 of Section
713.4.1.2 or Section 713.4.2, fireblocking of the annular
space around vents, pipes, ducts, chimneys and fireplaces at
ceilings and floor levels shall be installed with a material
specifically tested in the form and manner intended for use
to demonstrate its ability to remain in place and resist the
free passage of flame and the products of combustion.
4. One thickness of 0.7S-inch (19.1 mm) particleboard
with joints backed by 0.7S-inch (19 mm)
particleboard.
5. One-half-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board.
6. One-fourth-inch (6.4 mm) cement-based millboard.
7. Batts or blankets of mineral wool, mineral fiber or
other approved materials installed in such a manner as
to be securely retained in place.
717.2.1.1 Batts or blankets ofmineral wool or mineral
fiber. Batts or blankets of mineral wool or mineral fiber
or other approved nonrigid materials shall be permitted
for compliance with the 10-foot (3048 mm) horizontal
fireblocking in walls constructed using parallel rows of
studs or staggered studs.
717.2.1.2 Unfaced fiberglass. Unfaced fiberglass batt
insulation used as fireblocking shall fill the entire cross
section of the wall cavity to a minimum height of 16
inches (406 mm) measured vertically. When piping, conduit or similar obstructions are encountered, the insulation shall be packed tightly around the obstruction.
717.2.1.3 Loose-fill insulation material. Loose-fill
insulation material, insulating foam sealants and caulk
materials shall not be used as a fireblock unless specifically tested in the form and manner intended for use to
demonstrate its ability to remain in place and to retard the
spread of fire and hot gases.
717.2.1.4 Fireblocking integrity. The integrity of
fireblocks shall be maintained.
717.2.1.5 Double stud walls. Batts or blankets of mineral or glass fiber or other approved nonrigid materials
shall be allowed as fireblocking in walls constructed
using parallel rows of studs or staggered studs.
717.2.2 Concealed wall spaces. Fireblocking shall be provided in concealed spaces of stud walls and partitions,
including furred spaces, and parallel rows of studs or staggered studs, as follows:
1. Vertically at the ceiling and floor levels.
2. Horizontally at intervals not exceeding 10 feet (3048
mm).
717.2.3 Connections between horizontal and vertical
spaces. Fireblocking shall be provided at interconnections
between concealed vertical stud wall or partition spaces and
concealed horizontal spaces created by an assembly of floor
joists or trusses, and between concealed vertical and horizontal spaces such as occur at soffits, drop ceilings, cove
ceilings and similar locations.
717.2.4 Stairways. Fireblocking shall be provided in concealed spaces between stair stringers at the top and bottom
122
717.2.5.1 Factory-built chimneys and fireplaces. Factory-built chimneys and fireplaces shall be fireblocked in
accordance with UL 103 and UL 127.
717.2.6 Architectural trim. Fireblocking shall be installed
within concealed spaces of exterior wall finish and other
exterior architectural elements where permitted to be of
combustible construction as specified in Section 1406 or
where erected with combustible frames, at maximum intervals of 20 feet (6096 mm), so that there will be no open
space exceeding 100 square feet (9.3 m3). Where wood furring strips are used, they shall be of approved wood of natural decay resistance or preservative-treated wood. If
noncontinuous, such elements shall have closed ends, with
at least 4 inches (102 mm) of separation between sections.
Exceptions:
1. Fireblocking of cornices is not required in single-family dwellings. Fireblocking of cornices of a
two-family dwelling is required only at the line of
dwelling unit separation.
2. Fireblocking shall not be required where installed
on noncombustible framing and the face of the
exterior wall finish exposed to the concealed space
is covered by one of the following materials:
2.1. Aluminum having a minimum thickness of
0.019 inch (0.5 mm).
2.2. Corrosion-resistant steel having a base
metal thickness not less than 0.016 inch
(0.4 mm) at any point.
2.3. Other approved noncombustible materials.
717.2.7 Concealed sleeper spaces. Where wood sleepers
are used for laying wood flooring on masonry or concrete
fire-resistance-rated floors, the space between the floor slab
and the underside of the wood flooring shall be filled with an
approved material to resist the free passage of flame and
products of combustion or fireblocked in such a manner that
there will be no open spaces under the flooring that will
exceed 100 square feet (9.3 m 2) in area and such space shall
be filled solidly under permanent partitions so that there is
no communication under the flooring between adjoining
rooms.
Exceptions:
1. Fireblocking is not required for slab-on-grade
floors in gymnasiums.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
2. Fireblocking is required only at the juncture of
each alternate lane and at the ends of each lane in a
bowling facility.
717.3 Draftstopping in floors. In combustible construction,
draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide floor/ceiling
assemblies in the locations prescribed in Sections 717.3.2
through 717.3.3.
717.3.1 Draftstopping materials. Draftstopping materials
shall not be less than1/z-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board,
3/s-inch (9.5 mm) wood structural panel, 3/s-inch (9.5 mm)
particleboard, I-inch (2S-mm) nominal lumber, cement
fiberboard, batts or blankets of mineral wool or glass fiber,
or other approved materials adequately supported. The
integrity of draftstops shall be maintained.
717.3.2 Groups R-l, R-2, R-3 and R-4. Draftstopping
shall be provided in floor/ceiling spaces in Group R-l buildings, in Group R-2 buildings with three or more dwelling
units, in Group R-3 buildings with two dwelling units and in
Group R-4 buildings. Draftstopping shall be located above
and in line with the dwelling unit and sleeping unit separations.
Exceptions:
1. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
2. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, provided that automatic sprinklers are also installed in
the combustible concealed spaces.
717.3.3 Other groups. In other groups, draftstopping shall
be installed so that horizontal floor areas do not exceed
1,000 square feet (93 m Z).
Exception: Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
717.4 Draftstopping in attics. In combustible construction,
draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide attic spaces and
concealed roof spaces in the locations prescribed in Sections
71 7.4.2 and 71 7.4.3. Ventilation of concealed roof spaces shall
be maintained in accordance with Section 1203.2.
717.4.1 Draftstopping materials. Materials utilized for
draftstopping of attic spaces shall comply with Section
717.3.1.
717.4.1.1 Openings. Openings in the partitions shall be
protected by self-closing doors with automatic latches
constructed as required for the partitions.
717.4.2 Groups R-l and R-2. Draftstopping shall be provided in attics, mansards, overhangs or other concealed roof
spaces of Group R-2 buildings with three or more dwelling
units and in all Group R-1 buildings. Draftstopping shall be
installed above, and in line with, sleeping unit and dwelling
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
unit separation walls that do not extend to the underside of
the roof sheathing above.
Exceptions:
1. Where corridor walls provide a sleeping unit or
dwelling unit separation, draftstopping shall only
be required above one of the corridor walls.
2. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
3. In occupancies in Group R-2 that do not exceed
four stories above grade plane, the attic space
shall be subdivided by draftstops into areas not
exceeding 3,000 square feet (279 m Z) or above
every two dwelling units, whichever is smaller.
4. Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, provided that automatic sprinklers are also installed in
the combustible concealed spaces.
717.4.3 Other groups. Draftstopping shall be installed in
attics and concealed roof spaces, such that any horizontal
area does not exceed 3,000 square feet (279 mZ).
Exception: Draftstopping is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
717.5 Combustible materials in concealed spaces in Type I
or II construction. Combustible materials shall not be permitted in concealed spaces of buildings of Type I or II construction.
Exceptions:
1. Combustible materials in accordance with Section
603.
2. Combustible materials exposed within plenums complying with Section 602 of the International Mechanical Code.
3. Class A interior finish materials classified in accordance with Section 803.
4. Combustible piping within partitions or shaft enclosures installed in accordance with the provisions of
this code.
5. Combustible piping within concealed ceiling spaces
installed in accordance with the International
Mechanical Code and the International Plumbing
Code.
6. Combustible insulation and covering on pipe and tubing, installed in concealed spaces other than plenums,
complying with Section 719.7.
123
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
SECTION 718
FIRE-RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS
FOR PLASTER
718.1 Thickness of plaster. The minimum thickness of gypsum plaster or portland cement plaster used in a fire- resistance-rated system shall be determined by the prescribed fire
tests. The plaster thickness shall be measured from the face of
the lath where applied to gypsum lath or metal lath.
718.2 Plaster equivalents. For fire-resistance purposes, 1/2
inch (12.7 mm) of unsanded gypsum plaster shall be deemed
equivalent to 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) of one-to-three gypsum sand
plaster or 1 inch (25 mm) of portland cement sand plaster.
718.3 Noncombustible furring. In buildings of Type I and II
construction, plaster shall be applied directly on concrete or
masonry or on approved noncombustible plastering base and
furring.
718.4 Double reinforcement. Plaster protection more than 1
inch (25 mm) in thickness shall be reinforced with an additionallayer of approved lath embedded at least 3/4 inch (19.1
mm) from the outer surface and fixed securely in place.
Exception: Solid plaster partitions or where otherwise
determined by fire tests.
718.5 Plaster alternatives for concrete. In reinforced concrete construction, gypsum plaster or portland cement plaster is
permitted to be substituted for 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) of the
required poured concrete protection, except that a minimum
thickness of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) of poured concrete shall be provided in reinforced concrete floors and 1 inch (25 mm) in reinforced concrete columns in addition to the plaster finish. The
concrete base shall be prepared in accordance with Section
2510.7.
SECTION 719
THERMAL- AND SOUND-INSULATING MATERIALS
719.1 General. Insulating materials, including facings such as
vapor retarders and vapor-permeable membranes, similar coverings and all layers of single and multilayer reflective foil
insulations, shall comply with the requirements of this section.
Where a flame spread index or a smoke-developed index is
specified in this section, such index shall be determined in
accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. Any material that is
subject to an increase in flame spread index or smoke-developed index beyond the limits herein established through the
effects of age, moisture or other atmospheric conditions shall
not be permitted.
Exceptions:
1. Fiberboard insulation shall comply with Chapter 23.
2. Foam plastic insulation shall comply with Chapter 26.
3. Duct and pipe insulation and duct and pipe coverings
and linings in plenums shall comply with the International Mechanical Code.
I
4. All layers of single and multilayer reflective plastic
core insulation shall comply with Section 2613.
124
719.2 Concealed installation. Insulating materials, where
concealed as installed in buildings of any type of construction,
shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a
smoke-developed index of not more than 450.
Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation that is not spray
applied, complying with the requirements of Section 719.6,
shall only be required to meet the smoke-developed index of
not more than 450.
719.2.1 Facings. Where such materials are installed in concealed spaces in buildings of Type III, IV or V construction,
the flame spread and smoke-developed limitations do not
apply to facings, coverings, and layers of reflective foil
insulation that are installed behind and in substantial contact
with the unexposed surface of the ceiling, wall or floor finish.
Exception: All layers of single and multilayer reflective
plastic core insulation shall comply with Section 2613.
719.3 Exposed installation. Insulating materials, where
exposed as installed in buildings of any type of construction,
shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a
smoke-developed index of not more than 450.
Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation that is not spray
applied complying with the requirements of Section 719.6
shall only be required to meet the smoke-developed index of
not more than 450.
719.3.1 Attic floors. Exposed insulation materials installed
on attic floors shall have a critical radiant flux of not less
than 0.12 watt per square centimeter when tested in accordance with ASTM E 970.
719.4 Loose-fill insulation. Loose-fill insulation materials
that cannot be mounted in the ASTM E 84 or UL 723 apparatus
without a screen or artificial supports shall comply with the
flame spread and smoke-developed limits of Sections 719.2
and 719.3 when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC S102.2.
Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation shall not be
required to be tested in accordance with CAN/ULC S102.2,
provided such insulation complies with the requirements of
Section 719.2 or 719.3, as applicable, and Section 719.6.
719.5 Roofinsulation. The use of combustible roof insulation
not complying with Sections 719.2 and 719.3 shall be permitted in any type of construction provided it is covered with
approved roof coverings directly applied thereto.
719.6 Cellulose loose-fill insulation. Cellulose loose-fill insulation shall comply with CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1209 and CPSC
16 CFR, Part 1404. Each package of such insulating material
shall be clearly labeled in accordance with CPSC 16 CFR, Part
1209 and CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1404.
719.7 Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing. Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing shall have a flame spread
index of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed index of not
more than 450.
Exception: Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing
installed in plenums shall comply with the International
Mechanical Code.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
SECTION 720
PRESCRIPTIVE FIRE RESISTANCE
720.1 General. The provisions of this section contain prescriptive details of fire-resistance-rated building elements, components or assemblies. The materials of construction listed in
Tables 720.1 (1), 720.1 (2), and 720.1 (3) shall be assumed to
have the fire-resistance ratings prescribed therein. Where
materials that change the capacity for heat dissipation are
incorporated into a fire-resistance-rated assembly, fire test
results or other substantiating data shall be made available to
the bUilding official to show that the required fire-resistance-rating time period is not reduced.
720.1.1 Thickness of protective coverings. The thickness
of fire-resistant materials required for protection of structural members shall be not less than set forth in Table
720.1 (1), except as modified in this section. The figures
shown shall be the net thickness of the protecting materials
and shall not include any hollow space in back of the protection.
720.1.2 Unit masonry protection. Where required, metal
ties shall be embedded in bedjoints of unit masonry for protection of steel columns. Such ties shall be as set forth in
Table 720.1 (1) or be equivalent thereto.
720.1.3 Reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete column protection. Cast-in-place concrete protection for steel
dons having a reduced cover are assumed to be fully
effective.
SECTION 721
CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE
721.1 General. The provisions of this section contain procedures by which the fire resistance of specific materials or combinations of materials is established by calculations. These
procedures apply only to the information contained in this section and shall not be otherwise used. The calculated fire resistance of concrete, concrete masonry and clay masonry
assemblies shall be permitted in accordance with ACI
216.1/TMS 0216. The calculated fire resistance of steel assemblies shall be permitted in accordance with Chapter 5 of ASCE
29. The calculated fire resistance of exposed wood members
and wood decking shall be permitted in accordance with Chapter 16 of ANSI/AF&PA National Design Specification for
Wood Construction (NDS).
721.1.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall,
for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this
code, have the meanings shown herein.
CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET. A mineral wool insulation material made of alumina-silica fibers and weighing 4
to 10 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (64 to 160 kg/m 3).
columns shall be reinforced at the edges of such members
with wire ties of not less than 0.18 inch (4.6 mm) in diameter
wound spirally around the columns on a pitch of not more
than 8 inches (203 mm) or by equivalent reinforcement.
CONCRETE, CARBONATE AGGREGATE. Concrete
made with aggregates consisting mainly of calcium or magnesium carbonate, such as limestone or dolomite, and containing 40 percent or less quartz, chert or flint.
720.1.4 Plaster application. The finish coat is not required
for plaster protective coatings where they comply with the
design mix and thickness requirements of Tables 720.1 (1),
720.1 (2) and 720.1 (3).
CONCRETE, CELLULAR. A lightweight insulating
720.1.5 Bonded prestressed concrete tendons. For members having a single tendon or more than one tendon
installed with equal concrete cover measured from the nearest surface, the cover shall not be less than that set forth in
Table 720.1 (1). For members having multiple tendons
installed with variable concrete cover, the average tendon
cover shall not be less than that set forth in Table 720.1 (1),
provided:
1. The clearance from each tendon to the nearest
exposed surface is used to determine the average
cover.
concrete made by mixing a preformed foam with portland
cement slurry and having a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480 kg/m 3).
CONCRETE, LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATE. Concrete made with aggregates of expanded clay, shale, slag or
slate or sintered fly ash or any natural lightweight aggregate
meeting ASTM C 330 and possessing equivalent fire-resistance properties and weighing 85 to 115 pcf (1360 to 1840
kg/m 3).
CONCRETE, PERLITE. A lightweight insulating concrete having a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480
kg/m 3) made with perlite concrete aggregate. Perlite aggregate is produced from a volcanic rock which, when heated,
expands to form a glass-like material of cellular structure.
2. In no case can the clear cover for individual tendons
be less than one-half of that set forth in Table
720.1(1). A minimum cover of 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) for
slabs and 1 inch (25 mm) for beams is required for any
aggregate concrete.
CONCRETE, SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT. Concrete made
with a combination of expanded clay, shale, slag, slate,
sintered fly ash, or any natural lightweight aggregate meeting ASTM C 330 and possessing equivalent fire-resistance
properties and natural sand. Its unit weight is generally
between 105 and 120 pcf (1680 and 1920 kg/m 3).
3. For the purpose of establishing a fire-resistance rating, tendons having a clear covering less than that set
forth in Table 720.1(1) shall not contribute more than
50 percent of the required ultimate moment capacity
for members less than 350 square inches (0.226 m 2) in
cross-sectional area and 65 percent for larger members. For structural design purposes, however, ten-
CONCRETE, SILICEOUS AGGREGATE. Concrete
made with normal-weight aggregates consisting mainly of
silica or compounds other than calcium or magnesium carbonate, which contains more than 40-percent quartz, chert
or flint.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
(Section 721.1.1, Definitions, continued on page 146)
125
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1(1)
MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS
FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS m
STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
INSULATING MATERIAL
FOR THE FOLLOWING
FIRE-RESISTANCE
PERIODS (inches)
ITEM
NUMBER
3
1
hour
2
hour
hour
2
11/ 2
1
2
11/ 2
1
1
11/ 2
1
1
1
1-1.1
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members 6" x 6" or 21/
2
greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel).a
1-1.2
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members 8" x 8" or
greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel).a
1-1.3
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members
12" x 12" or greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel) .a
1-1.4
Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1, members 6" x 6"
or greater.a
3
2
11/ 2
1
1-1.5
Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1, members 8" x 8"
or greater.a
21/ 2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1-1.6
1-2.1
1. Steel columns
and all of primary
trusses
4
hour
INSULATING MATERIAL USED
Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1.1, members
12" x 12" or greater. a
Clay or shale brick with brick and mortar fill. a
1-3.1
4" hollow clay tile in two 2" layers; 1/2" mortar between tile and column;
mesh 0.046" wire diameter in horizontaljoints; tile fill. a
1-3.2
2" hollow clay tile; 3/4" mortar between tile and column; 3/8" metal mesh 0.046" wire
diameter in horizontal joints; limestone concrete fill; a plastered with 3/4" gypsum
plaster.
1-3.3
2" hollow clay tile with outside wire ties 0.08" diameter at each course of tile or
metal mesh 0.046" diameter wire in horizontal joints; limestone or trap-rock
concrete fill a extending 1" outside column on all sides.
1-3.4
3/8"
21/ 4
33/ 4
-
-
4
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
metal
3/8 "
3
-
-
2" hollow clay tile with outside wire ties 0.08" diameter at each course of tile with or
without concrete fill; 3/4" mortar between tile and column.
-
-
1-4.1
Cement plaster over metal lath wire tied to 3/4" cold-rolled vertical channels with
0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 3" to 6" on center. Plaster mixed
1:2 1/2 by volume, cement to sand.
-
-
1-5.1
Vermiculite concrete, 1:4 mix by volume over paperbacked wire fabric lath wrapped
directly around column with additional 2" x 2" 0.065"/0.065" (No. 16/16 B.W. gage)
wire fabric placed 3/4" from outer concrete surface. Wire fabric tied with 0.049" (No.
18 B.W. gage) wire spaced 6" on center for inner layer and 2" on center for outer
layer.
2
1-6.1
Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over metal lath wrapped around column and
furred 11/ 4" from column flanges . Sheets lapped at ends and tied at 6" intervals with
0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) tie wire. Plaster pushed through to flanges.
11/ 2
1
1-6.2
Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over self-furring metal lath wrapped directly
around column, lapped 1" and tied at 6" intervals with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage)
wire.
13/ 4
13/ 8
1-6.3
Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath applied to 3/4" cold-rolled
channels spaced 24" apart vertically and wrapped flatwise around column.
11/ 2
-
1-6.4
Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over two layers of 1/2" plain full-length gypsum
lath applied tight to column flanges. Lath wrapped with 1" hexagonal mesh of No.
20 gage wire and tied with doubled 0.035" diameter (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties
21/ 2
spaced 23" on center. For three-coat work, the plaster mix for the second coat shall
not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 21/ 2 cubic feet of aggregate for the 3-hour
system.
-
2
-
21/ 2b
-
2
7/
-
-
-
-
1
8
-
-
-
-
-
(continued)
126
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (1 )--continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS
FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS m
STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
INSULATING MATERIAL
FOR THE FOLLOWING
FIRE-RESISTANCE
PERIODS (inches)
ITEM
NUMBER
1-6.5
INSULATING MATERIAL USED
Perlite or vermiculate gypsum plaster over one layer of 1/2" plain full-length gypsum
lath applied tight to column flanges. Lath tied with doubled 0.049" (No. 18 B.W.
gage) wire ties spaced 23" on center and scratch coat wrapped with 1" hexagonal
mesh 0.035" (No. 20 B.W. gage) wire fabric. For three-coat work, the plaster mix for
the second coat shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 21/ 2 cubic feet of
aggregate.
Multiple layers of 1/ " gypsum wallboardc adhesivelyd secured to column flanges and
4
hour
3
hour
2
-
2
hour
-
1
hour
-
2
1-7.1
-
-
2
-
-
17/ s
-
1-7.3
Three layers of 5/S" Type X gypsum wallboard,c each layer screw attached to 15/ S"
steel studs 0.018" thick (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) at each corner of column.
Middle layer also secured with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) double-strand steel wire
ties, 24" on center. Screws are No.6 by 1" spaced 24" on center for inner layer, No.
6 by 15/ S" spaced 12" on center for middle layer and No. 8 by 21/ 4" spaced 12" on
center for outer layer.
-
17/ s
-
-
1-8.1
Wood-fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight gypsum-to-sand aggregate
applied over metal lath. Lath lapped 1" and tied 6" on center at all end, edges and
spacers with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) steel tie wires. Lath applied over 1/2" spacers
made of 3/4" furring channel with 2" legs bent around each corner. Spacers located 1"
from top and bottom of member and a maximum of 40" on center and wire tied with
a single strand of 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) steel tie wires. Corner bead tied to the
lath at 6" on center along each corner to provide plaster thickness.
-
-
1-9.1
Minimum W8x35 wide flange steel column (w/d ~ 0.75) with each web cavity filled
even with the flange tip with normal weight carbonate or siliceous aggregate
concrete (3,000 psi minimum compressive strength with 145 pcf ± 3 pcf unit
weight). Reinforce the concrete in each web cavity with a minimum No.4 deformed
reinforcing bar installed vertically and centered in the cavity, and secured to the
column web with a minimum No. 2 horizontal deformed reinforcing bar welded to
the web every 18" on center vertically. As an alternative to the No.4 rebar, 3/4"
diameter by 3" long headed studs, spaced at 12" on center vertically, shall be welded
on each side of the web midway between the column flanges .
-
-
2-1.1
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete (not including
sandstone , granite and siliceous gravel) with 3" or finer metal mesh placed 1" from
the finished surface anchored to the top flange and providing not less than 0.025
square inch of steel area per foot in each direction.
2-1.2
Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 2-1.1 with 3" or finer
metal mesh placed 1" from the finished surface anchored to the top flange and
providing not less than 0.025 square inch of steel area per foot in each direction.
2-2 .1
Cement plaster on metal lath attached to 3/4" cold-rolled channels with 0.04" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 3" to 6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 1/2 by volume,
cement to sand.
1-7.2
1. Steel columns
and all of
primary trusses
(continued)
2. Webs or
flanges of
steel beams and
girders
successive layers. Wallboard applied without horizontal joints. Corner edges of each
layer staggered. Wallboard layer below outer layer secured to column with doubled
0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) steel wire ties spaced 15" on center. Exposed corners
taped and treated.
Three layers of 5/S" Type X gypsum wallboard. c First and second layer held in place
by l/S" diameter by 13/ s" long ring shank nails with 5/ 16 " diameter heads spaced 24"
on center at corners. Middle layer also secured with metal straps at mid-height and
18" from each end, and by metal corner bead at each corner held by the metal straps.
Third layer attached to corner bead with 1" long gypsum wallboard screws spaced
12" on center.
15/ S
1
-
See
Note
n
-
2
11/ 2
1
1
21/ 2
2
11/ 2
1
21/ 2b
7/
-
-
S
(continued)
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
127
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (1 )--continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS
FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS m
STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
INSULATING MATERIAL
FOR THE FOLLOWING
FIRE-RESISTANCE
PERIODS (inches)
ITEM
NUMBER
4. Bonded or
unbonded
post-tensioned
tendons in
prestressed
concretee, i
3
hour
2-3.1
Vermiculite gypsum plaster on a metal lath cage, wire tied to 0.165" diameter (No.8
B.W. gage) steel wire hangers wrapped around beam and spaced 16" on center.
Metal lath ties spaced approximately 5" on center at cage sides and bottom.
-
7/
2-4.1
Two layers of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard c are attached to U-shaped brackets
spaced 24" on center. 0.018" thick (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) 15/ 8 " deep by 1"
galvanized steel runner channels are first installed parallel to and on each side of the
top beam flange to provide a 1/2" clearance to the flange . The channel runners are
attached to steel deck or concrete floor construction with approved fasteners spaced
12" on center. U-shaped brackets are formed from members identical to the channel
runners. At the bent portion of the U-shaped bracket, the flanges of the channel are
cut out so that 15/ 8 " deep corner channels can be inserted without attachment parallel
to each side of the lower flange.
As an alternate, 0.021" thick (No. 24 carbon sheet steel gage) l"x 2" runner and
corner angles may be used in lieu of channels, and the web cutouts in the U-shaped
brackets may be omitted. Each angle is attached to the bracket with 1/2"-long No.8
self-drilling screws. The vertical legs of the U-shaped bracket are attached to the
runners with one 1/2" long No. 8 self-drilling screw. The completed steel framing
provides a 21/ 8 " and 11/ 2" space between the inner layer of wallboard and the sides
and bottom of the steel beam, respectively. The inner layer of wallboard is attached
to the top runners and bottom corner channels or corner angles with 11/ 4"-long No. 6
self-drilling screws spaced 16" on center. The outer layer of wallboard is applied
with 13/ 4"-long No.6 self-drilling screws spaced 8" on center. The bottom corners
are reinforced with metal corner beads.
-
-
2-4.2
Three layers of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard c attached to a steel suspension system
as described immediately above utilizing the 0.018" thick (No. 25 carbon sheet steel
gage) 1" x 2" lower corner angles. The framing is located so that a 2 1/ 8" and 2" space
is provided between the inner layer of wallboard and the sides and bottom of the
beam, respectively. The first two layers of wallboard are attached as described
immediately above. A layer of 0.035" thick (No. 20 B.W. gage) 1" hexagonal
galvanized wire mesh is applied under the soffit of the middle layer and up the sides
approximately 2". The mesh is held in position with the No.6 15/ 8"-long screws
installed in the vertical leg of the bottom corner angles. The outer layer of wallboard
is attached with No.6 21/ 4"-long screws spaced 8" on center. One screw is also
installed at the mid-depth of the bracket in each layer. Bottom corners are finished as
described above.
-
Carbonate, lightweight, sand-lightweight and siliceousf aggregate concrete
Beams or girders
4g
2. Webs or
flanges of steel
beams and
girders
(continued)
3. Bonded
pretensioned
reinforcement in
prestressed
concrete e
4
hour
INSULATING MATERIAL USED
8
17/ 8
2
hour
1
hour
-
-
11/ 4
-
-
-
3g
21/ 2
11/ 2
2
11/ 2
1
2
11/ 2
-
3
4 1/ 2
21/?
21/ 2
2
13/ 4
11/?
11/ 4
1
3/
21/ 2
2
2
13/ 4
13/ 4
11/?
3-1 .1
Solid slabsh
4-1.1
4-1.2
Carbonate, lightweight, sand-lightweight and siliceousf aggregate concrete
Unrestrained members:
Solid slabs h
Beams and girder~
8" wide
greater than 12" wide
Carbonate, lightweight, sand-lightweight and siliceous aggregate
Restrained members: k
Solid slabsh
Beams and girder~
8" wide
greater than 12" wide
-
4
-
-
-
(continued)
128
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (1 )--continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS
FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS m
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
INSULATING MATERIAL
FOR THE FOLLOWING
FIRE-RESISTANCE
PERIODS (inches)
STRUCTURAL
PARTS TO BE
PROTECTED
ITEM
NUMBER
INSULATING MATERIAL USED
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete, members 12" or
larger, square or round. (Size limit does not apply to beams and girders monolithic
with floors.)
Siliceous aggregate concrete, members 12" or larger, square or round. (Size limit
does not apply to beams and girders monolithic with floors.)
3
1
4
hour
hour
2
hour
hour
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
5. Reinforcing
steel in reinforced
concrete columns,
beams girders and
trusses
5-1.1
6. Reinforcing
steel in reinforced
concrete joists1
6-1 .1
6-1.2
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete.
Siliceous aggregate concrete.
11/ 4
13/4
11/ 4
11/ 2
1
1
3/4
3/4
7. Reinforcing and
tie rods in floor
and roof slabs1
7-1.1
7-1.2
Carbonate, lightweight and sand-lightweight aggregate concrete.
Siliceous aggregate concrete.
1
11/ 4
1
1
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.2 mmz, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m 3 , 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.02 kg/m 3•
a. Reentrant parts of protected members to be filled solidly.
b. Two layers of equal thickness with a 3/ 4-inch airspace between.
c. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in Table 720.1 (1), gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall be
permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard and thejoints on the face layer are reinforced,
and the entire surface is covered with a minimum of 1/16 -inch gypsum veneer plaster.
d. An approved adhesive qualified under ASTM E 119 or UL 263.
e. Where lightweight or sand-lightweight concrete having an oven-dry weight of 110 pounds per cubic foot or less is used, the tabulated minimum cover shall be permitted to be reduced 25 percent, except that in no case shall the cover be less than 3/ 4 inch in slabs or l 1/ z inches in beams or girders.
f. For solid slabs of siliceous aggregate concrete, increase tendon cover 20 percent.
g. Adequate provisions against spalling shall be provided by U-shaped or hooped stirrups spaced not to exceed the depth of the member with a clear cover of 1 inch.
h. Prestressed slabs shall have a thickness not less than that required in Table 720.1 (3) for the respective fire-resistance time period.
i. Fire coverage and end anchorages shall be as follows: Cover to the prestressing steel at the anchor shall be liz inch greater than that required away from the anchor.
Minimum cover to steel-bearing plate shall be 1 inch in beams and 3/ 4 inch in slabs.
j . For beam widths between 8 inches and 12 inches, cover thickness shall be permitted to be determined by interpolation.
k. Interior spans of continuous slabs, beams and girders shall be permitted to be considered restrained.
1. For use with concrete slabs having a comparable fire endurance where members are framed into the structure in such a manner as to provide equivalent performance to that of monolithic concrete construction.
m. Generic fire-resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed.
n. No additional insulating material is required on the exposed outside face of the column flange to achieve a I-hour fire-resistance rating.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
129
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (2)
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a,a,p
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACEb
(inches)
MATERIAL
1. Brick of clay or
shale
2. Combination of
clay brick and
load-bearing
hollow clay tile
3. Concrete
masonry units
ITEM
NUMBER
5. Glazed or
unglazed facing
tile, nonloadbearing
3
hour
2
hour
1
hour
1-1.1
Solid brick of clay or shale C •
6
4.9
3.8
2.7
1-1.2
Hollow brick, not filled .
5.0
4.3
3.4
2.3
1-1.3
Hollow brick unit wall, grout or filled with perlite vermiculite or expanded shale
aggregate.
6.6
5.5
4.4
3.0
1-2.1
4" nominal thick units at least 75 percent solid backed with a hat-shaped metal
furring channel 3/ 4" thick formed from 0.021" sheet metal attached to the brick
wall on 24" centers with approved fasteners , and 1/2" Type X gypsum wallboard
attached to the metal furring strips with 1"-long Type S screws spaced 8" on
center.
-
-
2-1.1
4" solid brick and 4" tile (at least 40 percent solid) .
-
2-1.2
4" solid brick and 8" tile (at least 40 percent solid) .
12
3-1.1 f, g Expanded slag or pumice.
3-1.2 f , g Expanded clay, shale or slate.
3-1.3 f
3-1.4 f , g
4. Solid concrete h , i
4
hour
CONSTRUCTION
5d
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.7
4.0
3.2
2.1
5.1
4.4
3.6
2.6
Limestone, cinders or air-cooled slag.
5.9
5.0
4.0
2.7
Calcareous or siliceous gravel.
6.2
5.3
4.2
2.8
Siliceous aggregate concrete.
7.0
6.2
5.0
3.5
Carbonate aggregate concrete.
6.6
5.7
4.6
3.2
8
4-1 .1
Sand-lightweight concrete.
5.4
4.6
3.8
2.7
Lightweight concrete.
5.1
4.4
3.6
2.5
5-1.1
One 2" unit cored 15 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 25 percent
maximum with 3/ 4" mortar-filled collar joint. Unit positions reversed in alternate
courses.
-
63/ 8
-
-
5-1.2
One 2" unit cored 15 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 40 percent
maximum with 3/ 4" mortar-filled collar joint. Unit positions side with 3/ 4" gypsum
plaster. Two wythes tied together every fourth course with No. 22 gage
corrugated metal ties.
-
63/ 4
-
-
5-1.3
One unit with three cells in wall thickness, cored 29 percent maximum.
-
-
6
-
5-1.4
One 2" unit cored 22 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 41 percent
maximum with 1/4" mortar-filled collar joint. Two wythes tied together every
third course with 0.030" (No. 22 galvanized sheet steel gage) corrugated metal
ties.
-
-
6
-
5-1.5
One 4" unit cored 25 percent maximum with 3/ 4" gypsum plaster on one side.
-
-
43/ 4
-
5-1.6
One 4" unit with two cells in wall thickness, cored 22 percent maximum.
-
-
-
5-1.7
One 4" unit cored 30 percent maximum with
one side.
-
-
4 1/ 2
-
5-1.8
One 4" unit cored 39 percent maximum with 3/ 4" gypsum plaster on one side.
-
-
-
4 1/ 2
3/ 4"
vermiculite gypsum plaster on
4
(continued)
130
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (2)-continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS
a,a,p
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS
FACE-TO-FACEb
(inches)
MATERIAL
ITEM
NUMBER
CONSTRUCTION
4
hour
3
hour
2
hour
1
hour
6-1.1
3/4" by 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) vertical cold-rolled channels, 16"
on center with 2.6-pound flat metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049"
(No. 18 B.W. Gage) wire at 6" spacing. Gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by
weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.
-
-
6-1.2
3/4" by 0.05" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) cold-rolled channels 16" on center
with metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire
at 6" spacing. Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster each side. For three-coat
work, the plaster mix for the second coat shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum
to 2112 cubic feet of aggregate for the I-hour system.
-
-
6-1.3
3/4" by 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) vertical cold-rolled channels, 16"
on center with 3/8" gypsum lath applied to one face and attached with sheet metal
clips. Gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.
-
-
-
2d
6-2.1
Studless with 1/2" full-length plain gypsum lath and gypsum plaster each side.
Plaster mixed 1: 1 for scratch coat and 1: 2 for brown coat, by weight, gypsum to
sand aggregate.
-
-
-
2d
6-2.2
Studless with 1/2" full-length plain gypsum lath and perlite or vermiculite gypsum
plaster each side.
-
-
6-2 .3
Studless partition with 3/8" rib metal lath installed vertically adjacent edges tied
6" on center with No. 18 gage wire ties, gypsum plaster each side mixed 1:2 by
weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.
-
-
7. Solid perlite
and portland
cement
7-1.1
Perlite mixed in the ratio of 3 cubic feet to 100 pounds of portland cement and
machine applied to stud side of 11/ 2" mesh by 0.OS8-inch (No. 17 B.W. gage)
paper-backed woven wire fabric lath wire-tied to 4"-deep steel trussed wir~ studs
16" on center. Wire ties of 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) galvanized steel wire 6" on
center vertically.
-
-
31/ 8d
-
8. Solid neat wood
fibered gypsum
plaster
8-1 .1
3/4" by O.OSS-inch (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) cold-rolled channels, 12" on
center with 2.S-pound flat metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0.049"
(No. 18 B.W. gage) wire at 6" spacing. Neat gypsum plaster applied each side.
-
-
2d
-
9. Solid wallboard
partition
9-1.1
One full-length layer 1/2" Type X gypsum wallboarde laminated to each side of 1"
full-length V-edge gypsum coreboard with approved laminating compound.
Vertical joints of face layer and coreboard staggered at least 3".
-
-
2d
-
10-1.1
One full-length layer of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboarde attached to both sides of
wood or metal top and bottom runners laminated to each side of 1" x 6"
full-length gypsum coreboard ribs spaced 2" on center with approved laminating
compound. Ribs centered at vertical joints of face plies and joints staggered 24"
in opposing faces. Ribs may be recessed 6" from the top and bottom.
-
-
-
10-1.2
1" regular gypsum V-edge full-length backing board attached to both sides of
wood or metal top and bottom runners with nails or 15/ 8" drywall screws at 24"
on center. Minimum width of rumors 15/ 8" . Face layer of 112" regular full-length
gypsum wallboard laminated to outer faces of backing board with approved
laminating compound.
-
-
6. Solid gypsum
plaster
10. Hollow
(studless) gypsum
wallboard
partition
-
21/ 2d
21/ 2d
-
45/ 8d
2d
2d
2d
2d
21/ 4d
-
(continued)
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
131
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (2)-continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a,a,p
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE b
(inches)
MATERIAL
ITEM
NUMBER
4
hour
CONSTRUCTION
3
hour
2
hour
31/ 4" x 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage) steel studs spaced 24" on center.
11-1.1
11-1.2
11. Noncombustible
studs-interior
partition with plaster
each side
gypsum plaster on metal lath each side mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to
sand aggregate.
5/8"
33/8" x 0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) approved nailable k studs spaced
24" on center. 5/8" neat gypsum wood-fibered plaster each side over 3/8" rib
metal lath nailed to studs with 6d common nails, 8" on center. Nails driven
11/ 4" and bent over.
13.Noncombustible
studs-interior
partition with
gypsum wallboard
each side
-
-
-
11-1.3
4" x 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage) channel-shaped steel studs at 16"
on center. On each side approved resilient clips pressed onto stud flange at 16"
vertical spacing, 1/4" pencil rods snapped into or wire tied onto outer loop of
clips, metal lath wire-tied to pencil rods at 6" intervals, 1" perlite gypsum
plaster, each side.
-
11-1.4
21//' x 0.044" (No. 18 carbon sheet steel gage) steel studs spaced 16" on center.
Wood fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1: 1 by weight gypsum to sand aggregate
applied on 3/r Pound metal lath wire tied to studs, each side. 3/4" plaster applied
over each face, including finish coat.
-
-
-
-
-
-
2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with 5/8" gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath
by 11/ 4" by 314" crown
12-1.11, m attached by 4d common nails bent over or No. 14 gage
width staples spaced 6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:1 1/ 2 for scratch coat and 1:3
for brown coat, by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate.
12. Wood studs
interior partition
with plaster each
side
-
2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with metal lath and 7/8" neat wood-fibered
12-1.21 gypsum plaster each side. Lath attached by 6d common nails, 7" on center.
Nails driven 11/ 4" and bent over.
75/ 8d
-
55/ 8
-
41/ 4d
-
51/ 2d
1
hour
43/4d
-
-
-
51/ 8
-
12-1.3 1
2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with 3/8" perforated or plain gypsum lath and
1/ 2" gypsum plaster each side. Lath nailed with 11/ 8" by No. 13 gage by 19/ 64 "
head plasterboard blued nails, 4" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight,
gypsum to sand aggregate.
-
-
-
51/ 4
12-1.4 1
2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with 3/8" Type X gypsum lath and 1/2" gypsum
plaster each side. Lath nailed with 1 1/ 8" by No. 13 gage by 19/ 64 " head
plasterboard blued nails,S" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to
sand aggregate.
-
-
-
51/ 4
13-1.1
0.018" (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) channel-shaped studs 24" on center
with one full-length layer of 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboarde applied vertically
attached with 1" long No. 6 drywall screws to each stud. Screws are 8" on
center around the perimeter and 12" on center on the intermediate stud. The
wallboard may be applied horizontally when attached to 35/ 8" studs and the
horizontal joints are staggered with those on the opposite side. Screws for the
horizontal application shall be 8" on center at vertical edges and 12" on center
at intermediate studs.
-
-
-
27/ 8d
13-1.2
0.018" (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) channel-shaped studs 25" on center
with two full-length layers of 1/2" Type X gypsum wallboarde applied vertically
each side. First layer attached with 1"-long, No.6 drywall screws, 8" on center
around the perimeter and 12" on center on the intermediate stud. Second layer
applied with vertical joints offset one stud space from first layer using 15/ 8"
long, No.6 drywall screws spaced 9" on center along vertical joints, 12" on
center at intermediate studs and 24" on center along top and bottom runners.
-
-
13-1.3
0.055" (No. 16 carbon sheet steel gage) approved nailable metal studse 24" on
center with full-length 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboarde applied vertically and
nailed 7" on center with 6d cement-coated common nails. Approved metal
fastener grips used with nails at vertical butt joints along studs.
-
-
35/ 8d
-
-
47/ 8
(continued)
132
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (2)-continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS
a,a,p
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE b
(inches)
MATERIAL
14.Wood
studs-interior
partition with
gypsum wallboard
each side
4
ITEM
NUMBER
CONSTRUCTION
hour
3
hour
2
1
hour
hour
2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers of 3/s" regular gypsum
wallboarde each side, 4d coolern or wallboard n nails at 8" on center first layer, 5d
14-1.1 h, m coolern or wallboard n nails at 8" on center second layer with laminating
compound between layers, joints staggered. First layer applied full length
vertically, second layer applied horizontally or vertically.
-
-
-
5
2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers liz" regular gypsum wallboard e
applied
vertically or horizontally each side k , joints staggered. Nail base layer
14-1.21,m
with 5d cooler n or wallboard n nails at 8" on center face layer with 8d coolern or
wallboard n nails at 8" on center.
-
-
-
51/ 2
2" x 4" wood studs 24" on center with sis" Type X gypsum wallboarde applied
14-1.31, m vertically or horizontally nailed with 6d coolern or wallboard n nails at 7" on
center with end joints on nailing members. Stagger joints each side.
-
-
-
43/ 4
-
-
-
43/ 4d
-
-
-
-
-
35/sd
Exterior surface with 314" drop siding over 1/2" gypsum sheathing on 2" x 4"
wood studs at 16" on center, interior surface treatment as required for
15-1.11, m I-hour-rated exterior or interior 2" x 4" wood stud partitions. Gypsum sheathing
nailed with 13/ 4" by No. 11 gage by 71 16" head galvanized nails at 8" on center.
Siding nailed with 7d galvanized smooth box nails.
-
-
-
Varies
2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with metal lath and 3/4" cement plaster on each
15-1.21,m side. Lath attached with 6d common nails 7" on center driven to 1" minimum
penetration and bent over. Plaster mix 1:4 for scratch coat and 1:5 for brown
coat, by volume, cement to sand.
-
-
-
53/ s
2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with 71s" cement plaster (measured from the
15-1.31,m face of studs) on the exterior surface with interior surface treatment as required
for interior wood stud partitions in this table. Plaster mix 1:4 for scratch coat and
1:5 for brown coat, by volume, cement to sand.
-
-
-
Varies
-
-
-
Variesd
2" x 4" fire-retardant-treated wood studs spaced 24" on center with one layer of
14-1.41
sis" Type X gypsum wallboarde applied with face paper grain (long dimension)
parallel to studs. Wallboard attached with 6d coolern or wallboard n nails at 7" on
center.
2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers Sis" Type X gypsum
wallboarde each side. Base layers applied vertically and nailed with 6d coolern
n
center. Face layer applied vertically or horizontally
14-1.51, m or wallboard nails at 9" on
and nailed with 8d coolern or wallboard n nails at 7" on center. For nail-adhesive
application, base layers are nailed 6" on center. Face layers applied with coating
of approved wallboard adhesive and nailed 12" on center.
6
-
2" x 3" fire-retardant-treated wood studs spaced 24" on center with one layer of
14-1.61
15. Exterior or
interior walls
15-1.4
Sis" Type X gypsum wallboarde applied with face paper grain (long dimension)
at right angles to studs. Wallboard attached with 6d cement-coated box nails
spaced 7" on center.
35I s" No. 16 gage noncombustible studs 16" on center with 71s" cement plaster
(measured from the face of the studs) on the exterior surface with interior
surface treatment as required for interior, nonbearing, noncombustible stud
partitions in this table. Plaster mix 1:4 for scratch coat and 1:5 for brown coat,
by volume, cement to sand.
(continued)
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
133
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (2)-continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS a,o,p
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACEb
(inches)
MATERIAL
ITEM
NUMBER
4
hour
CONSTRUCTION
3
hour
2
hour
1
hour
15-1.5 m
21/ 4" x 33/ 4" clay face brick with cored holes over 112" gypsum sheathing on
exterior surface of 2" x 4" wood studs at 16" on center and two layers 5/8" Type
X gypsum wallboarde on interior surface. Sheathing placed horizontally or
vertically with vertical joints over studs nailed 6" on center with 13/ 4" x No. 11
gage by 7/ 16 " head galvanized nails. Inner layer of wallboard placed horizontally
or vertically and nailed 8" on center with 6d coolern or wallboardn nails. Outer
layer of wallboard placed horizontally or vertically and nailed 8" on center with
8d coolern or wallboardn nails. All joints staggered with vertical joints over
studs. Outer layer joints taped and finished with compound. Nail heads covered
with joint compound. 0.035 inch (No. 20 galvanized sheet gage) corrugated
galvanized steel wall ties 3/ 4" by 65/ 8" attached to each stud with two 8d coolern
or wallboardn nails every sixth course of bricks.
-
-
10
-
15-1.61, m
2" x 6" fire-retardant-treated wood studs 16" on center. Interior face has two
layers of 5/8" Type X gypsum with the base layer placed vertically and attached
with 6d box nails 12" on center. The face layer is placed horizontally and
attached with 8d box nails 8" on center at joints and 12" on center elsewhere.
The exterior face has a base layer of 5/8" Type X gypsum sheathing placed
vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and 12" on center elsewhere.
An approved building paper is next applied, followed by self-furred exterior lath
attached with 21/ 2", No. 12 gage galvanized roofing nails with a 318" diameter
head and spaced 6" on center along each stud. Cement plaster consisting of a 1/2"
brown coat is then applied. The scratch coat is mixed in the proportion of 1:3 by
weight, cement to sand with 10 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of
approved additives or admixtures per sack of cement. The brown coat is mixed
in the proportion of 1:4 by weight, cement to sand with the same amounts of
hydrated lime and approved additives or admixtures used in the scratch coat.
-
-
81/ 4
-
15-1.71, m
2" x 6" wood studs 16" on center. The exterior face has a layer of 5/8" Type X
gypsum sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and
12" on center elsewhere. An approved building paper is next applied, followed
by 1" by No. 18 gage self-furred exterior lath attached with 8d by 21/ 2" long
galvanized roofing nails spaced 6" on center along each stud. Cement plaster
consisting of all 2" scratch coat, a bonding agent and all 2" brown coat and a
finish coat is then applied. The scratch coat is mixed in the proportion of 1:3 by
weight, cement to sand with 10 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of
approved additives or admixtures per sack of cement. The brown coat is mixed
in the proportion of 1:4 by weight, cement to sand with the same amounts of
hydrated lime and approved additives or admixtures used in the scratch coat.
The interior is covered with 3/8" gypsum lath with 1" hexagonal mesh of 0.035
inch (No. 20 B.W. gage) woven wire lath furred out 5/ 16" and 1" perlite or
vermiculite gypsum plaster. Lath nailed with 11/ 8" by No. 13 gage by 19/ 64 " head
plasterboard glued nails spaced 5" on center. Mesh attached by 13/ 4" by No. 12
gage by 3/8" head nails with 3/8" furrings, spaced 8" on center. The plaster mix
shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 21/') cubic feet of aggregate.
-
-
83/ 8
-
15-1.81, m
2" x 6" wood studs 16" on center. The exterior face has a layer of 5/8" Type X
gypsum sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and
12" on center elsewhere. An approved building paper is next applied, followed
by 11/ 2" by No. 17 gage self-furred exterior lath attached with 8d by 21/ 2" long
galvanized roofing nails spaced 6" on center along each stud. Cement plaster
consisting of all 2" scratch coat, and all 2" brown coat is then applied. The
plaster may be placed by machine. The scratch coat is mixed in the proportion of
1:4 by weight, plastic cement to sand. The brown coat is mixed in the proportion
of 1:5 by weight, plastic cement to sand. The interior is covered with 3/8"
gypsum lath with 1" hexagonal mesh of No. 20 gage woven wire lath furred out
5/ 16 " and 1" perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster. Lath nailed with 11/ 8" by No.
13 gage by 19/ 64 " head plasterboard glued nails spaced 5" on center. Mesh
attached by 13/ 4" by No. 12 gage by 318" head nails with 3/8" furrings , spaced 8"
on center. The plaster mix shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 2112 cubic
feet of aggregate.
-
-
83/ 8
-
15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)
(continued)
134
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (2)-continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS
a,a,p
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE b
(inches)
MATERIAL
ITEM
NUMBER
4" No. 18 gage, nonload-bearing metal studs, 16" on center, with I" portland
cement lime plaster [measured from the back side of the 3/4-pound expanded
metal lath] on the exterior surface. Interior surface to be covered with 1" of
gypsum plaster on 3/4-pound expanded metal lath proportioned by weight-1 :2
for scratch coat, 1:3 for brown, gypsum to sand. Lath on one side of the partition
fastened to 114" diameter pencil rods supported by No. 20 gage metal clips,
located 16" on center vertically, on each stud. 3" thick mineral fiber insulating
batts friction fitted between the studs.
4 hour 3 hour 2 hour 1 hour
-
-
61/ zd
-
Steel studs 0.060" thick, 4" deep or 6" at 16" or 24" centers, with liz" Glass Fiber
Reinforced Concrete (GFRC) on the exterior surface. GFRC is attached with flex
anchors at 24" on center, with 5" leg welded to studs with two 1/z"-long
flare-bevel welds, and 4" foot attached to the GFRC skin with Sis" thick GFRC
bonding pads that extend 211z" beyond the flex anchor foot on both sides. Interior
15-1.10
surface to have two layers of liz" Type X gypsum wallboard. e The first layer of
wallboard to be attached with 1"-long Type S buglehead screws spaced 24" on
center and the second layer is attached with 15/ s"-long Type S screws spaced at
12" on center. Cavity is to be filled with 5" of 4 pcf (nominal) mineral fiber batts.
GFRC has l 1/ z" returns packed with mineral fiber and caulked on the exterior.
-
-
61/ z
-
Steel studs 0.060" thick, 4" deep or 6" at 16" or 24" centers, respectively, with
liz" Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete (GFRC) on the exterior surface. GFRC is
attached with flex anchors at 24" on center, with 5" leg welded to studs with two
1/z"-long flare-bevel welds, and 4" foot attached to the GFRC skin with 5/s"-thick
15-1.11 GFRC bonding pads that extend 21/ z" beyond the flex anchor foot on both sides.
Interior surface to have one layer of Sis" Type X gypsum wallboarde , attached
with 11/4"-long Type S buglehead screws spaced 12" on center. Cavity is to be
filled with 5" of 4 pcf (nominal) mineral fiber batts. GFRC has l 1/ z" returns
packed with mineral fiber and caulked on the exterior.
-
-
-
61/ s
2" x 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and
exterior sides covered with Sis" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied
15-1.12q horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs, and fastened with 21/4"
Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center. Cavity to be filled with 51/ z"
mineral wool insulation.
-
-
-
63/4
2" x 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and
exterior sides covered with Sis" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied
15-1.13Q vertically with all joints over framing or blocking and fastened with 21/4" Type S
drywall screws, spaced 12" on center. R-19 mineral fiber insulation installed in
stud cavity.
-
-
-
63/4
2" x 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and
exterior sides covered with Sis" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied
Q
15-1.14
horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs, and fastened with 21/4"
Type S drywall screws, spaced 7" on center.
-
-
-
63/4
2" x 4" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate; interior and
exterior sides covered with Sis" Type X gypsum wallboard and sheathing,
15-1.15Q respectively, 4' wide, applied horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over
studs, and fastened with 21/4" Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center.
Cavity to be filled with 31/ z" mineral wool insulation.
-
-
-
43/4
2" x 6" wood studs at 24" centers with double top plates, single bottom plate;
interior and exterior side covered with two layers of sis" Type X gypsum
wallboard, 4' wide, applied horizontally with vertical joints over studs. Base layer
15-1.16Q fastened with 21/4" Type S drywall screws, spaced 24" on center and face layer
fastened with Type S drywall screws, spaced 8" on center, wallboard joints
covered with paper tape and joint compound, fastener heads covered with joint
compound. Cavity to be filled with 51/ z" mineral wool insulation.
-
-
15-1.9
15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)
CONSTRUCTION
73/4
-
(continued)
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
135
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (2)-continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS
a,
0,
p
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACEb
(inches)
MATERIAL
ITEM
NUMBER
CONSTRUCTION
4 hour 3 hour 2 hour 1 hour
35/ S"
15-2.1d
No. 16 gage steel studs at 24" on center or 2" x 4" wood studs at 24" on
center. Metal lath attached to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1" long
No.6 drywall screws at 6" on center and covered with minimum 3/4" thick
portland cement plaster. Thin veneer brick units of clay or shale complying with
ASTM C 1088, Grade TBS or better, installed in running bond in accordance
with Section 1405.10. Combined total thickness of the portland cement plaster,
mortar and thin veneer brick units shall be not less than 13/ 4" . Interior side
covered with one layer of 5/S" thick Type X gypsum wallboard attached to studs
with I" long No.6 drywall screws at 12" on center.
15-2.2d
35/ S" No. 16 gage steel studs at 24" on center or 2" x 4" wood studs at 24" on
center. Metal lath attached to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1" long
No.6 drywall screws at 6" on center and covered with minimum 3/4" thick
portland cement plaster. Thin veneer brick units of clay or shale complying with
ASTM C 1088, Grade TBS or better, installed in running bond in accordance
with Section 1405.10. Combined total thickness of the portland cement plaster,
mortar and thin veneer brick units shall be not less than 2". Interior side covered
with two layers of 5/S" thick Type X gypsum wallboard. Bottom layer attached to
studs with I" long No. 6 drywall screws at 24" on center. Top layer attached to
studs with 15/ S" long No. 6 drywall screws at 12" on center.
15-2.3d
35/ S" No. 16 gage steel studs at 16" on center or 2" x 4" wood studs at 16" on
center. Where metal lath is used, attach to the exterior side of studs with
minimum I" long No.6 drywall screws at 6" on center. Brick units of clay or
shale not less than 25/ S" thick complying with ASTM C 216 installed in
accordance with Section 1405.6 with a minimum I" air space. Interior side
covered with one layer of 5/S" thick Type X gypsum wallboard attached to studs
with I" long No.6 drywall screws at 12" on center.
15-2.4 d
35/ S" No. 16 gage steel studs at 16" on center or 2" x 4" wood studs at 16" on
center. Where metal lath is used, attach to the exterior side of studs with
minimum I" long No.6 drywall screws at 6" on center. Brick units of clay or
shale not less than 25/ s" thick complying with ASTM C 216 installed in
accordance with Section 1405.6 with a minimum I" air space. Interior side
covered with two layers of 5/s" thick Type X gypsum wallboard. Bottom layer
attached to studs with I" long No. 6 drywall screws at 24" on center. Top layer
attached to studs with 15/ S" long No.6 drywall screws at 12" on center.
16-1.1 q
2" x 4" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plate;
interior side covered with 5/S" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied
horizontally unblocked, and fastened with 2 1/ 4" Type S drywall screws, spaced
12" on center, wallboard joints covered with paper tape and joint compound,
fastener heads covered with joint compound. Exterior covered with 3/s" wood
structural panels, applied vertically, horizontal joints blocked and fastened with
6d common nails (bright) - 12" on center in the field, and 6" on center panel
edges. Cavity to be filled with 3 1/ 2" mineral wool insulation. Rating established
for exposure from interior side only.
15. Exterior or
interior walls
(continued)
16. Exterior walls
rated for fire
resistance from
the inside only in
accordance with
Section 705.5.
6
67/s
77/ S
8 1/ 2
-
-
-
4 1/ 2
(continued)
136
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (2)-continued
RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS
a,
0,
p
MINIMUM FINISHED
THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACEb
(inches)
MATERIAL
ITEM
NUMBER
CONSTRUCTION
4 hour 3 hour 2 hour 1 hour
16-1.2 Q
2" x 6" (51mm x 152 mm) wood studs at 16 " centers with double top plates, single
bottom plate; interior side covered with 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide,
applied horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs and fastened with
21/ 4" Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center, wallboard joints covered with
paper tape and joint compound, fastener heads covered with joint compound, exterior
side covered with 7/16" wood structural panels fastened with 6d common nails (bright)
spaced 12" on center in the field and 6" on center along the panel edges. Cavity to be
filled with 51/ 2" mineral wool insulation. Rating established from the gypsum-covered
side only.
-
-
-
69/ 16
16-1.3
2" x 6" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plates;
interior side covered with 5/8" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied
vertically with all joints over framing or blocking and fastened with 2 1/ 4 " Type S
drywall screws spaced 7" on center. Joints to be covered with tape andjoint
compound. Exterior covered with 3/8" wood structural panels, applied vertically
with edges over framing or blocking and fastened with 6d common nails (bright)
at 12" on center in the field and 6" on center on panel edges. R-19 mineral fiber
insulation installed in stud cavity. Rating established from the gypsum-covered
side only.
-
-
-
6 1/ 2
16. Exterior walls
rated for fire
resistance from
the inside only in
accordance with
Section 705.5.
(continued)
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.2 mm2, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m 3•
a. Staples with equivalent holding power and penetration shall be permitted to be used as alternate fasteners to nails for attachment to wood framing .
b. Thickness shown for brick and clay tile is nominal thicknesses unless plastered, in which case thicknesses are net. Thickness shown for concrete masonry and clay
masonry is equivalent thickness defined in Section 721 .3.1 for concrete masonry and Section 721 .4.1.1 for clay masonry. Where all cells are solid grouted or filled
with silicone-treated perlite loose-fill insulation; vermiculite loose-fill insulation; or expanded clay, shale or slate lightweight aggregate, the equivalent thickness
shall be the thickness of the block or brick using specified dimensions as defined in Chapter 21 . Equivalent thickness may also include the thickness ofapplied plaster and lath or gypsum wallboard, where specified.
c. For units in which the net cross-sectional area of cored brick in any plane parallel to the surface containing the cores is at least 75 percent of the gross cross-sectional area measured in the same plane.
d. Shall be used for nonbearing purposes only:
e. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in this table, gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size , thickness and core type shall be permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard, and the joints on the face layer are reinforced and
the entire surface is covered with a minimum of 1/16-inch gypsum veneer plaster.
f. The fire-resistance time period for concrete masonry units meeting the equivalent thicknesses required for a 2-hour fire-resistance rating in Item 3, and having a
thickness of not less than 75/ 8 inches is 4 hours when cores which are not grouted are filled with silicone-treated perlite loose-fill insulation; vermiculite loose-fill
insulation; or expanded clay, shale or slate lightweight aggregate, sand or slag having a maximum particle size of 3/ 8 inch.
g. The fire-resistance rating of concrete masonry units composed of a combination of aggregate types or where plaster is applied directly to the concrete masonry
shall be determined in accordance with ACI 216.lITMS 0216. Lightweight aggregates shall have a maximum combined density of 65 pounds per cubic foot.
h. See also Note b. The equivalent thickness shall be permitted to include the thickness of cement plaster or 1.5 times the thickness of gypsum plaster applied in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 25 .
i. Concrete walls shall be reinforced with horizontal and vertical temperature reinforcement as required by Chapter 19.
j. Studs are welded truss wire studs with 0.18 inch (No. 7 B.W gage) flange wire and 0.18 inch (No. 7 B.W gage) truss wires.
k. Nailable metal studs consist of two channel studs spot welded back to back with a crimped web forming a nailing groo.re.
1. Wood structural panels shall be permitted to be installed between the fire protection and the wood studs on either the interior or exterior side of the wood frame
assemblies in this table, provided the length of the fasteners used to attach the fire protection is increased by an amount at least equal to the thickness of the wood
structural panel.
m.The design stress of studs shall be reduced to 78 percent of allowable P cwith the maximum not greater than 78 percent of the calculated stress with studs having a
slenderness ratio lid of 33.
n. For properties of cooler or wallboard nails, see ASTM C 514, ASTM C 547 or ASTM F 1667.
o. Generic fire-resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in the GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed.
p. NCMA TEK 5-8A shall be permitted for the design of fire walls.
q. The design stress of studs shall be equal to a maximum of 100 percent of the allowable P ccalculated in accordance with Section 2306.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
137
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (3)
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMSa,q
THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS
OR ROOF SLAB
OF CEILING
(inches)
(inches)
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
1. Siliceous
aggregate concrete
2. Carbonate
aggregate concrete
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
1-1.1
2-1.1
3. Sand-lightweight concrete
3-1.1
4. Lightweight concrete
4-1 .1
Slab (no ceiling required) . Minimum cover over
nonprestressed reinforcement shall not be less than
3/ " b.
4
4
4
2
1
2
1
3
3
hour hour hour hour hour hour hour hour
7.0
6.2
5.0
3.5
-
-
-
-
6.6
5.7
4.6
3.2
-
-
-
-
5.4
4.6
3.8
2.7
-
-
-
-
5.1
4.4
3.6
2.5
-
-
-
-
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
5-1.1
Slab with suspended ceiling of vermiculite gypsum
plaster over metal lath attached to 3/4" cold-rolled
channels spaced 12" on center. Ceiling located 6"
minimum below joists.
5-2 .1
Type X gypsum wallboardc attached to 0.018
inch (No. 25 carbon sheet steel gage) by 7/8" deep by
25/ 8" hat-shaped galvanized steel channels with
1"-long No.6 screws. The channels are spaced 24"
on center, span 35" and are supported along their
length at 35" intervals by 0.033" (No. 21 galvanized
sheet gage) galvanized steel flat strap hangers
having formed edges that engage the lips of the
channel. The strap hangers are attached to the side
of the concrete joists with 5/32 " by 11/ 4" long
power-driven fasteners. The wallboard is installed
with the long dimension perpendicular to the
channels. All end joints occur on channels and
supplementary channels are installed parallel to the
main channels, 12" each side, at end joint
occurrences. The finished ceiling is located
approximately 12" below the soffit of the floor slab.
-
-
21/ 2
6-1 .1
Gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to the bottom
cord with single No. 16 gage or doubled No. 18
gage wire ties spaced 6" on center. Plaster mixed 1: 2
for scratch coat, 1:3 for brown coat, by weight,
gypsum-to-sand aggregate for 2-hour system. For
3-hour system plaster is neat.
-
-
21/ 2 21/ 4
6-2 .1
Vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to
the bottom chord with single No.16 gage or doubled
0.049-inch (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties 6" on center.
-
6-3.1
Cement plaster over metal lath attached to the
bottom chord ofjoists with single No. 16 gage or
doubled 0.049" (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire ties spaced
6" on center. Plaster mixed 1:2 for scratch coat, 1:3
for brown coat for I-hour system and 1:1 for scratch
coat, 1:1 1/ 2 for brown coat for 2-hour system, by
weight, cement to sand.
-
-
6-4.1
Ceiling of 5/8" Type X wallboard c attached to 7/8"
deep by 25/ 8" by 0.021 inch (No. 25 carbon sheet
steel gage) hat-shaped furring channels 12" on
center with 1" long No.6 wallboard screws at 8" on
center. Channels wire tied to bottom chord ofjoists
with doubled 0.049 inch (No. 18 B.W. gage) wire or
suspended below]oists on wire hangers. g
-
-
21/ 2
6-5 .1
Wood-fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1:1 by weight
gypsum to sand aggregate applied over metal lath.
Lath tied 6" on center to 3/4" channels spaced 13 1/ 2"
on center. Channels secured to joists at each
intersection with two strands of 0.049 inch (No. 18
B.W. gage) galvanized wire.
-
-
21/ 2
1
3/
4
3/8"
5. Reinforced
concrete
6. Steel joists constructed with
a poured reinforced concrete
slab on metal lath forms or
steel form units d , e
2
-
-
-
5/
-
-
3/
-
5/
-
-
-
-
2
-
8
4
-
5/
8
-
-
-
-
5/l
-
-
5/
-
-
3/
8
8
4
-
-
(continued)
138
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (3)-continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SVSTEMSa,q
THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS
OR ROOF SLAB
OF CEILING
(inches)
(inches)
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
7. Reinforced concrete slabs
and joists with hollow clay tile
fillers laid end to end in rows
21/ 2 " or more apart;
reinforcement placed between
rows and concrete cast around
and over tile.
8. Steel joists constructed with
a reinforced concrete slab on
top poured on all 2" deep steel
deck.e
9.3" deep cellular steel deck
with concrete slab on top. Slab
thickness measured to top.
10. 11/ 2"-deep steel roof deck
on steel framing. Insulation
board, 30 pcf density,
composed of wood fibers with
cement binders of thickness
shown bonded to deck with
unified asphalt adhesive.
Covered with a Class A or B
roof covering.
11. 11/ 2" -deep steel roof deck
on steel-framing wood fiber
insulation board, 17.5 pcf
density on top applied over a
15-lb asphalt-saturated felt.
Class A or B roof covering.
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
hour hour hour hour hour hour hour hour
7-1.1
5I s" gypsum plaster on bottom of floor or roof
construction.
-
-
8h
7-1.2
None
-
-
-
8-1.1
Vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath attached
to 3/4" cold-rolled channels with 0.049" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 6" on center.
21/-)
-
-
9-1.1
Suspended ceiling of vermiculite gypsum plaster
base coat and vermiculite acoustical plaster on metal
lath attached at 6" intervals to 3/4" cold-rolled
channels spaced 12" on center and secured to 11/ 2"
cold-rolled channels spaced 36" on center with
21/ 2
0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire. 11/ 2" channels
supported by No.8 gage wire hangers at 36" on
center. Beams within envelope and with a 21/ 2"
airspace between beam soffit and lath have a 4-hour
rating.
-
-
10-1.1
Ceiling of gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath
attached to 3/4" furring channels with 0.049" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 6" on center. 3/4"
channel saddle tied to 2" channels with doubled
0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire ties. 2" channels
spaced 36" on center suspended 2" below steel
framing and saddle-tied with 0.165" (No.8 B.W.
gage) wire. Plaster mixed 1:2 by weight,
gypsum-to-sand aggregate.
-
-
17/ s
1
11-1.1
Ceiling of gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath
attached to 3/4" furring channels with 0.049" (No. 18
B.W. gage) wire ties spaced 6" on center. 3/4"
channels saddle tied to 2" channels with doubled
0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage) wire ties. 2" channels
spaced 36" on center suspended 2" below steel
framing and saddle tied with 0.165" (No.8 B.W.
gage) wire. Plaster mixed 1:2 for scratch coat and
1:3 for brown coat, by weight, gypsum-to-sand
aggregate for I-hour system. For 2-hour system,
plaster mix is 1:2 by weight, gypsum-to-sand
aggregate.
-
-
11/ 2
1
-
-
sis
-
-
-
-
-
-
314
-
-
-
-
11/ sk
-
-
-
-
-
3141 3/41
-
-
7/ g
-
51/ 2i
s
3/41
(continued)
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
139
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (3)-continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SVSTEMSa,q
THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS
OR ROOF SLAB
OF CEILING
(inches)
(inches)
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
12. 11/ 2" deep steel roof deck
on steel-framing insulation of
rigid board consisting of
expanded perlite and fibers
impregnated with integral
asphalt waterproofing; density
9 to 12 pcf secured to metal
roof deck by 1/2" wide ribbons
of waterproof, cold-process
liquid adhesive spaced 6"
apart. Steel joist or light steel
construction with metal roof
deck, insulation, and Class A
or B built-up roof covering. e
ITEM
NUMBER
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
hour hour hour hour hour hour hour hour
12-1.1
Gypsum-vermiculite plaster on metal lath wire tied
at 6" intervals to 3/4" furring channels spaced 12" on
center and wire tied to 2" runner channels spaced
32" on center. Runners wire tied to bottom chord of
steel joists.
-
-
13-1.1
Gypsum plaster over 3/8" Type X gypsum lath. Lath
initially applied with not less than four 11/ 8" by No.
13 gage by 19/64 " head plasterboard blued nails per
bearing. Continuous stripping over lath along all
joist lines. Stripping consists of 3" wide strips of
metal lath attached by 11/ 2" by No. 11 gage by 1/2"
head roofing nails spaced 6" on center. Alternate
stripping consists of 3" wide 0.049" diameter wire
stripping weighing 1 pound per square yard and
attached by No.16 gage by 11/ 2" by 3/4" crown width
staples, spaced 4" on center. Where alternate
stripping is used, the lath nailing may consist of two
nails at each end and one nail at each intermediate
bearing. Plaster mixed 1: 2 by weight,
gypsum-to-sand aggregate.
-
-
13-1.2
Cement or gypsum plaster on metal lath. Lath
fastened with 11/ 2" by No. 11 gage by 7/ 16 " head
barbed shank roofing nails spaced 5" on center.
Plaster mixed 1: 2 for scratch coat and 1: 3 for brown
coat, by weight, cement to sand aggregate.
-
13-1.3
Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath
secured to joists with 11/ 2" by No. 11 gage by 7/ 16 "
head barbed shank roofing nails spaced 5" on center.
13-1.4
14-1.1
13. Double wood floor over
wood joists spaced 16" on
center.ffi,n
14. Plywood stressed skin
panels consisting of 5/8"-thick
interior C-D (exterior glue)
top stressed skin on 2" x 6"
nominal (minimum) stringers.
Adjacent panel edges joined
with 8d common wire nails
spaced 6" on center. Stringers
spaced 12" maximum on
center.
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
-
-
-
7/
-
-
-
-
-
7/
-
-
-
-
-
-
5/
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5/
1/2" Type X gypsum wallboard c nailed to joists with
5d coolero or wallboardo nails at 6" on center. End
joints of wallboard centered on joists.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1/
1/2"-thick wood fiberboard weighing 15 to 18
pounds per cubic foot installed with long dimension
parallel to stringers or 3/8" C-D (exterior glue)
plywood glued and/or nailed to stringers. Nailing to
be with 5d coolero or wallboardo nails at 12" on
center. Second layer of 1/2" Type X gypsum
wallboard c applied with long dimension
perpendicular to joists and attached with 8d coolero
or wallboardo nails at 6" on center at end joints and
8" on center elsewhere. Wallboard joints staggered
with respect to fiberboard joints.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
8
-
8
8
8
2
(continued)
140
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (3)-continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SVSTEMSa,q
THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS
OR ROOF SLAB
OF CEILING
(inches)
(inches)
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
hour hour hour hour hour hour hour hour
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
15. Vermiculite concrete slab
proportioned 1:4 (portland
cement to vermiculite
aggregate) on a 11/2"-deep
steel deck supported on
individually protected steel
framing. Maximum span of
deck 6'-10" where deck is less
than 0.019 inch (No. 26
carbon steel sheet gage) or
greater. Slab reinforced with
4" x 8" 0.109/0.083" (No. 12/ 14
B.W. gage) welded wire mesh.
15-1.1
None
-
-
-
~
-
-
-
-
16. Perlite concrete slab
proportioned 1:6 (portland
cement to perlite aggregate)
on a 11/4"-deep steel deck
supported on individually
protected steel framing. Slab
reinforced with 4" x 8"
0.109/0.083" (No. 12/ 14 B.W.
gage) welded wire mesh.
16-1.1
None
-
-
-
31/~
-
-
-
-
17. Perlite concrete slab
proportioned 1:6 (portland
cement to perlite aggregate)
on a 9/ 16"-deep steel deck
supported by steel joists 4' on
center. Class A or B roof
covering on top.
17-1.1
Perlite gypsum plaster on metal lath wire tied to 3/4"
furring channels attached with 0.065" (No. 16 B.W.
gage) wire ties to lower chord ofjoists.
-
2P
2P
-
-
7/ s
3/4
-
18. Perlite concrete slab
proportioned 1:6 (portland
cement to perlite aggregate)
on 11/4"-deep steel deck
supported on individually
protected steel framing.
Maximum span of deck 6'-10"
where deck is less than 0.019"
(No. 26 carbon sheet steel
gage) and 8'-0" where deck is
0.019" (No. 26 carbon sheet
steel gage) or greater. Slab
reinforced with 0.042" (No. 19
B.W. gage) hexagonal wire
mesh. Class A or B roof
covering on top.
18-1.1
None
-
-
-
-
-
-
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
21/l 21/l
(continued)
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
141
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (3)-continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SVSTEMSa,q
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
19. Floor and beam
construction consisting of
3"-deep cellular steel floor
unit mounted on steel
members with 1:4
(proportion of portland
cement to perlite
aggregate) perlite-concrete
floor slab on top.
THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR
ROOF SLAB
(inches)
ITEM
NUMBER
19-1.1
20. Perlite concrete
proportioned 1:6 (portland
cement to perlite
aggregate) poured to 1/8"
thickness above top of
corrugations of 15/ 16 " -deep
galvanized steel deck
maximum span 8'-0" for
0.024" (No. 24 galvanized
sheet gage) or 6' 0" for
0.019" (No. 26 galvanized
sheet gage) with deck
supported by individually
protected steel framing.
20-1.1
Approved polystyrene
foam plastic insulation
board having a flame
spread not exceeding 75
(1" to 4" thickness) with
vent holes that
approximate 3 percent of
the board surface area
placed on top of perlite
slurry. A 2' by 4' insulation
board contains six 23/ 4"
diameter holes. Board
covered with 21/ 4"
minimum perlite concrete
slab.
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
MINIMUM THICKNESS
OF CEILING
(inches)
4 hour 3 hour 2 hour 1 hour 4 hour 3 hour 2 hour 1 hour
Suspended envelope ceiling of perlite
gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to
1
3/4" cold-rolled channels, secured to 1 / 2"
cold-rolled channels spaced 42" on center
supported by 0.203 inch (No.6 B.W. gage)
wire 36" on center. Beams in envelope with
3" minimum airspace between beam soffit
and lath have a 4-hour rating.
2P
-
None
-
-
-
Varies
11
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(continued)
142
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (3)-continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SVSTEMSa,q
THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS
ROOF SLAB
OF CEILING
(inches)
(inches)
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
(continued)
20. Slab reinforced with mesh
consisting of 0.042" (No. 19
B.W. gage) galvanized steel
wire twisted together to form
2" hexagons with straight
0.065" (No. 16 B.W. gage)
galvanized steel wire woven
into mesh and spaced 3".
Alternate slab reinforcement
shall be permitted to consist of
4" x 8", 0.109/0.238" (No. 12/4
B.W. gage), or 2" x 2",
0.083/0.083" (No. 14/14 B.W.
gage) welded wire fabric. Class
A or B roof covering on top.
20-1.1
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
None
4
3
hour hour
2
hour
Varies
-
-
21. Woodjoists, wood I-joists,
floor trusses and flat or pitched
Base layer 5/S" Type X gypsum wallboard applied
roof trusses spaced a maximum
at right angles to joist or truss 24" o.c. with 11/ 4"
24" o.c. with 1/2" wood
Type S or Type W drywall screws 24" o.c. Face
structural panels with exterior
layer 5/s" Type X gypsum wallboard or veneer
glue applied at right angles to
base applied at right angles to joist or truss
21-1.1
top ofjoist or top chord of
through base layer with 17/ s" Type S or Type W
trusses with 8d nails. The wood
drywall screws 12" o.c. at joints and intermediate
structural panel thickness shall
joist or truss. Face layer Type G drywall screws
not be less than nominal 1/2"
placed 2" back on either side of face layer end
nor less than required by
joints, 12" o.c.
Chapter 23.
-
-
-
22. Steel joists, floor trusses
Base layer 5/S" Type X gypsum board applied at
and flat or pitched roof trusses
right angles to steel framing 24" on center with 1"
spaced a maximum 24" o.c.
Type S drywall screws spaced 24" on center. Face
with 1/2" wood structural panels
layer 5/s" Type X gypsum board applied at right
with exterior glue applied at
angles to steel framing attached through base
22-1.1 layer with 15/ S" Type S drywall screws 12" on
right angles to top ofjoist or
top chord of trusses with No. 8
center at end joints and intermediate joints and
screws. The wood structural
11/ 2" Type G drywall screws 12 inches on center
panel thickness shall not be less
placed 2" back on either side of face layer end
than nominal 1/2" nor less than
joints. Joints of the face layer are offset 24" from
required by Chapter 23.
theioints of the base layer.
-
-
23. Wood I-joist (minimum
joist depth 9 1/ 4" with a
minimum flange depth of 15/16 "
and a minimum flange cross1/2" deep single leg resilient channel 16" on center
sectional area of 2.3 square
(channels doubled at wallboard end joints) , placed
inches) at 24" o.c. spacing with
perpendicular to the furring strip and joist and
1 inch by 4 inch (nominal)
attached to each joist by 17/ s" Type S drywall
wood furring strip spacer
screws. 5/S" Type C gypsum wallboard applied
applied parallel to and covering 23-1.1
perpendicular to the channel with end joints
the bottom of the bottom flange
staggered at least 4' and fastened with 11/ S" Type
of each member, tacked in
S drywall screws spaced 7" on center. Wallboard
place. 2" mineral wool
joints to be taped and covered with joint
insulation, 3.5 pcf (nominal)
compound.
installed adjacent to the bottom
flange of the I-joist and
supported by the 1" x 4"
furring strip spacer.
-
-
1
hour
-
4
3
2
1
hour hour hour hour
-
-
-
-
Varies
-
-
-
11/ 4
-
Varies
-
-
-
11/ 4
-
Varies
-
-
-
5/
S
(continued)
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
143
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (3)-continued
MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SVSTEMSa,q
THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR
ROOF SLAB
(inches)
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
4
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
2
1
hour
hour
3
hour hour
MINIMUM THICKNESS
OF CEILING
(inches)
4
2
3
hour hour hour
1
hour
24. Wood I-joist (minimum
I-joist depth 91/ 4" with a
minimum flange depth of 11/ 2"
and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 5.25
square inches; minimum web
thickness of 3/8,,) @ 24" o.c.,
11/ 2" mineral wool insulation
(2.5 pcf-nominal) resting on
hat-shaped furring channels.
Minimum 0.026" thick hat-shaped channel 16"
o.c. (channels doubled at wallboard end joints) ,
placed perpendicular to the joist and attached to
each joist by 15/ 8" Type S drywall screws. 5/8"
Type C gypsum wallboard applied
24-1.1
perpendicular to the channel with end joints
staggered and fastened with 11/ 8" Type S
drywall screws spaced 12" o.c. in the field and
8" o.c. at the wallboard ends. Wallboard joints
to be taped and covered with joint compound.
-
-
-
Varies
-
-
-
5/
25. Wood I-joist (minimum
I-joist depth 91/ 4" with a
minimum flange depth of 11/ 2"
and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 5.25
square inches; minimum web
thickness of 7/ 16 ") @ 24" o.c.,
11/ 2" mineral wool insulation
(2 .5 pcf-nominal) resting on
resilient channels.
Minimum 0.019" thick resilient channel 16" o.c.
(channels doubled at wallboard end joints) ,
placed perpendicular to the joist and attached to
each joist by 15/ 8" Type S drywall screws. 5/8"
Type C gypsum wallboard applied
25-1.1
perpendicular to the channel with end joints
staggered and fastened with 1" Type S drywall
screws spaced 12" o.c. in the field and 8" o.c. at
the wallboard ends. Wallboard joints to be taped
and covered with joint compound.
-
-
-
Varies
-
-
-
5/
26. Wood I-joist (minimum
I-joist depth 91/ 4" with a
minimum flange thickness of
11/ 2" and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 2.25
square inches; minimum web
thickness of 3/8,,) @ 24" o.c.
Two layers of 1/2" Type X gypsum wallboard
applied with the long dimension perpendicular
to the I-joists with end joints staggered. The
base layer is fastened with 15/ 8" Type S drywall
screws spaced 12" o.c. and the face layer is
fastened with 2" Type S drywall screws spaced
12" o.c. in the field and 8" o.c. on the edges.
26-1.1 Face layer end joints shall not occur on the same
I-joist as base layer end joints and edge joints
shall be offset 24" from base layer joints. Face
layer to also be attached to base layer with 11/ 2"
Type G drywall screws spaced 8" o.c. placed 6"
from face layer end joints. Face layer wallboard
joints to be taped and covered with joint
compound.
-
-
-
Varies
-
-
-
1
27. Wood I-joist (minimum
I-joist depth 9 1/ 2" with a
minimum flange depth of
115/ 16 " and a minimum flange
cross-sectional area of 1.95
square inches; minimum web
thickness of 3/8") @ 24" o.c.
Minimum 0.019" thick resilient channel 16" o.c.
(channels doubled at wallboard end joints) ,
placed perpendicular to the joist and attached to
each joist by 15/ 8" Type S drywall screws. Two
layers of 1/2" Type X gypsum wallboard applied
with the long dimension perpendicular to the
I-joists with end joints staggered. The base layer
is fastened with 11/ 4" Type S drywall screws
spaced 12" o.c. and the face layer is fastened
27-1.1
with 15/ 8" Type S drywall screws spaced 12"
o.c. Face layer endjoints shall not occur on the
same I-joist as base layer end joints and edge
joints shall be offset 24" from base layer joints.
Face layer to also be attached to base layer with
11/ 2" Type G drywall screws spaced 8" o.c.
placed 6" from face layer end joints. Face layer
wallboard joints to be taped and covered with
joint compound.
-
-
-
Varies
-
-
-
1
8
8
(continued)
144
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 720.1 (3)-continued
MINIMU M PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SVSTEMSa,q
THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR
ROOF SLAB
(inches)
FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NUMBER
CEILING CONSTRUCTION
Base layer of 5/s" Type C gypsum wallboard
attached directly to I-joists with 15/ S" Type S
drywall screws spaced 12" o.c. with ends
staggered. Minimum 0.0179" thick hat-shaped
28. Wood I-joist (minimum
7/s-inch furring channel 16" o.c. (channels
I-joist depth 9 1/ 4" with a
doubled at wallboard end joints), placed
minimum flange depth of
perpendicular to the joist and attached to each
11/ 2" and a minimum flange
joist by 15/ S" Type S drywall screws after the
cross-sectional area of 2.25
base layer of gypsum wallboard has been
square inches; minimum web
28-1.1 applied. The middle and face layers of 5/s" Type
thickness of 3/s") @ 24" o.c.
C gypsum wallboard applied perpendicular to
Unfaced fiberglass insulation
the channel with end joints staggered. The
is installed between the
middle layer is fastened with 1" Type S drywall
I-joists supported on the
screws spaced 12" o.c. The face layer is applied
upper surface of the flange by
parallel to the middle layer but with the edge
stay wires spaced 12" o.c.
joints offset 24" from those of the middle layer
and fastened with 15/ S" Type S drywall screws
8" o.c. The joints shall be taped and covered
withioint compound.
29. Channel-shaped 18 gage
steel joists (minimum depth
8") spaced a maximum 24"
o.c. supporting
tongue-and-groove wood
structural panels (nominal
minimum 3/4" thick) applied
perpendicular to framing
members. Structural panels
attached with 1- 5/ S" Type
S-12 screws spaced 12" o.c.
Base layer 5/s" Type X gypsum board applied
perpendicular to bottom of framing members
with 11/ s" Type S-12 screws spaced 12" o.c.
.
Second layer 5/s" Type X gypsum board
attached perpendicular to framing members wIth
15/ " Type S-12 screws spaced 12" o.c. Second
lay~r joints offset 24" from base layer. Third
layer 5/S" Type X gypsum board attached
perpendicular to framing members with 23/ S"
29-1.1
Type S-12 screws spaced 12" o.c. Third layer
joints offset 12" from second layer joints.
Hat-shaped 7/s- inch rigid furring channels
applied at right angles to framing members over
third layer with two 23/ s" Type S-12 screws at
each framing member. Face layer 5/s" Type X
gypsum board applied at right angles to furring
channels with 11/ S" Type S screws spaced 12"
o.c.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
4
3
hour hour
-
-
-
-
2
1
hour
hour
-
Varies
Varies
-
MINIMUM THICKNESS
OF CEILING
(inches)
4
3
2
hour hour hour
1
hour
-
-
23/ 4
-
-
-
33/ S
-
145
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
Table 720.1(3) Notes.
1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283m 3,
1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 pound per lineal foot = 1.4882 kg/m .
a. Staples with equivalent holding power and penetration shall be permitted to be used as alternate fasteners to nails for attachment to wood framing .
b. When the slab is in an unrestrained condition, minimum reinforcement cover shall not be less than I Sis inches for 4-hour (siliceous aggregate only); 11/ 4 inches for
4- and 3-hour; 1 inch for 2-hour (siliceous aggregate only) ; and 3/ 4 inch for all other restrained and unrestrained conditions.
c. For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in this table, gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall be permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard, and the joints on the face layer are reinforced and
the entire surface is covered with a minimum of 1/16 - inch gypsum veneer plaster.
d. Slab thickness over steel joists measured at the joists for metal lath form and at the top of the form for steel form units.
e. (a) The maximum allowable stress level for H-Seriesjoists shall not exceed 22,000 psi.
(b) The allowable stress for K-Seriesjoists shall not exceed 26,000 psi, the nominal depth of suchjoist shall not be less than 10 inches and the nominaljoist weight
shall not be less than 5 pounds per lineal foot.
f. Cement plaster with 15 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of approved additives or admixtures per bag of cement.
g. Gypsum wallboard ceilings attached to steel framing shall be permitted to be suspended with l 1/ z-inch cold-formed carrying channels spaced 48 inches on center,
which are suspended with No. 8 SWG galvanized wire hangers spaced 48 inches on center. Cross-furring channels are tied to the carrying channels with No. 18
SWG galvanized wire hangers spaced 48 inches on center. Cross-furring channels are tied to the carrying channels with No. 18 SWG galvanized wire (double
strand) and spaced as required for direct attachment to the framing. This alternative is also applicable to those steel framing assemblies recognized under
Noteq.
h. Six-inch hollow clay tile with 2-inch concrete slab above.
i. Four-inch hollow clay tile with l 1/ z-inch concrete slab above.
j. Thickness measured to bottom of steel form units.
k. Five-eighths inch of vermiculite gypsum plaster plus liz inch of approved vermiculite acoustical plastic.
1. Furring channels spaced 12 inches on center.
m.Double wood floor shall be permitted to be either of the following :
(a) Subfloor of I-inch nominal boarding, a layer of asbestos paper weighing not less than 14 pounds per 100 square feet and a layer of I-inch nominal
tongue-and-groove finished flooring; or
(b) Subfloor of I-inch nominal tongue-and-groove boarding or ls/3z-inch wood structural panels with exterior glue and a layer of I-inch nominal
tongue-and-groove finished flooring or 19/3z-inch wood structural panel finish flooring or a layer ofType I Grade M-l particleboard not less than sis-inch thick.
n. The ceiling shall be permitted to be omitted over unusable space, and flooring shall be permitted to be omitted where unusable space occurs abO/e.
o. For properties of cooler or wallboard nails, see ASTM C 514 , ASTM C 547 or ASTM F 1667.
p. Thickness measured on top of steel deck unit.
q. Generic fire-resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in the GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed.
For SI:
(Section 721.1.1 continued from page 125)
CONCRETE, VERMICULITE. A lightweight insulating
concrete made with vermiculite concrete aggregate which is
laminated micaceous material produced by expanding the
ore at high temperatures. When added to a portland cement
slurry the resulting concrete has a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480 kg/m 3).
GLASS FIBERBOARD. Fibrous glass roof insulation
consisting of inorganic glass fibers formed into rigid boards
using a binder. The board has a top surface faced with
asphalt and kraft reinforced with glass fiber.
MINERAL BOARD. A rigid felted thermal insulation
board consisting of either felted mineral fiber or cellular
beads of expanded aggregate formed into flat rectangular
units.
721.2 Concrete assemblies. The provisions of this section
contain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of concrete assemblies are established by calculations.
flat vertical surfaces, the equivalent thickness is the same
as the actual thickness. The values in Table 721.2.1.1
apply to plain, reinforced or prestressed concrete walls.
TABLE 721.2.1.1
MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS OF CAST-IN-PLACE OR
PRECAST CONCRETE WALLS, LOAD-BEARING OR
NONLOAD-BEARING
MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS (inches)
FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF
CONCRETE
TYPE
l-hour
11/ 2 -hour
2-hour
3-hour
4-hour
Siliceous
3.5
4.3
5.0
6.2
7.0
Carbonate
3.2
4.0
4.6
5.7
6.6
Sand-Lightweight
2.7
3.3
3.8
4.6
5.4
Lightweight
2.5
3.1
3.6
4.4
5.1
For SI:
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
721.2.1 Concrete walls. Cast-in-place and precast concrete
walls shall comply with Section 721.2.1.1. Multiwythe concrete walls shall comply with Section 721.2.1.2. Joints
between precast panels shall comply with Section
721.2.1.3. Concrete walls with gypsum wallboard or plaster
finish shall comply with Section 721.2.1.4.
721.2.1.1.1 Hollow-core precast wall panels. For
hollow-core precast concrete wall panels in which the
cores are of constant cross section throughout the
length, calculation of the equivalent thickness by
dividing the net cross-sectional area (the gross cross
section minus the area of the cores) of the panel by its
width shall be permitted.
721.2.1.1 Cast-in-place or precast walls. The minimum equivalent thicknesses of cast-in-place or precast
concrete walls for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4
hours are shown in Table 721.2.1.1. For solid walls with
721.2.1.1.2 Core spaces filled. Where all of the core
spaces of hollow-core wall panels are filled with
loose-fill material, such as expanded shale, clay, or
slag, or vermiculite or perlite, the fire-resistance rat-
146
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
ing of the wall is the same as that of a solid wall of the
same concrete type and of the same overall thickness.
INSIDE WYTHE
CARBONATE
INSIDE WYTHE
SILICEOUS
12345
12345
721.2.1.1.3 Tapered cross sections. The thickness of
panels with tapered cross sections shall be that determined at a distance 2tor 6 inches (152 mm), whichever is less, from the point of minimum thickness,
where t is the minimum thickness.
721.2.1.1.4 Ribbed or undulating surfaces. The
THICKNESS OF INSIDE WYTHE, INCHES
equivalent thickness of panels with ribbed or undulating surfaces shall be determined by one of the following expressions:
5~ffia::
~~~
Cl)OU)
~~5
~~~
For s s 2 t, the thickness to be used shall be te
~~cJ5
For 4 t > s > 2 t, the thickness to be used shall be
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
THICKNESS OF INSIDE WYTHE OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE, INCHES
(Equation 7-3)
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
For 51:
FIGURE 721.2.1.2
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS OF
TWO-WYTHE CONCRETE WALLS
where:
Spacing of ribs or undulations.
721.2.1.2.1 Two or more wythes. The fire-resistance
ratingfor wall panels consisting of two or more wythes
shall be permitted to be determined by the formula:
Minimum thickness.
te
OUTSIDE WYTHE
SILICEOUS
00
For s ~ 4 t, the thickness to be used shall be t
s
OUTSIDE WYTHE
CARBONATE
D::
~~~
Equivalent thickness of the panel calculated
as the net cross-sectional area of the panel divided by the width, in which the maximum
thickness used in the calculation shall not exceed 2t.
R= (R1o.59 + RzO.59 + ... + Rno.59) 1.7
(Equation 7-4)
where:
R = The fire endurance of the assembly, minutes.
R1, Rz, and Rn = The fire endurances of the individual
wythes, minutes.Values of RnO.59 for use in Equation 7-4
are given in Table 721.2.1.2(1). Calculated fire-resistance ratings are shown in Table 721.2.1.2(2).
721.2.1.2 Multiwythe walls. For walls that consist of
two wythes of different types of concrete, the fire-resistance ratings shall be permitted to be determined from
Figure 721.2 .1.2.
TABLE 721.2.1.2(1)
VALUES OF R no. 59 FOR USE IN EQUATION 7-4
THICKNESS OF MATERIAL (inches)
1 1/ 2
2
2 1/ 2
3
3 1/ 2
4
4 1/ 2
5
5 1/ 2
6
6 1/ 2
7
Siliceous aggregate
concrete
5.3
6.5
8.1
9.5
11.3
13.0
14.9
16.9
18.8
20.7
22 .8
25 .1
Carbonate aggregate
concrete
5.5
7.1
8.9
10.4
12.0
14.0
16.2
18.1
20.3
21.9
24.7
27.2 c
Sand-lightweight
concrete
6.5
8.2
10.5
12.8
15.5
18.1
20.7
23.3
26.0C
Note c
Note c
Note c
Lightweight concrete
6.6
8.8
11.2
13.7
16.5
19.1
21.9
24.7
27.8 c
Note c
Note c
Note c
Note c
Note c
Note c
Note c
Note c
Note c
TYPE OF MATERIAL
Insulating concrete
Airspace
b
a
9.3
13.3
16.6
-
-
-
18.3
23.1
-
-
26.5
-
c
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
For 51: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.02 kgm .
a. Dry unit weight of 35 pcf or less and consisting of cellular, perlite or vermiculite concrete.
b. The Rno. 59value for one liz" to 3 liz" airspace is 3.3. The Rno. 59 value for two liz" to 3 liz" airspaces is 6.7.
c. The fire-resistance rating for this thickness exceeds 4 hours.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
147
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.2.1.2(2)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS BASED ON RO. 59
R a, MINUTES
Ro. 59
60
120
180
240
11.20
16.85
21.41
25.37
for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours. For
joint widths between 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) and 1 inch (25
mm), the thickness of ceramic fiber blanket is allowed
to be determined by direct interpolation. Other tested
and labeled materials are acceptable in place of
ceramic fiber blankets.
721.2.1.4 Walls with gypsum wallboard or plaster finishes. The fire-resistance rating of cast-in-place or pre-
a. Based on Equation 7-4.
cast concrete walls with finishes of gypsum wallboard or
plaster applied to one or both sides shall be permitted to
be calculated in accordance with the provisions of this
section.
721.2.1.2.2 Foam plastic insulation. The fire-resistance ratings of precast concrete wall panels consisting of a layer of foam plastic insulation sandwiched
between two wythes of concrete shall be permitted to
be determined by use of Equation 7-4. Foam plastic
insulation with a total thickness of less than 1 inch (25
mm) shall be disregarded. The Rn value for thickness
of foam plastic insulation of 1 inch (25 mm) or
greater, for use in the calculation, is 5 minutes; therefore Rn°·59 = 2.5.
721.2.1.4.1 Nonfire-exposed side. Where the finish
of gypsum wallboard or plaster is applied to the side
of the wall not exposed to fire, the contribution of the
finish to the total fire-resistance rating shall be determined as follows: The thickness of the finish shall
first be corrected by multiplying the actual thickness
of the finish by the applicable factor determined from
Table 721.2.1.4 (1) based on the type of aggregate in
the concrete. The corrected thickness of finish shall
then be added to the actual or equivalent thickness of
concrete and fire-resistance rating of the concrete and
finish determined from Table 721.2.1.1, Figure
721.2.1.2 or Table 721.2.1.2(1).
721.2.1.3 Joints between precast wall panels. Joints
between precast concrete wall panels which are not insulated as required by this section shall be considered as
openings in walls. Uninsulatedjoints shall be included in
determining the percentage of openings permitted by
Table 705.8. Where openings are not permitted or are
required by this code to be protected, the provisions of
this section shall be used to determine the amount ofjoint
insulation required. Insulatedjoints shall not be considered openings for purposes of determining compliance
with the allowable percentage of openings in Table
705.8.
721.2.1.4.2 Fire-exposed side. Where gypsum wallboard or plaster is applied to the fire-exposed side of
the wall, the contribution of the finish to the total
fire-resistance rating shall be determined as follows:
The time assigned to the finish as established by Table
721.2.1.4(2) shall be added to the fire-resistance rating determined from Table 721.2.1.1 or Figure
721.2.1.2, or Table 721.2.1.2(1) for the concrete
alone, or to the rating determined in Section
721.2.1.4.1 for the concrete and finish on the
nonfire-exposed side.
721.2.1.3.1 Ceramic fiber joint protection. Figure
721.2.1.3.1 shows thicknesses of ceramic fiber blankets to be used to insulate joints between precast concrete wall panels for various panel thicknesses and for
joint widths of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) and 1 inch (25 mm)
4
....
r-----..,.....---~-
1 INCH MAXIMUM REGARDLESS
OF OPENING RATING
en
w
5
~
CERAMIC FIBER
B~N~K_ET
~_
1--
w
~
z
~
m
U
4
5
6
7
PANEL THICKNESS, INCHES
3 ,....-.....-
......-
8
.....- ~ -...
3/8 INCH JOINT WIDTH
2
I
3 hr
J----__
+-.~----,J._2.....
hr4·
_---1_---1
i
w
o
LL
o
en
en
w
~
o
~
P
For 51:
1 inch = 25.4
4
5
6
7
PANEL THICKNESS, INCHES
8
CARBONATE OR
- - SILICEOUS AGGREGATE
CONCRETE
SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT
OR LIGHTWEIGHT
CONCRETE
illill.
FIGURE 721.2.1.3.1
CERAMIC FIBER JOINT PROTECTION
148
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.2.1.4(1)
MULTIPLYING FACTOR FOR FINISHES ON NON FIRE-EXPOSED SIDE OF WALL
TYPE OF AGGREGATE USED IN CONCRETE OR CONCRETE MASONRY
Concrete: siliceous
or carbonate
Concrete Masonry:
TYPE OF FINISH APPLIED TO CONCRETE OR siliceous or carbonate;
solid clay brick
CONCRETE MASONRY WALL
Concrete: sand-lightweight
Concrete Masonry: clay tile;
hollow clay brick; concrete
masonry units of expanded
shale and <20% sand
Concrete: lightweight
Concrete Masonry:
concrete masonry units
of expanded shale,
Concrete Masonry:
expanded clay,
concrete masonry units
expanded slag, or
of expanded slag,
pumice < 20% sand
expanded clay, or pumice
Portland cement-sand plaster
1.00
0.75 3
0.75 3
0.50 3
Gypsum-sand plaster
1.25
1.00
1.00
1.00
Gypsum-vermiculite or perlite plaster
1.75
1.50
1.25
1.25
Gypsum wallboard
3.00
2.25
2.25
2.25
For 51: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. For portland cement-sand plaster 5/ 8 inch or less in thickness and applied directly to the concrete or concrete masonry on the nonfire-exposed side of the wall, the
multiplying factor shall be 1.00.
TABLE 721.2.1.4(2)
TIME ASSIGNED TO FINISH MATERIALS ON FIRE-EXPOSED SIDE OF WALL
FINISH DESCRIPTION
Gypsum wallboard
3/8 inch
1/2 inch
5/8 inch
2 layers of 3/ 8 inch
1 layer 3/8 inch, 1 layer
2 layers 1/2 inch
TIME (minute)
10
15
20
25
35
40
1/2 inch
Type X gypsum wallboard
1/2 inch
5/8 inch
25
40
Portland cement-sand plaster applied directly to concrete masonry
Portland cement-sand plaster on metal lath
3/4 inch
7/8 inch
1 inch
20
25
30
Gypsum sand plaster on 3/8-inch gypsum lath
1/2 inch
5/8 inch
3/4 inch
35
40
50
Gypsum sand plaster on metal lath
3/4 inch
7/8 inch
1 inch
50
60
80
For 51: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. The actual thickness of portland cement-sand plaster, provided it is
thickness of the masonry for use in Table 721 .3.2.
5/ 8
inch or less in thickness, shall be permitted to be included in determining the equivalent
721.2.1.4.3 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall
having no finish on one side or different types or
thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation procedures of Sections 721.2.1.4.1 and 721.2.1.4.2 shall
be performed twice, assuming either side of the wall
to be the fire-exposed side. The fire-resistance rating
of the wall shall not exceed the lower of the two values.
I
See Note a
Exception: For an exterior wall with a fire separation distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) the fire
shall be assumed to occur on the interior side only.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
721.2.1.4.4 Minimum concrete fire-resistance rating. Where finishes applied to one or both sides of a
concrete wall contribute to the fire-resistance rating,
the concrete alone shall provide not less than one-half
of the total required fire-resistance rating. Additionally, the contribution to the fire resistance of the finish
on the nonfire-exposed side of a load-bearing wall
shall not exceed one-half the contribution of the concrete alone.
721.2.1.4.5 Concrete finishes. Finishes on concrete
walls that are assumed to contribute to the total
149
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
fire-resistance rating of the wall shall comply with the
installation requirements of Section 721.3.2.5.
(Equation 7-5)
721.2.2 Concrete floor and roof slabs. Reinforced and
prestressed floors and roofs shall comply with Section
721.2.2.1. Multicourse floors and roofs shall comply with
Sections 721.2 .2.2 and 721.2.2.3, respectively.
where:
s
721.2.2.1 Reinforced and prestressed floors and
roofs. The minimum thicknesses of reinforced and prete
stressed concrete floor or roof slabs for fire-resistance
ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours are shown in Table 721.2.2.1.
= Spacing of ribs or undulations.
= Minimum thickness.
= Equivalent thickness of the slab calculated as
the net area of the slab divided by the width, in
which the maximum thickness used in the calculation shall not exceed 2 t.
TABLE 721.2.2.1
MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS (inches)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hour)
CONCRETE TYPE
1
1 1/ 2
2
3
4
Siliceous
3.5
4.3
5.0
6.2
7.0
Carbonate
3.2
4.0
4.6
5.7
6.6
Sand-lightweight
2.7
3.3
3.8
4.6
5.4
Lightweight
2.5
3.1
3.6
4.4
5.1
For 51:
N 1';11 :".1 !':I .... 1
).:o.! -!I ;'I"
I -~
. :1.1 4.
rt .... "
II
11VAI 1 t.ml 111C IH.I !'" !'.;
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
721.2.2.1.1 Hollow-core prestressed slabs. For hollow-core prestressed concrete slabs in which the cores
are of constant cross section throughout the length,
the equivalent thickness shall be permitted to be
obtained by dividing the net cross-sectional area of
the slab including grout in the joints, by its width.
For 51:
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 721.2.2.1.3
SLABS WITH RIBBED OR UNDULATING SOFFITS
721.2.2.1.2 Slabs with sloping soffits. The thickness
of slabs with sloping soffits (see Figure 721.2.2.1.2)
shall be determined at a distance 2 t or 6 inches (152
mm), whichever is less, from the point of minimum
thickness, where t is the minimum thickness.
721.2.2.2 Multicourse floors. The fire-resistance ratings of floors that consist of a base slab of concrete with a
topping (overlay) of a different type of concrete shall
comply with Figure 721.2.2.2.
CARBONATE BASE
SILICEOUS BASE
DETERMINE THICKNESS HERE
7:t
3
OR 6 INCHES,
WHICHEVER IS LESS
CARBONATE OVERLAY
For 51:
5
3
5
THICKNESS OF NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES
SILICEOUS OVERLAY
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 721.2.2.1.2
DETERMINATION OF SLAB THICKNESS
FOR SLOPING SOFFITS
721.2.2.1.3 Slabs with ribbed soffits. The thickness
of slabs with ribbed or undulating soffits (see Figure
721.2.2.1.3) shall be determined by one of the following expressions, whichever is applicable:
For s > 4 t, the thickness to be used shall be t
For s ~ 2 t, the thickness to be used shall be te
For 4 t > s > 2 t, the thickness to be used shall be
150
3
THICKNESS OF SAND~IGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES
For 51:
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 721.2.2.2
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR TWO-COURSE
CONCRETE FLOORS
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
721.2.2.3 Multicourse roofs. The fire-resistance ratings
of roofs which consist of a base slab of concrete with a
topping (overlay) of an insulating concrete or with an
insulating board and built-up roofing shall comply with
Figures 721.2.2.3 (1) and 721.2.2.3 (2).
CELLULAR CONCRETE
.
~
~3
0:::
~ 2
w 1
721.2.2.3.1 Heat transfer. For the transfer of heat,
~
three-ply built-up roofing contributes 10 minutes to
the fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating
for concrete assemblies such as those shown in Figure
721.2.2.3(1) shall be increased by 10 minutes. This
increase is not applicable to those shown in Figure
721.2.2.3 (2).
o
2
a
4
2
PERLITE CONCRETE
4.
w
~5
::::iZ
~~
g~
wO
cent precast concrete slabs need not be considered in calculating the slab thickness provided that a concrete
topping at least 1 inch (25 mm) thick is used. Where no
concrete topping is used, joints must be grouted to a
depth of at least one-third the slab thickness at the joint,
but not less than 1 inch (25 mm), or the joints must be
made fire resistant by other approved methods.
On::
~~
~~
o
o
CARBONATE BASE
CONCRETE
41
... . .
SILICEOUS BASE
SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT BASE
4
4
3
1
a
VERMICULITE CONCRETE
-4
"'.
CONCRETE.<l
SILICEOUS BASE
-4.
SAND·L1GHTWEIGHT BASE
4
4
0
2
4
0
2
THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES
For 51:
721.2.3.1 Slab cover. The minimum thickness of con-
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 721.2.2.3(1)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR CONCRETE
ROOF ASSEMBLIES
crete cover to the positive moment reinforcement shall
comply with Table 721.2.3(1) for reinforced concrete
and Table 721.2.3(2) for prestressed concrete. These
tables are applicable for solid or hollow-core one-way or
two-way slabs with flat undersurfaces. These tables are
applicable to slabs that are either cast in place or precast.
For precast prestressed concrete not covered elsewhere,
the procedures contained in PCI MNL 124 shall be
acceptable.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
0
THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES
(f)
(b)
721.2.3.3 Prestressed beam cover. The minimum thickness of concrete cover to the positive moment
prestressing tendons (bottom steel) for restrained and
unrestrained prestressed concrete beams and stemmed
units shall comply with the values shown in Tables
721.2.3(4) and 721.2.3(5) for fire-resistance ratings of 1
hour to 4 hours. Values in Table 721.2.3(4) apply to
beams 8 inches (203 mm) or greater in width. Values in
Table 721.2.3(5) apply to beams or stems of any width,
provided the cross-section area is not less than 40 square
inches (25 806 mm 2). In case of differences between the
values determined from Table 721.2.3(4) or 721.2.3(5),
it is permitted to use the smaller value. The concrete
cover shall be calculated in accordance with Section
721.2.3.3.1. The minimum concrete cover for
nonprestressed reinforcement in prestressed concrete
beams shall comply with Section 721.2.3.2.
4
Z
oo
721.2.2.4 Joints in precast slabs. Joints between adja-
721.2.3.2 Reinforced beam cover. The minimum thickness of concrete cover to the positive moment reinforcement (bottom steel) for reinforced concrete beams is
shown in Table 721.2.3(3) for fire-resistance ratings of 1
hour to 4 hours.
CONCRETE.4 . ..,.
<I.
W
I
o
(a)
721.2.3 Concrete cover over reinforcement. The minimum thickness of concrete cover over reinforcement in concrete slabs, reinforced beams and prestressed beams shall
comply with this section.
-4
(f)
STANDARD 3-PLY
BUILT-uP ROOFING
~
(d)
CARBONATE BASE
~~
3
~g-
2
~~
1
~C§
SILICEOUS BASE
3~----2
1
~~
L1J
'3~~r.
2hr.
""'1 hr.
°1~~loo;!.-"""
Z
~
SAND·L1GHTWEIGHT BASE
3--~~2
~
4hr.
1 '2h;.hr.
"1 hr.
°1~~~~
THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB. INCHES
STANDARD 3-PLY
BUILD-UP ROOFING
f3J:
tl
Z
(e)
CARBONATE BASE
~6
3,.......,~...,......_....,
~~
2
~ffi
1
~~
rn
~
"
For 51:
THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB. INCHES
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 721.2.2.3(2)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR CONCRETE
ROOF ASSEMBLIES
151
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.2.3(1)
COVER THICKNESS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS (inches)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
Restrained
CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE
1
Siliceous
3/
Carbonate
3/
Sand-lightweight or lightweight
3/
For 51:
4
4
4
11/ 2
3/
3/
3/
Unrestrained
2
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
4
4
4
3/
3/
3/
11/ 2
1
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
4
4
2
3
4
1
11/ 4
15/ 8
3/
4
11/ 4
11/ 4
4
11/ 4
11/ 4
3/
4
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
TABLE 721.2.3(2)
COVER THICKNESS FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS (inches)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
Restrained
CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE
1
Siliceous
3/
Carbonate
3/
Sand-lightweight or lightweight
3/
For 51:
4
4
4
11/ 2
3/
3/
3/
Unrestrained
2
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
4
4
4
4
1
11/ 2
2
3
4
3/
4
11/ 8
11/ 2
13/ 4
23/ 8
23/ 4
4
1
13/ 8
15/ 8
21/ 8
21/ 4
4
1
13/ 8
11/ 2
2
21/ 4
3/
3/
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
TABLE 721.2.3(3)
MINIMUM COVER FOR MAIN REINFORCING BARS OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS c
(APPLICABLE TO ALL TYPES OF STRUCTURAL CONCRETE)
RESTRAINED OR
UNRESTRAINEDa
BEAMWIDTH b
(inches)
Restrained
~
Unrestrained
~
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
1
11/ 2
2
3
4
5
7
3/
3/
3/
1a
10
3/
11/ 4a
3/
4
3/
4
5
7
3/
10
3/
3/
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
11/ 4
1
4
4
3/
4
3/
4
4
4
-
-
13/ 4
1
4
4
3
13/ 4
For 51: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center. For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum cover
of 3/ 4 inch is adequate for ratings of 4 hours or less.
b. For beam widths between the tabulated values, the minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation.
c. The cover for an individual reinforcing bar is the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the bar and the fire-exposed surface of the beam. For beams
in which several bars are used, the cover for corner bars used in the calculation shall be reduced to one-half of the actual value. The cover for an individual bar must
be not less than one-half of the value given in Table 721.2.3(3) nor less than 3/ 4 inch.
TABLE 721.2.3(4)
MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS 8 INCHES OR GREATER IN WIDTH
RESTRAINED OR
UNRESTRAINEDa
Restrained
Unrestrained
CONCRETE
AGGREGATE TYPE
Carbonate or siliceous
Carbonate or siliceous
Sand lightweight
Sand lightweight
Carbonate or siliceous
Carbonate or siliceous
Sand lightweight
Sand lightweight
BEAMWIDTH b
(inches)
8
~
12
8
~
12
8
~
12
8
~
12
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
1
11/ 2
2
3
4
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
13/ 4a
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
21/ 2a
17/ 8a
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
13/ 4
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
21/ 2
17/ 8a
2
15/ 8
5c
2a
15/ 8a
-
21/ 2
31/ 4
2
3
-
21/ 2
For 51: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center. For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum cover
of 3/ 4 inch is adequate for 4-hour ratings or less.
b. For beam widths between 8 inches and 12 inches, minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation.
c. Not practical for 8-inch-wide beam but shown for purposes of interpolation.
152
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.2.3(5)
MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS OF ALL WIDTHS
RESTRAINED OR
UNRESTRAINEDa
CONCRETE
AGGREGATE TYPE
All
Restrained
Carbonate or
1
1 1/ 2
2
3
40~A~150
11/ 2
11/ 2
2
21/ 2
-
150<A~300
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
13/ 4
21/ 2
300<A
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
2
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
siliceous
150 <A
11/ 2
All
40~A~150
2
21/ 2
-
-
Carbonate or
150<A~300
11/ 2
13/ 4
21/ 2
-
300<A
11/ 2
11/ 2
150 <A
11/ 2
11/ 2
Sand lightweight
Unrestrained
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
BEAM AREA b
A (square inches)
siliceous
Sand lightweight
2
2
-
c
4c
c
4c
3
2
4
3
For 51: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center. For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum cover
of 3/ 4 inch is adequate for 4-hour ratings or less.
b. The cross-sectional area of a stem is permitted to include a portion of the area in the flange, provided the width of the flange used in the calculation does not exceed
three times the average width of the stem.
c. U-shaped or hooped stirrups spaced not to exceed the depth of the member and having a minimum cover of 1 inch shall be provided.
721.2.3.3.1 Calculating concrete cover. The concrete cover for an individual tendon is the minimum
thickness of concrete between the surface of the tendon and the fire-exposed surface of the beam, except
that for ungrouted ducts, the assumed cover thickness is the minimum thickness of concrete between
the surface of the duct and the fire-exposed surface
of the beam. For beams in which two or more tendons are used, the cover is assumed to be the average
of the minimum cover of the individual tendons. For
corner tendons (tendons equal distance from the bottom and side), the minimum cover used in the calculation shall be one-half the actual value. For
stemmed members with two or more prestressing
tendons located along the vertical centerline of the
stem, the average cover shall be the distance from the
bottom of the member to the centroid of the tendons.
The actual cover for any individual tendon shall not
be less than one-half the smaller value shown in
Tables 721.2.3(4) and 721.2.3(5), or 1 inch (25 mm),
whichever is greater.
721.2.4 Concrete columns. Concrete columns shall comply with this section.
TABLE 721.2.4
MINIMUM DIMENSION OF CONCRETE COLUMNS (inches)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
TYPES OF
CONCRETE
1
1 1/ 2
2a
3a
4b
Siliceous
8
9
10
12
14
Carbonate
8
9
10
11
12
Sand-lightweight
8
81/ 2
9
10 1/ 2
12
For 51: 1 inch = 25 mm.
a. The minimum dimension is permitted to be reduced to 8 inches for rectangular columns with two parallel sides at least 36 inches in length.
b. The minimum dimension is permitted to be reduced to 10 inches for rectangular columns with two parallel sides at least 36 inches in length.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
721.2.4.1 Minimum size. The minimum overall dimensions of reinforced concrete columns for fire-resistance
ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours for exposure to fire on all
sides shall comply with this section.
721.2.4.1.1 Concrete strength less than or equal to
12,000 psi. For columns made with concrete having a
specified compressive strength, I' C' of less than or
equal to 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa) , the minimum dimension shall comply with Table 721.2.4.
721.2.4.1.2 Concrete strength greater than 12,000
psi. For columns made with concrete having a specified compressive strength, I' greater than 12,000 psi
C'
(82.7 MPa) , for fire-resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4
hours the minimum dimension shall be 24 inches (610
mm).
721.2.4.2 Minimum cover for RIC columns. The minimum thickness of concrete cover to the main longitudinal reinforcement in columns, regardless of the type of
aggregate used in the concrete and the specified compressive strength of concrete, I' C' shall not be less than 1
inch (25 mm) times the number of hours of required fire
resistance or 2 inches (51 mm), whichever is less.
721.2.4.3 Tie and spiral reinforcement. For concrete
columns made with concrete having a specified compressive strength, I' C' greater than 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa) ,
tie and spiral reinforcement shall comply with the following:
1. The free ends of rectangular ties shall terminate
with a 135-degree (2.4 rad) standard tie hook.
2. The free ends of circular ties shall terminate with a
gO-degree (1.6 rad) standard tie hook.
3. The free ends of spirals, including at lap splices,
shall terminate with a gO-degree (1.6 rad) standard
tie hook.
153
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
I
The hook extension at the free end of ties and spirals
shall be the larger of six bar diameters and the extension
required by Section 7.1.3 of ACI 318. Hooks shall project into the core of the column.
721.3.1.2 Ungrouted or partially grouted construction. Te shall be the value obtained for the concrete
721.2.4.4 Columns built into walls. The minimum
dimensions of Table 721.2.4 do not apply to a reinforced
concrete column that is built into a concrete or masonry
wall provided all of the following are met:
721.3.1.3 Solid grouted construction. The equivalent
thickness, Te , of solid grouted concrete masonry units is
the actual thickness of the unit.
masonry unit determined in accordance with ASTM C
140.
721.3.1.4 Airspaces and cells filled with loose-fill
material. The equivalent thickness of completely filled
1. The fire-resistance rating for the wall is equal to or
greater than the required rating of the column;
hollow concrete masonry is the actual thickness of the
unit when loose-fill materials are: sand, pea gravel,
crushed stone, or slag that meet ASTM C 33 requirements; pumice, scoria, expanded shale, expanded clay,
expanded slate, expanded slag, expanded fly ash, or cinders that comply with ASTM C 331; or perlite or vermiculite meeting the requirements of ASTM C 549 and
ASTM C 516, respectively.
2. The main longitudinal reinforcing in the column
has cover not less than that required by Section
721.2.4.2; and
3. Openings in the wall are protected in accordance
with Table 715.4.
Where openings in the wall are not protected as
required by Section 715.4, the minimum dimension of
columns required to have a fire-resistance rating of 3
hours or less shall be 8 inches (203 mm), and 10 inches
(254 mm) for columns required to have a fire-resistance
rating of 4 hours, regardless of the type of aggregate used
in the concrete.
721.3.2 Concrete masonry walls. The fire-resistance rating of walls and partitions constructed of concrete masonry
units shall be determined from Table 721.3.2. The rating
shall be based on the equivalent thickness of the masonry
and type of aggregate used.
721.3.2.1 Finish on nonfire-exposed side. Where plaster or gypsum wallboard is applied to the side of the wall
not exposed to fire, the contribution of the finish to the
total fire-resistance rating shall be determined as follows: The thickness of gypsum wallboard or plaster shall
be corrected by multiplying the actual thickness of the
finish by applicable factor determined from Table
721.2.1.4(1). This corrected thickness of finish shall be
added to the equivalent thickness of masonry and the
fire-resistance rating of the masonry and finish determined from Table 721.3.2.
721.2.4.5 Precast cover units for steel columns. See
Section 721.5.1.4.
721.3 Concrete masonry. The provisions of this section contain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of concrete
masonry are established by calculations.
721.3.1 Equivalent thickness. The equivalent thickness of
concrete masonry construction shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of this section.
721.3.1.1 Concrete masonry unit plus finishes. The
equivalent thickness of concrete masonry assemblies,
Tea' shall be computed as the sum of the equivalent thickness of the concrete masonry unit, Te, as determined by
Section 721.3.1.2, 721.3.1.3 or 721.3.1.4, plus the equivalent thickness of finishes, Teft determined in accordance
with Section 721.3.2:
721.3.2.2 Finish on fire-exposed side. Where plaster or
gypsum wallboard is applied to the fire-exposed side of
the wall, the contribution of the finish to the total
fire-resistance rating shall be determined as follows: The
time assigned to the finish as established by Table
721.2.1.4(2) shall be added to the fire-resistance rating
determined in Section 721.3.2 for the masonry alone, or
(Equation 7-6)
•
TABLE 721.3.2
MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS (inches) OF BEARING OR NON BEARING CONCRETE MASONRY WALLSa,b,c,d
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
1/
2
3/
4
1
1 1/ 4
1 1/ 2
1 3/ 4
2
2 1/ 4
2 1/ 2
2 3/ 4
3
31/ 4
31/ 2
3 3/ 4
4
Pumice or expanded slag
1.5
1.9
2.1
2.5
2.7
3.0
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
4.2
4.4
4.5
4.7
Expanded shale, clay or slate
1.8
2.2
2.6
2.9
3.3
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
4.2
4.4
4.6
4.8
4.9
5.1
Limestone, cinders or unexpanded slag
1.9
2.3
2.7
3.1
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.3
4.5
4.8
5.0
5.2
5.5
5.7
5.9
Calcareous or siliceous gravel
2.0
2.4
2.8
3.2
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.5
4.8
5.0
5.3
5.5
5.8
6.0
6.2
TYPE OF AGGREGATE
I
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. Values between those shown in the table can be determined by direct interpolation.
b. Where combustible members are framed into the wall, the thickness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall, or between
members set in from opposite sides, shall not be less than 93 percent of the thickness shONn in the table.
c. Requirements of ASTM C 55, ASTM C 73, ASTM C 90 or ASTM C 744 shall appl)T.
d. Minimum required equivalent thickness corresponding to the hourly fire-resistance rating for units with a combination of aggregate shall be determined by linear
interpolation based on the percent by volume of each aggregate used in manufacture.
154
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
in Section 721.3.2.1 for the masonry and finish on the
nonfire-exposed side.
721.3.2.3 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall having no finish on one side or having different types or
thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation procedures of this section shall be performed twice, assuming
either side of the wall to be the fire-exposed side. The
fire-resistance rating of the wall shall not exceed the
lower of the two values calculated.
I
Exception: For exterior walls with a fire separation
distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) the fire shall
be assumed to occur on the interior side only.
721.3.2.4 Minimum concrete masonry fire-resistance
rating. Where the finish applied to a concrete masonry
TABLE 721.3.4
MINIMUM COVER OF LONGITUDINAL
REINFORCEMENT IN FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED
REINFORCED CONCRETE MASONRY LINTELS (inches)
1
2
6
11/ 2
2
8
11/ 2
11/ 2
13/ 4
3
10 or greater
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
13/ 4
For 51:
1 inch = 25.4
3. Other aspects of the installation of finishes shall
comply with the applicable provisions of Chapters
7 and 25.
721.3.3 Multiwythe masonry walls. The fire-resistance
rating of wall assemblies constructed of multiple wythes of
masonry materials shall be permitted to be based on the
fire-resistance rating period of each wythe and the continuous airspace between each wythe in accordance with the following formula:
RA = (R1o.59 + R 2o.59 + ... + RnO.59 + Al + A2 + ... + An)1.7
illill.
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
1
8 inches
2. Gypsum wallboard shall be installed with the long
dimension parallel to the furring members and
shall have all joints finished.
For 51:
I
2
I
10 inches
1 inch = 25.4
3
I
12 inches
I
4
I
14 inches
721.4 Clay brick and tile masonry. The provisions of this section contain procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of
clay brick and tile masonry are established by calculations.
721.4.1 Masonry walls. The fire-resistance rating of
masonry walls shall be based upon the equivalent thickness
as calculated in accordance with this section. The calculation shall take into account finishes applied to the wall and
airspaces between wythes in multiwythe construction.
721.4.1.1 Equivalent thickness. The fire-resistance ratings of walls or partitions constructed of solid or hollow
clay masonry units shall be determined from Table
721.4.1 (1) or 721.4.1 (2). The equivalent thickness of the
clay masonry unit shall be determined by Equation 7-8
when using Table 721.4.1 (1). The fire-resistance rating
determined from Table 721.4.1 (1) shall be permitted to
be used in the calculated fire-resistance rating procedure
in Section 721.4.2.
(Equation 7-8)
where:
where:
R}! R2,
I
illill.
(Equation 7-7)
RA =
4
-
TABLE 721.3.5
MINIMUM DIMENSION OF
CONCRETE MASONRY COLUMNS (inches)
721.3.2.5 Attachment of finishes. Installation of fin1. Gypsum wallboard and gypsum lath applied to
concrete masonry or concrete walls shall be
secured to wood or steel furring members spaced
not more than 16 inches (406mm) on center (o.c.).
3
-
721 .3.5 Concrete masonry columns. The fire-resistance
rating of concrete masonry columns shall be determined
based upon the least plan dimension of the column in accordance with Table 721.3.5 or by approvedalternate methods.
wall contributes to its fire-resistance rating, the masonry
alone shall provide not less than one-half the total
required fire-resistance rating.
ishes shall be as follows:
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
NOMINAL WIDTH
OF LINTEL (inches)
Fire-resistance rating of the assembly (hours).
...,
Rn
= Fire-resistance rating of wythes for 1,2, n
Te = The equivalent thickness of the clay masonry unit
(inches) .
~
An = 0.30, factor for each continuous airspace
= The net volume of the clay masonry unit (inch 3).
L = The specified length of the clay masonry unit
for 1, 2, .. .n, respectively, having a depth of
1/ 2 inch (12.7 mm) or more between
wythes.
H = The specified height of the clay masonry unit
(inches) .
721.3.4 Concrete masonry lintels. Fire-resistance ratings for
concrete masonry lintels shall be determined based upon the
nominal thickness of the lintel and the minimum thickness of
concrete masonry or concrete, or any combination thereof,
covering the main reinforcing bars, as determined according to Table 721.3.4, or by approved alternate methods.
721.4.1.1.1 Hollow clay units. The equivalent thickness, Te, shall be the value obtained for hollow clay
units as determined in accordance with Equation 7-8.
The net volume, Vn , of the units shall be determined
using the gross volume and percentage of void area
determined in accordance with ASTM C 67.
(hours), respectively.
Aj , A2,
....,
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
(inches) .
155
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.4.1(1)
FIRE-RESISTANCE PERIODS OF CLAY MASONRY WALLS
MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE RESISTANCE a , b, C (inches)
1 hour
2 hour
3 hour
4 hour
Solid brick of clay or shale d
MATERIAL TYPE
2.7
3.8
4.9
6.0
Hollow brick or tile of clay or shale, unfilled
2.3
3.4
4.3
5.0
Hollow brick or tile of clay or shale, grouted or filled with
materials specified in Section 721.4.1.1.3
3.0
4.4
5.5
6.6
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. Equivalent thickness as determined from Section 721.4.1.1.
b. Calculated fire resistance between the hourly increments listed shall be determined by linear interpolation.
c. Where combustible members are framed in the wall, the thickness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall, or between
members set in from opposite sides, shall not be less than 93 percent of the thickness shONn.
d. For units in which the net cross-sectional area of cored brick in any plane parallel to the surface containing the cores is at least 75 percent of the gross cross-sectional area measured in the same plane.
TABLE 721.4.1 (2)
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR BEARING STEEL FRAME
BRICK VENEER WALLS OR PARTITIONS
PLASTER SIDE
EXPOSED (hours)
BRICK FACED SIDE
EXPOSED (hours)
Outside facing of steel studs:
1/2" wood fiberboard sheathing next to studs, 3/4" airspace formed with
3/4" x 1 5/8" wood strips placed over the fiberboard and secured to the studs;
metal or wire lath nailed to such strips, 33/ 4" brick veneer held in place by filling 3/4"
airspace between the brick and lath with mortar. Inside facing of studs: 3/4" unsanded
gypsum plaster on metal or wire lath attached to 5/ 16 " wood strips secured to edges of the
studs.
1.5
4
Outside facing of steel studs:
1" insulation board sheathing attached to studs, 1" airspace, and 33/ 4" brick veneer
attached to steel frame with metal ties every 5th course. Inside facing of studs: 7/8"
sanded gypsum plaster (1: 2 mix) applied on metal or wire lath attached directly to the
studs.
1.5
4
Same as above except use 7/8" vermiculite-gypsum plaster or 1" sanded gypsum plaster
(1:2 mix) applied to metal or wire.
2
4
Outside facing of steel studs:
1/2" gypsum sheathing board, attached to studs, and 33/ 4" brick veneer attached to steel
frame with metal ties every 5th course. Inside facing of studs: 1/2" sanded gypsum plaster
(1:2 mix) applied to 1/2" perforated gypsum lath securely attached to studs and having
strips of metal lath 3 inches wide applied to all horizontal joints of gypsum lath.
2
4
WALL OR PARTITION ASSEMBLY
For SI:
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
721.4.1.1.2 Solid grouted clay units. The equivalent
thickness of solid grouted clay masonry units shall be
taken as the actual thickness of the units.
721.4.1.1.3 Units with filled cores. The equivalent
thickness of the hollow clay masonry units is the
actual thickness of the unit when completely filled
with loose-fill materials of: sand, pea gravel, crushed
stone, or slag that meet ASTM C 33 requirements;
pumice, scoria, expanded shale, expanded clay,
expanded slate, expanded slag, expanded fly ash, or
cinders in compliance with ASTM C 331; or perlite or
vermiculite meeting the requirements of ASTM C
549 and ASTM C 516, respectively.
R = The fire-resistance rating of the assembly (hours).
Rn = The fire-resistance rating of the individual wall
(hours).
pi
= Coefficient for thickness of plaster.
Values for Rno.59 for use in Equation 7-9 are given in
Table 721.4.1 (3). Coefficients for thickness of plaster
shall be selected from Table 721.4.1 (4) based on the
actual thickness of plaster applied to the wall or partition
and whether one or two sides of the wall are plastered.
the wall, the total fire-resistance rating shall be determined by the formula:
721.4.1.3 Multiwythe walls with airspace. Where a
continuous airspace separates multiple wythes of the
wall or partition, the total fire-resistance rating shall be
determined by the formula:
(Equation 7-9)
(Equation 7-10)
721.4.1.2 Plaster finishes. Where plaster is applied to
156
where:
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
either side to be the fire-exposed side of the wall. The fire
resistance of the wall shall not exceed the lower of the
two values determined.
where:
The fire-resistance rating of the assembly (hours).
R
Exception: For exterior walls with a fire separation
distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the fire shall
R1, R2 and Rn = The fire-resistance rating of the individ-
ual wythes (hours).
be assumed to occur on the interior side only.
Coefficient for continuous airspace.
as
Values for RnO.59 for use in Equation 7-10 are given in
Table 721.4.1 (3). The coefficient for each continuous
airspace of 1/ 2 inch to 31/ 2 inches (12.7 to 89 mm) separating two individual wythes shall be 0.3.
TABLE 721.4.1 (3)
VALUES OF Rno. 59
R
0.59
1
1.0
2
1.50
3
1.91
4
2.27
Rjl R2 and Rn = The fire-resistance rating of the individual
wythes (hours).
Values for RnO.59 for use in Equation 7-11 are given in
Table 721.4.1 (3).
ONE SIDE
TWO SIDE
1/
2
0.3
0.6
8
0.37
0.75
0.45
0.90
4
721.4.2.1 Multiwythe walls of different material. For
walls that consist of two or more wythes of different
materials (concrete or concrete masonry units) in combination with clay masonry units, the fire-resistance rating
of the different materials shall be permitted to be determined from Table 721.2.1.1 for concrete; Table 721.3.2
for concrete masonry units or Table 721.4.1 (1) or
721.4.1 (2) for clay and tile masonry units.
721.4.3 Reinforced clay masonry lintels. Fire-resistance
ratings for clay masonry lintels shall be determined based
on the nominal width of the lintel and the minimum covering for the longitudinal reinforcement in accordance with
Table 721.4.1 (5).
For 51: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. Values listed in table are for 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster.
TABLE 721.4.1 (5)
REINFORCED MASONRY LINTELS
NOMINAL
LINTEL WIDTH
(inches)
MINIMUM LONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT COVER
FOR FIRE RESISTANCE (inch)
1 hour
2 hour
3 hour
4 hour
6
11/ 2
2
NP
NP
8
11/ 2
11/ 2
13/ 4
3
10 or more
11/ 2
11/ 2
11/ 2
13/ 4
TABLE 721.4.1 (6)
REINFORCED CLAY MASONRY COLUMNS
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING
(hour)
COLUMN SIZE
1
I
2
I
3
I
4
Minimum column dimension (inches)
8
I
10
I
12
I
14
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
721.4.1.4 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall having no finish on one side or having different types or
thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation procedures of this section shall be performed twice, assuming
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
721.4.4 Reinforced clay masonry columns. The fire-resistance ratings shall be determined based on the last plan
dimension of the column in accordance with Table
721.4.1 (6). The minimum cover for longitudinal reinforcement shall be 2 inches (51 mm).
721.5 Steel assemblies. The provisions of this section contain
procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of steel assemblies are established by calculations.
For 51: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
NP = Not permitted.
For 51:
(Equation 7-11)
(hours).
THICKNESS OF
PLASTER (inch)
3/
1.7
= The fire-resistance rating of the assembly
R
TABLE 721.4.1 (4)
COEFFICIENTS FOR PLASTER, pia
5/
R= (R1o.59 + R2o.59 + ... +Rno.59)
where:
R(hours)
n
721.4.2 Multiwythe walls. The fire-resistance rating for
walls or partitions consisting of two or more dissimilar
wythes shall be permitted to be determined by the formula:
721.5.1 Structural steel columns. The fire-resistance ratings of steel columns shall be based on the size of the element and the type of protection provided in accordance with
this section.
721.5.1.1 General. These procedures establish a basis
for determining the fire resistance of column assemblies
as a function of the thickness of fire-resistant material
and, the weight, Wand heated perimeter, D, of steel columns. As used in these sections, Wis the average weight
of a structural steel column in pounds per linear foot. The
heated perimeter, D, is the inside perimeter of the
fire-resistant material in inches as illustrated in Figure
721.5.1 (1).
157
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
721.5.1.2.1 Attachment. The gypsum wallboard
shall be supported as illustrated in either Figure
721.5.1 (2) for fire-resistance ratings of 4 hours or
less, or Figure 721.5.1 (3) for fire-resistance ratings of
3 hours or less.
D=2(a+d)
D=4bf + 2d - 2tw
D=2(bf+ d}
No.8x112" SHEET STEEL
SCREWS SPACED 12"o.c.
.;r f::::=:j
FIGURE 721.5.1(1)
DETERMINATION OF THE HEATED PERIMETER
OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS
~~
SNAP-LOCK
721.5.1.1.1 Nonload-bearing protection. The application of these procedures shall be limited to column
assemblies in which the fire-resistant material is not
designed to carry any of the load acting on the column.
721.5.1.1.2 Embedments. In the absence of substantiating fire-endurance test results, ducts, conduit, piping, and similar mechanical, electrical, and plumbing
installations shall not be embedded in any required
fire-resistant materials.
721.5.1.1.3 Weight-to-perimeter ratio. Table
721.5.1 (1) contains weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios
(WID) for both contour and box fire-resistant profiles,
for the wide flange shapes most often used as columns.
For different fire-resistant protection profiles or column cross sections, the weight-to-heated-perimeter
ratios (WID) shall be determined in accordance with
the definitions given in this section.
721 .5.1.2 Gypsum wallboard protection. The fire
resistance of structural steel columns with weightto-heated-perimeter ratios (WID) less than or equal to
3.65 and which are protected with Type X gypsum wallboard shall be permitted to be determined from the following expression:
h(W
R=130 [
2
1
/
D)]O.75
(Equation 7-12)
where:
158
R
Fire resistance (minutes).
h
Total thickness of gypsum wallboard (inches) .
D
Heated perimeter of the structural steel column
(inches) .
W
Total weight of the structural steel column and
gypsum wallboard protection (pounds per linear
foot) .
W
W+ 50hD/144.
PITISBURGH SEAM
LAP
CORNER JOINT DETAILS (A)
FIGURE 721.5.1(2)
GYPSUM WALLBOARD PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL
COLUMNS WITH SHEET STEEL COLUMN COVERS
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm.
1. Structural steel column, either wide flange or tubular shapes.
2. Type X gypsum wallboard in accordance with ASTM C 36. For single-layer
applications, the wallboard shall be applied vertically with no horizontal
joints. For multiple-layer applications, horizontal joints are permitted at a
minimum spacing of 8 feet, provided that the joints in successive layers are
staggered at least 12 inches. The total required thickness of wallboard shall
be determined on the basis of the specified fire-resistance rating and the
weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (WID) of the column. For fire-resistance
ratings of 2 hours or less, one of the required layers of gypsum wallboard
may be applied to the exterior of the sheet steel column covers with l-inchlong Type S screws spaced 1 inch from the wallboard edge and 8 inches on
center. For such installations, 0.0149-inch minimum thickness galvanized
steel corner beads with 11/ 2- inch legs shall be attached to the wallboard with
Type S screws spaced 12 inches on center.
3. For fire-resistance ratings of3 hours or less, the column covers shall be fabricated from 0.0239-inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless steel.
For 4-hourfire-resistance ratings, the column covers shall be fabricated from
0.0239-inch minimum thickness stainless steel. The column covers shall be
erected with the Snap Lock or Pittsburgh joint details.
For fire-resistance ratings of 2 hours or less, column covers fabricated from
0.0269-inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless steel shall be permitted to be erected with lap joints. The lap joints shall be permitted to be located
anywhere around the perimeter of the column cover. The lap joints shall be
secured with 1/2-inch-Iong No. 8 sheet metal screws spaced 12 inches on center.
The column covers shall be provided with a minimum expansion clearance
of 1/8 inch per linear foot between the ends of the cover and any restraining
construction.
721.5.1.2.2 Gypsum wallboard equivalent to concrete. The determination of the fire resistance of
structural steel columns from Figure 721.5.1 (4) is
permitted for various thicknesses of gypsum wallboard as a function of the weight-to-heated-perimeter
ratio (WID) of the column. For structural steel columns with weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (WID)
greater than 3.65, the thickness of gypsum wallboard
required for specified fire-resistance ratings shall be
the same as the thickness determined for a Wl4 x 233
wide flange shape.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
shall be determined on the basis of fire-resistance tests in
accordance with Section 703.2.
721.5.1.3 Sprayed fire-resistant materials. The fire
resistance of wide-flange structural steel columns protected with sprayed fire-resistant materials, as illustrated
in Figure 721.5.1 (5), shall be permitted to be determined
from the following expression:
721.5.1.3.1 Material-dependent constants. The
material-dependent constants, C1 and C2, shall be
determined for specific fire-resistant materials on the
basis of standard fire endurance tests in accordance
with Section 703.2. Unless evidence is submitted to
the building official substantiating a broader application, this expression shall be limited to determining
the fire resistance of structural steel columns with
weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (WID) between the
largest and smallest columns for which standard
fire-resistance test results are available.
(Equation 7-13)
where:
R = Fire resistance (minutes).
I
h
= Thickness of sprayed fire-resistant material
(inches) .
D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel column
(inches) .
C1 and C2 = Material-dependent constants.
W = Weight of structural steel columns (pounds per linear foot).
The fire resistance of structural steel columns protected with intumescent or mastic fire-resistant coatings
A
1 LAYER
=5/8" OR 1/2"
C
3 LAYERS = 1 7/8" OR 1 1/2"
B
2 LAYERS = 11/4" OR 1"
D
4 LAYERS = 21/2" OR 2"
For SI:
FIGURE 721.5.1(3)
GYPSUM WALLBOARD PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL
COLUMNS WITH STEEL STUD/SCREW ATTACHMENT SYSTEM
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = -305 mm.
1. Structural steel column, either wide flange or tubular shapes.
2. I s/ 8-inch deep studs fabricated from 0.0179-inch minimum thickness galvanized steel with IS/16 or 17/ 16 - inch legs. The length of the steel studs shall be
1/Z inch less than the height of the assembly.
3. Type X gypsum wallboard in accordance with ASTM C 36. For single-layer
applications, the wallboard shall be applied vertically with no horizontal
joints. For multiple-layer applications, horizontal joints are permitted at a
minimum spacing of 8 feet, provided that the joints in successive layers are
staggered at least 12 inches. The total required thickness of wallboard shall
be determined on the basis of the specified fire-resistance rating and the
weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (WID) of the column.
4. Galvanized 0.0149-inch minimum thickness steel corner beads with
11/ z-inch legs attached to the wallboard with l-inch-Iong Type S screws
spaced 12 inches on center.
5. No. 18 SWG steel tie wires spaced 24 inches on center.
6. Sheet metal angles with 2-inch legs fabricated from 0.0221-inch minimum
thickness galvanized steel.
7. Type S screws, 1 inch long, shall be used for attaching the first layer of wallboard to the steel studs and the third layer to the sheet metal angles at 24 inches
on center. Type S screws 13/ 4-inch long shall be used for attaching the second
layer of wallboard to the steel studs and the fourth layer to the sheet metal
angles at 12 inches on center. Type S screws 21/ 4 inches long shall be used for
attaching the third layer ofwallboard to the steel studs at 12 inches on center.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per linear foot/inch = 0.059 kg/m/mm.
FIGURE 721.5.1 (4)
FIRE RESISTANCE OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS
PROTECTED WITH VARIOUS THICKNESSES OF
TYPE X GYPSUM WALLBOARD
a. The WID ratios for typical wide flange columns are listed in Table
721.5.1(1) . For other column shapes, the WID ratios shall be determined in
accordance with Section 720.5.1.1.
bf
I
FIGURE 721.5.1 (5)
WIDE FLANGE STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS WITH
SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS
159
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
I
concrete cover required for various fire-resistance
ratings for typical wide-flange sections. The thicknesses of concrete indicated in these tables also apply
to structural steel columns larger than those listed.
721.5.1.3.2 Identification. Sprayed fire-resistant
materials shall be identified by density and thickness
required for a given fire-resistance rating.
721.5.1.4 Concrete-protected columns. The fire resistance of structural steel columns protected with con-
721.5.1.4.4 Minimum precast concrete cover. For
structural steel columns protected with precast concrete column covers as shown in Figure
721.5.1(6)(a), Tables 721.5.1(9) and 721.5.1(10)
indicate the thickness of the column covers required
for various fire-resistance ratings for typical
wide-flange shapes. The thicknesses of concrete
given in these tables also apply to structural steel columns larger than those listed.
crete, as illustrated in Figure 721.5 .1(6) (a) and (b), shall
be permitted to be determined from the following expression:
(Equation 7-14)
where:
Ro =10 (W;11 0.7 + 17 (h1.6/~0 .2) x [1 + 26 {H/pccjJ (L + h)} 0.8]
As used in these expressions:
R = Fire endurance at equilibrium moisture conditions
(minutes).
..c.
.: ......
li , ' ; · "
':
, ' ,11
-~.~:
.:.~
Ro = Fire endurance at zero moisture content (minutes).
m = Equilibrium moisture content of the concrete by
volume (percent).
W = Average weight of the steel column (pounds per
linear foot).
(a)
PRECAST
CONCRETE
COLUMN
D = Heated perimeter of the steel column (inches).
h
kc
= Thickness of the concrete cover (inches).
= Ambient temperature thermal conductivity of the
concrete (Btu/hr ft OF).
H = Ambient temperature thermal capacity of the steel
column = 0.11 W (Btu/ ft OF).
Pc = Concrete density (pounds per cubic foot).
Cc
= Ambient temperature specific heat of concrete
(Btu/lb OF).
L = Interior dimension of one side of a square concrete
box protection (inches).
721.5.1.4.1 Reentrant space filled. For wide-flange
steel columns completely encased in concrete with all
reentrant spaces filled [Figure 721.5.1 (6) (c)], the
thermal capacity of the concrete within the reentrant
spaces shall be permitted to be added to the thermal
capacity of the steel column, as follows :
H=O.ll W+ (Pccj144) (btl-A)
(Equation 7-15)
COVERS
As
Flange width of the steel column (inches).
721.5.1.4.3 Minimum concrete cover. For structural
steel column encased in concrete with all reentrant
spaces filled, Figure 721.5.1(6)(c) and Tables
721.5.1(7) and 721.5.1(8) indicate the thickness of
160
WIDE-FLANGE
TUBE
ENCASED
SHAPE
721.5.1.4.5 Masonry protection. The fire resistance
of structural steel columns protected with concrete
masonry units or clay masonry units as illustrated in
Figure 721.5 .1(7), shall be permitted to be determined from the following expression:
R= 0.17 (W/D)0.7 + [0.285 (T/ ·6/J(O.2) ]
[1.0 + 42.7 { (A/dm Te) / (0.25p + Te)
} 0.8 ]
(Equation 7-16)
where:
R
Fire-resistance rating of column assembly
(hours).
W
Average weight of steel column (pounds per
foot) .
D
Heated perimeter of steel column (inches)
[see Figure 721.5.1 (7)].
Equivalent thickness of concrete or clay masonry unit (inches) (see Table 721.3.2 Note a
or Section 721.4.1).
721.5.1.4.2 Concrete properties unknown. If specific data on the properties of concrete are not available, the values given in Table 721.5.1 (2) are
permitted.
STRUCTURAL
a. When the inside perimeter of the concrete protection is not square, L shall be
taken as the average of LI and Lz. When the thickness of concrete cover is not
constant, h shall be taken as the average of hI and hz.
b. Joints shall be protected with a minimum 1 inch thickness of ceramic fiber
blanket but in no case less than one-half the thickness of the column cover
(see Section 720.2.1.3) .
Depth of the steel column (inches).
Cross-sectional area of the steel column
(square inches).
(c)
CONCRETE
ENCASED
FIGURE 721.5.1(6)
CONCRETE PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNSa,b
where:
br
d
(b)
CONCRETE
K
Thermal conductivity of concrete or clay masonry unit (Btu/hr ft OF) [see Table
721.5.1 (3)].
Cross-sectional area of steel column (square
inches).
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
dm
Density of the concrete or clay masonry unit
(pounds per cubic foot).
p
Inner perimeter of concrete or clay masonry
protection (inches) [see Figure 721.5.1 (7)].
I
I
~
L
I
For 51:
I
,.-
.....
-,r D
=
~
:=
I
n
FIGURE 721.5.2
DETERMINATION OF THE HEATED PERIMETER
OF STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAMS AND GIRDERS
1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 721.5.1(7)
CONCRETE OR CLAY MASONRY PROTECTED
STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS
721.5.2.1.2 Beam and girder substitutions. Except
as provided for in Section 721.5 .2.2, structural steel
beams in approved fire-resistance-rated assemblies
shall be considered the minimum permissible size.
Other beam or girder shapes shall be permitted to be
substituted provided that the weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (WID) of the substitute beam is equal to or
greater than that of the beam specified in the approved
assembly.
d = Depth of a wide flange column, outside diameter of pipe column, or outside dimension of structural tubing column (inches) .
~ = Thickness of web of wide flange column (inches) .
w = Width of flange of wide flange column (inches) .
721.5.1.4.6 Equivalent concrete masonry thickness. For structural steel columns protected with concrete masonry, Table 721.5.1 (5) gives the equivalent
thickness of concrete masonry required for various
fire-resistance ratings for typical column shapes. For
structural steel columns protected with clay masonry,
Table 721.5.1 (6) gives the equivalent thickness of
concrete masonry required for various fire-resistance
ratings for typical column shapes.
721.5.2 Structural steel beams and girders. The
fire-resistance ratings of steel beams and girders shall be
based upon the size of the element and the type of protection
provided in accordance with this section.
721.5.2.1 Determination of fire resistance. These procedures establish a basis for determining resistance of
structural steel beams and girders which differ in size
from that specified in approved fire-resistance-rated
assemblies as a function of the thickness of fire-resistant
material and the weight (vt1 and heated perimeter (D) of
the beam or girder. As used in these sections, W is the
average weight of a structural steel member in pounds
per linear foot (plf). The heated perimeter, D, is the inside
perimeter of the fire-resistant material in inches as illustrated in Figure 721.5.2.
721.5.2.1.1 Weight-to-heated perimeter. The
weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (WID), for both
contour and box fire-resistant protection profiles, for
the wide flange shapes most often used as beams or
girders are given in Table 721.5.1(4). For different
shapes, the weight-to-heated-perimeter ratios (WID)
shall be determined in accordance with the definitions
given in this section.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
721.5.2.2 Sprayed fire-resistant materials. The provisions in this section apply to structural steel beams and
girders protected with sprayed fire-resistant materials.
Larger or smaller beam and girder shapes shall be permitted to be substituted for beams specified in approved
unrestrained or restrained fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provided that the thickness of the fire-resistant
material is adjusted in accordance with the following
expression:
h 2 =h1 [(VIti
/ D1 ) + 0.60] / [(VV; / D 2 ) + 0.60]
(Equation 7-17)
where:
h
= Thickness of sprayed fire-resistant material in
inches.
W = Weight of the structural steel beam or girder in
pounds per linear foot.
D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel beam in
inches.
Subscript 1 refers to the beam and fire-resistant material thickness in the approved assembly.
Subscript 2 refers to the substitute beam or girder and
the required thickness of fire-resistant material.
The fire resistance of structural steel beams and girders protected with intumescent or mastic fire-resistant
coatings shall be determined on the basis of fire- resistance tests in accordance with Section 703.2.
161
I
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.5.1 (1)
WID RATIOS FOR STEEL COLUMNS
STRUCTURAL
SHAPE
CONTOUR
PROFILE
BOX
PROFILE
STRUCTURAL
SHAPE
CONTOUR
PROFILE
BOX
PROFILE
W14 x 233
2.49
3.65
W10 x 112
1.78
2.57
2.28
3.35
x 100
1.61
2.33
2.10
3.09
x 88
1.43
2.08
x 176
1.93
2.85
x 77
1.26
1.85
x 159
1.75
2.60
x 68
1.13
1.66
x 145
1.61
2.39
x 60
1.00
1.48
0.91
1.34
0.83
1.23
x 132
1.52
2.25
x 54
x 120
1.39
2.06
x 49
x 109
1.27
1.88
x 45
0.87
1.24
x 99
1.16
1.72
x 39
0.76
1.09
x 33
0.65
0.93
1.34
1.94
x 90
1.06
1.58
x 82
1.20
1.68
x 74
1.09
1.53
W8 x 67
x 68
1.01
1.41
x 58
1.18
1.71
x 61
0.91
1.28
x 48
0.995
1.44
x 53
0.89
1.21
x 40
0.83
1.23
x 48
0.81
1.10
x 35
0.73
1.08
x 43
0.73
0.99
x 31
0.65
0.97
x 28
0.67
0.96
0.83
W12 x 190
2.46
3.51
x 24
0.58
x 170
2.22
3.20
x 21
0.57
0.77
x 152
2.01
2.90
x 18
0.49
0.67
x 136
1.82
2.63
x 120
1.62
2.36
W6 x 25
0.69
1.00
x 106
1.44
2.11
x 20
0.56
0.82
x 96
1.32
1.93
x 16
0.57
0.78
x 87
1.20
1.76
x 15
0.42
0.63
x 79
1.10
1.61
x 12
0.43
0.60
x 72
1.00
1.48
x 9
0.33
0.46
x 65
0.91
1.35
x 58
0.91
1.31
W5 x 19
0.64
0.93
x 53
0.84
1.20
x 16
0.54
0.80
x 50
0.89
1.23
x 45
0.81
1.12
W4 x 13
0.54
0.79
x 40
0.72
1.00
For SI:
162
x 211
x 193
1 pound per linear foot per inch = 0.059 kg/m/mm.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.5.1 (2)
PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE
For 51:
PROPERTY
NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE
STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE
Thermal conductivity {kJ
0.95 Btu/hr . ft . OF
0.35 Btu/hr . ft . OF
Specific heat {cJ
0.20 Btu/lb of
0.20 Btu/lb of
Density (PJ
145lb/ft3
110lb/ft3
Equilibrium (free) moisture
content (m) by volume
4%
5%
1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 11b/ff = 16.0185 kg/m 3 , Btu/hr· ft· of = 1.731 W/(m· K).
TABLE 721.5.1 (3)
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF CONCRETE OR CLAY
MASONRY UNITS
DENSITY (d,J OF UNITS (lb/ft3)
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY (K) OF UNITS (Btu/hr . ft . OF)
Concrete Masonry Units
80
0.207
85
0.228
90
0.252
95
0.278
100
0.308
105
0.340
110
0.376
115
0.416
120
0.459
125
0.508
130
0.561
135
0.620
140
0.685
145
0.758
150
0.837
Clay Masonry Units
120
1.25
130
For 51:
2.25
3
1 pound per cubic foot = 16.0185 kg/m , Btu per hour· foot· OF = 1.731 W/(m· K).
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
163
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.5.1 (4)
WEIGHT-TO-HEATED-PERIMETER RATIOS (WID)
FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE BEAM AND GIRDER SHAPES
STRUCTURAL
SHAPE
CONTOUR
PROFILE
BOX
PROFILE
W36 x 300
2.47
3.33
x 280
2.31
x 260
2.16
x 245
2.04
2.76
STRUCTURAL
SHAPE
CONTOUR
PROFILE
BOX
PROFILE
x 68
0.92
1.21
3.12
x 62
0.92
1.14
2.92
x 55
0.82
1.02
x 230
1.92
2.61
W21 x 147
1.83
2.60
x 210
1.94
2.45
x 132
1.66
2.35
x 194
1.80
2.28
x 122
1.54
2.19
x 182
1.69
2.15
xlII
1.41
2.01
x 170
1.59
2.01
x 101
1.29
1.84
x 160
1.50
1.90
x 93
1.38
1.80
x 150
1.41
1.79
1.62
1.28
1.63
x 83
x 73
1.24
x 135
1.10
1.44
x 68
1.03
1.35
W33 x 241
2.11
2.86
0.94
1.23
x 221
1.94
2.64
0.93
1.17
x 201
1.78
2.42
x 62
x 57
x 50
0.83
1.04
x 152
1.51
1.94
x 44
0.73
0.92
x 141
1.41
1.80
x 130
1.31
1.67
W18 x 119
1.69
2.42
x 118
1.19
1.53
x 106
1.52
2.18
x 97
1.39
2.01
W30 x 211
2.00
2.74
x 86
1.24
1.80
x 191
1.82
2.50
1.11
1.60
x 173
1.66
2.28
x 76
x 71
1.21
1.59
x 132
1.45
1.85
x 65
1.11
1.47
x 124
1.37
1.75
1.03
1.36
x 116
1.28
1.65
0.95
1.26
x 108
1.20
1.54
x 60
x 55
x 50
0.87
1.15
x 99
1.10
1.42
x 46
0.86
1.09
x 40
0.75
0.96
x 35
0.66
0.85
W16 x 100
x 89
x 77
1.56
2.25
1.40
2.03
1.22
1.78
W27 x 178
1.85
2.55
x 161
1.68
2.33
x 146
1.53
2.12
x 114
1.36
1.76
x 102
1.23
1.59
x 94
1.13
1.47
x 84
1.02
1.33
x 67
x 57
x 50
x 45
x 40
W24 x 162
1.85
2.57
x 146
1.68
2.34
x 131
1.52
x 117
x 104
1.07
1.56
1.07
1.43
0.94
1.26
0.85
1.15
0.76
1.03
0.69
0.93
2.12
x 36
x 31
0.65
0.83
1.36
1.91
x 26
0.55
0.70
1.22
1.71
x 94
1.26
1.63
W14 x 132
1.83
3.00
x 84
1.13
1.47
x 120
1.67
2.75
x 76
1.03
1.34
x 109
1.53
2.52
(continued)
164
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.5.1 (4)-continued
WEIGHT-TO-HEATED-PERIMETER RATIOS (WID)
FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE BEAM AND GIRDER SHAPES
STRUCTURAL
SHAPE
x
99
CONTOUR
PROFILE
BOX
PROFILE
1.39
2.31
STRUCTURAL
SHAPE
CONTOUR
PROFILE
BOX
PROFILE
x 30
0.79
1.12
x
90
1.27
2.11
x 26
0.69
0.98
x
82
1.41
2.12
x 22
0.59
0.84
x
74
1.28
1.93
x 19
0.59
0.78
x
68
1.19
1.78
x 17
0.54
0.70
x
61
1.07
1.61
x 15
0.48
0.63
x 12
0.38
0.51
1.61
2.55
x
53
1.03
1.48
x
48
0.94
1.35
x
43
0.85
1.22
W8 x 67
x
38
0.79
1.09
x 58
1.41
2.26
x
34
0.71
0.98
x 48
1.18
1.91
x
30
0.63
0.87
x 40
1.00
1.63
x
26
0.61
0.79
x 35
0.88
1.44
x
22
0.52
0.68
x 31
0.79
1.29
x 28
0.80
1.24
W12 x 87
1.44
2.34
x 24
0.69
1.07
79
1.32
2.14
x 21
0.66
0.96
x
x
72
1.20
1.97
x 18
0.57
0.84
x
65
1.09
1.79
x 15
0.54
0.74
x
58
1.08
1.69
x 13
0.47
0.65
x
53
0.99
1.55
x 10
0.37
0.51
x
50
1.04
1.54
x
45
0.95
1.40
W6 x 25
0.82
1.33
x
40
0.85
1.25
x 20
0.67
1.09
x
35
0.79
1.11
x 16
0.66
0.96
x
30
0.69
0.96
x 15
0.51
0.83
x
26
0.60
0.84
x 12
0.51
0.75
x
9
0.39
0.57
x
22
0.61
0.77
x
19
0.53
0.67
x
16
0.45
0.57
W5 x 19
0.76
1.24
x
14
0.40
0.50
x 16
0.65
1.07
W10 x 112
2.14
3.38
W4 x 13
0.65
1.05
x 100
1.93
3.07
88
1.70
2.75
x
77
1.52
2.45
x
68
1.35
2.20
x
60
1.20
1.97
x
x
54
1.09
1.79
x
49
0.99
1.64
1.59
x
45
1.03
x
39
0.94
1.40
x
33
0.77
1.20
For 51: Pounds per linear foot per inch = 0.059 kg/m/mm.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
165
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.5.1 (5)
FIRE RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS
COLUMN
SIZE
CONCRETE
MASONRY DENSITY
POUNDS PER
CUBIC FOOT
MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE
RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, Te (inches)
l-hour
2-hour
3-hour
4-hour
80
0.74
1.61
2.36
3.04
100
0.89
1.85
2.67
3.40
W14 x 82
COLUMN
SIZE
CONCRETE
MASONRY DENSITY
POUNDS PER
CUBIC FOOT
MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE
RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, Te (inches)
l-hour
2-hour
3-hour
4-hour
80
0.72
1.58
2.33
3.01
100
0.87
1.83
2.65
3.38
W10 x 68
110
0.96
1.97
2.81
3.57
110
0.94
1.95
2.79
3.55
120
1.03
2.08
2.95
3.73
120
1.01
2.06
2.94
3.72
80
0.83
1.70
2.45
3.13
80
0.88
1.76
2.53
3.21
100
0.99
1.95
2.76
3.49
100
1.04
2.01
2.83
3.57
W14 x 68
W10 x 54
110
1.06
2.06
2.91
3.66
110
1.11
2.12
2.98
3.73
120
1.14
2.18
3.05
3.82
120
1.19
2.24
3.12
3.90
80
0.91
1.81
2.58
3.27
80
0.92
1.83
2.60
3.30
100
1.07
2.05
2.88
3.62
100
1.08
2.07
2.90
3.64
110
1.15
2.17
3.02
3.78
110
1.16
2.18
3.04
3.80
120
1.22
2.28
3.16
3.94
120
1.23
2.29
3.18
3.96
80
1.01
1.93
2.71
3.41
80
1.06
2.00
2.79
3.49
W14 x 53
W10 x 45
100
1.17
2.17
3.00
3.74
100
1.22
2.23
3.07
3.81
110
1.25
2.28
3.14
3.90
110
1.30
2.34
3.20
3.96
120
1.32
2.38
3.27
4.05
120
1.37
2.44
3.33
4.12
W14 x 43
W10 x 33
80
0.81
1.66
2.41
3.09
80
0.94
1.85
2.63
3.33
100
0.91
1.88
2.70
3.43
100
1.10
2.10
2.93
3.67
110
0.99
1.99
2.84
3.60
110
1.18
2.21
3.07
3.83
120
1.06
2.10
2.98
3.76
120
1.25
2.32
3.20
3.99
W12 x 72
W8 x 40
80
0.88
1.76
2.52
3.21
80
1.06
2.00
2.78
3.49
100
1.04
2.01
2.83
3.56
100
1.22
2.23
3.07
3.81
110
1.11
2.12
2.97
3.73
110
1.29
2.33
3.20
3.97
120
1.19
2.23
3.11
3.89
120
1.36
2.44
3.33
4.12
80
0.91
1.81
2.58
3.27
80
1.14
2.09
2.89
3.59
100
1.07
2.05
2.88
3.62
100
1.29
2.31
3.16
3.90
1.36
2.42
3.28
4.05
W12 x 58
W8 x 31
W12 x 50
W8 x 24
110
1.15
2.17
3.02
3.78
110
120
1.22
2.28
3.16
3.94
120
1.43
2.52
3.41
4.20
80
1.01
1.94
2.72
3.41
80
1.22
2.20
3.01
3.72
100
1.17
2.17
3.01
3.75
100
1.36
2.40
3.25
4.01
W12 x 40
W8 x 18
110
1.25
2.28
3.14
3.90
110
1.42
2.50
3.37
4.14
120
1.32
2.39
3.27
4.06
120
1.48
2.59
3.49
4.28
(continued)
166
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.5.1 (5)--continued
FIRE RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS
NOMINAL TUBE
SIZE
(inches)
4 x 4 x 1/2 wall
thickness
4 x 4 x 3/ 8 wall
thickness
4 x 4 x 1/4 wall
thickness
6 x 6 x 1/2 wall
thickness
6 x 6 x 3/ 8 wall
thickness
6 x 6 x 1/4 wall
thickness
8 x 8 x 1/2 wall
thickness
8 x 8 x 3/ 8 wall
thickness
8 x 8 x 1/4 wall
thickness
MINIMUM REQUIRED
EQUIVALENT THICKNESS
FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE
RATING OF CONCRETE
MASONRY PROTECTION
ASSEMBLY, Te (inches)
CONCRETE MASONRY
DENSITY, POUNDS PER
CUBIC FOOT
l-hour 2-hour 3-hour 4-hour
80
0.93
1.90
2.71
3.43
100
1.08
2.13
2.99
3.76
110
1.16
2.24
3.13
3.91
120
1.22
2.34
3.26
4.06
80
1.05
2.03
2.84
3.57
100
1.20
2.25
3.11
3.88
110
1.27
2.35
3.24
4.02
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE
(inches)
4 double extra
strong 0.674
wall thickness
4 extra strong
0.337 wall
thickness
MINIMUM REQUIRED
EQUIVALENT THICKNESS
FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE
RATING OF CONCRETE
MASONRY PROTECTION
ASSEMBLY, Te (inches)
CONCRETE MASONRY
DENSITY, POUNDS
PER CUBIC FOOT
l-hour 2-hour 3-hour 4-hour
80
0.80
1.75
2.56
3.28
100
0.95
1.99
2.85
3.62
110
1.02
2.10
2.99
3.78
120
1.09
2.20
3.12
3.93
80
1.12
2.11
2.93
3.65
100
1.26
2.32
3.19
3.95
110
1.33
2.42
3.31
4.09
120
1.34
2.45
3.37
4.17
120
1.40
2.52
3.43
4.23
80
1.21
2.20
3.01
3.73
80
1.26
2.25
3.07
3.79
100
1.35
2.40
3.26
4.02
100
1.40
2.45
3.31
4.07
110
1.41
2.50
3.38
4.16
120
1.48
2.59
3.50
4.30
80
0.82
1.75
2.54
3.25
100
0.98
1.99
2.84
3.59
110
1.05
2.10
2.98
3.75
120
1.12
2.21
3.11
3.91
80
0.96
1.91
2.71
3.42
100
1.12
2.14
3.00
3.75
110
1.19
2.25
3.13
3.90
4 standard
0.237 wall
thickness
5 double extra
strong 0.750
wall thickness
5 extra strong
0.375 wall
thickness
110
1.46
2.55
3.43
4.21
120
1.53
2.64
3.54
4.34
80
0.70
1.61
2.40
3.12
100
0.85
1.86
2.71
3.47
110
0.91
1.97
2.85
3.63
120
0.98
2.02
2.99
3.79
80
1.04
2.01
2.83
3.54
100
1.19
2.23
3.09
3.85
110
1.26
2.34
3.22
4.00
120
1.26
2.35
3.26
4.05
120
1.32
2.44
3.34
4.14
80
1.14
2.11
2.92
3.63
80
1.20
2.19
3.00
3.72
100
1.29
2.32
3.18
3.93
100
1.34
2.39
3.25
4.00
110
1.36
2.43
3.30
4.08
110
1.41
2.49
3.37
4.14
120
1.42
2.52
3.43
4.22
120
1.47
2.58
3.49
4.28
80
0.77
1.66
2.44
3.13
100
0.92
1.91
2.75
3.49
110
1.00
2.02
2.89
3.66
120
1.07
2.14
3.03
3.82
80
0.91
1.84
2.63
3.33
100
1.07
2.08
2.92
3.67
110
1.14
2.19
3.06
3.83
120
1.21
2.29
3.19
80
1.10
2.06
2.86
100
1.25
2.28
3.13
3.87
110
1.32
2.38
3.25
4.02
120
1.39
2.48
3.38
4.17
5 standard
0.258 wall
thickness
6 double extra
strong 0.864
wall thickness
80
0.59
1.46
2.23
2.92
100
0.73
1.71
2.54
3.29
110
0.80
1.82
2.69
3.47
120
0.86
1.93
2.83
3.63
80
0.94
1.90
2.70
3.42
100
1.10
2.13
2.98
3.74
110
1.17
2.23
3.11
3.89
3.98
120
1.24
2.34
3.24
4.04
3.57
80
1.14
2.12
2.93
3.64
100
1.29
2.33
3.19
3.94
110
1.36
2.43
3.31
4.08
120
1.42
2.53
3.43
4.22
6 extra strong
0.432 wall
thickness
6 standard
0.280 wall
thickness
For 51: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per cubic feet = 16.02 kglm 3•
Note: Tabulated values assume I-inch air gap between masonry and steel section.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
167
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.5.1 (6)
FIRE RESISTANCE OF CLAY MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS
COLUMN SIZE
W14 x 82
W14 x 68
W14 x 53
W14 x 43
W12 x 72
W12 x 58
W12 x 50
W12 x 40
MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE
RATING OF CLAY MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, Te (inches)
CLAY
MASONRY
DENSITY,
POUNDS PER
CUBIC FOOT
l-hour
2-hour
3-hour
4-hour
120
1.23
2.42
3.41
4.29
130
1.40
2.70
3.78
4.74
120
1.34
2.54
3.54
4.43
130
1.51
2.82
3.91
4.87
120
1.43
2.65
3.65
4.54
130
1.61
2.93
4.02
4.98
120
1.54
2.76
3.77
4.66
130
1.72
3.04
4.13
5.09
120
1.32
2.52
3.51
4.40
130
1.50
2.80
3.88
4.84
120
1.40
2.61
3.61
4.50
130
1.57
2.89
3.98
4.94
120
1.43
2.65
3.66
4.55
COLUMN SIZE
W10 x 68
W10 x 54
W10 x 45
W10 x 33
W8 x 40
W8 x 31
W8 x 24
l-hour
2-hour
3-hour
4-hour
120
1.27
2.46
3.26
4.35
130
1.44
2.75
3.83
4.80
120
1.40
2.61
3.62
4.51
130
1.58
2.89
3.98
4.95
120
1.44
2.66
3.67
4.57
130
1.62
2.95
4.04
5.01
120
1.59
2.82
3.84
4.73
130
1.77
3.10
4.20
5.13
120
1.47
2.70
3.71
4.61
130
1.65
2.98
4.08
5.04
120
1.59
2.82
3.84
4.73
130
1.77
3.10
4.20
5.17
120
1.66
2.90
3.92
4.82
130
1.61
2.93
4.02
4.99
130
1.84
3.18
4.28
5.25
120
1.54
2.77
3.78
4.67
120
1.75
3.00
4.01
4.91
130
1.72
3.05
4.14
5.10
1.93
3.27
4.37
5.34
W8 x 18
130
STEEL TUBING
NOMINAL TUBE
SIZE (inches)
4 x 4 x 1/2 wall
thickness
4 x 4 x 3/8 wall
thickness
4 x 4 x 1/4 wall
thickness
6 x 6 x 1/2 wall
thickness
6 x 6 x 3/8 wall
thickness
6 x 6 x 1/4 wall
thickness
8 x 8 x 1/2 wall
thickness
8 x 8 x 3/8 wall
thickness
8 x 8 x 1/4 wall
thickness
168
MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE
RATING OF CLAY MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, Te (inches)
CLAY
MASONRY
DENSITY,
POUNDS PER
CUBIC FOOT
STEEL PIPE
MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE
RATING OF CLAY MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, Te (inches)
CLAY
MASONRY
DENSITY,
POUNDS PER
CUBIC FOOT
l-hour
2-hour
3-hour
4-hour
120
1.44
2.72
3.76
4.68
130
1.62
3.00
4.12
5.11
120
1.56
2.84
3.88
4.78
130
1.74
3.12
4.23
5.21
120
1.72
2.99
4.02
4.92
130
1.89
3.26
4.37
5.34
120
1.33
2.58
3.62
4.52
130
1.50
2.86
3.98
4.96
120
1.48
2.74
3.76
4.67
130
1.65
3.01
4.13
5.10
120
1.66
2.91
3.94
4.84
130
1.83
3.19
4.30
5.27
120
1.27
2.50
3.52
4.42
130
1.44
2.78
3.89
4.86
120
1.43
2.67
3.69
4.59
130
1.60
2.95
4.05
5.02
120
1.62
2.87
3.89
4.78
130
1.79
3.14
4.24
5.21
MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT
THICKNESS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE
RATING OF CLAY MASONRY
PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, Te (inches)
CLAY
MASONRY
DENSITY,
POUNDS PER
CUBIC FOOT
l-hour
2-hour
3-hour
4-hour
4 double extra
strong 0.674
wall thickness
120
1.26
2.55
3.60
4.52
130
1.42
2.82
3.96
4.95
4 extra strong
0.337
wall thickness
120
1.60
2.89
3.92
4.83
130
1.77
3.16
4.28
5.25
120
1.74
3.02
4.05
4.95
130
1.92
3.29
4.40
5.37
120
1.17
2.44
3.48
4.40
130
1.33
2.72
3.84
4.83
120
1.55
2.82
3.85
4.76
130
1.72
3.09
4.21
5.18
120
1.71
2.97
4.00
4.90
130
1.88
3.24
4.35
5.32
120
1.04
2.28
3.32
4.23
130
1.19
2.60
3.68
4.67
120
1.45
2.71
3.75
4.65
130
1.62
2.99
4.10
5.08
120
1.65
2.91
3.94
4.84
130
1.82
3.19
4.30
5.27
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (inches)
4 standard
0.237
wall thickness
5 double extra
strong 0.750
wall thickness
5 extra strong
0.375
wall thickness
5 standard
0.258
wall thickness
6 double extra
strong 0.864
wall thickness
6 extra strong
0.432
wall thickness
6 standard
0.280
wall thickness
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.5.1 (7)
MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS
ENCASED IN NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE a
[FIGURE 721.5.1 (6)(c)]
STRUCTURAL
SHAPE
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
1
1
1
x 176
1
x 132
3
2
/2
W14 x 233
x 90
TABLE 721.5.1 (8)
MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS
ENCASED IN STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE a
[FIGURE 721.5.1 (6)(c)]
1 1/ 2
1
2 1/2
x 96
1
1 1/ 2
1
1/
2
3
2 1/2
1
3
1
1
1/
2
x 39
x 33
1
1 1/ 2
2
2 1/2
1 1/2
2
x 40
1 1/ 2
2
2 1/2
1
1 1/ 2
1 1/ 2
2
1
2
1
x 60
1
x 28
1/2
3
x 18
2 1/2
2 1/2
1
1
2
1
1
1/
2
1/
2
3
2
1/2
For 51: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of structurallightweight concrete given in Table 721.5 .1(2) .
1 1/2
x 58
2 1/2
1
x 31
1
3
1/
2
x 21
1/2
2
x 18
4
3
1 1/ 2
W6 x 25
3
2
x 20
x 16
3
2
W8 x 67
2
1
x 24
2 1/2
1 1/ 2
1 1/2
W8 x 35
x 49
1
1
x 33
2
1/
2
4
1
1
W12 x 65
x 88
x 50
1
WI0 x 112
2
1
x 40
x 74
x 53
2 1/2
1
3
2
1
x 43
3
1
1 1/ 2
x 61
1/
2
1/
2
W12 x 152
x 48
W14 x 233
2
1
x 43
x 45
2
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS)
1
x 193
x 48
WI0 x 88
STRUCTURAL
SHAPE
2 1/2
1
x 61
x 65
4
1/2
3
1
2
4
x 15
x
9
1 1/ 2
2
1/2
3
1/2
For 51: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of normal-weight concrete given in Table 721 .5.1(2) .
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
169
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.5.1 (10)
MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS
IN STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT PRECAST COVERS a
[FIGURE 721.5.1 (6)(a)]
TABLE 721.5.1 (9)
MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS
IN NORMAL-WEIGHT PRECAST COVERS a
[FIGURE 721.5.1 (6)(a)]
STRUCTURAL
SHAPE
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
1
1
1
/2
W14 x 233
2
1 1/2
x 211
3
STRUCTURAL
SHAPE
3
W14 x 233
2 1/2
1 1/ 2
x 145
x 109
3
x 99
x 43
2
2 1/2
1 1/ 2
W12 x 190
x 152
1 1/ 2
x 120
4
x 68
3 1/2
4 1/2
x 43
2 1/2
3 1/2
1 1/ 2
4
2
2 1/2
3 1/2
W10 x 112
1 1/ 2
x 88
2
x 65
3 1/2
x 40
2
3 1/2
1 1/ 2
2
3
2
2 1/2
31/ 2
x 58
2 1/2
2
3
3 1/2
2 1/2
2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/ 2
3
2 1/2
4
1 1/ 2
2
3
x 100
x 77
1 1/ 2
1 1/2
W6 x 25
3
4
x 35
2
2 1/2
3 1/2
x 28
4 1/2
x 16
1 1/ 2
2
1 1/ 2
5
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of normal-weight concrete given in Table 721 .5.1(2) .
x
9
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
2
3
x 18
x 15
4
3 1/2
1 1/ 2
2
W6 x 25
3
2 1/2
3
2
x 48
21/ 2
1 1/2
2 1/2
x 39
x 33
4 1/2
x 18
3
2
W8 x 67
x 21
3 1/2
2
1 1/ 2
x 60
x 28
170
3
1 1/ 2
x 88
4 1/2
W8 x 67
9
1 1/ 2
W10 x 112
4
2 1/2
x 33
x
2
1 1/ 2
x 152
x 96
4
2 1/2
W12 x 190
4 1/2
3
1 1/2
x 54
x 12
3
x 87
x 40
x 20
2
x 106
3
x 58
x 48
/2
x 136
2
x 96
x 77
1
x 99
x 61
x 87
1
x 145
x 132
2
1 1/ 2
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)
1
x 176
3 1/2
x 176
x 109
4
1 1/ 2
2 1/2
4
2
3
2 1/2
3 1/2
2
3 1/2
4
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. The tabulated thicknesses are based upon the assumed properties of structurallightweight concrete given in Table 721.5 .1(2) .
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
721.5.2.2.1 Minimum thickness. The use of Equation 7-17 is subject to the following conditions:
insulation. The membrane on the unexposed side shall
not be included in determining the fire resistance of the
assembly.
1. The weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio for the
substitute beam or girder (W/D2) shall not be
less than 0.37.
721.6.2.2 Time assigned to membranes. Table
721.6.2(1) indicates the time assigned to membranes on
the fire-exposed side.
2. The thickness of fire protection materials calcu1ated for the substitute beam or girder (TJ shall
not be less than 3/ S inch (9.5 mm).
721.6.2.3 Exterior walls. For an exterior wallwith a fire
separation distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the
wall is assigned a rating dependent on the interior membrane and the framing as described in Tables 721.6.2(1)
and 721.6.2(2). The membrane on the outside of the
nonfire-exposed side of exterior walls with a fire separation distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) may consist
of sheathing, sheathing paper and siding as described in
Table 721.6.2(3).
3. The unrestrained or restrained beam rating shall
not be less than 1 hour.
4. When used to adjust the material thickness for a
restrained beam, the use of this procedure is
limited to steel sections classified as compact in
accordance with the AISC Specification for
Structural Steel Buildings, (AISC 360-05).
721.5.2.3 Structural steel trusses. The fire resistance of
structural steel trusses protected with fire- resistant materials sprayed to each of the individual truss elements
shall be permitted to be determined in accordance with
this section. The thickness of the fire-resistant material
shall be determined in accordance with Section
721.5 .1.3. The weight-to-heated-perimeter ratio (WID)
of truss elements that can be simultaneously exposed to
fire on all sides shall be determined on the same basis as
columns, as specified in Section 721.5.1.1. The weightto-heated-perimeter ratio (WID) of truss elements that
directly support floor or roof assembly shall be determined on the same basis as beams and girders, as specified in Section 721.5.2.1.
TABLE 721.6.2(1)
TIME ASSIGNED TO WALLBOARD MEMBRANESa,b,c,d
DESCRIPTION OF FINISH
31s- inch wood structural panel bonded with
exterior glue
TIME e (minutes)
5
15/3rinch wood structural panel bonded with
exterior glue
10
19/3rinch wood structural panel bonded with
exterior glue
15
3/s-inch gypsum wallboard
10
l/ r inch gypsum wallboard
15
5/s-inch gypsum wallboard
30
l/ r inch Type X gypsum wallboard
25
5
Is- inch Type X gypsum wallboard
40
721.6 Wood assemblies. The provisions of this section contain
Double 3/s-inch gypsum wallboard
25
procedures by which the fire-resistance ratings of wood
assemblies are established by calculations.
l/ r inch + 3/s-inch gypsum wallboard
35
Double 11r inch gypsum wallboard
40
The fire resistance of structural steel trusses protected
with intumescent or mastic fire-resistant coatings shall
be determined on the basis of fire-resistance tests in
accordance with Section 703.2.
721.6.1 General. This section contains procedures for calculating the fire-resistance ratings of walls, floor/ceiling
and roof/ceiling assemblies based in part on the standard
method of testing referenced in Section 703.2 .
I
721.6.1.1 Maximum fire-resistance rating. Fire resistance ratings calculated for assemblies using the methods in Section 721 .6 shall be limited to a maximum of 1
hour.
721.6.1.2 Dissimilar membranes. Where dissimilar
membranes are used on a wall assembly, the calculation
shall be made from the least fire-resistant (weaker) side.
721.6.2 Walls, floors and roofs. These procedures apply to
both load-bearing and nonload-bearing assemblies.
721.6.2.1 Fire-resistance rating ofwood frame assemblies. The fire-resistance rating of a wood frame assembly is equal to the sum of the time assigned to the
membrane on the fire-exposed side, the time assigned to
the framing members and the time assigned for additional contribution by other protective measures such as
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
For 51: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. These values apply only when membranes are installed on framing members
which are spaced 16 inches o.c.
b. Gypsum wallboard installed over framing or furring shall be installed so that
all edges are supported, except s/8-inch Type X gypsum wallboard shall be
permitted to be installed horizontally with the horizontaljoints staggered 24
inches each side and unsupported but finished .
c. On wood frame floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assemblies, gypsum board shall
be installed with the long dimension perpendicular to framing members and
shall have all joints finished .
d. The membrane on the unexposed side shall not be included in determining the fire
resistance ofthe assembly. When dissimilar membranes are used on a wall assembly, the calculation shall be made from the least fire-resistant (weaker) side.
e. The time assigned is not a finished rating.
721.6.2.4 Floors and roofs. In the case of a floor or roof,
the standard test provides only for testing for fire exposure from below. Except as noted in Section 703.3, Item
5, floor or roof assemblies of wood framing shall have an
upper membrane consisting of a subfloor and finished
floor conforming to Table 721.6.2(4) or any other membrane that has a contribution to fire resistance of at least
15 minutes in Table 721.6.2(1).
171
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
TABLE 721.6.2(2)
TIME ASSIGNED FOR CONTRIBUTION OF WOOD FRAME
a,b,c
DESCRIPTION
TIME ASSIGNED TO FRAME (minutes)
Wood studs 16 inches o.c.
20
Wood floor and roof joists 16 inches o.c.
10
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. This table does not apply to studs or joists spaced more than 16 inches o.c.
b. All studs shall be nominal 2 x 4 and all joists shall have a nominal thickness of at least 2 inches.
c. Allowable spans for joists shall be determined in accordance with Sections 2308.8,2308.10.2 and 2308.10.3.
TABLE 721.6.2(3)
MEMBRANEa ON EXTERIOR FACE OF WOOD STUD WALLS
SHEATHING
I
5 8- inch
PAPER
EXTERIOR FINISH
T & G lumber
Lumber siding
5/ 16 -inch exterior glue wood structural panel
Sheathing paper
Wood shingles and shakes
liz-inch gypsum wallboard
114- inch wood structural panels-exterior type
5/8-inch gypsum wallboard
1/4-inch hardboard
1I z-inch fiberboard
Metal siding
Stucco on metal lath
Masonry veneer
I
Vinyl siding
None
-
3/ 8-inch exterior-grade wood structural panels
For SI: 1 pound/cubic foot = 16.0185 kg/m 2•
a. Any combination of sheathing, paper and exterior finish is permitted.
TABLE 721.6.2(4)
FLOORING OR ROOFING OVER WOOD FRAMINGa
ASSEMBLY
Floor
STRUCTURAL
MEMBERS
Wood
SUBFLOOR OR ROOF DECK
15/3z-inch wood structural panels or
11116 inch T & G softwood
FINISHED FLOORING OR ROOFING
Hardwood or softwood flooring on building paper resilient
flooring, parquet floor felted-synthetic fiber floor coverings,
carpeting, or ceramic tile on 3/8-inch-thick panel-type underlay
Ceramic tile on 11/ 4- inch mortar bed
Roof
Wood
15/3z-inch wood structural panels or
11116 inch T & G softwood
Finished roofing material with or without insulation
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. This table applies only to wood joist construction. It is not applicable to wood truss construction.
TABLE 721.6.2(5)
TIME ASSIGNED FOR ADDITIONAL PROTECTION
FIRE RESISTANCE (minutes)
DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL PROTECTION
Add to the fire-resistance rating of wood stud walls if the spaces between the studs are completely filled
with glass fiber mineral wool batts weighing not less than 2 pounds per cubic foot (0.6 pound per square
foot of wall surface) or rockwool or slag material wool batts weighing not less than 3.3 pounds per cubic
foot (1 pound per square foot of wall surface), or cellulose insulation having a nominal density not less
than 2.6 pounds per cubic foot.
For SI:
172
15
1 pound/cubic foot = 16.0185 kg/m 3.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
721.6.2.5 Additional protection. Table 721.6.2 (5) indicates the time increments to be added to the fire resistance where glass fiber, rockwool, slag mineral wool or
cellulose insulation is incorporated in the assembly.
721.6.2.6 Fastening. Fastening ofwood frame assemblies
and the fastening of membranes to the wood framing
members shall be done in accordance with Chapter 23.
721.6.3 Design of fire-resistant exposed wood members.
The fire-resistance rating, in minutes, of timber beams and
columns with a minimum nominal dimension of 6 inches
(152 mm) is equal to:
2.54Zb [4 -2(b/~] for beams which may be
exposed to fire on four sides.
Beams:
(Equation 7-18)
2.54Zb [4 -(b/~] for beams which may be
exposed to fire on three sides.
Columns:
(Equation 7-19)
2.54Zd [3 -(d/b)] for columns which may be
exposed to fire on four sides
(Equation 7-20)
2.54Zd [3 -(d/2b)] for columns which may be
exposed to fire on three sides.
(Equation 7-21)
FIGURE 721.6.3(1)
LOAD FIGURE
where:
b
The breadth (width) of a beam or larger side of a
column before exposure to fire (inches).
d
The depth of a beam or smaller side of a column
before exposure to fire (inches).
Ke = The effective length factor as noted in Figure 721.6.3(2) .
1 = The unsupported length of columns (inches) .
Z = Load factor, based on Figure 721.6.3(1).
721.6.3.1 Equation 7-21. Equation 7-21 applies only
where the unexposed face represents the smaller side of
the column. If a column is recessed into a wall, its full
dimension shall be used for the purpose of these calculations.
721 .6.3.2 Allowable loads. Allowable loads on beams
and columns are determined using design values given in
AF&PANDS.
721.6.3.3 Fastener protection. Where minimum I-hour
fire resistance is required, connectors and fasteners shall
be protected from fire exposure by 11/ 2 inches (38 mm) of
wood, or other approved covering or coating for a I-hour
rating. Typical details for commonly used fasteners and
connectors are shown in AITC Technical Note 7.
721 .6.3.4 Minimum size. Wood members are limited to
dimensions of 6 inches (152 mm) nominal or greater.
Glued-laminated timber beams utilize standard laminating combinations except that a core lamination is
removed. The tension zone is moved inward and the
equivalent of an extra nominal 2-inch-thick (51 mm)
outer tension lamination is added.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
~~
I
I
I
I
I
I
BUCKLING MODES
t
~~t-.
,
r
I
I
\
}*
I
I
I
t
\
\
I
J
I
I
/
\
\~
I
\
I
~
t
~~
t
~~
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
f
?';
7,~
7,';
~~
~';
~~
Ke VALUE
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
RECOMMENDED DESIGN Ke
WHEN IDEAL CONDITIONS
APPROXIMATED
0.65
0.80
1.2
1.0
2.10
2.4
t
THEORETICAL
END CONDITION CODE
t
~
t
t
f
~
ROTATION FIXED, TRANSLATION FIXED
f
ROTATION FREE, TRANSLATION FIXED
~
ROTATION FIXED, TRANSLATION FREE
t
ROTATION FREE, TRANSLATION FREE
FIGURE 721.6.3(2)
EFFECTIVE LENGTH FACTORS
173
174
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
CHAPTER 8
INTERIOR FINISHES
•
SECTION 801
GENERAL
measurements of the spread of flame versus time for a material
tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723.
801.1 Scope. Provisions of this chapter shall govern the use of
materials used as interior finishes, trim and decorative materialso
801.2 Interior wall and ceiling finish. The provisions of Section 803 shall limit the allowable fire performance and smoke
development of interior wall and ceiling finish materials based
on occupancy classification.
INTERIOR FINISH. Interior finish includes interior wall
and ceiling finish and interior floor finish.
801.3 Interior floor finish. The provisions of Section 804
shall limit the allowable fire performance of interior floor finish materials based on occupancy classification.
[F] 801.4 Decorative materials and trim. Decorative materials and trim shall be restricted by combustibility and the flame
propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701, in accordance
with Section 806.
801.5 Applicability. For buildings in flood hazard areas as
established in Section 1612.3, interior finishes, trim and decorative materials below the design flood elevation shall be
flood-damage-resistant materials.
801.6 Application. Combustible materials shall be permitted
to be used as finish for walls, ceilings, floors and other interior
surfaces of buildings.
801.7 Windows. Show windows in the exterior walls of the
first story above grade shall be permitted to be of wood or of
unprotected metal framing.
[F] INTERIOR FLOOR-WALL BASE. Interior floor finish
trim used to provide a functional and/or decorative border at the
intersection of walls and floors.
INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH. The exposed
interior surfaces of buildings, including but not limited to:
fixed or movable walls and partitions; toilet room privacy partitions; columns; ceilings; and interior wainscoting, paneling or
other finish applied structurally or for decoration, acoustical
correction, surface insulation, structural fire resistance or similar purposes, but not including trim.
SITE-FABRICATED STRETCH SYSTEM. A system, fabricated on site and intended for acoustical, tackable or aesthetic
purposes, that is comprised of three elements: (a) a frame (constructed of plastic, wood, metal or other material) used to hold
fabric in place, (b) a core material (infill, with the correct properties for the application), and (c) an outside layer, comprised
of a textile, fabric or vinyl, that is stretched taunt and held in
place by tension or mechanical fasteners via the frame.
SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX. A comparative measure,
expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from measurements of smoke obscuration versus time for a material tested in
accordance with ASTM E 84.
801.8 Foam plastics. Foam plastics shall not be used as interior finish except as provided in Section 803.4. Foam plastics
shall not be used as interior trim except as provided in Section
806.3 or 2604.2. This section shall apply both to exposed foam
plastics and to foam plastics used in conjunction with a textile
or vinyl facing or cover.
TRIM. Picture molds, chair rails, baseboards, handrails, door
and window frames and similar decorative or protective materials used in fixed applications.
SECTION 802
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 803
WALL AND CEILING FINISHES
802.1 General. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.
803.1 General. Interior wall and ceiling finish materials shall
be classified for fire performance and smoke development in
accordance with Section 803.1.1 or 803.1.2, except as shown in
Sections 803.2 through 803.13. Materials tested in accordance
with Section 803.1.2 shall not be required to be tested in accordance with Section 803.1.1.
EXPANDED VINYL WALL COVERING. Wall covering
consisting of a woven textile backing, an expanded vinyl base
coat layer and a nonexpanded vinyl skin coat. The expanded
base coat layer is a homogeneous vinyl layer that contains a
blowing agent. During processing, the blowing agent decomposes, causing this layer to expand by forming closed cells. The
total thickness of the wall covering is approximately 0.055 inch
to 0.070 inch (1.4 mm to 1.78 mm).
FLAME SPREAD. The propagation of flame over a surface.
I
INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH. The exposed floor surfaces of
buildings including coverings applied over a finished floor or
stair, including risers.
FLAME SPREAD INDEX. A comparative measure,
expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from visual
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
803.1.1 Interior wall and ceiling finish materials. Interior
wall and ceiling finish materials shall be classified in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. Such interior finish
materials shall be grouped in the following classes in accordance with their flame spread and smoke-developed
indexes.
Class A: Flame spread index 0-25; smoke-developed
index 0-450.
175
I
I
INTERIOR FINISHES
Class B: Flame spread index 26-75; smoke-developed
index 0-450.
Class C: Flame spread index 76-200; smoke-developed index 0-450.
Exception: Materials tested in accordance with Section 803.1.2.
803.1.2 Room corner test for interior wall or ceiling finish materials. Interior wall or ceiling finish materials shall
UL 723. Textile wall and ceiling coverings and expanded
vinyl wall and ceiling coverings shall have a Class A flame
spread index in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723 and
be protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. Test specimen preparation and mounting shall be in accordance with
ASTM E 2404.
803.2 Thickness exemption. Materials having a thickness less
than 0.036 inch (0.9 mm) applied directly to the surface of
walls or ceilings shall not be required to be tested.
be permitted to be tested in accordance with NFPA 286.
Interior wall or ceiling finish materials tested in accordance
with NFPA 286 shall comply with Section 803.1.2.1.
803.3 Heavy timber exemption. Exposed portions of struc-
803.1.2.1 Acceptance criteria for NFPA 286. During
the 40 kW exposure, the interior finish shall comply with
Item 1. During the 160 kW exposure, the interior finish
shall comply with Item 2. During the entire test, the interior finish shall comply with Items 3 and 4.
803.4 Foam plastics. Foam plastics shall not be used as interior finish except as provided in Section 2603.9. This section
1. During the 40kW exposure, flames shall not
spread to the ceiling.
2. During the 160 kW exposure, the interior finish
shall comply with the following:
2.1. Flame shall not spread to the outer extremity of the sample on any wall or ceiling.
2.2. Flashover, as defined in NFPA 286, shall
not occur.
3. The peak rate of heat release throughout the NFPA
286 test shall not exceed 800 kW.
4. The total smoke released throughout the NFPA
286 test shall not exceed 1,000 m 2•
803.1.3 Room corner test for textile wall coverings and
expanded vinyl wall coverings. Textile wall coverings and
expanded vinyl wall coverings shall meet the criteria of Section 803.1.3.1 when tested in the manner intended for use in
accordance with the Method B protocol ofNFPA 265 using
the product-mounting system, including adhesive.
803.1.3.1 Acceptance criteria for NFPA 265. During
the 40 kW exposure the interior finish shall comply with
Item 1. During the 150 kW exposure, the interior finish
shall comply with Item 2. During the entire test, the interior finish shall comply with Item 3.
1. During the 40 kW exposure, flames shall not
spread to the ceiling.
2. During the 150 kW exposure, the interior finish
shall comply with the following:
2.1. Flame shall not spread to the outer extremities of the samples on the 8-foot by 12-foot
(203 mm by 305 mm) walls.
2.2. Flashover, as described in NFPA 265, shall
not occur.
3. The total smoke released throughout the NFPA
265 test shall not exceed 1,000 m 2•
803.1.4 Acceptance criteria for textile and expanded
vinyl wall or ceiling coverings tested to ASTM E 84 or
176
tural members complying with the requirements for buildings
of Type IV construction in Section 602.4 shall not be subject to
interior finish requirements.
shall apply both to exposed foam plastics and to foam plastics
used in conjunction with a textile or vinyl facing or cover.
803.5 Textile wall coverings. Where used as interior wall finish materials, textile wall coverings, including materials having
woven or nonwoven, napped, tufted, looped or similar surface
and carpet and similar textile materials, shall be tested in the
manner intended for use, using the product mounting system,
including adhesive, and shall comply with the requirements of
Section 803.1.2, 803.1.3 or 803.1.4.
803.6 Textile ceiling coverings. Where used as interior ceiling
finish materials, textile ceiling coverings, including materials
having woven or nonwoven, napped, tufted, looped or similar
surface and carpet and similar textile materials, shall be tested
in the manner intended for use, using the product mounting
system, including adhesive, and shall comply with the requirements of Section 803.1.2 or 803.1.4.
803.7 Expanded vinyl wall coverings. Where used as interior
wall finish materials, expanded vinyl wall coverings shall be
tested in the manner intended for use, using the product mounting system, including adhesive, and shall comply with the
requirements of Section 803.1.2, 803.1.3 or 803.1.4.
803.8 Expanded vinyl ceiling coverings. Where used as interior ceiling finish materials, expanded vinyl ceiling coverings
shall be tested in the manner intended for use, using the product
mounting system, including adhesive, and shall comply with
the requirements of Section 803.1.2 or 803.1.4.
803.9 Interior finish requirements based on group. Interior
wall and ceiling finish shall have a flame spread index not
greater than that specified in Table 803.9 for the group and
location designated. Interior wall and ceiling finish materials
tested in accordance with NFPA 286 and meeting the acceptance criteria of Section 803.1.2.1, shall be permitted to be used
where a Class A classification in accordance with ASTM E 84
or UL 723 is required.
803.10 Stability. Interior finish materials regulated by this
chapter shall be applied or otherwise fastened in such a manner
that such materials will not readily become detached where
subjected to room temperatures of 200°F (93°C) for not less
than 30 minutes.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
INTERIOR FINISHES
TABLE 803.9
INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH REQUIREMENTS BY OCCUPANCy k
SPRINKLERE01
GROUP
Exit enclosures and
exit passagewaysa, b
A-I & A-2
NONSPRINKLEREO
Corridors
Rooms and
enclosed spacesc
Exit enclosures and
exit passagewaysa, b
Corridors
Rooms and
enclosed spacesc
B
B
C
A
Ad
Be
A-3 f , A-4, A-5
B
B
C
A
Ad
C
B, E, M, R-I
B
C
C
A
B
C
R-4
B
C
C
A
B
B
F
C
C
C
B
C
C
B
cg
A
A
B
H
B
1-1
B
C
C
A
B
B
1-2
B
B
Bh,i
A
A
B
1-3
A
Aj
C
A
A
B
A
A
B
B
B
C
1-4
B
B
Bh,i
R-2
C
C
C
R-3
C
C
C
C
C
C
S
C
C
C
B
B
C
U
No restrictions
No restrictions
2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929m •
a. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted for wainscotting or paneling of not more than 1,000 square feet of applied surface area in the grade lobby where
applied directly to a noncombustible base or over furring strips applied to a noncombustible base and fireblocked as required by Section 803.11 .1.
b. In exit enclosures of buildings less than three stories above grade plane of other than Group 1-3, Class B interior finish for nonsprinklered buildings and Class C
interior finish for sprinklered buildings shall be permitted.
c. Requirements for rooms and enclosed spaces shall be based upon spaces enclosed by partitions. Where a fire-resistance rating is required for structural elements,
the enclosing partitions shall extend from the floor to the ceiling. Partitions that do not comply with this shall be considered enclosing spaces and the rooms or
spaces on both sides shall be considered one. In determining the applicable requirements for rooms and enclosed spaces, the specific occupancy thereofshall be the
governing factor regardless of the group classification of the building or structure.
d. Lobby areas in Group A-I , A-2 and A-3 occupancies shall not be less than Class B materials.
e. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in places of assembly with an occupant load of 300 persons or less.
f. For places of religious worship, wood used for ornamental purposes, trusses, paneling or chancel furnishing shall be permitted.
g. Class B material is required where the building exceeds two stories.
h. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in administrative spaces.
i. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in rooms with a capacity of four persons or less.
j. Class B materials shall be permitted as wainscotting extending not more than 48 inches above the finished floor in corridors.
k. Finish materials as provided for in other sections of this code.
1. Applies when the exit enclosures, exit passageways, corridors or rooms and enclosed spaces are protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
803.11 Application of interior finish materials to fire-resistance-rated structural elements. Where interior finish materials are applied on walls, ceilings or structural elements
required to have a fire-resistance rating or to be of
noncombustible construction, they shall comply with the provisions of this section.
803.11.1 Direct attachment and furred construction.
Where walls and ceilings are required by any provision in
this code to be of fire-resistance-rated or noncombustible
construction, the interior finish material shall be applied
directly against such construction or to furring strips not
exceeding 13/ 4 inches (44 mm) applied directly against such
surfaces. The intervening spaces between such furring
strips shall comply with one of the following:
1. Be filled with material that is inorganic or noncombustible;
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
2. Be filled with material that meets the requirements
of a Class A material in accordance with Section
803.1.1 or 803.1.2; or
3. Be fireblocked at a maximum of 8 feet (2438 mm)
in any direction in accordance with Section 717.
803.11.2 Set-out construction. Where walls and ceilings
are required to be offire-resistance-rated or noncombustible
construction and walls are set out or ceilings are dropped
distances greater than specified in Section 803.11.1, Class
A finish materials, in accordance with Section 803.1.1 or
803.1.2, shall be used except where interior finish materials
are protected on both sides by an automatic sprinkler system
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, or
attached to noncombustible backing or furring strips
installed as specified in Section 803.11.1. The hangers and
assembly members of such dropped ceilings that are below
177
I
I
INTERIOR FINISHES
the main ceiling line shall be of noncombustible materials,
except that in Types III and V construction, fire-retardant-treated wood shall be permitted. The construction of
each set-out wall shall be of fire-resistance-rated construction as required elsewhere in this code.
sures, exitpassageways, corridors and rooms or spaces not separated from corridors by full-height partitions extending from
the floor to the underside of the ceiling shall withstand a minimum critical radiant flux as specified in Section 804.4.1.
803.11.3 Heavy timber construction. Wall and ceiling fin-
804.4.1 Minimum critical radiant flux. Interior floor finish and floor covering materials in exit enclosures, exitpas-
ishes of all classes as permitted in this chapter that are
installed directly against the wood decking or planking of
Type IV construction or to wood furring strips applied
directly to the wood decking or planking shall be
fireblocked as specified in Section 803.11.1.
sageways and corridors shall not be less than Class I in
Groups 1-1,1-2 and 1-3 and not less than Class II in Groups
A, B, E, H, 1-4, M, R-l, R-2 and S. In all areas, floor covering materials shall comply with the DOCFF-1 "pill test"
(CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1630).
803.11.4 Materials. An interior wall or ceiling finish that is
Exception: Where a building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, Class II materials are permitted in any area where Class I materials are required,
and materials complying with the DOC FF-1 "pill test"
(CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1630) are permitted in any area
where Class II materials are required.
not more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick shall be applied
directly against a noncombustible backing.
Exceptions:
I
1. Noncombustible materials.
2. Materials where the qualifying tests were made
with the material suspended or furred out from the
noncombustible backing.
803.12 High-density polyethylene (HDPE). Where
high-density polyethylene is used as an interior finish, it shall
comply with the requirements of Section 803.1.2.
SECTION 805
COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS IN
TYPES I AND II CONSTRUCTION
803.13 Site-fabricated stretch systems. Where used as inte-
805.1 Application. Combustible materials installed on or
rior wall or interior ceiling finish materials, site-fabricated
stretch systems shall be tested in the manner intended for use,
and shall comply with the requirements of Section 803.1.1 or
803.1.2. If the materials are tested in accordance with ASTM E
84 or UL 723, specimen preparation and mounting shall be in
accordance with ASTM E 2573.
embedded in floors of buildings of Type I or II construction
shall comply with Sections 805.1.1 through 805.1.3.
Exception: Stages and platforms constructed in accordance
with Sections 410.3 and 410.4, respectively.
805.1.1 Subfloor construction. Floor sleepers, bucks and
SECTION 804
INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH
804.1 General. Interior floor finish and floor covering materials shall comply with Sections 804.2 through 804.4.1.
nailing blocks shall not be constructed of combustible materials, unless the space between the fire-resistance-rated
floor assembly and the flooring is either solidly filled with
noncombustible materials or fireblocked in accordance with
Section 717, and provided that such open spaces shall not
extend under or through permanent partitions or walls.
Exception: Floor finishes and coverings of a traditional
805.1.2 Wood finish flooring. Wood finish flooring is per-
type, such as wood, vinyl, linoleum or terrazzo, and resilient
floor covering materials that are not comprised of fibers.
mitted to be attached directly to the embedded or
fireblocked wood sleepers and shall be permitted where
cemented directly to the top surface of fire-resistance-rated
floor assemblies or directly to a wood subfloor attached to
sleepers as provided for in Section 805.1.1.
804.2 Classification. Interior floor finish and floor covering
materials required by Section 804.4.1 to be of Class I or II
materials shall be classified in accordance with NFPA 253. The
classification referred to herein corresponds to the classifications determined by NFPA 253 as follows: Class I, 0.45
watts/cm 2 or greater; Class II, 0.22 watts/cm 2 or greater.
804.3 Testing and identification. Interior floor finish and
floor covering materials shall be tested by an agency in accordance with NFPA 253 and identified by a hang tag or other suitable method so as to identify the manufacturer or supplier and
style, and shall indicate the interior floor finish or floor covering classification according to Section 804.2. Carpet-type floor
coverings shall be tested as proposed for use, including
underlayment. Test reports confirming the information provided in the manufacturer's product identification shall be furnished to the building official upon request.
804.4 Interior floor finish requirements. In all occupancies,
interior floor finish and floor covering materials in exit enclo178
805.1.3 Insulating boards. Combustible insulating boards
not more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick and covered with finish flooring are permitted where attached directly to a
noncombustible floor assembly or to wood subflooring
attached to sleepers as provided for in Section 805.1.1.
[F] SECTION 806
DECORATIVE MATERIALS AND TRIM
[F] 806.1 General requirements. In occupancies in Groups A,
E, I and R-l and dormitories in Group R-2, curtains, draperies,
hangings and other decorative materials suspended from walls
or ceilings shall meet the flame propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701 in accordance with Section 806.2 or be
noncombustible.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
INTERIOR FINISHES
In Groups 1-1 and 1-2, combustible decorative materials
shall meet the flame propagation criteria of NFPA 701 unless
the decorative materials, including, but not limited to, photographs and paintings, are of such limited quantities that a hazard of fire development or spread is not present. In Group 1-3,
combustible decorative materials are prohibited.
Fixed or movable walls and partitions, paneling, wall pads
and crash pads applied structurally or for decoration, acoustical
correction, surface insulation or other purposes shall be considered interior finish if they cover 10 percent or more of the wall
or of the ceiling area, and shall not be considered decorative
materials or furnishings.
In Group Band M occupancies, fabric partitions suspended
from the ceiling and not supported by the floor shall meet the
flame propagation performance criteria in accordance with
Section 806.2 and NFPA 701 or shall be noncombustible.
[F] 806.1.1 Noncombustible materials. The permissible
amount of noncombustible decorative material shall not be
limited.
[F] 806.1.2 Combustible decorative materials. The permissible amount of decorative materials meeting the flame
propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701 shall not
exceed 10 percent of the specific wall or ceiling area to
which it is attached.
Exceptions:
1. In auditoriums in Group A, the permissible
amount of decorative material meeting the flame
propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701
shall not exceed 75 percent of the aggregate wall
area where the building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 and where the material is
installed in accordance with Section 803.11.
2. The amount of fabric partitions suspended from
the ceiling and not supported by the floor in Group
Band M occupancies shall not be limited.
accordance with Section 804.2 and shall not be less than Class
II. Where a Class I floor finish is required, the floor-wall base
shall be Class I.
Exception: Interior trim materials that comply with Section
806.5.
SECTION 807
INSULATION
807.1 Insulation. Thermal and acoustical insulation shall
comply with Section 719.
SECTION 808
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS
808.1 Acoustical ceiling systems. The quality, design, fabrication and erection of metal suspension systems for acoustical
tile and lay-in panel ceilings in buildings or structures shall
conform with generally accepted engineering practice, the provisions of this chapter and other applicable requirements of this
code.
808.1.1 Materials and installation. Acoustical materials
complying with the interior finish requirements of Section
803 shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and applicable provisions for applying
interior finish.
808.1.1.1 Suspended acoustical ceilings. Suspended
acoustical ceiling systems shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of ASTM C 635 and ASTM C
636.
808.1.1.2 Fire-resistance-rated construction. Acoustical ceiling systems that are part of fire-resistance-rated
construction shall be installed in the same manner used
in the assembly tested and shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 7.
[F] 806.2 Acceptance criteria and reports. Where required
by Section 806.1, decorative materials shall be tested by an
agency and meet the flame propagation performance criteria of
NFPA 701 or such materials shall be noncombustible. Reports
of test results shall be prepared in accordance with NFPA 701
and furnished to the building official upon request.
[F] 806.3 Foam plastic. Foam plastic used as trim in any occupancy shall comply with Section 2604.2.
[F] 806.4 Pyroxylin plastic. Imitation leather or other material
consisting of or coated with a pyroxylin or similarly hazardous
base shall not be used in Group A occupancies.
[F] 806.5 Interior trim. Material, other than foam plastic used
as interior trim, shall have a minimum Class C flame spread
and smoke-developed index when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 84 or UL 723, as described in Section 803.1.1. Combustible trim, excluding handrails and guardrails, shall not
exceed 10 percent of the specific wall or ceiling area in which it
is attached.
[F] 806.6 Interior floor-wall base. Interior floor-wall base
that is 6 inches (152 mm) or less in height shall be tested in
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
179
I
I
180
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
CHAPTER 9
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
SECTION 901
GENERAL
901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall specify where
fire protection systems are required and shall apply to the
design, installation and operation of fire protection systems.
901.2 Fire protection systems. Fire protection systems shall
be installed, repaired, operated and maintained in accordance
with this code and the International Fire Code.
Any fire protection system for which an exception or reduction to the provisions of this code has been granted shall be considered to be a required system.
Exception: Any fire protection system or portion thereof
not required by this code shall be permitted to be installed
for partial or complete protection provided that such system
meets the requirements of this code.
901.3 Modifications. No person shall remove or modify any
fire protection system installed or maintained under the provisions of this code or the International Fire Code without
approval by the building official.
901.4 Threads. Threads provided for fire department connections to sprinkler systems, standpipes, yard hydrants or any
other fire hose connection shall be compatible with the connections used by the local fire department.
901.5 Acceptance tests. Fire protection systems shall be tested
in accordance with the requirements of this code and the International Fire Code. When required, the tests shall be conducted in the presence of the building official. Tests required by
this code, the International Fire Code and the standards listed
in this code shall be conducted at the expense of the owner or
the owner's representative. It shall be unlawful to occupy portions of a structure until the required fire protection systems
within that portion of the structure have been tested and
approved.
901.6 Supervisory service. Where required, fire protection
systems shall be monitored by an supervising station in accordance with NFPA 72.
901.6.1 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be monitored by an approved supervising
station.
Exceptions:
1. A supervising station is not required for automatic
sprinkler systems protecting one- and two-family
dwellings.
2. Limited area systems serving fewer than 20 sprinklers.
I
901.6.2 Fire alarm systems. Fire alarm systems required
by the provisions of Section 907.2 of this code and Sections
907.2 and 907.3 of the International Fire Code shall be
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
monitored by an approved supervising station in accordance with Section 907.6.5.
Exceptions:
1. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms
required by Section 907.2.11.
2. Smoke detectors in Group 1-3 occupancies.
3. Supervisory service is not required for automatic
sprinkler systems in one- and two-family dwellings.
901.6.3 Group H. Manual fire alarm, automatic fire-extinguishing and emergency alarm systems in Group H occupancies shall be monitored by an approved supervising
station.
Exception: When approved by the bUilding official,
on-site monitoring at a constantly attendedlocation shall
be permitted provided that notifications to the fire
department will be equal to those provided by an
approved supervising station.
901.7 Fire areas. Where buildings, or portions thereof, are
divided into fire areas so as not to exceed the limits established
for requiring a fire protection system in accordance with this
chapter, such fire areas shall be separated by fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both,
having a fire-resistance rating of not less than that determined
in accordance with Section 707.3.9.
SECTION 902
DEFINITIONS
902.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the
purposes of this chapter, and as used elsewhere in this code,
have the meanings shown herein.
[F] ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A fire alarm
system component such as a bell, horn, speaker, light or text
display that provides audible, tactile or visible outputs, or any
combination thereof.
[F] ALARM SIGNAL. A signal indicating an emergency
requiring immediate action, such as a signal indicative offire.
[F] ALARM VERIFICATION FEATURE. A feature of
automatic fire detection and alarm systems to reduce unwanted
alarms wherein smoke detectors report alarm conditions for a
minimum period of time, or confirm alarm conditions within a
given time period, after being automatically reset, in order to be
accepted as a valid alarm-initiation signal.
[F] ANNUNCIATOR. A unit containing one or more indicator lamps, alphanumeric displays or other equivalent means in
which each indication provides status information about a circuit, condition or location.
181
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
[F] AUDIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A
notification appliance that alerts by the sense of hearing.
[F] AUTOMATIC. As applied to fire protection devices, a
device or system providing an emergency function without the
necessity for human intervention and activated as a result of a
predetermined temperature rise, rate of temperature rise or
combustion products.
I
[F] EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM. A system to provide
indication and warning of emergency situations involving hazardous materials.
[F] AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM. A fire
alarm system that has initiation devices that utilize smoke
detectors for protection of an area such as a room or space with
detectors to provide early warning of fire.
[F] EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS. Dedicated manual or automatic facilities for originating and distributing voice instructions, as well as alert and
evacuation signals pertaining to a fire emergency, to the occupants of a building.
[F] AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL. The root mean
square, A-weighted sound pressure level measured over a
24-hour period, or the time any person is present, whichever
time period is less.
[F] CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.
A system supplying carbon dioxide (C0 2) from a pressurized
vessel through fixed pipes and nozzles. The system includes a
manual- or automatic-actuating mechanism.
[F] CEILING LIMIT. The maximum concentration of an
air-borne contaminant to which one may be exposed, as published in DOL 29 CFR Part 1910.1000.
[F] CLEAN AGENT. Electrically nonconducting, volatile or
gaseous fire extinguishant that does not leave a residue upon
evaporation.
[F] CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. A designated location at a facility staffed by trained personnel on a
continuous basis where alarm or supervisory signals are monitored and facilities are provided for notification of the fire
department or other emergency services.
[F] DELUGE SYSTEM. A sprinkler system employing open
sprinklers attached to a piping system connected to a water supply through a valve that is opened by the operation of a detection system installed in the same areas as the sprinklers. When
this valve opens, water flows into the piping system and discharges from all sprinklers attached thereto.
I
[F] ELEVATOR GROUP. A grouping of elevators in a building located adjacent or directly across from one another that
responds to a common hall call button(s).
[F] AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.
An approvedsystem of devices and equipment which automatically detects a fire and discharges an approvedfire-extinguishing agent onto or in the area of a fire.
[F] AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. An automatic
sprinkler system, for fire protection purposes, is an integrated
system of underground and overhead piping designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards. The system
includes a suitable water supply. The portion of the system
above the ground is a network of specially sized or hydraulically designed piping installed in a structure or area, generally
overhead, and to which automatic sprinklers are connected in a
systematic pattern. The system is usually activated by heat
from a fire and discharges water over the fire area.
I
bonate, potassium chloride or monoammonium phosphate,
with added particulate material supplemented by special treatment to provide resistance to packing, resistance to moisture
absorption (caking) and the proper flow capabilities.
[F] FIRE ALARM BOX, MANUAL. See "Manual fire alarm
box."
[F] FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT. A system component
that receives inputs from automatic and manual fire alarm
devices and may be capable of supplying power to detection
devices and transponder(s) or off-premises transmitter(s). The
control unit may be capable of providing a transfer of power to
the notification appliances and transfer of condition to relays or
devices.
[F] FIRE ALARM SIGNAL. A signal initiated by a fire
alarm-initiating device such as a manual fire alarm box, automatic fire detector, waterflow switch or other device whose
activation is indicative of the presence of a fire or fire signature.
[F] FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. A system or portion of a combination system consisting of components and circuits
arranged to monitor and annunciate the status of fire alarm or
supervisory signal-initiating devices and to initiate the appropriate response to those signals.
[F] FIRE AREA. The aggregate floor area enclosed and
bounded by fire walls, fire barriers, exterior walls or horizontal assemblies of a building. Areas of the building not provided
with surrounding walls shall be included in the fire area if such
areas are included within the horizontal projection of the roof
or floor next above.
[F] FIRE COMMAND CENTER. The principal attended or
unattended location where the status of detection, alarm communications and control systems is displayed, and from which
the system(s) can be manually controlled.
[F] FIRE DETECTOR, AUTOMATIC. A device designed
to detect the presence of a fire signature and to initiate action.
[F] DETECTOR, HEAT. A fire detector that senses heateither abnormally high temperature or rate of rise, or both.
[F] FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. Approved devices,
equipment and systems or combinations of systems used to
detect a fire, activate an alarm, extinguish or control a fire, control or manage smoke and products of a fire or any combination
thereof.
[F] DRY-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING AGENT. A
powder composed of small particles, usually of sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, urea-potassium-based bicar-
[F] FIRE SAFETY FUNCTIONS. Building and fire control
functions that are intended to increase the level of life safety for
occupants or to control the spread of harmful effects of fire.
182
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
I
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
[F] FOAM-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A special system
discharging a foam made from concentrates, either mechanically or chemically, over the area to be protected.
and 21/ z-inch (64 mm) hose connections to supply a larger
volume of water for use by fire departments and those
trained in handling heavy fire streams.
[F] HALOGENATED EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A
[F] STANDPIPE, TYPES OF. Standpipe types are as follows:
fire-extinguishing system using one or more atoms of an element from the halogen chemical series: fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
Automatic dry. A dry standpipe system, normally filled
[F] INITIATING DEVICE. A system component that originates transmission of a change-of-state condition, such as in a
smoke detector, manual fire alarm box or supervisory switch.
[F] MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX. A manually operated
device used to initiate an alarm signal.
[F] MULTIPLE-STATION ALARM DEVICE. Two or
more single-station alarm devices that are capable of interconnection such that actuation of one causes all integral or separate
audible alarms to operate. It also can consist of one single-station alarm device having connections to other detectors or to a
manual fire alarm box.
I
[F] MULTIPLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. Two or more
single-station alarm devices that are capable of interconnection
such that actuation of one causes the appropriate alarm signal
to operate in all interconnected alarms.
[F] NOTIFICATION ZONE. See "Zone, notification."
[F] NUISANCE ALARM. An alarm caused by mechanical
failure, malfunction, improper installation or lack of proper
maintenance, or an alarm activated by a cause that cannot be
determined.
[F] RECORD DRAWINGS. Drawings ("as builts") that document the location of all devices, appliances, wiring
sequences, wiring methods and connections of the components
of a fire alarm system as installed.
[F] SINGLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. An assembly
incorporating the detector, the control equipment and the
alarm-sounding device in one unit, operated from a power supply either in the unit or obtained at the point of installation.
I
[F] SMOKE ALARM. A single- or multiple-station alarm
responsive to smoke.
[F] SMOKE DETECTOR. A listed device that senses visible
or invisible particles of combustion.
SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE. An exit stairway designed
and constructed so that the movement of the products of combustion produced by a fire occurring in any part of the building
into the enclosure is limited.
[F] STANDPIPE SYSTEM, CLASSES OF. Standpipe
classes are as follows:
Class I system. A system providing 21/ z-inch (64 mm) hose
connections to supply water for use by fire departments and
those trained in handling heavy fire streams.
Class II system. A system providing 11/z-inch (38 mm)
hose stations to supply water for use primarily by the building occupants or by the fire department during initial
response.
Class III system. A system providing 11/ z-inch (38 mm)
hose stations to supply water for use by building occupants
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
with pressurized air, that is arranged through the use of a
device, such as dry pipe valve, to admit water into the system piping automatically upon the opening of a hose valve.
The water supply for an automatic dry standpipe system
shall be capable of supplying the system demand.
Automatic wet. A wet standpipe system that has a water
supply that is capable of supplying the system demand automatically.
Manual dry. A dry standpipe system that does not have a
permanent water supply attached to the system. Manual dry
standpipe systems require water from a fire department
pumper to be pumped into the system through the fire
department connection in order to meet the system demand.
Manual wet. A wet standpipe system connected to a water
supply for the purpose of maintaining water within the system but does not have a water supply capable of delivering
the system demand attached to the system. Manual-wet
standpipe systems require water from a fire department
pumper (or the like) to be pumped into the system in order to
meet the system demand.
Semiautomatic dry. A dry standpipe system that is
arranged through the use of a device, such as a deluge valve,
to admit water into the system piping upon activation of a
remote control device located at a hose connection. A
remote control activation device shall be provided at each
hose connection. The water supply for a semiautomatic dry
standpipe system shall be capable of supplying the system
demand.
[F] SUPERVISING STATION. A facility that receives signals and at which personnel are in attendance at all times to
respond to these signals.
[F] SUPERVISORY SERVICE. The service required to
monitor performance of guard tours and the operative condition of fixed suppression systems or other systems for the protection of life and property.
[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL. A signal indicating the need
of action in connection with the supervision of guard tours, the
fire suppression systems or equipment or the maintenance features of related systems.
[F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL-INITIATING DEVICE. An
initiation device, such as a valve supervisory switch,
water-level indicator or low-air pressure switch on a dry-pipe
sprinkler system, whose change of state signals an off-normal
condition and its restoration to normal of a fire protection or
life safety system, or a need for action in connection with guard
tours, fire suppression systems or equipment or maintenance
features of related systems.
[F] TIRES, BULK STORAGE OF. Storage of tires where the
area available for storage exceeds 20,000 cubic feet (566 m3).
183
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
[F] TROUBLE SIGNAL. A signal initiated by the fire alarm
system or device indicative of a fault in a monitored circuit or
component.
[F] 903.2.1.1 Group A-I. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-I occupancies where
one of the following conditions exists:
[F] VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A
1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115
notification appliance that alerts by the sense of sight.
[F] WET-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A
2. The fire area has an occupantloadof 300 or more;
solution of water and potassium-carbonate-based chemical,
potassium-acetate-based chemical or a combination thereof,
forming an extinguishing agent.
3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a level
ofexit discharge serving such occupancies; or
[F] WIRELESS PROTECTION SYSTEM. A system or a
part of a system that can transmit and receive signals without
the aid of wire.
[F] ZONE. A defined area within the protected premises. A
zone can define an area from which a signal can be received, an
area to which a signal can be sent or an area in which a form of
control can be executed.
I
m2);
[F] ZONE, NOTIFICATION. An area within a building or
facility covered by notification appliances which are activated
simultaneously.
SECTION 903
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
[F] 903.1 General. Automatic sprinkler systems shall comply
with this section.
[F] 903.1.1 Alternative protection. Alternative automatic
fire-extinguishing systems complying with Section 904
shall be permitted in lieu of automatic sprinkler protection
where recognized by the applicable standard and approved
by the fire code official.
[F] 903.2 Where required. Approved automatic sprinklersystems in new buildings and structures shall be provided in the
locations described in Sections 903.2.1 through 903.2.12.
Exception: Spaces or areas in telecommunications buildings used exclusively for telecommunications equipment,
associated electrical power distribution equipment, batteries and standby engines, provided those spaces or areas are
equipped throughout with an automatic smoke detection
system in accordance with Section 907.2 and are separated
from the remainder of the building by not less than I-hour
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or
not less than 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 712, or both.
[F] 903.2.1 Group A. An automatic sprinkler system shall
be provided throughout buildings and portions thereof used
as Group A occupancies as provided in this section. For
Group A-I, A-2, A-3 and A-4 occupancies, the automatic
sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the floor area
where the Group A-I, A-2, A-3 or A-4 occupancy is
located, and in all floors from the Group A occupancy to,
and including, the nearest level ofexit discharge serving the
Group A occupancy. For Group A-5 occupancies, the automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in the spaces indicated in Section 903.2.1.5.
184
4. The fire area contains a multitheater complex.
[F] 903.2.1.2 Group A-2. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-2 occupancies where
one of the following conditions exists:
1. The fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (464.5
m 2);
2. The fire area has an occupant load of 100 or more;
or
3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a level
ofexit discharge serving such occupancies.
[F] 903.2.1.3 Group A-3. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-3 occupancies where
one of the following conditions exists:
1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115
m 2);
2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more;
or
3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a level
ofexit discharge serving such occupancies.
[F] 903.2.1.4 Group A-4. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-4 occupancies where
one of the following conditions exists:
1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115
m2);
2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more;
or
3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a level
ofexit discharge serving such occupancies.
[F] 903.2.1.5 Group A-5. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-5 occupancies in the
following areas: concession stands, retail areas, press
boxes and other accessory use areas in excess of 1,000
square feet (93 m 2).
[F] 903.2.2 Group B ambulatory health care facilities.
An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout
all fire areas containing a Group B ambulatory health care
facility occupancy when either of the following conditions
exists at any time:
1. Four or more care recipients are incapable of selfpreservation.
2. One or more care recipients who are incapable of selfpreservation are located at other than the level ofexit
discharge serving such an occupancy.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
[F] 903.2.3 Group E. An automatic sprinkler system shall
be provided for Group E occupancies as follows:
1. Throughout all Group E fire areas greater than
12,000 square feet (1115 m 2) in area.
2. Throughout every portion of educational buildings
below the lowest level of exit discharge serving that
portion of the building.
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not
required in any area below the lowest level ofexit
discharge serving that area where every classroom
throughout the building has at least one exterior
exit door at ground level.
[F] 903.2.4 Group F-l. An automatic sprinkler system
shall be provided throughout all buildings containing a
Group F-1 occupancy where one of the following conditions exists:
1. A Group F-1 fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet
(1115 m2).
2. A Group F-1 fire area is located more than three stories above grade plane.
3. The combined area of all Group F-1 fire areas on all
floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000
square feet (2230 m 2).
[F] 903.2.4.1 Woodworking operations. An automatic
sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all Group
F-1 occupancy fire areas that contain woodworking
operations in excess of 2,500 square feet (232 m 2) in area
which generate finely divided combustible waste or use
finely divided combustible materials.
[F] 903.2.5 Group H. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be
provided in high-hazard occupancies as required in Sections 903.2.5.1 through 903.2.5 .3.
[F] 903.2.5.1 General. An automatic sprinkler system
shall be installed in Group H occupancies.
[F] 903.2.5.2 Group H-5. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout buildings containing
Group H-5 occupancies. The design of the sprinkler system shall not be less than that required by this code for
the occupancy hazard classifications in accordance with
Table 903.2.5.2. Where the design area of the sprinkler
system consists of a corridor protected by one row of
sprinklers, the maximum number of sprinklers required
to be calculated is 13.
[F] TABLE 903.2.5.2
GROUP H-5 SPRINKLER DESIGN CRITERIA
LOCATION
OCCUPANCY HAZARD
CLASSIFICATION
Fabrication areas
Ordinary Hazard Group 2
Service corridors
Ordinary Hazard Group 2
Storage rooms without dispensing
Ordinary Hazard Group 2
Storage rooms with dispensing
Extra Hazard Group 2
Corridors
Ordinary Hazard Group 2
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[F] 903.2.5.3 Pyroxylin plastics. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in buildings, or portions
thereof, where cellulose nitrate film or pyroxylin plastics
are manufactured, stored or handled in quantities
exceeding 100 pounds (45 kg).
[F] 903.2.6 Group I. An automatic sprinkler system shall
be provided throughout buildings with a Group I fire area.
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.2 or 903.3.1.3 shall be
allowed in Group 1-1 facilities.
[F] 903.2.7 Group M. An automatic sprinkler system shall
be provided throughout buildings containing a Group M
occupancy where one of the following conditions exists:
1. A Group M fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet
(1115 m2).
2. A Group M fire area is located more than three stories
above grade plane.
3. The combined area of all Group M fire areas on all
floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000
square feet (2230 m2).
4. A Group M occupancy is used for the display and sale
of upholstered furniture.
[F] 903.2.7.1 High-piled storage. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in accordance with the
International Fire Code in all buildings of Group M
where storage of merchandise is in high-piled or rack
storage arrays.
[F] 903.2.8 Group R. An automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3 shall be provided
throughout all buildings with a Group R fire area.
[F] 903.2.9 Group 5-1. An automatic sprinklersystem shall
be provided throughout all buildings containing a Group
S-l occupancy where one of the following conditions
exists:
1. A Group S-l fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet
(1115 m2).
2. A Group S-l fire area is located more than three stories above grade plane.
3. The combined area of all Group S-l fire areas on all
floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000
square feet (2230 m 2).
4. A Group S-l fire area used for the storage of commercial trucks or buses where the fire area exceeds
5,000 square feet (464 m 2).
[F] 903.2.9.1 Repair garages. An automatic sprinkler
system shall be provided throughout all buildings used as
repair garages in accordance with Section 406, as shown:
1. Buildings having two or more stories above grade
plane, including basements, with a fire area containing a repair garage exceeding 10,000 square
feet (929 m 2).
2. Buildings no more than one story above grade
plane, with a fire area containing a repair garage
exceeding 12,000 square feet (1115 m 2) .
185
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
3. Buildings with repair garages servicing vehicles
parked in basements.
shall not be obstructed in a manner that fire fighting or
rescue cannot be accomplished from the exterior.
4. A Group S-l fire area used for the repair of commercial trucks or buses where the fire area exceeds
[F] 903.2.11.1.2 Openings on one side only. Where
openings in a story are provided on only one side and
the opposite wall of such storyis more than 75 feet (22
860 mm) from such openings, the story shall be
equipped throughout with an approved automatic
sprinkler system, or openings as specified above shall
be provided on at least two sides of the story.
5,000 square feet (464 m 2).
[F] 903.2.9.2 Bulk storage oftires. Buildings and structures where the area for the storage of tires exceeds
20,000 cubic feet (566 m 3) shall be equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1.
[F] 903.2.10 Group S-2 enclosed parking garages. An
automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout
buildings classified as enclosed parking garages in accordance with Section 406.4 as follows:
1. Where the fire area of the enclosed parking garage
exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m 2); or
2. Where the enclosed parking garage is located beneath
other groups.
Exception: Enclosed parking garages located
beneath Group R-3 occupancies.
[F] 903.2.10.1 Commercial parking garages. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout
buildings used for storage of commercial trucks or buses
where the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (464 m 2).
[F] 903.2.11 Specific building areas and hazards. In all
occupancies an automatic sprinklersystem shall be installed
for building design or hazards in the locations set forth in
Sections 903.2.11.1 through 903.2.11.6.
Exception: Groups R-3 and U.
[F] 903.2.11.1 Stories without openings. An automatic
sprinkler system shall be installed throughout all stories,
including basements, of all buildings where the floor
area exceeds 1,500 square feet (139.4 m 2) and where
there is not provided at least one of the following types of
exterior wall openings:
1. Openings below grade that lead directly to ground
level by an exterior stairway complying with Section 1009 or an outside ramp complying with Section 1010. Openings shall be located in each 50
linear feet (15 240 mm), or fraction thereof, of
exterior wall in the story on at least one side. The
required openings shall be distributed such that the
lineal distance between adjacent openings does
not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm).
2. Openings entirely above the adjoining ground
level totaling at least 20 square feet (1.86 m 2) in
each 50 linear feet (15 240 mm), or fraction
thereof, of exterior wall in the story on at least one
side. The required openings shall be distributed
such that the lineal distance between adjacent
openings does not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm).
[F] 903.2.11.1.1 Opening dimensions and access.
Openings shall have a minimum dimension of not less
than 30 inches (762 mm). Such openings shall be
accessible to the fire department from the exterior and
186
[F] 903.2.11.1.3 Basements. Where any portion of a
basement is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm)
from openings required by Section 903.2.11.1, the
basement shall be equipped throughout with an
approved automatic sprinkler system.
[F] 903.2.11.2 Rubbish and linen chutes. An automatic
sprinkler system shall be installed at the top of rubbish
and linen chutes and in their terminal rooms. Chutes
extending through three or more floors shall have additional sprinkler heads installed within such chutes at
alternate floors. Chute sprinklers shall be accessible for
servicing.
[F] 903.2.11.3 Buildings 55 feet or more in height. An
automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout
buildings with a floor level having an occupant load of
30 or more that is located 55 feet (16 764 mm) or more
above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.
Exceptions:
1. Airport control towers.
2. Open parking structures.
3. Occupancies in Group F-2.
[F] 903.2.11.4 Ducts conveying hazardous exhausts.
Where required by the International Mechanical Code,
automatic sprinklers shall be provided in ducts conveying hazardous exhaust, or flammable or combustible
materials.
Exception: Ducts in which the largest cross-sectional
diameter of the duct is less than 10 inches (254 mm).
[F] 903.2.11.5 Commercial cooking operations. An
automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in commercial kitchen exhaust hood and duct system where an
automatic sprinkler system is used to comply with Section 904.
[F] 903.2.11.6 Other required suppression systems. In
addition to the requirements of Section 903.2, the provisions indicated in Table 903.2.11.6 also require the
installation of a fire suppression system for certain buildings and areas.
[F] 903.2.12 During construction. Automatic sprinkler
systems required during construction, alteration and demolition operations shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 14 of the International Fire Code.
[F] 903.3 Installation requirements. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with Sections 903.3.1 through 903.3.6.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
[F] TABLE 903.2.11.6
ADDITIONAL REQUIRED SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SECTION
402.9
403 .2, 403.3
SUBJECT
Covered malls
High-rise buildings
404.3
Atriums
405.3
Underground structures
407.5
Group 1-2
410.6
Stages
411.4
Special amusement buildings
412.4.6, 412.4 .6.1 ,
Aircraft hangars
412.6.5
415.6.2.4
416.4
Flammable finishes
417.4
Drying rooms
507
I
Group H-2
Unlimited area buildings
508.2.5
1028.6.2.3
IFC
Incidental accessory occupancies
Smoke-protected assembly seating
Sprinkler system requirements as set forth in
Section 903.2.11.6 of the International Fire
Code
[F] 903.3.1 Standards. Sprinkler systems shall be designed
and installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1,
903.3.1.2 or 903.3.1.3.
[F] 903.3.1.1 NFPA 13 sprinkler systems. Where the
provisions of this code require that a building or portion
thereof be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with this section, sprinklers
shall be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA
13 except as provided in Section 903.3.1.1.1.
[F] 903.3.1.1.1 Exempt locations. Automatic sprinklers shall not be required in the following rooms or
areas where such rooms or areas are protected with an
approved automatic fire detection system in accordance with Section 907.2 that will respond to visible
or invisible particles of combustion. Sprinklers shall
not be omitted from any room merely because it is
damp, of fire-resistance-rated construction or contains electrical equipment.
1. Any room where the application of water, or
flame and water, constitutes a serious life or fire
hazard.
2. Any room or space where sprinklers are considered undesirable because of the nature of the
contents, when approved by the fire code official.
3. Generator and transformer rooms separated
from the remainder of the building by walls and
floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assemblies having
a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
4. Rooms or areas that are of noncombustible construction with wholly noncombustible contents.
5. Fire service access elevator machine rooms and
machinery spaces.
[F] 903.3.1.2 NFPA 13R sprinkler systems. Where
allowed in buildings of Group R, up to and including four
stories in height, automatic sprinkler systems shall be
installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13R.
[F] 903.3.1.2.1 Balconies and decks. Sprinkler protection shall be provided for exterior balconies, decks
and ground floor patios of dwelling units where the
building is of Type V construction, provided there is a
roof or deck above. Sidewall sprinklers that are used
to protect such areas shall be permitted to be located
such that their deflectors are within 1 inch (25 mm) to
6 inches (152 mm) below the structural members and
a maximum distance of 14 inches (356 mm) below the
deck of the exterior balconies and decks that are constructed of open wood joist construction.
[F] 903.3.1.3 NFPA 13D sprinkler systems. Where
allowed, automatic sprinkler systems installed in oneand two-family dwellings and townhouses shall be
installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13D.
[F] 903.3.2 Quick-response and residential sprinklers.
Where automatic sprinkler systems are required by this
code, quick-response or residential automatic sprinklers
shall be installed in the following areas in accordance with
Section 903.3.1 and their listings:
1. Throughout all spaces within a smoke compartment
containing patient sleeping units in Group 1-2 in
accordance with this code.
2. Dwelling units, and sleeping units in Group Rand 1-1
occupancies.
3. Light-hazard occupancies as defined in NFPA 13.
[F] 903.3.3 Obstructed locations. Automatic sprinklers
shall be installed with due regard to obstructions that will
delay activation or obstruct the water distribution pattern.
Automatic sprinklers shall be installed in or under covered
kiosks, displays, booths, concession stands, or equipment
that exceeds 4 feet (1219 mm) in width. Not less than a 3-foot
(914 mm) clearance shall be maintained between automatic
sprinklers and the top of piles of combustible fibers.
Exception: Kitchen equipment under exhaust hoods
protected with a fire-extinguishing system in accordance
with Section 904.
[F] 903.3.4 Actuation. Automatic sprinkler systems shall
be automatically actuated unless specifically provided for in
this code.
[F] 903.3.5 Water supplies. Water supplies for automatic
sprinkler systems shall comply with this section and the
standards referenced in Section 903.3.1. The potable water
supply shall be protected against backflow in accordance
with the requirements of this section and the International
Plumbing Code.
187
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
4. Jockey pump control valves that are sealed or locked
in the open position.
[F] 903.3.5.1.1 Limited area sprinkler systems.
S. Control valves to commercial kitchen hoods, paint
Limited area sprinkler systems serving fewer than 20
sprinklers on any single connection are permitted to
be connected to the domestic service where a wet
automatic standpipe is not available. Limited area
sprinkler systems connected to domestic water supplies shall comply with each of the following requirements:
spray booths or dip tanks that are sealed or locked in
the open position.
1. Valves shall not be installed between the
domestic water riser control valve and the
sprinklers.
Exception: An approved indicating control
valve supervised in the open position in
accordance with Section 903.4.
2. The domestic service shall be capable of supplying the simultaneous domestic demand and
the sprinkler demand required to be hydraulically calculated by NFPA 13, NFPA 13R or
NFPA 13D.
[F] 903.3.5.1.2 Residential combination services. A
single combination water supply shall be allowed provided that the domestic demand is added to the sprinkler demand as required by NFPA 13R.
[F] 903.3.5.2 Secondary water supply. A secondary
on-site water supply equal to the hydraulically calculated
sprinkler demand, including the hose stream requirement, shall be provided for high-rise buildings assigned
to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F as determined
by this code. The secondary water supply shall have a
duration of not less than 30 minutes as determined by the
occupancy hazard classification in accordance with
NFPA 13.
Exception: Existing buildings.
[F] 903.3.6 Hose threads. Fire hose threads and fittings
used in connection with automatic sprinkler systems shall
be as prescribed by the fire code official.
[F] 903.4 Sprinkler system supervision and alarms. All
valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinklersystems, pumps, tanks, water levels and temperatures, critical air
pressures and waterflow switches on all sprinkler systems shall
be electrically supervised by a listed fire alarm control unit.
Exceptions:
1. Automatic sprinkler systems protecting one- and
two-family dwellings.
2. Limited area systems serving fewer than 20 sprinklers.
3. Automatic sprinkler systems installed in accordance
with NFPA 13R where a common supply main is used
to supply both domestic water and the automatic
188
sprinkler system, and a separate shutoff valve for the
automatic sprinkler system is not provided.
[F] 903.3.5.1 Domestic services. Where the domestic
service provides the water supply for the automatic
sprinkler system, the supply shall be in accordance with
this section.
6. Valves controlling the fuel supply to fire pump
engines that are sealed or locked in the open position.
7. Trim valves to pressure switches in dry, preaction and
deluge sprinkler systems that are sealed or locked in
the open position.
[F] 903.4.1 Monitoring. Alarm, supervisory and trouble
signals shall be distinctly different and shall be automatically transmitted to an approved supervising station or,
when approvedby the fire code official, shall sound an audible signal at a constantly attended location.
Exceptions:
1. Underground key or hub valves in roadway boxes
provided by the municipality or public utility are
not required to be monitored.
2. Backflow prevention device test valves located in
limited area sprinkler system supply piping shall
be locked in the open position. In occupancies
required to be equipped with a fire alarm system,
the backflow preventer valves shall be electrically
supervised by a tamper switch installed in accordance with NFPA 72 and separately annunciated.
[F] 903.4.2 Alarms. Approved audible devices shall be connected to every automatic sprinkler system. Such sprinkler
waterflow alarm devices shall be activated by waterflow
equivalent to the flow of a single sprinkler of the smallest
orifice size installed in the system. Alarm devices shall be
provided on the exterior of the building in an approvedlocation. Where a fire alarm system is installed, actuation of the
automatic sprinkler system shall actuate the building fire
alarm system.
[F] 903.4.3 Floor control valves. Approved supervised
indicating control valves shall be provided at the point of
connection to the riser on each floor in high-rise buildings.
[F] 903.5 Testing and maintenance. Sprinkler systems shall
be tested and maintained in accordance with the International
Fire Code.
SECTION 904
ALTERNATIVE AUTOMATIC
FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS
[F] 904.1 General. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems,
other than automatic sprinkler systems, shall be designed,
installed, inspected, tested and maintained in accordance with
the provisions of this section and the applicable referenced
standards.
[F] 904.2 Where required. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems installed as an alternative to the required automatic sprin2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
kler systems of Section 903 shall be approved by the fire code
official. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall not be considered alternatives for the purposes of exceptions or reductions allowed by other requirements of this code.
[F] 904.2.1 Commercial hood and duct systems. Each
required commercial kitchen exhaust hood and duct system
required by Section 609 of the International Fire Code or
Chapter 5 of the International Mechanical Code to have a
Type I hood shall be protected with an approved automatic
fire-extinguishing system installed in accordance with this
code.
[F] 904.3 Installation. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems
shall be installed in accordance with this section.
[F] 904.3.1 Electrical wiring. Electrical wiring shall be in
accordance with NFPA 70.
[F] 904.3.2 Actuation. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall be automatically actuated and provided with a
manual means of actuation in accordance with Section
904.11.1.
[F] 904.3.3 System interlocking. Automatic equipment
interlocks with fuel shutoffs, ventilation controls, door
closers, window shutters, conveyor openings, smoke and
heat vents and other features necessary for proper operation
of the fire-extinguishing system shall be provided as
required by the design and installation standard utilized for
the hazard.
[F] 904.3.4 Alarms and warning signs. Where alarms are
required to indicate the operation of automatic fire-extinguishing systems, distinctive audible and visible alarms and
warning signs shall be provided to warn of pending agent
discharge. Where exposure to automatic-extinguishing
agents poses a hazard to persons and a delay is required to
ensure the evacuation of occupants before agent discharge,
a separate warning signal shall be provided to alert occupants once agent discharge has begun. Audible signals shall
be in accordance with Section 907.6.2.
[F] 904.3.5 Monitoring. Where a building fire alarm system is installed, automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall
be monitored by the building fire alarm system in accordance with NFPA 72.
[F] 904.4 Inspection and testing. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall be inspected and tested in accordance with
the provisions of this section prior to acceptance.
[F] 904.4.1 Inspection. Prior to conducting final acceptance tests, the following items shall be inspected:
1. Hazard specification for consistency with design hazard.
2. Type, location and spacing of automatic- and manual-initiating devices.
6. Operating instructions.
[F] 904.4.2 Alarm testing. Notification appliances, connections to fire alarm systems and connections to approved
supervising stations shall be tested in accordance with this
section and Section 907 to verify proper operation.
[F] 904.4.2.1 Audible and visible signals. The audibility and visibility of notification appliances signaling
agent discharge or system operation, where required,
shall be verified.
[F] 904.4.3 Monitor testing. Connections to protected premises and supervising station fire alarm systems shall be
tested to verify proper identification and retransmission of
alarms from automatic fire-extinguishing systems.
[F] 904.5 Wet-chemical systems. Wet-chemical extinguishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically
inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 17A and their
listing.
[F] 904.6 Dry-chemical systems. Dry-chemical extinguishing
systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected
and tested in accordance with NFPA 17 and their listing.
[F] 904.7 Foam systems. Foam-extinguishing systems shall be
installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested in
accordance with NFPA 11 and NFPA 16 and their listing.
[F] 904.8 Carbon dioxide systems. Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically
inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 12 and their listing.
[F] 904.9 Halon systems. Halogenated extinguishing systems
shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested
in accordance with NFPA 12A and their listing.
[F] 904.10 Clean-agent systems. Clean-agent fire-extinguishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically
inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 2001 and their
listing.
[F] 904.11 Commercial cooking systems. The automatic
fire-extinguishing system for commercial cooking systems
shall be of a type recognized for protection of commercial
cooking equipment and exhaust systems of the type and
arrangement protected. Preengineered automatic dry- and
wet-chemical extinguishing systems shall be tested in accordance with UL 300 and listed and labeled for the intended
application. Other types of automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall be listed and labeled for specific use as protection
for commercial cooking operations. The system shall be
installed in accordance with this code, its listing and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems of the following types shall be installed in
accordance with the referenced standard indicated, as follows:
1. Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems, NFPA 12.
3. Size, placement and position of nozzles or discharge
orifices.
2. Automatic sprinkler systems, NFPA 13.
4. Location and identification of audible and visible
alarm devices.
3. Foam-water sprinkler system or foam-water spray systems, NFPA 16.
5. Identification of devices with proper designations.
4. Dry-chemical extinguishing systems, NFPA 17.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
189
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
5. Wet-chemical extinguishing systems, NFPA 17A.
Exception: Factory-built commercial cooking recirculating systems that are tested in accordance with UL 71 OB and
listed, labeled and installed in accordance with Section
304.1 of the International Mechanical Code.
[F] 904.11.1 Manual system operation. A manual actuation device shall be located at or near a means ofegress from
the cooking area a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) and a
maximum of 20 feet (6096 mm) from the kitchen exhaust
system. The manual actuation device shall be installed not
more than 48 inches (1200 mm) or less than 42 inches (1067
mm) above the floor and shall clearly identify the hazard
protected. The manual actuation shall require a maximum
force of 40 pounds (178 N) and a maximum movement of 14
inches (356 mm) to actuate the fire suppression system.
Exception: Automatic sprinkler systems shall not be
required to be equipped with manual actuation means.
[F] 904.11.2 System interconnection. The actuation of the
fire suppression system shall automatically shut down the
fuel or electrical power supply to the cooking equipment.
The fuel and electrical supply reset shall be manual.
[F] 904.11.3 Carbon dioxide systems. When carbon dioxide systems are used, there shall be a nozzle at the top of the
ventilating duct. Additional nozzles that are symmetrically
arranged to give uniform distribution shall be installed
within vertical ducts exceeding 20 feet (6096 mm) and horizontal ducts exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm). Dampers shall
be installed at either the top or the bottom of the duct and
shall be arranged to operate automatically upon activation
of the fire-extinguishing system. Where the damper is
installed at the top of the duct, the top nozzle shall be immediately below the damper. Automatic carbon dioxide
fire-extinguishing systems shall be sufficiently sized to protect against all hazards venting through a common duct
simultaneously.
[F] 904.11.3.1 Ventilation system. Commercial-type
cooking equipment protected by an automatic carbon
dioxide-extinguishing system shall be arranged to shut
off the ventilation system upon activation.
[F] 904.11.4 Special provisions for automatic sprinkler
systems. Automatic sprinkler systems protecting commercial-type cooking equipment shall be supplied from a separate, readily accessible, indicating-type control valve that is
identified.
[F] 904.11.4.1 Listed sprinklers. Sprinklers used for
the protection of fryers shall be tested in accordance with
UL 199E, listed for that application and installed in
accordance with their listing.
be approved. In buildings used for high-piled combustible
storage, fire protection shall be in accordance with the International Fire Code.
[F] 905.2 Installation standard. Standpipe systems shall be
installed in accordance with this section and NFPA 14.
[F] 905.3 Required installations. Standpipe systems shall be
installed where required by Sections 905.3.1 through 905 .3.7
and in the locations indicated in Sections 905.4, 905.5 and
905.6. Standpipe systems are allowed to be combined with
automatic sprinkler systems.
Exception: Standpipe systems are not required in Group
R-3 occupancies.
[F] 905.3.1 Height. Class III standpipe systems shall be
installed throughout buildings where the floor level of the
highest story is located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) above
the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, or where
the floor level of the lowest storyis located more than 30 feet
(9144 mm) below the highest level of fire department vehicle access.
Exceptions:
1. Class I standpipes are allowed in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or
903.3.1.2.
2. Class I manual standpipes are allowed in open
parkinggarages where the highest floor is located
not more than 150 feet (45 720 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.
3. Class I manual dry standpipes are allowed in open
parking garages that are subject to freezing temperatures, provided that the hose connections are
located as required for Class II standpipes in accordance with Section 905.5.
4. Class I standpipes are allowed in basements
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system.
5. In determining the lowest level of fire department
vehicle access, it shall not be required to consider:
5.1. Recessed loading docks for four vehicles
or less; and
5.2. Conditions where topography makes
access from the fire department vehicle to
the building impractical or impossible.
[F] 905.3.2 Group A. Class I automatic wet standpipes
shall be provided in nonsprinklered Group A buildings having an occupant load exceeding 1,000 persons.
Exceptions:
SECTION 905
STANDPIPE SYSTEMS
[F] 905.1 General. Standpipe systems shall be provided in new
buildings and structures in accordance with this section. Fire
hose threads used in connection with standpipe systems shall
be approved and shall be compatible with fire department hose
threads. The location of fire department hose connections shall
190
1. Open-air-seating spaces without enclosed spaces.
2. Class I automatic dry and semiautomatic dry
standpipes or manual wet standpipes are allowed
in buildings where the highest floor surface used
for human occupancy is 75 feet (22 860 mm) or
less above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
[F] 905.3.3 Covered mall buildings. A coveredmall building shall be equipped throughout with a standpipe system
where required by Section 905.3.1. Covered mall bUildings
not required to be equipped with a standpipe system by Section 905.3.1 shall be equipped with Class I hose connections
connected to the automatic sprinkler system sized to deliver
water at 250 gallons per minute (946.4 L/min) at the most
hydraulically remote hose connection while concurrently
supplying the automatic sprinkler system demand. The
standpipe system shall be designed not to exceed a 50
pounds per square inch (psi) (345 kPa) residual pressure
loss with a flow of 250 gallons per minute (946.4 L/min)
from the fire department connection to the hydraulically
most remote hose connection. Hose connections shall be
provided at each of the following locations:
1. Within the mall at the entrance to each exit passageway or corridor.
2. At each floor-level landing within enclosed stairways
opening directly on the mall.
3. At exterior public entrances to the mall.
4. At other locations as necessary so that the distance to
reach all portions of a tenant space does not exceed
200 feet (60 960 mm) from a hose connection.
[F] 905.3.4 Stages. Stages greater than 1,000 square feet in
area (93 m 2) shall be equipped with a Class III wet standpipe
system with 11/ 2-inch and 21/ 2-inch (38 mm and 64 mm)
hose connections on each side of the stage.
Exception: Where the building or area is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, a
11/ 2-inch (38 mm) hose connection shall be installed in
accordance with NFPA 13 or in accordance with NFPA
14 for Class II or III standpipes.
[F] 905.3.4.1 Hose and cabinet. The 11/ 2-inch (38 mm)
hose connections shall be equipped with sufficient
lengths of 11/ 2-inch (38 mm) hose to provide fire protection for the stage area. Hose connections shall be
equipped with an approved adjustable fog nozzle and be
mounted in a cabinet or on a rack.
[F] 905.3.5 Underground buildings. Underground buildings shall be equipped throughout with a Class I automatic
wet or manual wet standpipe system.
[F] 905.3.6 Helistops and heliports. Buildings with a
helistop or heliport that are equipped with a standpipe shall
extend the standpipe to the roof level on which the helistop
or heliport is located in accordance with Section 1107.5 of
the International Fire Code.
[F] 905.3.7 Marinas and boatyards. Standpipes in marinas and boatyards shall comply with Chapter 45 of the International Fire Code.
[F] 905.4 Location of Class I standpipe hose connections.
Class I standpipe hose connections shall be provided in all of
the following locations:
1. In every required stairway, a hose connection shall be
provided for each floor level above or below grade. Hose
connections shall be located at an intermediate floor
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
level landing between floors, unless otherwise approved
by the fire code official.
2. On each side of the wall adjacent to the exit opening of a
horizontal exit.
Exception: Where floor areas adjacent to a horizontal exit are reachable from exit stairway hose connections by a 30-foot (9144 mm) hose stream from a
nozzle attached to 100 feet (30 480 mm) of hose, a
hose connection shall not be required at the horizontal
exit.
3. In every exit passageway, at the entrance from the exit
passageway to other areas of a building.
Exception: Where floor areas adjacent to an exit passageway are reachable from exit stairway hose connections by a 30-foot (9144 mm) hose stream from a
nozzle attached to 100 feet (30 480 mm) of hose, a
hose connection shall not be required at the entrance
from the exit passageway to other areas of the building.
4. In covered mall buildings, adjacent to each exterior public entrance to the mall and adjacent to each entrance
from an exit passageway or exit corridor to the mall.
5. Where the roof has a slope less than four units vertical in
12 units horizontal (33.3-percent slope), each standpipe
shall be provided with a hose connection located either
on the roof or at the highest landing of a stairway with
stair access to the roof. An additional hose connection
shall be provided at the top of the most hydraulically
remote standpipe for testing purposes.
6. Where the most remote portion of a nonsprinklered floor
or story is more than 150 feet (45 720 mm) from a hose
connection or the most remote portion of a sprinklered
floor or story is more than 200 feet (60 960 mm) from a
hose connection, the fire code official is authorized to
require that additional hose connections be provided in
approved locations.
[F] 905.4.1 Protection. Risers and laterals of Class I
standpipe systems not located within an enclosed stairway
or pressurized enclosure shall be protected by a degree of
fire resistance equal to that required for vertical enclosures
in the building in which they are located.
Exception: In buildings equipped throughout with an
approved automatic sprinkler system, laterals that are
not located within an enclosed stairway or pressurized
enclosure are not required to be enclosed within
fire-resistance-rated construction.
[F] 905.4.2 Interconnection. In buildings where more than
one standpipe is provided, the standpipes shall be interconnected in accordance with NFPA 14.
[F] 905.5 Location of Class II standpipe hose connections.
Class II standpipe hose connections shall be accessible and
located so that all portions of the building are within 30 feet
(9144 mm) of a nozzle attached to 100 feet (30 480 mm) of
hose.
[F] 905.5.1 Groups A-I and A-2. In Group A-I and A-2
occupancies with occupant loads of more than 1,000, hose
191
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
connections shall be located on each side of any stage, on
each side of the rear of the auditorium, on each side of the
balcony and on each tier of dressing rooms.
[F] 905.5.2 Protection. Fire-resistance-rated protection of
risers and laterals of Class II standpipe systems is not
required.
[F] 905.5.3 Class II system I-inch hose. A minimum
I-inch (25 mm) hose shall be permitted to be used for hose
stations in light-hazard occupancies where investigated and
listed for this service and where approved by the fire code
official.
[F] 905.6 Location of Class III standpipe hose connections.
Class III standpipe systems shall have hose connections
located as required for Class I standpipes in Section 905.4 and
shall have Class II hose connections as required in Section
905.5.
I
nal at the supervising station required by Section 903.4. Where
a fire alarm system is provided, a signal shall also be transmitted to the control unit.
Exceptions:
1. Valves to underground key or hub valves in roadway
boxes provided by the municipality or public utility
do not require supervision.
2. Valves locked in the normal position and inspected as
provided in this code in buildings not equipped with a
fire alarm system.
[F] 905.10 During construction. Standpipe systems required
during construction and demolition operations shall be provided in accordance with Section 3311.
[F] 905.6.1 Protection. Risers and laterals of Class III
SECTION 906
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
standpipe systems shall be protected as required for Class I
systems in accordance with Section 905.4.1.
[F] 906.1 Where required. Portable fire extinguishers shall be
installed in the following locations.
[F] 905.6.2 Interconnection. In buildings where more than
one Class III standpipe is provided, the standpipes shall be
interconnected in accordance with NFPA 14.
1. In new and existing Group A, B, E, F, H, I, M, R-I, R-2,
R-4 and S occupancies.
[F] 905.7 Cabinets. Cabinets containing fire-fighting equip-
occupancies equipped throughout with quick
response sprinklers, portable fire extinguishers shall
be required only in locations specified in Items 2
through 6.
Exception: In new and existing Group A, Band E
ment such as standpipes, fire hoses, fire extinguishers or fire
department valves shall not be blocked from use or obscured
from view.
[F] 905.7.1 Cabinet equipment identification. Cabinets
shall be identified in an approved manner by a permanently
attached sign with letters not less than 2 inches (51 mm)
high in a color that contrasts with the background color,
indicating the equipment contained therein.
Exceptions:
1. Doors not large enough to accommodate a written
sign shall be marked with a permanently attached
pictogram of the equipment contained therein.
2. Doors that have either an approvedvisual identification clear glass panel or a complete glass door
panel are not required to be marked.
[F] 905.7.2 Locking cabinet doors. Cabinets shall be
unlocked.
Exceptions:
1. Visual identification panels of glass or other
approved transparent frangible material that is
easily broken and allows access.
2. Approved locking arrangements.
2. Within 30 feet (9144 mm) of commercial cooking equipment.
3. In areas where flammable or combustible liquids are
stored, used or dispensed.
4. On each floor of structures under construction, except
Group R-3 occupancies, in accordance with Section
1415.1 of the International Fire Code.
5. Where required by the International Fire Code sections
indicated in Table 906.1.
6. Special-hazard areas, including but not limited to laboratories, computer rooms and generator rooms, where
required by the fire code official.
[F] TABLE 906.1
ADDITIONAL REQUIRED PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN
THE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE
IFC SECTION
303.5
307.5
308.1.3
SUBJECT
Asphalt kettles
Open burning
Open flames-torches
309.4
Powered industrial trucks
[F] 905.8 Dry standpipes. Dry standpipes shall not be
1105.2
Aircraft towing vehicles
installed.
1105.3
Aircraft welding apparatus
1105.4
Aircraft fuel-servicing tank vehicles
1105.5
Aircraft hydrant fuel-servicing vehicles
1105.6
Aircraft fuel-dispensing stations
3. Group 1-3.
Exception: Where subject to freezing and in accordance
with NFPA 14.
[F] 905.9 Valve supervision. Valves controlling water supplies shall be supervised in the open position so that a change in
the normal position of the valve will generate a supervisory sig192
(continued)
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
[F] TABLE 906.1-continued
ADDITIONAL REQUIRED PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN
THE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE
IFC SECTION
SUBJECT
1107.7
Heliports and helistops
1208.4
Dry cleaning plants
1415.1
Buildings under construction or demolition
1417.3
Roofing operations
1504.4.1
Spray-finishing operations
1505.4.2
Dip-tank operations
1506.4.2
Powder-coating areas
1904.2
Lumberyards/woodworking facilities
1908.8
Recycling facilities
1909.5
Exterior lumber storage
2003.5
Organic-coating areas
2106.3
Industrial ovens
2205 .5
Motor fuel-dispensing facilities
2210.6.4
Marine motor fuel-dispensing facilities
2211.6
Repair garages
2306.1
Rack storage
2404.12
Tents and membrane structures
2508.2
Tire rebuilding/storage
2604.2.6
2903.6
Welding and other hot work
Combustible fibers
3403.2.1
Flammable and combustible liquids, general
3404.3.3.1
Indoor storage of flammable and combustible
liquids
3404.3.7.5.2
Liquid storage rooms for flammable and
combustible liquids
3405.4.9
Solvent distillation units
3406.2.7
Farms and construction sites-flammable and
combustible liquids storage
3406.4.10.1
Bulk plants and terminals for flammable and
combustible liquids
3406.5.4.5
Commercial, industrial, governmental or
manufacturing establishments-fuel dispensing
3406.6.4
Tank vehicles for flammable and combustible
liquids
3606.5.7
Flammable solids
3808.2
LP-gas
4504.4
Marinas
[F] 906.2 General requirements. Portable fire extinguishers
shall be selected, installed and maintained in accordance with
this section and NFPA 10.
Exceptions:
1. The travel distance to reach an extinguisher shall not
apply to the spectator seating portions of Group A-5
occupancies.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
2. Thirty-day inspections shall not be required and
maintenance shall be allowed to be once every three
years for dry-chemical or halogenated agent portable
fire extinguishers that are supervised by a listed and
approved electronic monitoring device, provided that
all of the following conditions are met:
2.1. Electronic monitoring shall confirm that
extinguishers are properly positioned, properly charged and unobstructed.
2.2. Loss of power or circuit continuity to the electronic monitoring device shall initiate a trouble signal.
2.3. The extinguishers shall be installed inside of a
building or cabinet in a noncorrosive environment.
2.4. Electronic monitoring devices and supervisory circuits shall be tested every three years
when extinguisher maintenance is performed.
2.5. A written log of required hydrostatic test dates
for extinguishers shall be maintained by the
owner to verify that hydrostatic tests are conducted at the frequency required by NFPA 10.
3. In Group 1-3, portable fire extinguishers shall be permitted to be located at staff locations.
[F] 906.3 Size and distribution. The size and distribution of
portable fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with Sections
906.3.1 through 906.3.4.
[F] 906.3.1 Class A fire hazards. The minimum sizes and
distribution of portable fire extinguishers for occupancies
that involve primarily Class A fire hazards shall comply
with Table 906.3(1) .
[F] TABLE 906.3(1)
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR CLASS A FIRE HAZARDS
EXTRA
(High)
HAZARD
HAZARD
HAZARD
OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY
Minimum Rated Single
Extinguisher
Maximum Floor Area
Per Unit of A
LIGHT
ORDINARY
(Low)
(Moderate)
2-Ac
2-A
3,000 square 1,500 square 1,000 square
feet
feet
feet
11 ,250
Maximum Floor Area for
Extinguisher b
square feet
Maximum Travel
Distance to Extinguisher
4-Aa
75 feet
11 ,250
square feet
11 ,250
square feet
75 feet
75 feet
For 51: I foot = 304.8 mm, I square foot = 0.0929mz, I gallon = 3.785 L.
a. Two 21/ z-gallon water-type extinguishers shall be deemed the equivalent of
one 4-A rated extinguisher.
b. Annex E.3.3 ofNFPA 10 provides more details concerning application of the
maximum floor area criteria.
c. Two water-type extinguishers each with a I -A rating shall be deemed the
equivalent of one 2-A rated extinguisher for Light (Low) Hazard Occupancies.
[F] 906.3.2 Class B fire hazards. Portable fire
extinguishers for occupancies involving flammable or combustible liquids with depths less than or equal to 0.25-inch
193
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
(6.35 mm) shall be selected and placed in accordance with
Table 906.3 (2).
Portable fire extinguishers for occupancies involving
flammable or combustible liquids with a depth of greater
than 0.25-inch (6.35 mm) shall be selected and placed in
accordance with NFPA 10.
[F] TABLE 906.3(2)
FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS WITH
DEPTHS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 0.25 INCH
TYPE OF
HAZARD
BASIC MINIMUM
MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE
EXTINGUISHER RATING
TO EXTINGUISHERS (feet)
Light (Low)
5-B
10-B
30
50
Ordinary
(Moderate)
10-B
20-B
30
50
Extra (High)
40-B
80-B
30
50
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
Note: For requirements on water-soluble flammable liquids and alternative
sizing criteria, see Section 5.5 of NFPA 10.
[F] 906.3.3 Class C fire hazards. Portable fire
extinguishers for Class C fire hazards shall be selected and
placed on the basis of the anticipated Class A or B hazard.
[F] 906.3.4 Class D fire hazards. Portable fire
extinguishers for occupancies involving combustible metals shall be selected and placed in accordance with NFPA
10.
[F] 906.4 Cooking grease fires. Fire extinguishers provided
for the protection of cooking grease fires shall be of an
approved type compatible with the automatic fire-extinguishing system agent and in accordance with Section 904.11 .5 of
the International Fire Code.
[F] 906.5 Conspicuous location. Portable fire extinguishers
shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be
readily accessible and immediately available for use. These
locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire
code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the
need for placement away from normal paths of travel.
[F] 906.6 Unobstructed and unobscured. Portable fire
extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In
rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of extinguishers.
[F] 906.7 Hangers and brackets. Hand-held portable fire
extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the
hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be
securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with
the manufacturer's installation instructions.
[F] 906.8 Cabinets. Cabinets used to house portable fire
extinguishers shall not be locked.
Exceptions:
1. Where portable fire extinguishers subject to malicious use or damage are provided with a means of
ready access.
194
2. In Group 1-3 occupancies and in mental health areas
in Group 1-2 occupancies, access to portable fire
extinguishers shall be permitted to be locked or to be
located in staff locations provided the staff has keys.
[F] 906.9 Extinguisher installation. The installation of portable fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with Sections
906.9.1 through 906.9.3.
[F] 906.9.1 Extinguishers weighing 40 pounds or less.
Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not
exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that their
tops are not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor.
[F] 906.9.2 Extinguishers weighing more than 40
pounds. Hand-held portable fire extinguishers having a
gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed
so that their tops are not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above
the floor.
[F] 906.9.3 Floor clearance. The clearance between the
floor and the bottom of installed hand-held portable fire
extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm).
[F] 906.10 Wheeled units. Wheeled fire extinguishers shall be
conspicuously located in a designated location.
SECTION 907
FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS
[F] 907.1 General. This section covers the application, installation, performance and maintenance of fire alarm systems and
their components.
[F] 907.1.1 Construction documents. Construction documents for fire alarm systems shall be of sufficient clarity to
indicate the location, nature and extent of the work proposed
and show in detail that it will conform to the provisions of
this code, the International Fire Code, and relevant laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations, as determined by the fire
code official.
[F] 907.1.2 Fire alarm shop drawings. Shop drawings for
fire alarm systems shall be submitted for review and
approval prior to system installation, and shall include, but
not be limited to, all of the following:
1. A floor plan that indicates the use of all rooms.
2. Locations of alarm-initiating devices.
3. Locations of alarm notification appliances, including candela ratings for visible alarm notification
appliances.
4. Location of fire alarm control unit, transponders and
notification power supplies.
5. Annunciators.
6. Power connection.
7. Battery calculations.
8. Conductor type and sizes.
9. Voltage drop calculations.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
10. Manufacturers' data sheets indicating model numbers and listing information for equipment, devices
and materials.
11. Details of ceiling height and construction.
12. The interface of fire safety control functions .
13. Classification of the supervising station.
[F] 907.1.3 Equipment. Systems and components shall be
listed and approved for the purpose for which they are
installed.
sole purpose of allowing a live voice announcement
from an approved, constantly attended location.
[F] 907.2.2 Group B. A manual fire alarm system shall be
installed in Group B occupancies where one of the following conditions exists:
1. The combined Group B occupant load of all floors is
500 or more.
2. The Group B occupant load is more than 100 persons
above or below the lowest level ofexit discharge.
[F] 907.2 Where required-new buildings and structures.
An approved fire alarm system installed in accordance with the
3. The Group B fire area contains a Group B ambulatory
health care facility.
provisions of this code and NFPA 72 shall be provided in new
buildings and structures in accordance with Sections 907.2.1
through 907.2.23 and provide occupant notification in accordance with Section 907.5, unless other requirements are provided by another section of this code.
Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required
where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and the occupant notification appliances
will activate throughout the notification zones upon
sprinkler waterflow.
A minimum of one manual fire alarm box shall be provided
in an approved location to initiate a fire alarm signal for fire
alarm systems employing automatic fire detectors or waterflow
detection devices. Where other sections of this code allow
elimination of fire alarm boxes due to sprinklers, a single fire
alarm box shall be installed.
Exceptions:
1. The manual fire alarm box is not required for fire
alarm systems dedicated to elevator recall control and
supervisory service.
2. The manual fire alarm box is not required for Group
R-2 occupancies unless required by the fire code official to provide a means for fire watch personnel to initiate an alarm during a sprinkler system impairment
event. Where provided, the manual fire alarm box
shall not be located in an area that is accessible to the
public.
[F] 907.2.1 Group A. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with
Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group A occupancies
having an occupant load of 300 or more. Portions of Group
E occupancies occupied for assembly purposes shall be provided with a fire alarm system as required for the Group E
occupancy.
Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required
where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and the occupant notification appliances
will activate throughout the notification zones upon
sprinkler waterflow.
[F] 907.2.1.1 System initiation in Group A occupancies with an occupant load of 1,000 or more. Activation of the fire alarm in Group A occupancies with an
occupant load of 1,000 or more shall initiate a signal
using an emergency voice/alarm communications system in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2.
Exception: Where approved, the prerecorded
announcement is allowed to be manually deactivated
for a period of time, not to exceed 3 minutes, for the
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[F] 907.2.2.1 Group B ambulatory health care facilities. Fire areas containing Group B ambulatory health
care facilities shall be provided with an electronically
supervised automatic smoke detection system installed
within the ambulatory health care facility and in public
use areas outside of tenant spaces, including public corridors and elevator lobbies.
Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, provided the occupant notification
appliances will activate throughout the notification
zones upon sprinkler waterflow.
[F] 907.2.3 Group E. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with
Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group E occupancies.
When automatic sprinkler systems or smoke detectors are
installed, such systems or detectors shall be connected to the
building fire alarm system.
Exceptions:
1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in Group E
occupancies with an occupant load of less than 50.
2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required in Group E
occupancies where all of the following apply:
2.1. Interior corridors are protected by smoke detectors.
2.2. Auditoriums, cafeterias, gymnasiums and
similar areas are protected by heat detectors
or other approved detection devices.
2.3. Shops and laboratories involving dusts or vapors are protected by heat detectors or other
approved detection devices.
2.4. The capability to activate the evacuation signal from a central point is provided.
2.5. In buildings where normally occupied spaces
are provided with a two-way communication
system between such spaces and a constantly
attended receiving station from where a gen195
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
eral evacuation alarm can be sounded, except
in locations specifically designated by the fire
code official.
units and kitchens. The system shall be activated in
accordance with Section 907.5.
3. Manual fire alarm boxes shall not be required in
Group E occupancies where the building is equipped
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1, the notification appliances will activate on
sprinkler waterflow and manual activation is provided from a normally occupied location.
1. Smoke detection in habitable spaces is not
required where the facility is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinklersystem installed
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
[F] 907.2.4 Group F. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with
Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group F occupancies
where both of the following conditions exist:
1. The Group F occupancy is two or more stories in
height; and
2. The Group F occupancy has a combined occupant
load of 500 or more above or below the lowest level of
exit discharge.
Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required
where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and the occupant notification appliances
will activate throughout the notification zones upon
sprinkler waterflow.
[F] 907.2.5 Group H. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system shall be installed in
Group H-5 occupancies and in occupancies used for the
manufacture of organic coatings. An automatic smoke
detection system that activates the occupant notification
system shall be installed for highly toxic gases, organic peroxides and oxidizers in accordance with Chapters 37, 39
and 40, respectively, of the International Fire Code.
[F] 907.2.6 Group I. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system shall be installed in
Group 1occupancies. An automatic smoke detection system
that activates the occupant notification system shall be provided in accordance with Sections 907.2.6.1, 907.2.6.2 and
907.2.6.3.3.
Exceptions:
1. Manual fire alarm boxes in resident or patient
sleeping areas of Group 1-1 and 1-2 occupancies
shall not be required at exits if located at all nurses'
control stations or other constantly attended staff
locations, provided such stations are visible and
continuously accessible and that travel distances
required in Section 907.4.2 are not exceeded.
2. Occupant notification systems are not required to
be activated where private mode signaling
installed in accordance with NFP A 72 is approved
by the fire code official.
[F] 907.2.6.1 Group 1-1. An automatic smoke detection
system shall be installed in corridors, waiting areas open
to corridors and habitable spaces other than sleeping
196
Exceptions:
2. Smoke detection is not required for exterior
balconies.
[F] 907.2.6.1.1 Smoke alarms. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with Section 907.2.11.
[F] 907.2.6.2 Group 1-2. An automatic smoke detection
system shall be installed in corridors in nursing homes
(both intermediate care and skilled nursing facilities),
detoxification facilities and spaces permitted to be open
to the corridors by Section 407.2. The system shall be
activated in accordance with Section 907.5. Hospitals
shall be equipped with smoke detection as required in
Section 407.
Exceptions:
1. Corridor smoke detection is not required in
smoke compartments that contain patient sleeping units where such units are provided with
smoke detectors that comply with UL 268.
Such detectors shall provide a visual display on
the corridor side of each patient sleeping unit
and shall provide an audible and visual alarm at
the nursing station attending each unit.
2. Corridor smoke detection is not required in
smoke compartments that contain patient sleeping units where patient sleeping unit doors are
equipped with automatic door-closing devices
with integral smoke detectors on the unit sides
installed in accordance with their listing, provided that the integral detectors perform the
required alerting function.
[F] 907.2.6.3 Group 1-3 occupancies. Group 1-3 occupancies shall be equipped with a manual fire alarm system and automatic smoke detection system installed for
alerting staff.
[F] 907.2.6.3.1 System initiation. Actuation of an
automatic fire-extinguishing system, a manual fire
alarm box or a fire detector shall initiate an approved
fire alarm signal which automatically notifies staff.
[F] 907.2.6.3.2 Manual fire alarm boxes. Manual
fire alarm boxes are not required to be located in
accordance with Section 907.4.2 where the fire alarm
boxes are provided at staff-attended locations having
direct supervision over areas where manual fire alarm
boxes have been omitted.
907.2.6.3.2.1 Manual fire alarm boxes in
detainee areas. Manual fire alarm boxes are
allowed to be locked in areas occupied by detain-
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
ees, provided that staff members are present within
the subj ect area and have keys readily available to
operate the manual fire alarm boxes.
[F] 907.2.6.3.3 Automatic smoke detection system.
An automatic smoke detection system shall be
installed throughout resident housing areas, including
sleeping units and contiguous day rooms, group activity spaces and other common spaces normally accessible to residents.
Exceptions:
1. Other approved smoke detection arrangements providing equivalent protection,
including, but not limited to, placing detectors in exhaust ducts from cells or behind
protective guards listed for the purpose, are
allowed when necessary to prevent damage
or tampering.
2. Sleeping units in Use Conditions 2 and 3 as
described in Section 308.
3. Smoke detectors are not required in sleeping
units with four or fewer occupants in smoke
compartments that are equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
[F] 907.2.7 Group M. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with
Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group M occupancies
where one of the following conditions exists:
1. The combined Group M occupant load of all floors is
500 or more persons.
[F] 907.2.8.1 Manual fire alarm system. A manual fire
alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be installed in
Group R-1 occupancies.
Exceptions:
1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in
buildings not more than two stories in height
where all individual sleeping units and contiguous atticand crawl spaces to those units are separated from each other and public or common
areas by at least I-hour fire partitions and each
individual sleeping unit has an exit directly to a
public way, exit court or yard.
2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required
throughout the building when all of the following conditions are met:
2.1. The building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2;
2.2. The notification appliances will activate upon sprinkler waterflow; and
2.3. At least one manual fire alarm box is
installed at an approved location.
[F] 907.2.8.2 Automatic smoke detection system. An
automatic smoke detection system that activates the
occupant notification system in accordance with Section
907.5 shall be installed throughout all interior corridors
serving sleeping units.
1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in covered mall bUildings complying with Section 402.
Exception: An automatic smoke detection system is
not required in buildings that do not have interior corridors serving sleeping units and where each sleeping
unit has a means ofegress door opening directly to an
exit or to an exterior exit access that leads directly to
an exit.
2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where the
building is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with Sec-
[F] 907.2.8.3 Smoke alarms. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with
Section 907.2.11.
tion 903.3.1.1 and the occupant notification appliances will automatically activate throughout the
notification zones upon sprinkler waterflow.
[F] 907.2.9 Group R-2. Fire alarm systems and smoke
alarms shall be installed in Group R-2 occupancies as
required in Sections 907.2.9.1 and 907.9.2.
2. The Group M occupantload is more than 100 persons
above or below the lowest level ofexit discharge.
Exceptions:
[F] 907.2.7.1 Occupant notification. During times that
the building is occupied, the initiation of a signal from a
manual fire alarm box or from a waterflow switch shall
not be required to activate the alarm notification appliances when an alarm signal is activated at a constantly
attended location from which evacuation instructions
shall be initiated over an emergency voice/alarm communication system installed in accordance with Section
907.5.2.2.
[F] 907.2.8 Group R-l. Fire alarm systems and smoke
alarms shall be installed in Group R-l occupancies as
required in Sections 907.2.8.1 through 907.2.8.3.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[F] 907.2.9.1 Manual fire alarm system. A manual fire
alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be installed in
Group R-2 occupancies where:
1. Any dwelling unit or sleeping unit is located three
or more stories above the lowest level ofexit discharge;
2. Any dwelling unit or sleeping unit is located more
than one story below the highest level ofexit discharge of exits serving the dwelling unit or sleeping unit, or
197
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
3. The building contains more than 16 dwelling units
or sleeping units.
Exceptions:
1. A fire alarm system is not required in buildings
not more than two stories in height where all
dwelling units or sleeping units and contiguous
attic and crawl spaces are separated from each
other and public or common areas by at least
I-hour fire partitions and each dwelling unit or
sleeping unit has an exit directly to a public
way, exit court or yard.
2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where
the building is equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903 .3.1.2 and
the occupant notification appliances will automatically activate throughout the notification
zones upon a sprinkler waterflow.
3. A fire alarm system is not required in buildings
that do not have interior corridors serving
dwelling units and are protected by an approved
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903 .3.1.2, provided that dwelling units either have a means of
egress door opening directly to an exterior exit
access that leads directly to the exits or are
served by open-ended corridors designed in
accordance with Section 1026.6, Exception 4.
installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2;
2.2. The notification appliances will activate upon sprinkler waterflow; and
2.3. At least one manual fire alarm box is
installed at an approved location.
3. Manual fire alarm boxes in resident or patient
sleeping areas shall not be required at exits
where located at all nurses' control stations or
other constantly attended staff locations, provided such stations are visible and continuously
accessible and that travel distances required in
Section 907.4.2.1 are not exceeded.
[F] 907.2.10.2 Automatic smoke detection system. An
automatic smoke detection system that activates the
occupant notification system in accordance with Section
907.5 shall be installed in corridors, waiting areas open
to corridors and habitable spaces other than sleeping
units and kitchens.
Exceptions:
1. Smoke detection in habitable spaces is not
required where the facility is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinklersystem installed
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
2. An automatic smoke detection system is not
[F] 907.2.9.2 Smoke alarms. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with
Section 907.2.11.
required in buildings that do not have interior
corridors serving sleeping units and where
each sleeping unit has a means of egress door
opening directly to an exit or to an exterior exit
access that leads directly to an exit.
[F] 907.2.10 Group R-4. Fire alarm systems and smoke
alarms shall be installed in Group R-4 occupancies as
required in Sections 907.2.10.1 through 907.2.10.3.
[F] 907.2.10.3 Smoke alarms. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with
Section 907.2.11.
[F] 907.2.10.1 Manual fire alarm system. A manual
fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification
system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be
installed in Group R-4 occupancies.
[F] 907.2.11 Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms.
Listed single- and multiple-station smoke alarms complying with UL 217 shall be installed in accordance with Sec-
Exceptions:
1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in
buildings not more than two stories in height
where all individual sleeping units and contiguous atticand crawl spaces to those units are separated from each other and public or common
areas by at least I-hour fire partitions and each
individual sleeping unit has an exit directly to a
public way, exit court or yard.
2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required
throughout the building when the following
conditions are met:
2.1. The building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system
198
tions 907.2.11.1 through 907.2.11.4 and NFPA 72.
[F] 907.2.11.1 Group R-l. Single- or multiple-station
smoke alarms shall be installed in all of the following
locations in Group R-1:
1. In sleeping areas.
2. In every room in the path of the means of egress
from the sleeping area to the door leading from the
sleeping unit.
3. In each story within the sleeping unit, including
basements. For sleeping units with split levels and
without an intervening door between the adjacent
levels, a smoke alarm installed on the upper level
shall suffice for the adjacent lower level provided
that the lower level is less than one full story below
the upper level.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
[F] 907.2.11.2 Groups R-2, R-3, R-4 and 1-1. Single- or
multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed and
maintained in Groups R-2, R-3, R-4 and 1-1 regardless of
occupant load at all of the following locations:
1. On the ceiling or wall outside of each separate
sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of bedrooms.
2. In each room used for sleeping purposes.
Exception: Single- or multiple-station smoke
alarms in Group 1-1 shall not be required where
smoke detectors are provided in the sleeping
rooms as part of an automatic smoke detection
system.
3. In each story within a dwelling unit, including
basements but not including crawl spaces and
uninhabitable attics. In dwellings or dwelling units
with split levels and without an intervening door
between the adjacent levels, a smoke alarm
installed on the upper level shall suffice for the
adjacent lower level provided that the lower level
is less than one full story below the upper level.
[F] 907.2.11.3 Interconnection. Where more than one
smoke alarm is required to be installed within an individual dwelling unit or sleeping unit in Group R-l, R-2, R-3
or R-4, the smoke alarms shall be interconnected in such
a manner that the activation of one alarm will activate all
of the alarms in the individual unit. The alarm shall be
clearly audible in all bedrooms over background noise
levels with all intervening doors closed.
[F] 907.2.11.4 Power source. In new construction,
required smoke alarms shall receive their primary power
from the building wiring where such wiring is served
from a commercial source and shall be equipped with a
battery backup. Smoke alarms with integral strobes that
are not equipped with battery backup shall be connected
to an emergency electrical system. Smoke alarms shall
emit a signal when the batteries are low. Wiring shall be
permanent and without a disconnecting switch other than
as required for overcurrent protection.
Exception: Smoke alarms are not required to be
equipped with battery backup where they are connected to an emergency electrical system.
[F] 907.2.12 Special amusement buildings. An automatic
smoke detection system shall be provided in special amusement bUildings in accordance with Sections 907.2.12.1
through 907.2.12.3.
[F] 907.2.12.1 Alarm. Activation of any single smoke
detector, the automatic sprinkler system or any other
automatic fire detection device shall immediately sound
an alarm at the building at a constantly attendedlocation
from which emergency action can be initiated, including
the capability of manual initiation of requirements in
Section 907.2.12.2.
[F] 907.2.12.2 System response. The activation of two
or more smoke detectors, a single smoke detector
equipped with an alarm verification feature, the auto2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
matic sprinkler system or other approved fire detection
device shall automatically:
1. Cause illumination of the means of egress with
light of not less than 1 foot-candle (11 lux) at the
walking surface level;
2. Stop any conflicting or confusing sounds and
visual distractions;
3. Activate an approved directional exit marking that
will become apparent in an emergency; and
4. Activate a prerecorded message, audible throughout the special amusement bUilding, instructing
patrons to proceed to the nearest exit. Alarm signals used in conjunction with the prerecorded message shall produce a sound which is distinctive
from other sounds used during normal operation.
[F] 907.2.12.3 Emergency voice/alarm communication system. An emergency voice/alarm communication
system, which is also allowed to serve as a public address
system, shall be installed in accordance with Section
907.5.2.2 and be audible throughout the entire special
amusement bUilding.
[F] 907.2.13 High-rise buildings. Buildings with a floor
used for human occupancy located more than 75 feet (22
860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle
access shall be provided with an automatic smoke detection
system in accordance with Section 907.2.13.1, a fire department communication system in accordance with Section
907.2.13.2 and an emergency voice/alarm communication
system in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2.
Exceptions:
1. Airport traffic control towers in accordance with
Sections 907.2.22 and 412.
2. Open parkinggarages in accordance with Section
406.3.
3. Buildings with an occupancy in Group A-5 in
accordance with Section 303.1.
4. Low-hazard special occupancies in accordance
with Section 503.1.1.
5. Buildings with an occupancy in Group H-l, H-2 or
H-3 in accordance with Section 415 .
6. In Group 1-1 and 1-2 occupancies, the alarm shall
sound at a constantly attended location and general occupant notification shall be broadcast by the
emergency voice/alarm communication system.
[F] 907.2.13.1 Automatic smoke detection. Automatic
smoke detection in high-rise buildings shall be in accordance with Sections 907.2.13.1.1 and 907.2.13.1.2.
[F] 907.2.13.1.1 Area smoke detection. Area smoke
detectors shall be provided in accordance with this
section. Smoke detectors shall be connected to an
automatic fire alarm system. The activation of any
detector required by this section shall operate the
emergency voice/alarm communication system in
199
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. Smoke detectors
shall be located as follows:
[F] 907.2.18 Underground buildings with smoke control
systems. Where a smoke control system is installed in an
1. In each mechanical equipment, electrical,
transformer, telephone equipment or similar
room which is not provided with sprinkler protection.
underground building in accordance with this code, automatic smoke detectors shall be provided in accordance with
Section 907.2.18.1.
2. In each elevator machine room and in elevator
lobbies.
[F] 907.2.13.1 .2 Duct smoke detection. Duct smoke
detectors complying with Section 907.3.1 shall be
located as follows:
1. In the main return air and exhaust air plenum of
each air-conditioning system having a capacity
greater than 2,000 cubic feet per minute (cfm)
(0.94 m 3/s). Such detectors shall be located in a
serviceable area downstream of the last duct
inlet.
2. At each connection to a vertical duct or riser
1. Mechanical equipment, electrical, transformer,
telephone equipment, elevator machine or similar
rooms.
2. Elevator lobbies.
3. The main return and exhaust air plenum of each
air-conditioning system serving more than one
story and located in a serviceable area downstream
of the last duct inlet.
4. Each connection to a vertical duct or riser serving
serving two or more stories from a return air
duct or plenum of an air-conditioning system.
In Group R-1 and R-2 occupancies, a smoke
detector is allowed to be used in each return air
riser carrying not more than 5,000 cfm (2.4
m 3/s) and serving not more than 10 air-inlet
openings.
two or more floors from return air ducts or plenums of heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
systems, except that in Group R occupancies, a
listed smoke detector is allowed to be used in each
return air riser carrying not more than 5,000 cfm
(2.4 m 3/s) and serving not more than 10 air-inlet
openings.
[F] 907.2.13.2 Fire department communication system. Where a wired communication system is approved
[F] 907.2.18.2 Alarm required. Activation of the smoke
control system shall activate an audible alarm at a constantly attended location.
in lieu of a radio coverage system in accordance with
Section 510 of the International Fire Code, the wired fire
department communication system shall be designed
and installed in accordance with NFPA 72 and shall operate between a fire command center complying with Section 911, elevators, elevator lobbies, emergency and
standby power rooms, fire pump rooms, areas ofrefuge
and inside enclosed exit stairways. The fire department
communication device shall be provided at each floor
level within the enclosed exit stairway.
[F] 907.2.14 Atriums connecting more than two stories.
A fire alarm system shall be installed in occupancies with an
atrium that connects more than two stories, with smoke
detection installed throughout the atrium. The system shall
be activated in accordance with Section 907.5. Such occupancies in Group A, E or M shall be provided with an emergency voice/alarm communication system complying with
the requirements of Section 907.5.2.2.
[F] 907.2.15 High-piled combustible storage areas. An
automatic smoke detection system shall be installed
throughout high-piled combustible storage areas where
required by Section 2306.5 of the International Fire Code.
[F] 907.2.16 Aerosol storage uses. Aerosol storage rooms
and general-purpose warehouses containing aerosols shall
be provided with an approved manual fire alarm system
where required by the International Fire Code.
[F] 907.2.17 Lumber, wood structural panel and veneer
mills. Lumber, wood structural panel and veneer mills shall
be provided with a manual fire alarm system.
200
[F] 907.2.18.1 Smoke detectors. A minimum of one
smoke detector listed for the intended purpose shall be
installed in the following areas:
[F] 907.2.19 Deep underground buildings. Where the
lowest level of a structure is more than 60 feet (18 288 mm)
below the finished floor of the lowest level ofexit discharge,
the structure shall be equipped throughout with a manual
fire alarm system, including an emergency voice/alarm
communication system installed in accordance with Section
907.5.2.2.
[F] 907.2.20 Covered mall buildings. Covered mall buildings exceeding 50,000 square feet (4645 m 2) in total floor
area shall be provided with an emergency voice/alarm communication system. An emergency voice/alarm communication system serving a mall, required or otherwise, shall be
accessible to the fire department. The system shall be provided in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2.
[F] 907.2.21 Residential aircraft hangars. A minimum of
one single-station smoke alarm shall be installed within a
residential aircraft hangar as defined in Section 412.3.1 and
shall be interconnected into the residential smoke alarm or
other sounding device to provide an alarm which will be
audible in all sleeping areas of the dwelling.
[F] 907.2.22 Airport traffic control towers. An automatic
smoke detection system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be provided in airport control towers in all occupiable and
equipment spaces.
Exception: Audible appliances shall not be installed
within the control tower cab.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
[F] 907.2.23 Battery rooms. An automatic smoke detection system shall be installed in areas containing stationary
storage battery systems with a liquid capacity of more than
50 gallons (189 L).
shall be provided at the location of each fire alarm control
unit, notification appliance circuit power extenders, and
supervising station transmitting equipment.
[F] 907.3 Fire safety functions. Automatic fire detectors uti-
1. Where ambient conditions prohibit installation of
a smoke detector, a heat detector shall be permitted.
lized for the purpose of performing fire safety functions shall
be connected to the building's fire alarm control unit where a
fire alarm system is required by Section 907.2. Detectors shall,
upon actuation, perform the intended function and activate the
alarm notification appliances or activate a visible and audible
supervisory signal at a constantly attended location. In buildings not equipped with a fire alarm system, the automatic fire
detector shall be powered by normal electrical service and,
upon actuation, perform the intended function. The detectors
shall be located in accordance with NFPA 72.
[F] 907.3.1 Duct smoke detectors. Smoke detectors
installed in ducts shall be listedfor the air velocity, temperature and humidity present in the duct. Duct smoke detectors
shall be connected to the building's fire alarm control unit
when a fire alarm system is required by Section 907.2. Activation of a duct smoke detector shall initiate a visible and
audible supervisory signal at a constantly attendedlocation
and shall perform the intended fire safety function in accordance with this code and the International Mechanical
Code. Duct smoke detectors shall not be used as a substitute
for required open area detection.
Exceptions:
1. The supervisory signal at a constantly attended
location is not required where duct smoke detectors activate the building's alarm notification
appliances.
2. In occupancies not required to be equipped with a
fire alarm system, actuation of a smoke detector
shall activate a visible and an audible signal in an
approved location. Smoke detector trouble conditions shall activate a visible or audible signal in an
approved location and shall be identified as air
duct detector trouble.
[F] 907.3.2 Delayed egress locks. Where delayed egress
locks are installed on means ofegress doors in accordance
with Section 1008.1.9.6, an automatic smoke or heat detection system shall be installed as required by that section.
[F] 907.3.3 Elevator emergency operation. Automatic
fire detectors installed for elevator emergency operation
shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of
ASME A17.1 and NFPA 72.
[F] 907.3.4 Wiring. The wiring to the auxiliary devices and
equipment used to accomplish the above fire safety functions shall be monitored for integrity in accordance with
NFPA 72.
[F] 907.4 Initiating devices. Where manual or automatic
alarm initiation is required as part of a fire alarm system, the
initiating devices shall be installed in accordance with Sections
907.4.1 through 907.4.3.
[F] 907.4.1 Protection of fire alarm control unit. In areas
that are not continuously occupied, a single smoke detector
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
Exceptions:
2. The smoke detector shall not be required where the
building is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
[F] 907.4.2 Manual fire alarm boxes. Where a manual fire
alarm system is required by another section of this code, it
shall be activated by fire alarm boxes installed in accordance
with Sections 907.4.2.1 through 907.4.2.5.
[F] 907.4.2.1 Location. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be
located not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the
entrance to each exit. Additional manual fire alarm boxes
shall be located so that travel distance to the nearest box
does not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm).
[F] 907.4.2.2 Height. The height of the manual fire
alarm boxes shall be a minimum of 42 inches (1067 mm)
and a maximum of 48 inches (1372 mm) measured vertically, from the floor level to the activating handle or lever
of the box.
[F] 907.4.2.3 Color. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be red
in color.
[F] 907.4.2.4 Signs. Where fire alarm systems are not
monitored by a supervising station, an approved permanent sign shall be installed adjacent to each manual fire
alarm box that reads: WHEN ALARM SOUNDS CALL
FIRE DEPARTMENT.
Exception: Where the manufacturer has permanently
provided this information on the manual fire alarm
box.
[F] 907.4.2.5 Protective covers. The fire code official is
authorized to require the installation of listed manual fire
alarm box protective covers to prevent malicious false
alarms or to provide the manual fire alarm box with protection from physical damage. The protective cover shall
be transparent or red in color with a transparent face to
permit visibility of the manual fire alarm box. Each cover
shall include proper operating instructions. A protective
cover that emits a local alarm signal shall not be installed
unless approved. Protective covers shall not project more
than that permitted by Section 1003.3.3.
[F] 907.4.3 Automatic smoke detection. Where an automatic smoke detection system is required it shall utilize
smoke detectors unless ambient conditions prohibit such an
installation. In spaces where smoke detectors cannot be utilized due to ambient conditions, approved automatic heat
detectors shall be permitted.
907.4.3.1 Automatic sprinkler system. For conditions
other than specific fire safety functions noted in Section
907.3, in areas where ambient conditions prohibit the
201
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
installation of smoke detectors, an automatic sprinkler
system installed in such areas in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and that is connected to the fire
alarm system shall be approved as automatic heat detection.
[F] 907.5 Occupant notification systems. A fire alarm system
shall annunciate at the panel and shall initiate occupant notification upon activation, in accordance with Sections 907.5.1
through 907.5.2.3.4. Where a fire alarm system is required by
another section of this code, it shall be activated by:
1. Automatic fire detectors.
2. Sprinkler waterflow devices.
tems required by this code shall be designed and installed
in accordance with NFPA 72. The operation of any automatic fire detector, sprinkler waterflow device or manual
fire alarm box shall automatically sound an alert tone followed by voice instructions giving approved information
and directions for a general or staged evacuation in
accordance with the building's fire safety and evacuation
plans required by Section 404. In high-rise buildings, the
system shall operate on a minimum of the alarming floor,
the floor above and the floor below. Speakers shall be
provided throughout the building by paging zones. At a
minimum, paging zones shall be provided as follows:
1. Elevator groups.
3. Manual fire alarm boxes.
2. Exit stairways.
4. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems.
3. Each floor.
Exception: Where notification systems are allowed elsewhere in Section 907 to annunciate at a constantly attended
4. Areas ofrefuge as defined in Section 1002.1.
location.
[F] 907.5.1 Presignal feature. A presignal feature shall not
be installed unless approvedby the fire code official and the
fire department. Where a presignal feature is provided, a
signal shall be annunciated at a constantly attendedlocation
approvedby the fire department, in order that occupant notification can be activated in the event of fire or other emergency.
[F] 907.5.2 Alarm notification appliances. Alarm notification appliances shall be provided and shall be listed for
their purpose.
[F] 907.5.2.1 Audible alarms. Audible alarm notification appliances shall be provided and emit a distinctive
sound that is not to be used for any purpose other than
that of a fire alarm.
Exception: Visible alarm notification appliances
shall be allowed in lieu of audible alarm notification
appliances in critical care areas of Group 1-2 occupancies.
907.5.2.1.1 Average sound pressure. The audible
alarm notification appliances shall provide a sound
pressure level of 15 decibels (dBA) above the average
ambient sound level or 5 dBA above the maximum
sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds,
whichever is greater, in every occupiable space
within the building. The minimum sound pressure
levels shall be: 75 dBA in occupancies in Groups R
and 1-1; 90 dBA in mechanical equipment rooms and
60 dBA in other occupancies.
202
Exception: In Group 1-1 and 1-2 occupancies, the
alarm shall sound in a constantly attended area and a
general occupant notification shall be broadcast over
the overhead page.
[F] 907.5.2.2.1 Manual override. A manual override
for emergency voice communication shall be provided on a selective and all-call basis for all paging
zones.
[F] 907.5.2.2.2 Live voice messages. The emergency
voice/alarm communication system shall also have
the capability to broadcast live voice messages by
paging zones on a selective and all-call basis.
[F] 907.5.2.2.3 Alternate uses. The emergency
voice/alarm communication system shall be allowed
to be used for other announcements, provided the
manual fire alarm use takes precedence over any other
use.
[F] 907.5.2.2.4 Emergency power. Emergency
voice/alarm communications systems shall be provided with an approved emergency power source.
[F] 907.5.2.3 Visible alarms. Visible alarm notification
appliances shall be provided in accordance with Sections
907.5.2.3.1 through 907.5.2.3.4.
Exceptions:
1. Visible alarm notification appliances are not
required in alterations, except where an existing fire alarm system is upgraded or replaced,
or a new fire alarm system is installed.
2. Visible alarm notification appliances shall not
be required in exits as defined in Section
1002.1.
907.5.2.1.2 Maximum sound pressure. The maximum sound pressure level for audible alarm notification appliances shall be 110 dBA at the minimum
hearing distance from the audible appliance. Where
the average ambient noise is greater than 95 dBA, visible alarm notification appliances shall be provided in
accordance with NFPA 72 and audible alarm notification appliances shall not be required.
[F] 907.5.2.3.1 Public and common areas. Visible
alarm notification appliances shall be provided in
public areas and common areas.
907.5.2.2 Emergency voice/alarm communication
systems. Emergency voice/alarm communication sys-
[F] 907.5.2.3.2 Employee work areas. Where
employee work areas have audible alarm coverage,
3. Visible alarm notification appliances shall not
be required in elevator cars.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
the notification appliance circuits serving the
employee work areas shall be initially designed with a
minimum of 20-percent spare capacity to account for
the potential of adding visible notification appliances
in the future to accommodate hearing impaired
employee(s) .
[F] 907.5.2.3.3 Groups 1-1 and R-l. Group 1-1 and
R-l dwelling units or sleeping units in accordance
with Table 907.5.2.3.3 shall be provided with a visible
alarm notification appliance, activated by both the
in-room smoke alarm and the building fire alarm system.
[F] TABLE 907.5.2.3.3
VISIBLE ALARMS
length of any zone shall not exceed 300 feet (91 440 mm) in
any direction.
Exception: Automatic sprinkler system zones shall not
exceed the area permitted by NFPA 13.
[F] 907.6.3.1 Zoning indicator panel. A zoning indicator panel and the associated controls shall be provided in
an approved location. The visual zone indication shall
lock in until the system is reset and shall not be canceled
by the operation of an audible-alarm silencing switch.
[F] 907.6.3.2 High-rise buildings. In high-rise buildings, a separate zone by floor shall be provided for each
of the following types of alarm-initiating devices where
provided:
1. Smoke detectors.
NUMBER OF SLEEP UNITS
SLEEPING ACCOMMODATIONS WITH
VISIBLE ALARMS
6 to 25
2
3. Manual fire alarm boxes.
4. Other approved types of automatic fire detection
devices or suppression systems.
26 to 50
4
51 to 75
7
76 to 100
9
101 to 150
12
151 to 200
14
2. Sprinkler waterflow devices.
[F] 907.6.4 Access. Access shall be provided to each fire
alarm device and notification appliance for periodic inspection, maintenance and testing.
201 to 300
17
301 to 400
20
[F] 907.6.5 Monitoring. Fire alarm systems required by
this chapter or by the International Fire Code shall be monitored by an approved supervising station in accordance with
NFPA 72.
401 to 500
22
Exception: Monitoring by a supervising station is not
501 to 1,000
5% of total
1,001 and over
50 plus 3 for each 100 over 1,000
[F] 907.5.2.3.4 Group R-2. In Group R-2 occupancies required by Section 907 to have a fire alarm system, all dwelling units and sleeping units shall be
provided with the capability to support visible alarm
notification appliances in accordance with ICC
AI17.1.
[F] 907.6 Installation. A fire alarm system shall be installed in
accordance with this section and NFPA 72.
[F] 907.6.1 Wiring. Wiring shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70 and NFPA 72. Wireless protection systems utilizing radio-frequency transmitting devices shall
comply with the special requirements for supervision of
low-power wireless systems in NFPA 72.
[F] 907.6.2 Power supply. The primary and secondary
power supply for the fire alarm system shall be provided in
accordance with NFPA 72.
required for:
1. Single- and multiple-station smoke alarms
required by Section 907.2.11.
2. Smoke detectors in Group 1-3 occupancies.
3. Automatic sprinkler systems in one- and two-family dwellings.
[F] 907.6.5.1 Automatic telephone-dialing devices.
Automatic telephone-dialing devices used to transmit an
emergency alarm shall not be connected to any fire
department telephone number unless approved by the
fire chief.
[F] 907.7 Acceptance tests and completion. Upon completion of the installation, the fire alarm system and all fire alarm
components shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 72.
[F] 907.7.1 Single- and multiple-station alarm devices.
When the installation of the alarm devices is complete, each
device and interconnecting wiring for multiple-station
alarm devices shall be tested in accordance with the smoke
alarm provisions of NFPA 72.
ple-station smoke alarms as required in Section
907.2.11.4.
[F] 907.7.2 Record of completion. A record of completion
in accordance with NFPA 72 verifying that the system has
been installed and tested in accordance with the approved
plans and specifications shall be provided.
[F] 907.6.3 Zones. Each floor shall be zoned separately and
a zone shall not exceed 22,500 square feet (2090 m2). The
[F] 907.7.3 Instructions. Operating, testing and maintenance instructions and record drawings (" as-builts") and
Exception: Back-up power for single-station and multi-
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
203
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
equipment specifications shall be provided at an approved
location.
[F] 907.8 Inspection, testing and maintenance. The maintenance and testing schedules and procedures for fire alarm and
fire detection systems shall be in accordance with Section
907.9 of the International Fire Code.
SECTION 908
EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEMS
[F] 908.1 Group H occupancies. Emergency alarms for the
detection and notification of an emergency condition in Group
H occupancies shall be provided in accordance with Section
414.7.
[F] 908.2 Group H-5 occupancy. Emergency alarms for notification of an emergency condition in an HPM facility shall be
provided as required in Section 415.8.4.6. A continuous
gas-detection system shall be provided for HPM gases in
accordance with Section 415.8.7.
[F] 908.3 Highly toxic and toxic materials. A gas detection
system shall be provided to detect the presence of highly toxic
or toxic gas at or below the permissible exposure limit (PEL) or
ceiling limit of the gas for which detection is provided. The system shall be capable of monitoring the discharge from the treatment system at or below one-half the immediately dangerous to
life and health (IDLH) limit.
Exception: A gas-detection system is not required for toxic
gases when the physiological warning threshold level for
the gas is at a level below the accepted PEL for the gas.
[F] 908.3.1 Alarms. The gas detection system shall initiate
a local alarm and transmit a signal to a constantly attended
control station when a short-term hazard condition is
detected. The alarm shall be both visible and audible and
shall provide warning both inside and outside the area
where gas is detected. The audible alarm shall be distinct
from all other alarms.
exhausted enclosure, the shutoff valve in the gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure for the specific gas
detected shall automatically close.
2. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiating the
gas detection system alarm is within a gas room and
compressed gas containers are not in gas cabinets or
exhausted enclosures, the shutoff valves on all gas
lines for the specific gas detected shall automatically
close.
3. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiating the
gas detection system alarm is within a piping distribution manifold enclosure, the shutoff valve for the
compressed container of specific gas detected supplying the manifold shall automatically close.
Exception: When the gas-detection sampling point initiating the gas-detection system alarm is at a use location
or within a gas valve enclosure of a branch line downstream of a piping distribution manifold, the shutoff
valve in the gas valve enclosure for the branch line
located in the piping distribution manifold enclosure
shall automatically close.
[F] 908.4 Ozone gas-generator rooms. Ozone gas-generator
rooms shall be equipped with a continuous gas-detection system that will shut off the generator and sound a local alarm
when concentrations above the PEL occur.
[F] 908.5 Repair garages. A flammable-gas detection system
shall be provided in repair garages for vehicles fueled by
nonodorized gases in accordance with Section 406.6.6.
[F] 908.6 Refrigerant detector. Machinery rooms shall contain a refrigerant detector with an audible and visual alarm. The
detector, or a sampling tube that draws air to the detector, shall
be located in an area where refrigerant from a leak will concentrate. The alarm shall be actuated at a value not greater than the
corresponding TLV-TWA values for the refrigerant classification indicated in the International Mechanical Code. Detectors
and alarms shall be placed in approved locations.
Exception: Signal transmission to a constantly attended
control station is not required when not more than one
cylinder of highly toxic or toxic gas is stored.
[F] 908.3.2 Shutoff of gas supply. The gas detection system shall automatically close the shutoff valve at the source
on gas supply piping and tubing related to the system being
monitored for whichever gas is detected.
Exception: Automatic shutdown is not required for
reactors utilized for the production of highly toxic or
toxic compressed gases where such reactors are:
1. Operated at pressures less than 15 pounds per
square inch gauge (psig) (103.4 kPa).
2. Constantly attended.
3. Provided with readily accessible emergency shutoff valves.
[F] 908.3.3 Valve closure. The automatic closure of shutoff
valves shall be in accordance with the following:
1. When the gas-detection sampling point initiating the
gas detection system alarm is within a gas cabinet or
204
SECTION 909
SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS
[F] 909.1 Scope and purpose. This section applies to mechanical or passive smoke control systems when they are required
by other provisions of this code. The purpose of this section is
to establish minimum requirements for the design, installation
and acceptance testing of smoke control systems that are
intended to provide a tenable environment for the evacuation or
relocation of occupants. These provisions are not intended for
the preservation of contents, the timely restoration of operations or for assistance in fire suppression or overhaul activities.
Smoke control systems regulated by this section serve a different purpose than the smoke- and heat-venting provisions found
in Section 910. Mechanical smoke control systems shall not be
considered exhaust systems under Chapter 5 of the International Mechanical Code.
[F] 909.2 General design requirements. Buildings, structures
or parts thereof required by this code to have a smoke control
system or systems shall have such systems designed in accor2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
dance with the applicable requirements of Section 909 and the
generally accepted and well-established principles of engineering relevant to the design. The construction documents
shall include sufficient information and detail to adequately
describe the elements of the design necessary for the proper
implementation of the smoke control systems. These documents shall be accompanied by sufficient information and
analysis to demonstrate compliance with these provisions.
[F] 909.3 Special inspection and test requirements. In addition to the ordinary inspection and test requirements which
buildings, structures and parts thereof are required to undergo,
smoke control systems subject to the provisions of Section 909
shall undergo special inspections and tests sufficient to verify
the proper commissioning of the smoke control design in its
final installed condition. The design submission accompanying the construction documents shall clearly detail procedures
and methods to be used and the items subject to such inspections and tests. Such commissioning shall be in accordance
with generally accepted engineering practice and, where possible' based on published standards for the particular testing
involved. The special inspections and tests required by this section shall be conducted under the same terms in Section 1704.
[F] 909.4 Analysis. A rational analysis supporting the types of
smoke control systems to be employed, their methods of operation, the systems supporting them and the methods of construction to be utilized shall accompany the submitted construction
documents and shall include, but not be limited to, the items
indicated in Sections 909.4.1 through 909.4.6.
[F] 909.4.1 Stack effect. The system shall be designed such
that the maximum probable normal or reverse stack effect
will not adversely interfere with the system's capabilities. In
determining the maximum probable stack effect, altitude,
elevation, weather history and interior temperatures shall be
used.
[F] 909.4.2 Temperature effect of fire. Buoyancy and
expansion caused by the design fire in accordance with Section 909.9 shall be analyzed. The system shall be designed
such that these effects do not adversely interfere with the
system's capabilities.
[F] 909.4.3 Wind effect. The design shall consider the
adverse effects of wind. Such consideration shall be consistent with the wind-loading provisions of Chapter 16.
[F] 909.4.4 HVAC systems. The design shall consider the
effects of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
(HVAC) systems on both smoke and fire transport. The
analysis shall include all permutations of systems status.
The design shall consider the effects of the fire on the HVAC
systems.
[F] 909.4.5 Climate. The design shall consider the effects
of low temperatures on systems, property and occupants.
Air inlets and exhausts shall be located so as to prevent snow
or ice blockage.
[F] 909.4.6 Duration ofoperation. All portions of active or
passive smoke control systems shall be capable of continued
operation after detection of the fire event for a period of not
less than either 20 minutes or 1.5 times the calculated egress
time, whichever is less.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[F] 909.5 Smoke barrier construction. Smoke barriers shall
comply with Section 710, and shall be constructed and sealed
to limit leakage areas exclusive of protected openings. The
maximum allowable leakage area shall be the aggregate area
calculated using the following leakage area ratios:
1. Walls:
A/A w = 0.00100
2. Exitenclosures:
A/A w = 0.00035
3. All other shafts:
A/A w = 0.00150
4. Floors and roofs:
A/AF =0.00050
where:
A = Total leakage area, square feet (m 2).
AF = Unit floor or roof area of barrier, square feet (m 2).
Aw = Unit wall area of barrier, square feet (m 2).
The leakage area ratios shown do not include openings due
to doors, operable windows or similar gaps. These shall be
included in calculating the total leakage area.
[F] 909.5.1 Leakage area. The total leakage area of the barrier is the product of the smoke barrier gross area multiplied
by the allowable leakage area ratio, plus the area of other
openings such as gaps and operable windows. Compliance
shall be determined by achieving the minimum air pressure
difference across the barrier with the system in the smoke
control mode for mechanical smoke control systems. Passive smoke control systems tested using other approved
means such as door fan testing shall be as approved by the
fire code official.
[F] 909.5.2 Opening protection. Openings in smoke barriers shall be protected by automatic-closing devices actuated
by the required controls for the mechanical smoke control
system. Door openings shall be protected by fire door
assemblies complying with Section 715.4.3.
Exceptions:
1. Passive smoke control systems with automatic-closing devices actuated by spot-type
smoke detectors listed for releasing service
installed in accordance with Section 907.3.
2. Fixed openings between smoke zones that are protected utilizing the airflow method.
3. In Group 1-2, where such doors are installed across
corridors, a pair of opposite-swinging doors without a center mullion shall be installed having
vision panels with fire protection-rated glazing
materials in fire protection-rated frames, the area
of which shall not exceed that tested. The doors
shall be close-fitting within operational tolerances
and shall not have undercuts, louvers or grilles.
The doors shall have head and jamb stops, astragals or rabbets at meeting edges and shall be automatic-closing by smoke detection in accordance
with Section 715.4.8.3. Positive-latching devices
are not required.
4. Group 1-3.
205
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
5. Openings between smoke zones with clear ceiling
heights of 14 feet (4267 mm) or greater and
bank-down capacity of greater than 20 minutes as
determined by the design fire size.
[F] 909.5.2.1 Ducts and air transfer openings. Ducts
and air transfer openings are required to be protected
with a minimum Class II, 250°F (121°C) smoke damper
complying with Section 716.
[F] 909.6 Pressurization method. The primary mechanical
means of controlling smoke shall be by pressure differences
across smoke barriers. Maintenance of a tenable environment
is not required in the smoke control zone of fire origin.
[F] 909.6.1 Minimum pressure difference. The minimum
pressure difference across a smoke barrier shall be
0.05-inch water gage (0.0124 kPa) in fully sprinklered
buildings.
In buildings permitted to be other than fully sprinklered,
the smoke control system shall be designed to achieve pressure differences at least two times the maximum calculated
pressure difference produced by the design fire.
[F] 909.6.2 Maximum pressure difference. The maximum air pressure difference across a smoke barrier shall be
determined by required door-opening or closing forces. The
actual force required to open exit doors when the system is
in the smoke control mode shall be in accordance with Section 1008.1.2. Opening and closing forces for other doors
shall be determined by standard engineering methods for
the resolution of forces and reactions. The calculated force
to set a side-hinged, swinging door in motion shall be determined by:
F = Fdc + K( WA~~ /2 ( W d)
(Equation 9-1)
where:
A = Door area, square feet (m 2).
d = Distance from door handle to latch edge of door, feet
(m).
F = Total door opening force, pounds (N).
F dc = Force required to overcome closing device, pounds
(N).
K = Coefficient 5.2 (1.0).
W = Door width, feet (m) .
~p=
Design pressure difference, inches of water (Pa).
[F] 909.7 Airflow design method. When approved by the fire
code official, smoke migration through openings fixed in a permanently open position, which are located between smoke
control zones by the use of the airflow method, shall be permitted. The design airflow shall be in accordance with this section.
Airflow shall be directed to limit smoke migration from the fire
zone. The geometry of openings shall be considered to prevent
flow reversal from turbulent effects.
[F] 909.7.1 Velocity. The minimum average velocity
through a fixed opening shall not be less than:
206
v= 217.2 [h (Tr- To)/(Tr+ 460)] 1/2
(Equation 9-2)
For SI: v = 119.9 [h (Tr - To) / TJ 1/2
where:
=
Tr =
To =
v =
h
Height of opening, feet (m).
Temperature of smoke, of (K).
Temperature of ambient air, of (K).
Air velocity, feet per minute (m/minute) .
[F] 909.7.2 Prohibited conditions. This method shall not
be employed where either the quantity of air or the velocity
of the airflow will adversely affect other portions of the
smoke control system, unduly intensify the fire, disrupt
plume dynamics or interfere with exiting. In no case shall
airflow toward the fire exceed 200 feet per minute (1.02
m/s). Where the formula in Section 909.7.1 requires airflow
to exceed this limit, the airflow method shall not be used.
[F] 909.8 Exhaust method. When approved by the fire code
official, mechanical smoke control for large enclosed volumes,
such as in atriums or malls, shall be permitted to utilize the
exhaust method. Smoke control systems using the exhaust
method shall be designed in accordance with NFPA 92B.
[F] 909.8.1 Smoke layer. The height of the lowest horizontal surface of the smoke layer interface shall be maintained
at least 6 feet (1829 mm) above any walking surface that
forms a portion of a required egress system within the
smoke zone.
[F] 909.9 Design fire. The design fire shall be based on a rational analysis performed by the registered design professional
and approved by the fire code official. The design fire shall be
based on the analysis in accordance with Section 909.4 and this
section.
[F] 909.9.1 Factors considered. The engineering analysis
shall include the characteristics of the fuel, fuel load, effects
included by the fire and whether the fire is likely to be steady
or unsteady.
[F] 909.9.2 Separation distance. Determination of the
design fire shall include consideration of the type of fuel,
fuel spacing and configuration.
[F] 909.9.3 Heat-release assumptions. The analysis shall
make use of best available data from approved sources and
shall not be based on excessively stringent limitations of
combustible material.
[F] 909.9.4 Sprinkler effectiveness assumptions. A documented engineering analysis shall be provided for conditions that assume fire growth is halted at the time of
sprinkler activation.
[F] 909.10 Equipment. Equipment including, but not limited
to, fans, ducts, automatic dampers and balance dampers, shall
be suitable for its intended use, suitable for the probable exposure temperatures that the rational analysis indicates and as
approved by the fire code official.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
[F] 909.10.1 Exhaust fans. Components of exhaust fans
shall be rated and certified by the manufacturer for the probable temperature rise to which the components will be
exposed. This temperature rise shall be computed by:
7:= (Qjmc) + (TJ
(Equation 9-3)
where:
c = Specific heat of smoke at smoke layer temperature,
Btu/lb of (kJ/kg . K).
m = Exhaust rate, pounds per second (kg/s).
Qc = Convective heat output of fire, Btu/s (kW).
Ta = Ambient temperature, of (K).
7: = Smoke temperature, of (K).
Exception: Reduced 7: as calculated based on the assurance of adequate dilution air.
[F] 909.10.2 Ducts. Duct materials andjoints shall be capable of withstanding the probable temperatures and pressures
to which they are exposed as determined in accordance with
Section 909.10.1. Ducts shall be constructed and supported
in accordance with the International Mechanical Code.
Ducts shall be leak tested to 1.5 times the maximum design
pressure in accordance with nationally accepted practices.
Measured leakage shall not exceed 5 percent of design flow.
Results of such testing shall be a part of the documentation
procedure. Ducts shall be supported directly from fire-resistance-rated structural elements of the building by substantial, noncombustible supports.
Exception: Flexible connections (for the purpose of
vibration isolation) complying with the International
Mechanical Code, that are constructed of approved
fire-resistance-rated materials.
[F] 909.10.3 Equipment, inlets and outlets. Equipment
shall be located so as to not expose uninvolved portions of
the building to an additional fire hazard. Outside air inlets
shall be located so as to minimize the potential for introducing smoke or flame into the building. Exhaust outlets shall
be so located as to minimize reintroduction of smoke into
the building and to limit exposure of the building or adjacent
buildings to an additional fire hazard.
[F] 909.10.4 Automatic dampers. Automatic dampers,
regardless of the purpose for which they are installed within
the smoke control system, shall be listed and conform to the
requirements of approved, recognized standards.
[F] 909.10.5 Fans. In addition to other requirements,
belt-driven fans shall have 1.5 times the number of belts
required for the design duty, with the minimum number of
belts being two. Fans shall be selected for stable performance based on normal temperature and, where applicable,
elevated temperature. Calculations and manufacturer's fan
curves shall be part of the documentation procedures. Fans
shall be supported and restrained by noncombustible
devices in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 16.
Motors driving fans shall not be operated beyond their
nameplate horsepower (kilowatts), as determined from
measurement of actual current draw, and shall have a minimum service factor of 1.15.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[F] 909.11 Power systems. The smoke control system shall be
supplied with two sources of power. Primary power shall be
from the normal building power systems. Secondary power
shall be from an approved standby source complying with
Chapter 27 of this code. The standby power source and its
transfer switches shall be in a room separate from the normal
power transformers and switch gears and ventilated directly to
and from the exterior. The room shall be enclosed with not less
than I-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance
with Section 712, or both.
[F] 909.11.1 Power sources and power surges. Elements
of the smoke management system relying on volatile memories or the like shall be supplied with uninterruptable
power sources ofsufficient duration to span a IS-minute primary power interruption. Elements of the smoke management system susceptible to power surges shall be suitably
protected by conditioners, suppressors or other approved
means.
[F] 909.12 Detection and control systems. Fire detection systems providing control input or output signals to mechanical
smoke control systems or elements thereof shall comply with
the requirements of Section 907. Such systems shall be
equipped with a control unit complying with UL 864 and listed
as smoke control equipment.
Control systems for mechanical smoke control systems shall
include provisions for verification. Verification shall include
positive confirmation of actuation, testing, manual override,
the presence of power downstream of all disconnects and,
through a preprogrammed weekly test sequence, report abnormal conditions audibly, visually and by printed report.
[F] 909.12.1 Wiring. In addition to meeting requirements
ofNFPA 70, all wiring, regardless of voltage, shall be fully
enclosed within continuous raceways.
[F] 909.12.2 Activation. Smoke control systems shall be
activated in accordance with this section.
[F] 909.12.2.1 Pressurization, airflow or exhaust
method. Mechanical smoke control systems using the
pressurization, airflow or exhaust method shall have
completely automatic control.
[F] 909.12.2.2 Passive method. Passive smoke control
systems actuated by approved spot-type detectors listed
for releasing service shall be permitted.
[F] 909.12.3 Automatic control. Where completely automatic control is required or used, the automatic-control
sequences shall be initiated from an appropriately zoned
automatic sprinkler system complying with Section
903.3.1.1, manual controls that are readily accessible to the
fire department and any smoke detectors required by engineering analysis.
[F] 909.13 Control air tubing. Control air tubing shall be of
sufficient size to meet the required response times. Tubing shall
be flushed clean and dry prior to final connections and shall be
adequately supported and protected from damage. Tubing
passing through concrete or masonry shall be sleeved and protected from abrasion and electrolytic action.
207
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
[F] 909.13.1 Materials. Control-air tubing shall be harddrawn copper, Type L, ACR in accordance with ASTM B
42, ASTM B 43, ASTM B 68, ASTM B 88, ASTM B 251
and ASTM B 280. Fittings shall be wrought copper or brass,
solder type in accordance with ASME B 16.18 or ASME
B16.22. Changes in direction shall be made with appropriate tool bends. Brass compression-type fittings shall be used
at final connection to devices; other joints shall be brazed
using a BCuP5 brazing alloy with solidus above 1,1 OO°F
(593°C) and liquids below 1,500°F (816°C). Brazing flux
shall be used on copper-to-brass joints only.
Exception: Nonmetallic tubing used within control pan-
[F] 909.16.1 Smoke control systems. Fans within the
building shall be shown on the fire-fighter's control panel. A
clear indication of the direction of airflow and the relationship of components shall be displayed. Status indicators
shall be provided for all smoke control equipment, annunciated by fan and zone, and by pilot-lamp-type indicators as
follows:
1. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in their
normal status-WHITE.
els and at the final connection to devices provided all of
the following conditions are met:
2. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in their
off or closed status-RED.
1. Tubing shall be listed by an approved agency for
flame and smoke characteristics.
3. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in their
on or open status-GREEN.
2. Tubing and connected devices shall be completely
enclosed within a galvanized or paint-grade steel
enclosure having a minimum thickness of 0.0296
inch (0.7534 mm) (No. 22 gage). Entry to the
enclosure shall be by copper tubing with a protective grommet of neoprene or teflon or by suitable
brass compression to male barbed adapter.
4. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in a
fault status-YELLOW/AMBER.
3. Tubing shall be identified by appropriately documented coding.
4. Tubing shall be neatly tied and supported within
the enclosure. Tubing bridging cabinets and doors
or moveable devices shall be of sufficient length to
avoid tension and excessive stress. Tubing shall be
protected against abrasion. Tubing serving
devices on doors shall be fastened along hinges.
[F] 909.13.2 Isolation from other functions. Control tubing serving other than smoke control functions shall be isolated by automatic isolation valves or shall be an
independent system.
[F] 909.13.3 Testing. Control air tubing shall be tested at
three times the operating pressure for not less than 30 minutes without any noticeable loss in gauge pressure prior to
final connection to devices.
[F] 909.14 Marking and identification. The detection and
control systems shall be clearly marked at all junctions,
accesses and terminations.
[F] 909.15 Control diagrams. Identical control diagrams
showing all devices in the system and identifying their location
and function shall be maintained current and kept on file with
the fire code official, the fire department and in the fire command center in a format and manner approvedby the fire chief.
[F] 909.16 Fire-fighter's smoke control panel. A
fire-fighter's smoke control panel for fire department emergency response purposes only shall be provided and shall
include manual control or override of automatic control for
mechanical smoke control systems. The panel shall be located
in a fire command center complying with Section 911 in highrise buildings or buildings with smoke-protected assembly
seating. In all other buildings, the fire-fighter's smoke control
panel shall be installed in an approved location adjacent to the
208
fire alarm control panel. The fire-fighter's smoke control panel
shall comply with Sections 909.16.1 through 909.16.3.
[F] 909.16.2 Smoke control panel. The fire-fighter's control panel shall provide control capability over the complete
smoke-control system equipment within the building as follows:
1. ON-AUTO-OFF control over each individual piece
of operating smoke control equipment that can also be
controlled from other sources within the building.
This includes stairway pressurization fans; smoke
exhaust fans; supply, return and exhaust fans; elevator shaft fans and other operating equipment used or
intended for smoke control purposes.
2. OPEN-AUTO-CLOSE control over individual
dampers relating to smoke control and that are also
controlled from other sources within the building.
3. ON-OFF or OPEN-CLOSE control over smoke control and other critical equipment associated with a fire
or smoke emergency and that can only be controlled
from the fire-fighter' s control panel.
Exceptions:
1. Complex systems, where approved, where the
controls and indicators are combined to control
and indicate all elements of a single smoke zone as
a unit.
2. Complex systems, where approved, where the
control is accomplished by computer interface
using approved, plain English commands.
[F] 909.16.3 Control action and priorities. The firefighter's control panel actions shall be as follows:
1. ON-OFF and OPEN-CLOSE control actions shall
have the highest priority of any control point within
the building. Once issued from the fire-fighter's control panel, no automatic or manual control from any
other control point within the building shall contradiet the control action. Where automatic means are
provided to interrupt normal, nonemergency equipment operation or produce a specific result to safeguard the building or equipment (Le., duct freezestats,
duct smoke detectors, high-temperature cutouts, tem2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
perature-actuated linkage and similar devices), such
means shall be capable of being overridden by the
fire-fighter's control panel. The last control action as
indicated by each fire-fighter' s control panel switch
position shall prevail. In no case shall control actions
require the smoke control system to assume more
than one configuration at anyone time.
Exception: Power disconnects required by NFPA
70.
2. Only the AUTO position of each three-position
fire-fighter's control panel switch shall allow automatic or manual control action from other control
points within the building. The AUTO position shall
be the NORMAL, nonemergency, building control
position. Where a fire- fighter's control panel is in the
AUTO position, the actual status of the device (on,
off, open, closed) shall continue to be indicated by the
status indicator described above. When directed by an
automatic signal to assume an emergency condition,
the NORMAL position shall become the emergency
condition for that device or group of devices within
the zone. In no case shall control actions require the
smoke control system to assume more than one configuration at anyone time.
[F] 909.17 System response time. Smoke-control system activation shall be initiated immediately after receipt of an appropriate automatic or manual activation command. Smoke
control systems shall activate individual components (such as
dampers and fans) in the sequence necessary to prevent physical damage to the fans, dampers, ducts and other equipment.
For purposes of smoke control, the fire-fighter's control panel
response time shall be the same for automatic or manual smoke
control action initiated from any other building control point.
The total response time, including that necessary for detection,
shutdown of operating equipment and smoke control system
startup, shall allow for full operational mode to be achieved
before the conditions in the space exceed the design smoke
condition. The system response time for each component and
their sequential relationships shall be detailed in the required
rational analysis and verification of their installed condition
reported in the required final report.
[F] 909.18 Acceptance testing. Devices, equipment, components and sequences shall be individually tested. These tests, in
addition to those required by other provisions of this code, shall
consist of determination of function, sequence and, where
applicable, capacity of their installed condition.
[F] 909.18.1 Detection devices. Smoke or fire detectors
that are a part of a smoke control system shall be tested in
accordance with Chapter 9 in their installed condition.
When applicable, this testing shall include verification of
airflow in both minimum and maximum conditions.
[F] 909.18.2 Ducts. Ducts that are part of a smoke control
system shall be traversed using generally accepted practices
to determine actual air quantities.
[F] 909.18.3 Dampers. Dampers shall be tested for function in their installed condition.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
[F] 909.18.4 Inlets and outlets. Inlets and outlets shall be
read using generally accepted practices to determine air
quantities.
[F] 909.18.5 Fans. Fans shall be examined for correct rotation. Measurements of voltage, amperage, revolutions per
minute (rpm) and belt tension shall be made.
[F] 909.18.6 Smoke barriers. Measurements using
inclined manometers or other approved calibrated measuring devices shall be made of the pressure differences across
smoke barriers. Such measurements shall be conducted for
each possible smoke control condition.
[F] 909.18.7 Controls. Each smoke zone equipped with an
automatic-initiation device shall be put into operation by the
actuation of one such device. Each additional device within
the zone shall be verified to cause the same sequence without requiring the operation of fan motors in order to prevent
damage. Control sequences shall be verified throughout the
system, including verification of override from the
fire-fighter's control panel and simulation of standby power
conditions.
[F] 909.18.8 Special inspections for smoke control.
Smoke control systems shall be tested by a special inspector.
[F] 909.18.8.1 Scope of testing. Special inspections
shall be conducted in accordance with the following:
1. During erection of ductwork and prior to concealment for the purposes of leakage testing and
recording of device location.
2. Prior to occupancy and after sufficient completion
for the purposes of pressure-difference testing,
flow measurements, and detection and control verification.
[F] 909.18.8.2 Qualifications. Special inspection agencies for smoke control shall have expertise in fire protection engineering, mechanical engineering and
certification as air balancers.
[F] 909.18.8.3 Reports. A complete report of testing
shall be prepared by the special inspector or special
inspection agency. The report shall include identification
of all devices by manufacturer, nameplate data, design
values, measured values and identification tag or mark.
The report shall be reviewed by the responsible registered design professional and, when satisfied that the
design intent has been achieved, the responsible registered design professional shall seal, sign and date the
report.
[F] 909.18.8.3.1 Report filing. A copy of the final
report shall be filed with the fire code official and an
identical copy shall be maintained in an approved
location at the building.
[F] 909.18.9 Identification and documentation. Charts,
drawings and other documents identifying and locating
each component of the smoke control system, and describing its proper function and maintenance requirements, shall
be maintained on file at the building as an attachment to the
209
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
report required by Section 909.18.8.3. Devices shall have an
approved identifying tag or mark on them consistent with
the other required documentation and shall be dated indicating the last time they were successfully tested and by whom.
[F] 909.19 System acceptance. Buildings, or portions thereof,
required by this code to comply with this section shall not be
issued a certificate of occupancy until such time that the fire
code official determines that the provisions of this section have
been fully complied with and that the fire department has
received satisfactory instruction on the operation, both automatic and manual, of the system.
Exception: In buildings of phased construction, a temporary certificate of occupancy, as approved by the fire code
official, shall be allowed provided that those portions of the
building to be occupied meet the requirements of this section and that the remainder does not pose a significant hazard to the safety of the proposed occupants or adjacent
buildings.
909.20 Smokeproof enclosures. Where required by Section
1022.9, a smokeproof enclosure shall be constructed in accordance with this section. A smokeproof enclosure shall consist
of an enclosed interior exit stairway that conforms to Section
1022.1 and an open exterior balcony or ventilated vestibule
meeting the requirements of this section. Where access to the
roof is required by the International Fire Code, such access
shall be from the smokeproof enclosure where a smokeproof
enclosure is required.
909.20.1 Access. Access to the stair shall be by way of a
vestibule or an open exterior balcony. The minimum dimension of the vestibule shall not be less than the required width
of the corridor leading to the vestibule but shall not have a
width of less than 44 inches (1118 mm) and shall not have a
length of less than 72 inches (1829 mm) in the direction of
egress travel.
909.20.2 Construction. The smokeproof enclosure shall be
separated from the remainder of the building by not less
than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both. Openings are not permitted
other than the required means ofegress doors. The vestibule
shall be separated from the stairway by not less than 2-hour
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or
horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both. The open exterior balcony shall be constructed in accordance with the fire-resistance rating requirements for floor assemblies.
909.20.2.1 Door closers. Doors in a smokeproof enclosure shall be self- or automatic closing by actuation of a
smoke detector in accordance with Section 715 .4 and
shall be installed at the floor-side entrance to the
smokeproof enclosure. The actuation of the smoke
detector on any door shall activate the closing devices on
all doors in the smokeproof enclosure at all levels.
Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with
Section 907.3.
210
909.20.3 Natural ventilation alternative. The provisions
of Sections 909.20.3.1 through 909.20.3.3 shall apply to
ventilation of smokeproof enclosures by natural means.
909.20.3.1 Balcony doors. Where access to the stairway
is by way of an open exterior balcony, the door assembly
into the enclosure shall be a fire door assembly in accordance with Section 715.4.
909.20.3.2 Vestibule doors. Where access to the stairway is by way of a vestibule, the door assembly into the
vestibule shall be a fire door assembly complying with
Section 715.4. The door assembly from the vestibule to
the stairwayshall have not less than a 20-minute fire protection rating complying with Section 715.4.
909.20.3.3 Vestibule ventilation. Each vestibule shall
have a minimum net area of 16 square feet (1.5 m 2) of
opening in a wall facing an outer court, yard or public
way that is at least 20 feet (6096 mm) in width.
909.20.4 Mechanical ventilation alternative. The provisions of Sections 909.20.4.1 through 909.20.4.4 shall apply
to ventilation of smokeproof enclosures by mechanical
means.
909.20.4.1 Vestibule doors. The door assembly from the
building into the vestibule shall be a fire door assembly
complying with Section 715.4.3. The door assembly
from the vestibule to the stairwayshall not have less than
a 20-minute fire protection rating and meet the requirements for a smoke door assembly in accordance with
Section 715.4.3. The door shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 105.
909.20.4.2 Vestibule ventilation. The vestibule shall be
supplied with not less than one air change per minute and
the exhaust shall not be less than 150 percent of supply.
Supply air shall enter and exhaust air shall discharge
from the vestibule through separate, tightly constructed
ducts used only for that purpose. Supply air shall enter
the vestibule within 6 inches (152 mm) of the floor level.
The top of the exhaust register shall be located at the top
of the smoke trap but not more than 6 inches (152 mm)
down from the top of the trap, and shall be entirely within
the smoke trap area. Doors in the open position shall not
obstruct duct openings. Duct openings with controlling
dampers are permitted where necessary to meet the
design requirements, but dampers are not otherwise
required.
909.20.4.2.1 Engineered ventilation system. Where
a specially engineered system is used, the system
shall exhaust a quantity of air equal to not less than 90
air changes per hour from any vestibule in the emergency operation mode and shall be sized to handle
three vestibules simultaneously. Smoke detectors
shall be located at the floor-side entrance to each vestibule and shall activate the system for the affected
vestibule. Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section 907.3.
909.20.4.3 Smoke trap. The vestibule ceiling shall be at
least 20 inches (508 mm) higher than the door opening
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
into the vestibule to serve as a smoke and heat trap and to
provide an upward-moving air column. The height shall
not be decreased unless approved and justified by design
and test.
909.20.4.4 Stair shaft air movement system. The stair
shaft shall be provided with a dampered relief opening
and supplied with sufficient air to maintain a minimum
positive pressure of 0.10 inch of water (25 Pa) in the shaft
relative to the vestibule with all doors closed.
909.20.5 Stair pressurization alternative. Where the
building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 , the vestibule is not required, provided that interior exit stairways are
pressurized to a minimum of 0.10 inches of water (25 Pa)
and a maximum of 0.35 inches of water (87 Pa) in the shaft
relative to the building measured with all stairway doors
closed under maximum anticipated conditions of stack
effect and wind effect.
constructed in accordance with Section 712, or
both.
Exceptions:
1. Control wiring and power wiring utilizing a
2-hour rated cable or cable system.
2. Where encased with not less than 2 inches (51
mm) of concrete.
909.20.6.2 Standby power. Mechanical vestibule and
stair shaft ventilation systems and automatic fire detection systems shall be powered by an approved standby
power system conforming to Section 403.4.7 and Chapter 27.
909.20.6.3 Acceptance and testing. Before the mechanical equipment is approved, the system shall be tested in
the presence of the building official to confirm that the
system is operating in compliance with these requirements.
909.20.6 Ventilating equipment. The activation of ventilating equipment required by the alternatives in Sections
909.20.4 and 909.20.5 shall be by smoke detectors installed
at each floor level at an approved location at the entrance to
the smokeproof enclosure. When the closing device for the
stair shaft and vestibule doors is activated by smoke detection or power failure, the mechanical equipment shall activate and operate at the required performance levels. Smoke
detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section
907.3.
909.20.6.1 Ventilation systems. Smokeproof enclosure
ventilation systems shall be independent of other building ventilation systems. The equipment, control wiring,
power wiring and ductwork shall comply with one of the
following:
1. Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and
ductwork shall be located exterior to the building
and directly connected to the smokeproof enclosure or connected to the smokeproof enclosure by
ductwork enclosed by not less than 2-hour fire
barriers constructed in accordance with Section
707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both.
2. Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and
ductwork shall be located within the smokeproof
enclosure with intake or exhaust directly from and
to the outside or through ductwork enclosed by not
less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies
constructed in accordance with Section 712, or
both.
3. Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and
ductwork shall be located within the building if
separated from the remainder of the building,
including other mechanical equipment, by not less
than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
SECTION 910
SMOKE AND HEAT VENTS
[F] 910.1 General. Where required by this code or otherwise
installed, smoke and heat vents, or mechanical smoke exhaust
systems, and draft curtains shall conform to the requirements
of this section.
Exceptions:
1. Frozen food warehouses used solely for storage of
Class I and II commodities where protected by an
approved automatic sprinkler system.
2. Where areas of buildings are equipped with early suppression fast-response (ESFR) sprinklers, automatic
smoke and heat vents shall not be required within
these areas.
[F] 910.2 Where required. Smoke and heat vents shall be
installed in the roofs of one-story buildings or portions thereof
occupied for the uses set forth in Sections 910.2.1 and 910.2.2.
[F] 910.2.1 Group F-l or S-I. Buildings and portions
thereof used as a Group F-lor S-l occupancy having more
than 50,000 square feet (4645 m 2) in undivided area.
Exception: Group S-l aircraft repair hangars.
[F] 910.2.2 High-piled combustible storage. Buildings
and portions thereof containing high-piled combustible
stock or rack storage in any occupancy group in accordance
with Section 413 and the International Fire Code.
[F] 910.3 Design and installation. The design and installation
of smoke and heat vents and draft curtains shall be as specified
in Sections 910.3.1 through 910.3.5.2 and Table 910.3.
[F] 910.3.1 Design. Smoke and heat vents shall be listedand
labeled to indicate compliance with UL 793 .
[F] 910.3.2 Vent operation. Smoke and heat vents shall be
capable of being operated by approved automatic and manual means. Automatic operation of smoke and heat vents
211
•
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
shall conform to the provisions of Sections 910.3.2.1
through 910.3.2.3.
sion less than 4 feet (1219 mm), excluding ribs or gutters
having a total width not exceeding 6 inches (152 mm).
[F] 910.3.2.1 Gravity-operated drop-out vents. Automatic smoke and heat vents containing heat-sensitive
glazing designed to shrink and drop out of the vent opening when exposed to fire shall fully open within 5 minutes after the vent cavity is exposed to a simulated fire,
represented by a time-temperature gradient that reaches
an air temperature of 500°F (260°C) within 5 minutes.
[F] 910.3.4 Vent locations. Smoke and heat vents shall be
located 20 feet (6096 mm) or more from adjacent lot lines
and fire walls and 10 feet (3048 mm) or more from fire barriers. Vents shall be uniformly located within the roof in the
areas of the building where the vents are required to be
installed by Section 910.2 with consideration given to roof
pitch, draft curtain location, sprinkler location and structural members.
[F] 910.3.2.2 Sprinklered buildings. Where installed in
buildings provided with an approved automatic sprinkler system, smoke and heat vents shall be designed to
operate automatically.
[F] 910.3.5 Draft curtains. Where required by Table 910.3,
draft curtains shall be installed on the underside of the roof
in accordance with this section.
[F] 910.3.2.3 Nonsprinklered buildings. Where
installed in buildings not provided with an approved
automatic sprinkler system, smoke and heat vents shall
operate automatically by actuation of a heat-responsive
device rated at between 100°F (38°C) and 220°F
(104°C) above ambient.
Exception: Where areas of buildings are equipped with
ESFR sprinklers, draft curtains shall not be provided
within these areas. Draft curtains shall only be provided
at the separation between the ESFR sprinklers and the
non-ESFR sprinklers.
[F] 910.3.5.1 Construction. Draft curtains shall be constructed of sheet metal, lath and plaster, gypsum board or
other approved materials which provide equivalent performance to resist the passage of smoke. Joints and connections shall be smoke tight.
Exception: Gravity-operated drop-out vents complying with Section 910.3.2.1.
[F] 910.3.3 Vent dimensions. The effective venting area
shall not be less than 16 square feet (1.5 m 2) with no dimen-
[F] TABLE 910.3
REQUIREMENTS FOR DRAFT CURTAINS AND SMOKE AND HEAT VENTS a
I
MAXIMUM AREA
FORMED BY DRAFT
CURTAINS
(square feet)
VENT-AREATO-FLOOR-AREA
RATIOc
MAXIMUM
SPACING OF
VENT CENTERS
(feet)
MAXIMUM
DISTANCE FROM
VENTS TO WAll
OR DRAFT
CURTAINb
(feet)
0.2 x Hd
but ~ 4
50,000
1:100
120
60
6
10,000
1:100
100
60
6
8,000
1:75
100
55
4
3,000
1:75
100
55
4
3,000
1:50
100
50
6
6,000
1:50
100
50
6
6,000
1:40
90
45
4
4,000
1:50
100
50
4
2,000
1:30
75
40
OCCUPANCY GROUP AND
DESIGNATED
MINIMUM DRAFT
COMMODITY
STORAGE HEIGHT CURTAIN DEPTH
(feet)
(feet)
CLASSIFICATION
Group F-1 and S-l
High-piled Storage
(see Section 910.2.2)
Class I-IV commodities
(Option 1)
High-piled Storage
(see Section 910.2.2)
Class I-IV commodities
(Option 2)
High-piled Storage
(see Section 910.2.2)
High-hazard commodities
(Option 1)
High-piled Storage
(see Section 910.2.2)
High-hazard commodities
(Option 2)
-
~
20
> 20 ~ 40
~
20
> 20 ~ 40
~
20
> 20 ~ 30
~
20
> 20 ~ 30
For 51: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m 2•
a. Additional requirements for rack storage heights in excess of those indicated shall be in accordance with Chapter 23. For solid-piled storage heights in excess of
those indicated, an approved engineered design shall be used.
b. Vents adjacent to walls or draft curtains shall be located within a horizontal distance not greater than the maximum distance specified in this column as measured
perpendicular to the wall or draft curtain that forms the perimeter of the draft curtained area.
c. Where draft curtains are not required, the vent area to floor area ratio shall be calculated based on a minimum draft curtain depth of 6 feet (Option 1) .
d. "H" is the height of the vent, in feet, above the floor.
212
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
[F] 910.3.5.2 Location and depth. The location and
minimum depth of draft curtains shall be in accordance
with Table 910.3.
[F] 911.1.1 Location and access. The location and accessibility of the fire command center shall be approved by the
fire chief.
[F] 910.4 Mechanical smoke exhaust. Where approvedby the
fire code official, engineered mechanical smoke exhaust shall
be an acceptable alternate to smoke and heat vents.
[F] 911.1.2 Separation. The fire command center shall be
separated from the remainder of the building by not less
than a I-hour fire barrier constructed in accordance with
Section 707 or horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both.
[F] 910.4.1 Location. Exhaust fans shall be uniformly
spaced within each draft-curtained area and the maximum
distance between fans shall not be greater than 100 feet (30
480 mm).
[F] 910.4.2 Size. Fans shall have a maximum individual
capacity of 30,000 cfm (14.2 m3/s). The aggregate capacity
ofsmoke exhaust fans shall be determined by the equation:
(Equation 9-4)
C=Ax 300
where:
C = Capacity of mechanical ventilation required, in cubic
feet per minute (m 3/s).
A = Area of roof vents provided in square feet (m 2) in
accordance with Table 910.3.
[F] 910.4.3 Operation. Mechanical smoke exhaust fans
shall be automatically activated by the automatic sprinkler
system or by heat detectors having operating characteristics equivalent to those described in Section 910.3.2 . Individual manual controls of each fan unit shall also be
provided.
[F] 910.4.4 Wiring and control. Wiring for operation and
control of smoke exhaust fans shall be connected ahead of
the main disconnect and protected against exposure to temperatures in excess of 1,000°F (538°C) for a period of not
less than 15 minutes. Controls shall be located so as to be
immediately accessible to the fire service from the exterior
of the building and protected against interior fire exposure
by not less than I-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both.
[F] 910.4.5 Supply air. Supply air for exhaust fans shall be
provided at or near the floor level and shall be sized to provide a minimum of 50 percent of required exhaust. Openings for supply air shall be uniformly distributed around the
periphery of the area served.
[F] 910.4.6 Interlocks. In combination comfort air-handling/smoke removal systems or independent comfort
air-handling systems, fans shall be controlled to shut down
in accordance with the approved smoke control sequence.
[F] 911.1.3 Size. The room shall be a minimum of 200
square feet (19 m2) with a minimum dimension of 10 feet
(3048 mm).
[F] 911.1.4 Layout approval. A layout of the fire command
center and all features required by this section to be contained therein shall be submitted for approval prior to installation.
[F] 911.1.5 Required features. The fire command center
shall comply with NFPA 72 and shall contain the following
features:
1. The emergency voice/alarm communication system
control unit.
2. The fire department communications system.
3. Fire detection and alarm system annunciator.
4. Annunciator unit visually indicating the location of
the elevators and whether they are operational.
I
5. Status indicators and controls for air distribution
systems.
6. The fire-fighter' s control panel required by Section
909.16 for smoke control systems installed in the
building.
7. Controls for unlocking stairway doors simultaneously.
8. Sprinkler valve and waterflow detector display panels.
9. Emergency and standby power status indicators.
10. A telephone for fire department use with controlled
access to the public telephone system.
11. Fire pump status indicators.
12. Schematic building plans indicating the typical
floor plan and detailing the building core, means of
egress, fire protection systems, fire-fighting equipment and fire department access and the location of
fire walls, fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers and smoke partitions.
13. Work table.
SECTION 911
FIRE COMMAND CENTER
[F] 911.1 General. Where required by other sections of this
code and in all buildings classified as high-rise buildings by
this code, a fire command center for fire department operations
shall be provided and shall comply with Sections 911.1.1
through 911.1. 5.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
14. Generator supervision devices, manual start and
transfer features.
15. Public address system, where specifically required
by other sections of this code.
16. Elevator fire recall switch in accordance with
ASME A17.1.
213
I
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
I
17. Elevator emergency or standby power selector
switch (es) , where emergency or standby power is
provided.
SECTION 912
FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS
[F] 912.1 Installation. Fire department connections shall be
installed in accordance with the NFPA standard applicable to
the system design and shall comply with Sections 912.2
through 912.5.
[F] 912.2 Location. With respect to hydrants, driveways,
buildings and landscaping, fire department connections shall
be so located that fire apparatus and hose connected to supply
the system will not obstruct access to the buildings for other fire
apparatus. The location of fire department connections shall be
approved by the fire chief.
[F] 912.2.1 Visible location. Fire department connections
shall be located on the street side of buildings, fully visible
and recognizable from the street or nearest point of fire
department vehicle access or as otherwise approved by the
fire chief.
[F] 912.2.2 Existing buildings. On existing buildings,
wherever the fire department connection is not visible to
approaching fire apparatus, the fire department connection
shall be indicated by an approved sign mounted on the street
front or on the side of the building. Such sign shall have the
letters "FDC" at least 6 inches (152 mm) high and words in
letters at least 2 inches (51 mm) high or an arrow to indicate
the location. All such signs shall be subject to the approval
of the fire code official.
[F] 912.3 Access. Immediate access to fire department connections shall be maintained at all times and without obstruction
by fences, bushes, trees, walls or any other fixed or moveable
object. Access to fire department connections shall be
approved by the fire chief.
Exception: Fences, where provided with an access gate
equipped with a sign complying with the legend requirements of Section 912.4 and a means of emergency operation. The gate and the means of emergency operation shall
be approved by the fire chief and maintained operational at
all times.
[F] 912.3.1 Locking fire department connection caps.
The fire code official is authorized to require locking caps
on fire department connections for water-based fire protection systems where the responding fire department carries
appropriate key wrenches for removal.
cle impact protection shall be provided in accordance with
Section 312 of the International Fire Code.
[F] 912.4 Signs. A metal sign with raised letters at least 1 inch
(25 mm) in size shall be mounted on all fire department connections serving automatic sprinklers, standpipes or fire pump
connections. Such signs shall read: AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS or STANDPIPES or TEST CONNECTION or a combination thereof as applicable. Where the fire department
connection does not serve the entire building, a sign shall be
provided indicating the portions of the building served.
[P] 912.5 Backflow protection. The potable water supply to
automatic sprinkler and standpipe systems shall be protected
against backflow as required by the International Plumbing
Code.
SECTION 913
FIRE PUMPS
[F] 913.1 General. Where provided, fire pumps shall be
installed in accordance with this section and NFPA 20.
[F] 913.2 Protection against interruption ofservice. The fire
pump, driver and controller shall be protected in accordance
with NFPA 20 against possible interruption of service through
damage caused by explosion, fire, flood, earthquake, rodents,
insects, windstorm, freezing, vandalism and other adverse conditions.
913.2.1 Protection of fire pump rooms. Fire pumps shall
be located in rooms that are separated from all other areas of
the building by 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or 2-hour horizontal assemblies
constructed in accordance with Section 712, or both.
Exceptions:
1. In other than high-rise buildings, separation by
1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance
with Section 707 or I-hour horizontal assemblies
constructed in accordance with Section 712, or
both, shall be permitted in buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
2. Separation is not required for fire pumps physically separated in accordance with NFPA 20.
[F] 913.3 Temperature of pump room. Suitable means shall
be provided for maintaining the temperature of a pump room or
pump house, where required, above 40°F (SOC) .
[F] 913.3.1 Engine manufacturer's recommendation.
Temperature of the pump room, pump house or area where
engines are installed shall never be less than the minimum
recommended by the engine manufacturer. The engine
manufacturer's recommendations for oil heaters shall be
followed.
[F] 912.3.2 Clear space around connections. A working
space of not less than 36 inches (762 mm) in width, 36
inches (914 mm) in depth and 78 inches (1981 mm) in
height shall be provided and maintained in front of and to
the sides of wall-mounted fire department connections and
around the circumference of free-standing fire department
connections, except as otherwise required or approved by
the fire chief.
[F] 913.4 Valve supervision. Where provided, the fire pump
suction, discharge and bypass valves, and isolation valves on
the backflow prevention device or assembly shall be supervised open by one of the following methods:
[F] 912.3.3 Physical protection. Where fire department
connections are subject to impact by a motor vehicle, vehi-
1. Central-station, proprietary or remote-station signaling
service.
214
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
2. Local signaling service that will cause the sounding of an
audible signal at a constantly attended location.
3. Locking valves open.
4. Sealing of valves and approvedweekly recorded inspection where valves are located within fenced enclosures
under the control of the owner.
[F] 913.4.1 Test outlet valve supervision. Fire pump test
outlet valves shall be supervised in the closed position.
[F] 913.5 Acceptance test. Acceptance testing shall be done in
accordance with the requirements of NFPA 20.
SECTION 914
EMERGENCY RESPONDER SAFETY FEATURES
[F] 914.1 Shaftway markings. Vertical shafts shall be identified as required by Sections 914.1.1 and 914.1.2.
[F] 914.1.1 Exterior access to shaftways. Outside openings accessible to the fire department and that open directly
on a hoistway or shaftway communicating between two or
more floors in a building shall be plainly marked with the
word "SHAFTWAY" in red letters at least 6 inches (152
mm) high on a white background. Such warning signs shall
be placed so as to be readily discernible from the outside of
the building.
[F] 914.1.2 Interior access to shaftways. Door or window
openings to a hoistway or shaftway from the interior of the
building shall be plainly marked with the word
"SHAFTWAY" in red letters at least 6 inches (152 mm) high
on a white background. Such warning signs shall be placed
so as to be readily discernible.
Exception: Markings shall not be required on shaftway
openings that are readily discernible as openings onto a
shaftway by the construction or arrangement.
[F] 914.2 Equipment room identification. Fire protection
equipment shall be identified in an approved manner. Rooms
containing controls for air-conditioning systems, sprinkler risers and valves or other fire detection, suppression or control
elements shall be identified for the use of the fire department.
Approved signs required to identify fire protection equipment
and equipment location shall be constructed of durable materials, permanently installed and readily visible.
SECTION 915
EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO COVERAGE
[F] 915.1 General. Emergency responder radio coverage shall
be provided in all new buildings in accordance with Section
510 of the International Fire Code.
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
215
216
2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE®
CHAPTER 10
MEANS OF EGRESS
SECTION 1001
ADMINISTRATION
1001.1 General. Buildings or portions thereof shall be provided with a means of